

■ 






■ 

































rf':; 88ft 




Bl 


vHtP 




B^l 


■ 


So 






*<**.• j4 


itS H 


1 ; ■ •■ 


H'.('J^,M' 








1 -,?f j j*«.'* 1 


^H ■ 


►j«i j 


H 




H 


f«WiUi.< j 






s >fcH? > H 



't>||t|SM 



MB 



lioi 



iff*-!- '.'}■ I ■■ < r.'KM 

Hict 

: i » k 1 > • 1 tt>O0Cftf€l 

§8K$ 



BfRZifffBUBftiti 

.- 
IftnttitttltH 



Glass 
Book 








ZJ-5 



Dean's Stereotype Edition. 
* 



A JL&-7* *t* 



THEORETICAL ^ 

-*" ?~C4 t ) t t i t oe *-^ 

AND 

PRACTICAL GRAMMAR - ^ 

OF 

THE FRENCH TONGUE; 

IN WHICH THE 

PRESENT USAGE IS DISPLAYED, 

AGREEABLY TO THE DECISIONS OF 

THE FRENCH ACADEMY. 
BY M^DE LEVIZAa 

REVISED AND CORRECTED BY 

MR. STEPHEN PASQUIER, M. A. 

OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PARIS, AND TEACHER OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE TO THE 
CHARTER-HOUSE SCHOOL. 



FIFTEENTH AMERICAN EDITION, 

WITH THE VOLTARIAN ORTHOGRAPHY, ACCORDING TO THE DICTIONARY OF THE 
FRENCH ACADEMY. 



TO WHICH HAVE BEEN ADDED 

SEVERAL TABLES ON THE FORMATION OF VERBS, AND 
THE CONSTRUCTION OF PRONOUNS, 

FROM THE 

SYNOPTICAL FRENCH GRAMMAR, 
BY PROFESSOR J^MOULS. 



NEW YORK I 

W. E. DEAN, PRINTER & PUBLISHER, 

No. 2 Ann-street. 

1845, 

'AUG 1J902 



TC2I0*] 



.Li 



345 



Entered, 

According to the Act of Congress, in the year 1335, by 

WILLIAM E. DEAN, 

In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the Soutnern District of 

New York. 



STEREOTYPED BY FRANCIS F. RIPLEY 
NEW YORK. 



PREFACE 



The distinguished success that has attended the 
Grammar of M. de Levizac, which has been adopt- 
ed by the most celebrated Schools in England, is a 
sufficient proof that it is one of the most useful that 
has hitherto appeared : it has, indeed, one advan- 
tage, that will always secure it a preference above 
every other : all the principles it contains, as well 
as the Orthography of Yoltaire, are sanctioned by 
the authority of the French Academy, and by all 
the Grammarians of eminence, who for nearly a 
century have laboured to ascertain and fix the true 
rules of the French Language. Another advan- 
tage, not less valuable, is, that almost all the phrases 
given as examples or exercises, being drawn from 
the Dictionary of the Academy, or the most appro- 
ved French writers, the Student of this Grammar 
will store his mind with none but pure and correct 
forms of speech, and will not be liable to contract 
vicious modes of expression, and imbibe error while 
aiming at instruction. The proprietors have been 
particularly careful with respect to the correctness 
and simplicity of the present Edition, which they 
have submitted to a strict revision, and which, on 
a comparison, will be found to surpass preceding 
Editions, both in the copiousness of its remarks and 
its general perspicuity. 
1* 



EXPLANATION 

OF THE ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE EXERCISES 



m stands for 


masculine. 


f. - - 


- feminine. 


pi. - - 


- plural. 


s. or sing. 


- singular. 


Am. 


- h mute. 


h asp. 


- h aspirated. 


pr. - 


- preposition. 


art. - 


- article. 


pr.-art. 


- article contracted. 


pron 


- pronoun. 


inf-1 


- present of the infinitive. 


inf-2 


- the past. 


inf-3 


- participle present. 


inf-4 


- participle past. 


ind-1 


- present of the indicative. 


ind-2 


- imperfect. 


ind-3 


- preterit definite. 


ind-4 


- preterit indefinite. 


ind-5 


- preterit anterior. 


ind-6 


- pluperfect. 


ind-7 


- future absolute. 


ind-9 


- future anterior. 


cond-1 


- present of the conditional. 

- first conditional past. 


cond-2 


cond-3 


- second conditional past. 


imp. 


- imperative. 


subj-1 


- present of the subjunctive 


subj-2 


- imperfect. 


subj-3 


- preterit. 


subj-4 


- pluperfect. 



* in the exercises denotes that the word under which it is 
placed, is not expressed in French. 

— denotes that the English word (see page 74) is spelt alike 
in French, or at least the part under which this sign is placed. 

= denotes that the French word differs from the English only 
by its termination, as directed page 75. 

Those French words which are followed by the above signs, 
are to take the form which they point out. 

In the Third part the * is no longer placed under the word, 
but after it. 

In filling the exercises, the order of the figures placed some- 
times in the phrases after the French words, is to be observed. 

In the exercises, when several English words are included be- 
tween a parenthesis, they must be translated by the only words 
placed under. 



CONTENTS 



PAGE 

The French Alphabet I 

General Observations 2 

The Vowels 2 

Accentuation and Punctuation.. 3 
Table I. The seventeen Simple 

Sounds 4 

Table II. Coalition of Letters, re- 
presenting the 17 Simple Sounds 5 

Table III. The Diphthongs 6 & 7 

Observations upon the two first 

Tables 8 

Of the Y 



PAGE 

Exercises on Monosyllables 10 

Dissyllables 12 

Words of Three 

Syllables 14 

Of Consonants 17 

OfGender 37 

A Vocabulary, French and Eng- 
lish 45 



GRAMMAR. 



Introduction. 



9 Apostrophe and Elision 73 and fol. 



PART I. 



OF WORDS CONSIDERED IN THEIR NATURE AND INFLECTIONS. 



Chapter I. 

Of the Substantive 78 

Substantive Common 79 

Proper 79 

Collectives 79 

Of Masculine Gender 79 

Feminine Gender 79 

Of Singular Number 79 

Plural Number 80 

Of the Formation of the Plural. 80 

GeneralRule 80 

Chapter II. 

Of the Article 82 

Elision of the Article 82 

Contraction of the Article 83 

Cases in which contraction does 

not take place 84 

General Rules on the Article .... 85 

Of the Article in a partitive sense 86 

Chapter III. 

Of the Adjective 87 

Of the Formation of the Feminine 

Adjectives 88 

Exceptions 90 

Of the Formation of the Plural of 

Adjectives 91 



Of the Degrees of Signification of 

Adjectives 93 

Positive 93 

Comparative of Superiori- 

ty 93 

■ Inferiority 94 

— Equality.. 94 

On MEILLEDR, MOINDRE, and PIRE 95 

Of the Superlative 96 

Agreement of the Adjective with 

the Substantive 97 

Nouns and Adjectives of Num- 
ber 99 

Chapter IV. 

Of the Pronoun 102 

1. Of the Personal Px*onoim . . 102 
Pronouns of the First Person 103 
Second Per- 
son 103 

Third Per- 
son 104 

Reflected or Reciprocal Pro- 
nouns 107 

Of en and y 106 and 109 

2. Possessive Pronouns 110 

Of those that always agree 

with a Noun expressed. ... 110 



VI 



CONTENTS. 



Of those that always agree 
with Nouns understood. . . 

3. Of Relative Pronouns 

4. Of Pronouns Absolute 

5. Of Demonstrative Pronouns 

6. Of Indefinite Pronouns 

First Class 

Second Class 

Third Class 

Fourth Class 

Chapter V. 
Of Verbs 

Characteristics of Verbs 

The Five Sorts of Verbs 

Of Conjugations 

Of the Auxiliary Verb avoir 

The same Verb with a Negative 

int e rr ogatively 

and affirmatively 

interrogatively 

and negatively 
Conjugation of the Auxiliary 

VerbETRE 

1. Conjugation in er 

2. IR 

3. ont 

4. re 

Conjugation of the Pronominal 

Verbs 

Passive Verbs 

Conjugation of the Neuter Verbs 

Of the Impersonal Verbs 

Conjugation of the impersonal 
Verb falloir 



page! PA OB 

{Conjugation of the impersonal 

llll Verb y avoir 181 

113 Of the Irregular Verbs 182 

114 Irregular Verbs of the First Con- 

115' jugation 182 

116 Irregular Verbs of the Second 

116| Conjugation 184 

118, Irregular Verbs of the Third Con- 



120 
120 
122 
124 
130 
132 

133 

134 

136 
142 

151 
158 
162 

16S 
176 

17? 

178 

179 



jugation 191 

Irregular Verbs of the Fourth 
Conjugation 196 

Irregular Verbs of the First 
Branch of the Fourth Conjuga- 
tion 

Irregular Verbs Second Branch 

Third Branch... 

Fourth Branch 



196 
202 
203 
204 

Observations. , 209 

Table of the Primitive Tenses of 

the Four Regular Conjugations 210 
Table of the Primitive Tenses of 
the Irregular and Defective 

Verbs 210 

Moul's Table of the Formation 

of Verbs 213 

Chapter VI. 

Of Prepositions 215 

Chapter VII. 

Of the Adverb 222 

Chapter VIH. 

Of Conjunctions 227 

Chapter EX. 
Of Interjections 232 



PART II. 



THE SYNTAX, OR WORDS CONSIDERED IN THEIR CONSTRUCTION. 



Chapter I. 

Of the Substantive 

Of Compound Nouns 

Chapter II. 

Of the Article 

A comparative Table on the Use 
of the Article 

Chapter III. 

Of the Adjective 

Difference of Construction be- 
tween the English and French 
Languages 

Regimen of the Adjectives 

Promiscuous Exercises.. 



233 
233 



2-39 



Chapter IV. 

Of the Pronouns 245 

1. Of Personal Pronouns 245 

Of the Place of Personal 

Pronouns 245 

Of Personal Pronouns used 

as Subject 245 

Of Personal Pronouns used 

as Regimen 246 

Moul's table of the Con- 
struction of Pronouns. . . . 249 

2. Of the Relative Pronouns. . 252 

3. Of Pronouns Absolute 255 

4. Of Demonstrative Pronouns 258 

5. Of Indefinite Pronouns 260 

First Class 260 

Second Class 263 



CONTENTS. 



Vll 



PAGE 

Third Class 265 

FourthClass 270 

A general exercise on the Pro- 
nouns 272 

Chapter V. 

Of the Verb 274 

Agreement of the Verb with the 

Subject 274 

Of the Regimen of Verbs 277 

Nature and use of Moods 

and Tenses 280 

Indicative 280 

Conditional 283 

Imperative 284 

Subjunctive 285 

Infinitive 286 

Participle 287 

Participle Present 287 

Past 289 



Agreement of the Participle Past 

with its Subject 289 

Agreement of the Participle Past 

. with its Regimen 291 

Chapter VI. 

Of the Adverbs 295 

Situation of Adverbs 295 

Chapter VII. 

Of the Conjunctions 297 

Conjunction que 297 

Government of Conj unctions. . . . 299 
Conjunctions that are followed by 

an Infinitive 299 

Conjunctions that govern the In- 
dicative 300 

Conjunctions that govern the 

Subjunctive 301 

Promiscuous Exercises 301 



PART III. 

IDIOMS, OR WORDS CONSIDERED IN THEnt PARTICULAR RULES. 

Chapter I. j Of quoi and ou 352 and 353 

~. M „ , . ,1 Absolute Pronouns— Of qui. oue, 

Of the Substantive 306 andQuoi Z 355 

Chapter II. Demonstrative Pronouns 355 

_ f ., . .. . ' __J Indefinite Pro nouns — Of on. ... 359 

Of the Article 309 Q f quinconque and chacun 360 



Cases in which the Article is to 
be used 309 

Cases in which the Article is not 
used 314 

Chapter III. 
Of the Adjective. 



-with the Article . 



The Place of Adjectives ; 

Regimen of Adjectives 323 

Adjectives of Number 324 

Chapter rv. 

Of Pronouns 326 

Pronouns Personal 326 

On the Pronoun soi 332 

Cases in which the Pronouns 

ELLB, ELLES, EUX, LUI, LEUR, 

may apply to things 333 

Difficulty respecting the Pronoun 

explained 336 

Repetition of the Personal Pro- 
nouns 338 

Relation of the Pronouns of the 
Third Person to a Noun ex- 
pressed before 341 

Explanation of some Difficulties 
attendant on the Possessive 

Pronouns 343 

Relative Pronouns — Of qui. . . . 347 

Of que 350 

Of lequel and dont 351 



Of PERSONNE, L'UN ET L' AUTRE, 

and ni l'un ni l' autre, tout, 

andRiEN. 362 

Of tout 365 

Ot quelque — que and quel que. 

364 and 365. 
Chapter V. 
Of the Verb.— Agreement, of the 

Verb with its Subject 366 

Of the Collective Partitive 367 

Place of the Subject, with regard 

to the Verb 369 

Government of Verbs 375 

On the Use, proper and accident- 
al, of Moods and Tenses, Indic- 
ative 375 

Use of the Conditional 382 

Remark on the Use of the Condi- 
tional and Future 384 

Use of the Subjunctive 385 

Relations between the Tenses of 

the Indicative 388 

Relations between the Tenses of 
the Subjunctive and those of 

the Indicative 390 

Farther Observations upon the 

Conditional and Subj unctive . . . 394 
Relations between the Tenses of 

the different Moods 395 

Relations of the Indicative 395 

to the Conditional, &c. . . 396 



V1I1 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Relations of the Present and Fu- 
ture Absolute, &c 396 

Principal Relations with the Sub- 
junctive 398 

Of the Infinitive 398 

Chapter VI. 

Of Prepositions 401 

The Use of the Article with Pre- 
positions 403 

Repetition of the Prepositions. . . 403 

Government of Prepositions. ... 404 

Chapter "VTL 

Of the Adverb— Of the Negative 

ne 405 

Of the Place of the Negatives... 406 

Of the Use of pas and point 406 

When may both pas and point be 

omitted? 407 

When ought both pas and point 

£-^e omitted? 407 

On plus and d avantage 411 

On si, aussi, tant, andAUTANT.. 412 

Chapter vni. 

Of Grammatical Construction. . . 413 

Of Inversion 416 

Of the Ellipsis 417 

Of the Pleonasm 418 

Ofthe Syllepsis 419 



PAGE 

Chapter IX. 
Of Grammatical Discordances, 

Amphibologies and Gallicisms. 419 

Of Amphibologies 421 

Of Gallicisms 422 

Free Exercises 424 

Phrases on some Difficulties of 

the French Language 435 

On the Collective Partitives 435 

Of some Verbs which cannot be 

conjugated with avoir 435 

On Words of Quantity 435 

On the Personal Pronouns 435 

On soi, lui, soi-meme, and ltji- 

MEME 436 

On the Relative Pronouns 436 

On the Demonstrative Pronouns 437 
On the Verbs avoir employed 

impersonally 437 

Promiscuous Phrases 435 

Phrases in which the Article is 

used 440 

Phrases in which the Article is 

omitted 441 

On the Pronoun le 442 

On the Participle Past 443 

On the Principal Relations of 

Moods and Tenses 443 

On the Negative ne 444 

On some Delicacies of the 

French Language » . . 445 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



Grammar, in general, is the art of speaking 'and writ- 
ing correctly. 

To speak — is to convey our thoughts by means of arti- 
culated sounds. 

To write — is to render those thoughts permanently 
visible by means of certain signs, or characters, called 
Letters, and their number disposed in order, constitutes 
what is called the Alphabet. 



FRENCH ALPHABET. 

ROMAN LETTERS. ITALIC LETTERS. OLD PRONUNCIATION. NEW PRONUNCIATION. 

ah ah 

bay* be* 

say ke 

day de 

a a 

eff fe 

jay\ ghe 

ahsh he 

e e 

jeef jef 

kah ke 

ell le 
me 



A 


a 


A 


a 


B 


b 


B 


b 


C 


c 


C 


c 


D 


d 


D 


d 


E 


e 


E 


e 


F 


f 


F 


f 


G 


% 


G 


g 


H 


h 


H 


h 


I 


i 


I 


i 


J 


J 


J 


J 


K 


k 


K 


k 


L 


1 


L 


I 


M 


m 


M 


m 


N 


n 


N 


n 














P 


P 


P 


P 


a 


q 


Q 


q 


R 


r 


R 


r 


s 


s 


S 


s 


T 


t 


T 


t 


U 


u 


U 


u 


V 


V 


V 


V 


X 


X 


X 


X 


Y 


y 


Y 


y 


Z 


z 


Z 


z 



enn ne 

o o 

pay pe 

ku\ ke 

heir re 

ess se 

tay te 

u\ u\ 

vay ve 

eeks kse 

e grec e grec 

zed ze 

* Here both the old pronunciation and the new are expressed by Englisn 
sounds, and in the new the letter e after each consonant is sounded as in the 
English word battery. 

t The two consonants g and j are sounded in the Alphabet like s in pleasure, 
or z in azure. 

t See the second note, page 4. 



THE SOUNDS 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

The French Alphabet contains, as we see, twenty- 
five letters, which are divided into Vowels and Conso- 



A vowel is the simple emission of the voice forming 
an articulate sound by itself. 

A consonant, on the contrary, cannot be articulated 
without the assistance of a vowel. 

The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, and y, which sometimes 
has the sound of one i, and sometimes of two. 

The nineteen remaining letters, b, c, d, f, g, h, j, k, I, 
m, n y j>, q, r, s, t, v, x, z, are consonants. 



THE VOWELS. 

The French language com- 
prehends more distinct simple 
sounds than are here represent- 
ed by the above five vowels ; 
for, according as these are pro- 
nounced close or broad, short 
or long, with the appropriate 
accentuation, they furnish — ten seventeen sim- 
simple sounds. fie sounds. 

N. B. *{ Add to these — thre other ^See Table I. 
simple soionds, each represent- p. 4. 
ed by the combination of two 
vowels, and 

Lastly — four nasal simple 
sounds, which again, for want of 
more appropriate signs, are re- 
presented by the coalition of n 
or m with the above vowels, and 
they complete the number of_ 

The vowels are either long or short ; 
The long vowels require more, the short vowels less 
time in pronouncing, thus : 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 

a is long in pate dough and short in patte paw 

e — — ; tempete storm trompette 

i g£te abode petite little 

o hote host hotte wicker basket 

u flute flute hutte hut 

Besides the simple there are also the compound sounds, 
in which two vowels are distinctly heard by a single 
emission of the voice ; these are the diphthongs. See 
Table III. p. 6 and 7. 

The sound of one or more letters, pronounced with 
a single emission of the voice, is called a syllable ; one 
or more syllables make a word. 



There are three 
accents, the 



ACCENTUATION AND PUNCTUATION. 

In reading, due attention should be paid to the accents 
and cedilla, to the apostrophe, diaeresis, hyphen, &c. the two 
former of which are peculiar to the French language. 
acute C) never placed but on e, as 

in bonte. 
grave (*) placed over a, e, u, as in 

voild, proces, ou. 
circumflex ( A ) employed over any long 
vowel, as pldtre, rive, 
epitre, apotre, buche. 
The cedilla is a kind of comma placed under c, giving 
it the sound of s before a, o, u, as in fagade, fagon, regu. 
The apostrophe (') marks the suppression of a vowel 
before another vowel, or h mute, as in Veglise, Voiseau, 
Vhomme, sHl vient, for la eglise, le oiseau, le homme, si il 
vient. 

The diaeresis (") is placed over the vowels e, i, u, to in- 
timate that they are to be pronounced distinctly from the 
vowels by which they are accompanied. 

The hyphen (-) is particularly used in connecting com- 
pound words, as in Belles-lettres, tout-puissant, chefs-d?<Eu- 
vre, arc-en-ciel, &c. 

All the other distinctive marks, as the comma, semi- 
colon, colon, period, interrogation, note of admiration and 
exclamation, parenthesis, &c. &c. are the same in the 
French as in the English language. 
2 



THE SOUNDS 



TABLE I. 



The Seventeen Simple Sounds of the-.French Tongue 











EXAMPLES. 








SOUNDS 






SOUNDED A3, 


1 


a short 


ami 


friend 


a in 


amateur 


2 


a long 


b&s 


stockings 


a 


bark 


3 


e 


tenir 


to hold 


e 


battery 


4 


€ 


ete 


summer 


a 


paper 


5 


e 


modele 


i model 


e 


met 


6 


d(i) 


tete t 


head 


e 


there 


7 


i 


irm'ter 


to imitate 


i 


timid 


8 


o sAflrt 


ecole 


school 





scholar 


9 


6 &m£" 


cote 


rib 





note 


10 


u 


vertw 


virtue 


( 2 ) 


— 


11 


eu sAorJ 


jewne 


young 


u 


shun 


12 


eu /a?^ 


jeune 


fast 


(2) 




13 


ou 


souye 


soup 


OU 


soup 


14 


an" 




ange 


angel 


en 


encore 


15 


in 


•(2) 


\in 


flax 


en 


length 


16 


on 


long 


long 


on 


long 


17 


un_ 




hxun 


brown 


un 


~ 



(1) Besides these four sorts of e, mere is one entirely mute at 
the end of many words, as in the above modele, tSte, ecole, cote ; 
and sometimes in the beginning and middle, as in cependant, ja- 
veline, Roquefort, souquenille, Vempereur, &c. 

(2) The sound of the French u, to which there is no similar, 
nor even approximate sound in English, must be heard from the 
master, and it may be necessary to add, that though we have 
attempted to exhibit the French sounds by English letters, yet 
they can only be correctly learnt by hearing them from the lips 
of a native. In particular, the nasal sounds cannot be conveyed 
by any combination of English letters. 

N. B. The figures in the following tables relate to the above 
seventeen simple sounds. 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 



TABLE II, 

Coalition of Letters representing several of the Seven- 
teen Simple Sounds, 





Simple Sounds represented by examples. 


I 


a 


ea 


il gagea 


he betted 






eai 


aigu. 


sharp 


4 


e < 


geai 


fry 






ee 


anne^ 


year 






03 


<£sophage 


cesophagus 






s ai 


aide 


aid 






aie 


bale 


bay 


5 


S < 


ei 
eai 


baleine 
|e n&geais 


whale 

I did swim 






ai 


faible 


weak 






aie 


monuaie 


money 


6 


* ; 


^ai 

ai 


aine 


eldest 


parattre 


to appear 


7 


i 


ie 


folie 


folly 


8 




i an 
eo 


aurore 


dawn 


O ' 


flageolet 


flageolet 






"an 


autenr 


author 


9 


6 


eau 


m&rteau 


hammer 






eo 


geole 


gaol 






' eu 


gageuve 


wager 


£0 


» - 


[ eue 


e%e f 


had 




i 


ue 


lailue 


lettuce 


SI 


eu 


G3U 


s#wr 


sister 


12 


eu 


i oiu 


n<K^d 


knot 






^eue 


quew« 


tail 


S3 


ou 


oue 


il J0M€ 


he plays 






aou 


Aout 


August 






r am 


jambe 


leg 


£4 


an * 


ean 


&8iigeant 


afflicting 






em 


membre 


member 






L en 


entendre 


to hear 






r aim 


essaim 


swarm 






ain 


cxainie 


fear 


15 


in < 


ein 


peintare 


picture 






im 


impoli 


impolite 






ym 


sywbole 


symbol 






.yn 


syntaxe 


syntax 


16 


on 


eon 


pigeon 


pigeon 






om 


ombre 


shade 


17 


un 


\ eun 


a \eun 


fasting 






um 


partum 


perfume 



o 






THE SOUNDS 










TABLE III. 










Diphthongs. 






Compound Sounds represented by examples. 


7 


1 i 

2a < 


ia S 


fiacre 


hackney-coach 


loi 


galimatias 


nonsense 


7 
4 


i j 


> iai 


je defiai 


I challenged 


A a 


?« 


amitie 


friendship 




6 \ 


' lez 


vous tiez 


you laugh 






"iai 


hiais 


bias 


7 


i 


ie 


biere 


beer 


5 




ie 


cie\ 


heaven 






iai 


je purifi&is 


I purified 


7 


* i 


io 


violon 


violin 


8 or 9 o < 


iau 


miawJer 


to mew 


7 
10 




iu 


reliwre 


binding 


7 


i j 




lelieur 


bookbinder 


llor 


12 6W J 


leu 


mieux 


better 


7 
13 


0U ) 


iou 


chiourme 


( crew of a 
I galley 


7 


1 { 

an ) 


ian 


viande 


meat 


14 


ien 


audience 


audience 


7 
15 


in ) 


ien 


chretien 


christian 


7 
16 


1 \ 

on ) 


ion 


passion 


passion 


8 
2 


c 


oi 


bois 


wood 


o \ 
a ) 


o! 


boite 


box 


oie 


foie 


liver 


8 
6 


} 


oe 


moelle 


marrow 


o f 


oi 


voisin 


neighbour 






eoi 


nageoire 


fin 


8 
15 


in ) 


oin 


besoin 


want 


10 

1 


1 


ua 


nuage 


cloud 




uai 


je remuai 


I moved 


10 


« 1 


ue 


etemuer 


to sneeze 


4 


e ' 


'ue 


denwe 


stript 




J 


uee 


nuee 


cloud 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 



TABLE III. 

Diphthongs continued. 
Compound Sounds represented by examples 

u ) ue men^et 

e j[ uai il suait 

u } ui b^isson 

ie paraplwie 

o impetwosite 

eu lueur 



majesty wx 

nuance 
influence 

Juin 



minuet 

he perspired 



umbrella 
impetuosity 

glimmering 

majestic 

shade 
influence 

June. 



uon 



tuons 



let us kill 



oue 
J oue 



oueu 



oueu 



Touage 

denouei 
dejoue 
fille enjouee 
je jouai 
fowetter 
je denouais 
comhouis 
Youie 

boueux scavenger 



wheel-work 

to untie 
frustrated 
cheerful girl 
I played 
to whip 
I untied 
cart grease 
hearing 



noueux 



"Rouen 
bahouin 

jouons 



knotty 

praise 
Rouen, a city 

baboon 
let us play 



THE SOUNDS 



OBSERVATIONS UPON THE TWO FIRST TABLES. 

Am, an, do not take the nasal sound when m ox n are 
doubled, as in constam?nent, annee. Am is not nasal at 
the end of some foreign names, as Abram, Roboam, &c. ; 
except Adam, which has the nasal sound. 

Em and en are articulated as in the English words 
hem and men : 

1. In words taken from foreign languages ; as Jeru- 
salem, item, hymen, 'pollen, solen, amen, &c. and also in 
lemme, gemme, decemvirat, decemvirs, etrenner, ennemi, 
moyennant, penne, pennage, and in the second syllable of 
the compound word empenne. 

2. In some persons and tenses of the verbs, tenir, ve- 
nir, prendre* and their compounds, as que je vienne, que 
tu soutiennes, qu'il comprenne, &c. in the pronouns femi- 
nine, la mienne, la tienne, les siennes, in many other 
words, as ancienne, magicienne, Vienne, en Autriche, &c. 

3. In many nouns and persons of verbs ending in ene, 
erne, as in arcne, ebene,je me promene, il egrene,} il seme, 
where however the e is somewhat more open. 

But em in femme, and en in enorgueillir, ennoblir, and 
ennui, must be pronounced as if spelt with a, famme, 
anorgueillir, annoblir, &c. and len in the second sylla- 
ble of so-Zew-nel, and derivatives, has only the sound of 
la, 

Aen has the sound of the French nasal an in Caen, a 
town in Normandy. 

And aon has the same sound in Laon, another town 
in France, in faon a fawn, and in paon a peacock ; but 
these letters have the sound of on in taon, an oxfly. 

N in the monosyllable en, both when a preposition and 
when a pronoun, in on, mon, ton, son, pronouns, and in 
bon, bien, and rien, ceases to be nasal when these words 
are immediately followed by a vowel or an h mute, as en 
Italie, on en aura, mon ami, c 1 est un bon homme, on a 
bien essay e,je suis bien-aise qu : il n'ait rienoublie. But 
en and on remain nasal, when placed after the verbs to 
which they belong ; as donnez-en d votre sceur. A-t-on 
essay e ? va-f-en au logis. 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 9 

Im and in are not nasal, 
" 1. In the word interim, and in proper names taken 
from foreign languages, as Selim, Ephraim, Ibrahim. 
However the nasal sound is preserved m Benjamin, Jo- 
achim, seraphin, cherubin. 

2. In the beginning and middle of words, when m or 
n is followed by a vowel or an h mute, as inanime, ini- 
maginable, unanimite, &c. 

3. Whenever m or n is doubled, as immoler, immer- 
sion, innover, inne, innocent, though in this latter word 
only one n is sounded. 

tin has the sound of u close in une, unieme, unanime, 
and of eun in jeune homme, when followed by a word 
beginning with a vowel or an h mute, as un homme, un 
esprit, aucun ami, commun accord. 

Um is pronounced omm in some words adopted from 
the Latin, as centumvirs, album, quinquennium, lada- 
num, laudanum, geranium. 

U after the consonants q and g is generally silent, as 
in quatre, guerre, &c. See those letters, p. 21 and 27. 



OF THE Y. 

This letter when alone, or when preceded, or followed 
by a consonant, is pronounced as simple i, except in pays, 
paysan, pay sage, and even abbaye, which are pronounced 
pe-is, pe-isan, pe-isage, abe-ie. Y between two vowels is 
pronounced ii, and when preceded by a, it gives to this 
letter the sound of ' ai, and when by o or u, it gives to 
them the sound of the diphthongs oi or ui. The vowel 
which follows the y is pronounced like one of the diph- 
thongs ia, ie, &c. for which reason we have deferred 
speaking of the y till after the diphthongs. 

nous e-ga-yons we enliven 



Ab-ba-ye 


abbey 


a-bo-yer 


to bark 


ap-pu-yer 


to support 


ba-la-yer 


to sweep 


be-ga-yer 


to stammer 


cra-yon 


pencil 


cro-ya-ble 


credible 


e-cu-yer 
il ef-fra-ya 


esquire 


he frightened 



es-su-yer 

mo-yen 

net-to-yer 


to wipe 

means 

to clean 


je-pa-yais 
je ra-ye-rais 
ro-yau-me 
vo-ya-ge 
vo-ya-geur 


I was paying 
I would erase 
kingdom 
voyage 
traveller 



10 



THE SOUNDS 



EXERCISES — On Monosyllables, or words of one syllable. 



Gras 
ma 

ta 

sa 

la 

las 

pas 

un plat 

bac 

sac 

arc 

pare 

bal 

cap 

car 

par 

part 

art 

char 

dard 

lard 

tard 

quand 

rang 

blanc 

sans 

dans 

gland 

pan 

cran 

plant 

plan 

flanc 

grand 

en 

il fend 

gens 

lent 

main 

il ment 

il pend 

il prend 

ceint 

cinq 

sain 

sein 

saint 

seing 



fat 
my 

thy 

his, her, its 

the, her, it 

tired 

step we 

a dish 

ferry-boat 

sack, bag 

arch, bow 

park 

ball 

cap 

for 

by, through 

share 

art 

chariot 

dart 

bacon 

late 

when 

rank 

white 

without 

in 

acorn 

skirt of a coat 

notch, 

plantation 

plan 



great 

in 

he splits 

people 

slow 



he lies 
he hangs 
he takes 
girt 
five 
wholesome 



holy 
signature 



il rend 

il sent 

je vends 

je 

me 

ne 

te 

ce 

se 

le 

de 

le 

ne 

mais 

mes 

tes 

ses 

les 

pre 

pres 

pret 

ver 

vers 

vert 

il perd 

il sert 

cerf 

serf 

peur 

il meurt 

pleurs 

leur 

sel 

tel 

quel 

sec 

bee 

chef 

bref 

neuf 

Est 

vingt 

crin 

lin 

brin 

pain 

pin 

vin 



he returns 

he smells, feels 

Isell 

I 

me 

not 

thee 

this, that 

himself, <$*c. 

the, him, it 

°f 

breadth (of cloth) 

born 

but 

my, pi. 

thy, pi. 

his, her, its, pi. 

the, them 

meadow 

near 

ready 

worm 

toward, or verse 

green 

he loses 

he serves 

stag 

bondman 

fear 

he dies 

tears 

their 

salt 

such 

which 

dry 

beak 

chief 

short 

new, or nine 

East 

twenty 

horse-hair 

flax 

sprig 

bread 

pine 

wine 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 



11 



fi 


fie 


front 


forehead 


fils 


son 


rond 


round 


frit 


fried 


blond 


light (hair) 


lis 


lily 


pont 


bridge 


pris 


taken 


long 


long 


prix 


price 


fond 


bottom 


ris 


laugh 


ils font 


they do 


riz 


rice 


jonc 


rush 


ni 


neither, nor 


non 


no 


nid 


nest 


gond 


hinge 


si 


if 


nom 


name 


il fit 


he did 


plomb 


lead 


mis 


put 


nu 


naked 


r 


folds 


du 


of the, sing. m. 


thread 


ildut 


he owed 


vil 


vile 


bra 


daughter-in-law 


vif 


lively 


brut 


rough 


sot 


fool 


ilbut 


he drank 


tot 


soon 


cru 


raw 


olos 


shut up 


il crut 


he believed 


nos 


our 


je fus 


I was 


vos 


your 
big 


jus 


juice 


gros 


lu 


read 


trop 


too much 


illut 


he read 


trot 


trot 


plus 


more 


croc 


hook 


tu 


thou 


or 


gold 


vu 


seen 


bord 


edge 


flux 


flux 
bird lime 


fort 


strong 


gill 


tort 


wrong 


due 


duke 


je sor? 


I go out 


sue 


juice 


sort 


fate 


sur 


upon 


port 


port 


mur 


wall 


il mord 


he bites 


mil 


no, none 


vol 


theft 


bout 


end 


choc 


shock 


Jong 


yoke 


roc 


rock 


nous 


we, us 


bloc 


block 


vous 


you 


troc 


exchange 


clou 


nail 


dot 


dowry 


cou 


neck 


on 


one, people, they 


i coup 


blow, stroke 


bon 


good 
bound 


trou 


hole 


bond 


mou 


soft 


ton 


thy 


tout 


all 


son 


his, her, its 


toux 


cough 


ils sonr 


they are 


pou 


louse 


mon 


my 


cour 


yard 


don 


s¥ 


il pleut 


it rains 


dont 


of which, fyc. 


peu 
il veut 


little, few 


done 


therefore 


he is willing 



12 



THE SOUNDS 



ON DISSYLLABLES, 

Or words of Two Syllables. 



A-bus 

a-chat 

ac-teur 

a-ge 

a-rae 

an-neau 

ar-deur 

ar-gent 

as-tre 

au-cun 

a-veu 

a-vis 

au-tre 

bal-con 

ban-que 

bar-que 

ba-teau 

ba-ton 

beau-te 

be-gue 

be-te 

beur-re 

bi-ble 

bla-me 

bon-heur 

bon-te 

bos-quet 

bou-quet 

bour-geon 

bour-ru 

bras-seur 

bri-gand 

brus-que 

bru-te 

buf-fet 

bu-reau 

bus-te 

ca-deau 

ca-fe 

ca-hot 

ca-non 

ca-ve 

cau-se 

cer-cle 

ci-seau 

ci-seaux 



abuse 

purchase 

actor 

age 

soul 

ring 

ardour 

money 

star 

none 

confession 

advice 

other 

balcony 

bank 

a bark 

boat 

stick 

beauty 

stammerer 

beast 

butter 

bible 

blame 

happiness 

goodness 

grove 

nosegay 

bud 

suily 

brewer 

robber 

abrupt 

brute 



ojfice 

bust 

prese?it 

coffee 

jolt 

cannon 

cellar 

cause 

circle 

chisel 

scissors 



cle-inent 

cli-mat 

cloi-son 

co-hue 

com-mun 

com-pas 

com-te 

cort-ge 

con-te 

co-quin 

cor-deau 

co-te 

cou-ple 

cou-reur 

co us-sin 

cou-vent 

cre-me 

cri-me 

crot-te 

crou-te 

da-me 

dan-seur 

de-bit 

de-bout 

de-mi 

de-pot 

dc-sert 

des-sert 

dis-cours 

dou-leur 

e-cu 

en-clin 

en-fant 

e-poux 

es-poir 

e-tain 

etre 

ex-ces 

festin 

fe-te 

fi-lou 

fla-con 

flam-beau 

flu-te 

fo-ret 

fou-dre 



clevieni 
climate 
partition 
throng 
common 
com/passes 
earl 
holiday 
tale 
rogue 
line 
side 
couple 
runnel 
cushion 
convent 
cream 
crime 
dirt 
crust 
lady 
dancer 
sale 
erect 
half 
deposit 
wilderness 
dessert 
speech 
pain 
crown 
inclined 
child 
spouse 
hope 
pewter 
being 
excess 
feast 
festival 
pickpocket 
decanter 
flambeau 



forest 
thunderbolt 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 



13 



four-mi 

fri-pon 

fu-reur 

gaie-te 

gar-9011 

ga-teau 

ga-zon 

gen-dre 

gen-re 

gi-got 

gla-5011 

gou-te 

gout-te 

gra-ce 

gron-deur 

gru-au 

gue-re 

guer-re 

gueu-le 

gui-de 

1 hai-ne 

'hale 

! hal-le 

1 har-pe 

1 ha-te 

1 hau-teur 

' ha-sard 

« he-tre 

hom-me 

hon-neur 

' hon-te 

hor-reur 

ho-te 

hu-main 

im-pie 

ju-ge 

jour-nee 

lai-teux 

la-quais 

lar-cin 

lar-geur 

li-queur 

lo-gis 

lon-gueur 

mar-bre 

mar-chand 

ma-ri 

me-re 



ant 


meu-ble 


furniture 


knave 


mon-de 


world 


fury 


mons-tre 


monster 


cheerfulness 


mou-le 


mould 


boy 


mou-lin 


mill 


cake 


ni-gaud 


silly fellow 


turf 


nou-veau 


new 


son-in-law 


oeu-vre 


work 


gender 


on-guent 


ointment 


leg of mutton 


or-dre 


order 


piece of ice 


ou-bli 


oblivion 


luncheon 


pa-rent 


relation 


drop 


par-rain 


god-father 


favour 


pa-te 


dough 


grumbler 


pa-te 


pie 


oatmeal 


pat-te 


paw 


little 


pe-che 


fishing, peach 


war 


pe-che 


sin 


mouth of a beast pe-cheur 


fisherman 


guide 


pe-cheur 


sinner 


hatred 


pei-ne 


trouble 


sunbuming 


pein-tre 


painter 


market hall 


pe-re 


father 


harp 


peu-ple 


people 


haste 


peu-reux 


fearful 


height 


pin-te 


pint 


chance 


plu-me 


feather 


beech 


por-trait 


- picture 


man 


pour-pre 


purple 


honour 


prin-ce 


prince 


shame 


pru-neau 


prune 


horror 


ra-gout 


ragout 


landlord 


re-gle 


rule 


human 


re-gne 


reign 


impious 


rei-ne 


queen 


judge 


ren-te 


annuity 


day 


re-ve 


dream 


milky 


ri-re 


laughing 


footman 


rou-te 


road 


theft 


ru-se 


trick 


breadth 


sa-bre 


sabre 


liquor 


sa-lut 


salute 


dwelling 


sa-tin 


satin 


length 


sau-c«e 


sauce 


marble 


sau-teur 


tumbler 


tradesman 


se-jour 


residence 


husband 


si-gnal 


signal 


mother 


si-gne 


sign 



14 


THE SOUNDS 




som-bre 


dark 


tome 


volume 


sou-hait 


wish 


tou-pie 


top 


sou-pe 


soup 


tour-neur 


turner 


sou-ris 


smile 


trai-neau 


sledge 


su-cre 


sugar 


tro-ne 


throne 


sus-pect 
ta-cne 


suspicious 


trou-peau 


jlock 


spot 


veu-ve 


widow 


ta-cbe 


task 


vi-gne 


vine 


tam-bour 


drum 


ze-le 


zeal 


tom-beau 


grave 


ze-le 


zealous 


WORDS OF THREE SYLLABLES. 


A-bi-me 


abyss 


bra-vou-re 


valour 


a-bre-ge 


abridgment 


breu-va-ge 


drink 


a-bri-cot 


apricot 


bro-de-rie 


embroidery 


ab-so-lu 


absolute 


brou-et-te 


wheelbarrow 


ab-sur-de 


absurd 


bru-lu-re 


burning 


ac-tri-ce 


actress 


brus-que-ment 


bluntly 


af-fai-re 


business 


ca-de-nas 


padlock 


am-pou-le 


blister 


cam-pa-gne 


country 


ap-pe-tit 


appetite 


ca-re-ine 


lent 


a-pre-t6 


asperity 


car-ros-se 


coach 


a-rai-gnee 


spider 


cein-tu-re 


girdle 


ar-moi-re 


cabinet 


ce-pen-dant 


however 


ar-tis-te 


artist 


cham-pi-gnon 


mushroom 


as-si-du 


assiduous 


cha-pe-lier 


hatter 


a-tro-ce 


atrocious 


cha-pel-le 


chapel 


au-ber-ge 


inn 


cha-pi-tre 


chapUr 


a-roi-ne 


oats 


char-la-tan 


quack 


aus-te-re 


austere 


char-ret-te 


cart 


ba-bio-le 


bawble 


cha-ti-ment 


chastisement 


bas-ses-se 


baseness 


chau-de-ment 


warmly 


ba-ti-ment 


building 


chau-die-re 


copper 


be-le-ment 


bleating 


chauf-fa-ge 


fuel 


ber-ge-re 


shepherdess 


chaus-su-re 


shoes, stockings 


be-ti-se 


stupidity 


ci-vic-re 


hand-barrcnv 


bien-fai-sant 


benevolent 


cla-ve-cin 


harpsichord 


bien-se-ant 


becoming 


clo-a-que 


sewer 


bien-ve-nu 


welcome 


eo-li-qae 


colic 


blan-cha-tre 


whitish 


col-le-ge 


college 


bles-su-re 


wound 


col-li-ne 


hill 


boi-se-rie 


wainscot 


co-lon-ne 


column 


bor-du-re 


edging 
baker 


co-lo-ris 


colouring 


bou-lan-ger 


co-me-die 


comedy 


bou-ta-de 


whim 


co-me-dien 


comedian 


bou-ti-que 


shop 


com-mer-fant 


merchant 


bras-se-rie 


brewhouse 


com-pa-gnie 


company 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 



15 



com-pa-gnon 


companion 


es-pe-ce 


kind 


con-dui-te 


behaviour 


es-quis-se 


sketch 


con-que-rant 


conqueror 


es-tra-gon 


stragon 


con-que-te 


conquest 


e-tei-gnoir 


extinguisher 


cons-tam-ment constantly 


e-tour-di 


thoughtless 


con-ti-gu 


contiguous 


e-ve-che 


bishoprick 


cor-don-nier 


shoemaker 


e-veil-le 


awake 


co-ri-a-ce 


tough 


ex-ces-sif 


immoderate 


cor-ni-chon 


girkin 


ex-em-ple 


example 


cou-chet-te 


couch 


fa-bu-leux 


fabulous 


cou r ron-ne 


crown 


fa-£a-de 


front 


cou-te-las 


hanger 


fa-ien-ce 


delft-ware 


cou-te-lier 


cutler 


fa-ri-neux 


mealy 


cou-tu-re 


seam 


fa-rou-che 


fierce 


cra-moi-si 


crimson 


fi-las-se 


jlax 


cre-da-le 


credulous 


fleu-ris-te 


florist 


cri-ti-que 


critic 


fai-bles-se 


weakness 


cru-au-te 


cruelty 


fo-la-tre 


playful 


cui-si-ne 


kitchen 


fou-droy-ant 


thundering 


cul-bu-te 


tumble 


four-bis-seur 


sword-culler 


cu-re-dent 


tooth-pick 


four-ru-re 


fur 


de-com-bres 


rubbish 


fram-boi-se 


raspberry 


de-gou-tant 


disgusting 


fri-su-re 


curling 


de-jeu-ner 


breakfast 


frois-su-re 


bruising 


de-raeu-re 


abode 


gi-ro-fie 


cloves 


des-hon-neur 


dishonour 


go-be-let 


tumbler, goblet 


des-po-te 


despot 


gou-lu-ment 


greedily 


dis-ci-ple 


pupil 


gue-ri-son 


cure 


dis-gra-ce 


disgrace 


gui-mau-ve 


marsh-maUov) 


dro-guis-te 


druggist 


ha-lei-ne 


breath 


droi-tu-re 


uprightness 


' har-di-ment 


boldly 


e-cha-faud 


scaffold 


1 ha-ri-cot 


French bean 


e-chel-le 


ladder 


hor-lo-ge 


clock 


e-che-veau 


skein 


hor-ri-ble 


horrid 


e-cu-me 


froth 


ho-tes-se 


landlady 


em-pe-reur 


emperor 


i-gno-rant 


ignorant 


em-pla-tre 


plaster 


im-men-se 


immense 


em-plet-te 


'purchase 


im-pu-ni 


unpunished 


en-clu-me 


anvil 


in-cen-die 


conflagration 


en-ga-geant 


engaging 


in-con-nu 


unknown 


en-ne-mi 


enemy 


in-ge-nu 


ingenuous 


en-sei-gne 


sign 


in-hu-raain 


inhuman 


e-pa-gneul 


spaniel 


in-sec-te 


insect 


e-pi-ce 


spice 


ins-true- rif 


instructive 


e-pi-cier 


grocer 


i-voi-re 


ivory 


e-pou-se 


wife 


i-vro-gne 


drunkard 


es-ca-lier 


stair-case 


ja-quet-te 


jacket 


es-pa-ee 


space 


jour-na-lier 


journeyman 



16 


THE 


SOUNDS 




lai-tie-re 


milk-woman 


puis-san-ce 


powen 


lan-gou-reux 


languishing 


que-rel-le 


quarrel 


len-til-le 


lentil 


ra-pie-re 


rapier 


li-ma-9011 


snail 


r a- tie-re 


rat-trap 


ma-ga-sin 


warehouse 


re-col-te 


crop 


mal-a-droit 


awkward 


re-ser-ve 


reserved 


ma-noBu-vre 


manoeuvre 


res-sour-ce 


resource 


mar-mi-ton 


scullion 


re-trai-te 


retirement 


mas-cu-lin 


masculine 


re-ve-rie 


meditation 


me-con-tent 


discontented 


rou-gea-tre 


reddish 


me-moi-re 


memory 


rus-ti-que 


rural 


me-na-ger 


thrifty 


scan-da-leux 


scandalous 


men-son-ge 


falsehood 


scru-pu-leux 


scrupulous 


me-pri-se 


mistake 


se-an-ce 


sitting 


me-tho-de 


method 


ser-ru-re 


lock 


mo-des-tie 


moiesty 


sif-fle-ment 


whistling 


mon-ta-gnard 


highlander 


sim-ple-ment 


plainly 


mou-tar-de 


mustard 


so-bri-quet 


nick name 


mur-mu-re 


murmur 


so-Ien-nel 


solemn 


na-tu-rel 


natural 


son-net-te 


little bell 


nau-fra-ge 


shipwreck 


so-no-re 


sonorous 


ne-an-rnoins 


nevertheless 


sou-cou-pe 


saucer 


no-bles-se 


nobility 


soup-9011-nertx 


suspicious 


noi-ra-tre 


blackish 


spec-ta-cle 


sight 


o-bli-geant 


obliging 


splen-di-de 


splendid 


om-bra-ge 


shade 


suc-ces-seur 


successor 


op-pro-bre 


disgrace 


su-pre-me 


supreme 


o-ra-guex 


stormy 


symp-to-me 


symptom, 


or-fe-vre 


goldsmith 


tein-tu-re 


dying 


or-phe-Iin 


orphan 


ten-dres-se 


tenderness 


pa-moi-son 


fainting fit 


te-ne-breux 


dark 


pan-to u-fle 


slipper 


the-a-tre 


theatre 


pa-pe-tier 


stationer 


the-ie-re 


tea-pot 


pa-ra-sol 


umbrella 


toi-let-te 


toilet 


pa-ren-te 


kinswoman 


tour-ne-vis 


screwdriver 


pa-rois-se 


parish 


tou-te-fois 


nevertheless 


pas-sa-ble 


tolerable 


tri-che-rie 


cheat 


pois-sar-de 


fishwoman 


tri-om-phe 


triumph 


poi-tri-ne 


breast 


trom-pet-te 


trumpet 


por-tie-re 


coach door 


tu-mul-te 


tumult 


pos-tu-re 


posture 


va-can-ces 


holidays 


po-ta-ge 


porridge 


ver-get-te 


brush 


pous-sie-re 


dust 


ver-mis-seau 


small vjorm 


pre-tex-te 


pretence 


vic-toi-re 


victory 


prin-ces-se 


princess 


vi-gou-reux 


vigorous 


pro-mes-^se 


promise 


vil-la-geois 


countryman 


pro-tec-teur 


protector 


voi-tu-re 


carriage- 


pu-e-ril 


childish 


ze-phi-re 


zephyrus 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 



OF CONSONANTS. 



17 



Bal 


ball 


Ba-bel 


Babel 


ba-bil 


prating 


ba-bouin 


baboon 



B, b, this letter has the same sound as in English. 

bo-bi-ne bobbin 

bar-ba-ris-me barbarism, 
bi-bli-o-the-que library 
bur-les-que burlesque 

B is always pronounced in the middle of words, as ab- 
di-qwer, sub-ve-nir, ob-vi-er ; and at the end of proper 
names, as Job, Caleb, Moab ; also in the words radoub, 
the refitting of a ship, rumb, point of the compass : but it 
is never sounded in plomb, lead. 

When double, as in abbe, abbot ; rabbin, rabbin ; sab- 
bat, sabbath; and their derivatives, only one of these 
letters is sounded ; however, in Abbeville and abbatial 
the sound of the double b is distinctly heard. 



- 




~k 


or English 


c 

a, 


in cart, before 
o, u, I, n, r, but 


C, c, has the sound of<! 






of 








s, 


or c in cedar, 


cider, cymbal, 






_ 




before e, i, and y. 


C sounded as k. 




C sounded as s. 


Cal-cul 


calculation 




ce-ci 




this 


ca-co-pho-nie 


cacophony 




ce-ci-te 




blindness 


cle-ri-cal 


clerical 




ce-ta-cee 




cetaceous 


Cra-co-vie 


Cracow 




cer-eeau 




hoop 


co-que-li-cot 


wild-poppy 




Cir-ce 




Circe 


cro-co-di-le 


crocodile 




ci-li-ce 




hair-cloth 


cris-tal 


crystal 




cy-ni-que 




cynic 


cu-cur-bi-te 


cucurbite 




cy-pres 




cypress 



C is not sounded in the middle of words before q, ca % 
co, cu, cl, cr, as socque, acquerier, accabler, acclimater, 
acclamation, accomplir, acoutrer^ accrediter, ecclesias- 
tique, which are pronounced so-que, a-querir, a-cabler, 
&c. except, however, in the words pec-cable, pec-cant t 



18 THE SOUNDS 

pec-cadille, pec-cavi, sac-cholatique, in which the sound 
of the double c is distinctly heard. — It has the sound of 
k before ce and ci, as in suc-ces, ac-cident, vac-cine, &c. 
and takes the sound of s before a, o, u, when there is a 
cedilla under it, as in fagade, fagon, regu. 

C is sounded as g hard in second, and its derivatives, 
and by many in Claude, and Reine-Claude, and even by 
some, but improperly, in secret. 

C, at the end of words, is usually pronounced k, as in 
cognac, lac, (a lake,) avec, bee, pic, syndic, roc, froc, estoc, 
due, aqueduc, agaric, arc, zinc, &c. and in the singular 
of echec ; but it is not sounded in croc, ac-croc, arc-bou- 
tant, banc, broc, clerc, marc d' argent, eric, estomac, flanc, 
jonc, lacs, (toils,) tabac, tronc, echecs, nor in done before 
a consonant ; but 

It is always sounded in croc-en-jambe, franc etourdi, 
du blanc au noir, and in both syllables of mic-mac, tric- 
trac, cric-erac, ric-d-ric, and pore-epic 

In words ending in ct, both consonants are generally 
sounded, as in tact, contact, intact, exact, inexact, ab- 
ject, correct, direct, infect, strict, succinct ; but neither of 
them in aspect, suspect, circonspect, amict, instinct, dis- 
tinct ; and only c in respect, though both letters are al- 
ways heard in suspecte, circonspecie, respecte, distincte, 
as well as in the middle of other similar words, as recteur, 
vecteur, seducteur, redacteur, humecter, injecter, dactyle, 
ductile, tactique &c. 



f" one, which is most general, like sh 

~, , j j in she, shake ; 

CA has two sounds,-^ the other) wWch Tery rareIy oc . 

(_ curs, is that of k in chimera. 

Examples of sh. 

Chat cat ar-chi-tra-ve architrave 

che-val horse chou-et-te screech-owl 

cher-eher to seek chu-te fall 

chi-che stingy chu-cho-ter to whisper 

ar-chi-tec-te architect chy-le, &c. &c. chyle 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 19 

and in many proper names, as Achille, Joachim, Cheru- 
bin, Zachee, &c. 

Examples of ch as k. 

A-chab Cham Za-cha-rie Cal-chas 

A-che-lo-us Cha-na-an Ma-chi-a-vel Bac-chus 

An-ti-o-chus Chi-o Mi-chel-an-ge Cha-ron 

A-chaie Cho-re-be Pul-che-rie Ci-vi-ta-Vec- 

A-na-char-sis Chos-ro-es Ti-cho-Bra-he chia 

a-na-cho-re-te Chal-da-i-que Dyr-ra-chi-um Zu-rich. 

ar-chan-ge Chal-dee chi-ro-man-cie e-cho 

Ar-chan-gel cha-os ehceur scho-lie 

ar-che-ty-pe che-li-doi-ne cho-ris-te eha-li-be 

ar-chon-tes Cher-so-ne-se or-ches-tre chon-dril-le 

ar-chi-e-pis-co- chi-li-ar-que i-cho-reux chi-ra-gre 

pal chal-co-gra- cho-re-ge ar-cha-is-me 

chal-ca-doi-ne phie Na-bu-cho-do- 

eu-cha-ris-tie ea-te-chu-me-ne no-sor 

Examples of cht as k. 

Utrecht I are pronounced flftrek £ without sounding 
Maes-tricht ) ( Mastrik ) tne tm 

Ch takes the sound of a hard g in drachme, and is 
dropped in almanach; and on account of their Italian 
origin in vermicelle and violoncelle, c, without h, takes 
the sound of the English sh 

Ch has uniformly the sound of k, in all words where 
it is followed by a consonant, as Christ, chretien, Chloris, 
chrcnique, isochrone, chronometre, Arachnc, ichneumon, 
technique, &c. 



D, d, has the same sound as in English. 

De-da-le labyrinth Dry-a-de Dryad 

do-du plump dro-ma-dai-re dromedary 

din-don UorJcey de-di-ca-toi-re dedicatory 

D is always sounded in the middle of words, as adjec 
tif, adverbe, admirable. 

It is likewise heard at the end of proper names, as in 
David, Obed, Gad, Alfred, &c. and in some other 
3* 



20 THE SOUNDS 

words, as Cid, Sud, Sund, Talmud, ephod, lamed. At 
the end of many words before a vowel, or A mute, Stakes 
the sound of t, as, quand il viendra ; un grand homme ; 
vend-il ? &c. however, it is never sounded in bond, gond, 
fond, nid, nosud, muid, and pied ; except in de fond-en- 
comble, de pied-en-cap, tenir pied-d-loule, avoir un pied- 
a-terre, where it is sounded as t. 

D is sounded double in some few words derived from 
the Latin, as in ad-dition, ad-ducteur, red-dition. 



F, f is sounded like the same letter in English. 

Example. 

Far-fa-det hobgoblin fe-bri-fu-ge febrifuge 

fau-fi-ler to baste {in sewing) fruc-ti-fi-er to fructify 

fet-fa edict of the Mufti fi-fre fifer 

fan-fa-ron boastei for-fait crime 

Final / is sounded in all words ending in f which 
amount to nearly 260, mostly adjectives, and in raf href 
brief, chef, fief nef nerf grief serf relief, mechef Azof 
l°f tof tuf ouf pouf ceuf veuf bceuf and neuf (new;) 
but not in clef, cerf etevf chef-d 1 ceuvre, ceuf, frais, nor 
in the plural of nerf ceuf bceuf and neuf, (new.) In 
neuf, (nine,) when alone, or when it terminates the sen- 
tence, /is distinctly sounded, but it takes the sound of v 
before a vowel, and is silent before a consonant. 

When it is doubled, only one of these letters is sound- 
ed : however, in some few words, as effusion, affddir, ef- 
fraction, it seems more proper to sound both 



{before a, o, u, the hard sound of g in the 
English word go, 
and before e, i, y, the soft sound of s in plea* 
sure, 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 21 



Examples of g hard. 



Gan-gre-ne gangrene gut-tu-ral guttural 

Gro-nin-gue Groningen gom-me gum 

gai cheerful gla-ce 

go-gue-nard joker Gor-go-ne Gorgon 



Example of g soft. 

Geai jay ge-ne-ral general 

ge-or-gi-ques georgics gens people 

gen-re gender gin-gem-bre ginger 

ge-mir to groan gym-ni-que gymnastic 

G final has the hard sound in joug, and in proper 
names, as Agag, Doeg, but it takes the sound of k in 
rang, sang, and long masculine before a vowel ; and 
also in bourg. It is silent in faubourg, Luxembourg, 
&c. and in Bourg-Vabbe, Bourg-la-Reine, &c. ; and like- 
wise in sang-sue, de sang-froid, sang-de-dragon, in rang, 
sang, long, before a consonant, and always in doigf, 
legs, poing, vieuz-oing, hareng, etang, seing, and vingt. 

Bourg-mestre is pronounced bourgue-mestre, and by 
some persons it is now, and not improperly, written in 
the latter manner. 

Gu forms a distinct syllable in the inflections of the 
verb ar-gu-er ; is strongly sounded in aigue, sur argue, 
cigue, ambigue, contigue, exigue, and besaigue; has a 
mixed sound with the following- i in aiguille, aiguillade, 
aiguillonner, aiguiser, and derivatives, and in the proper 
names, d 1 Aiguillon, de Guise, le Guide. But the u in 
the inflections of more than forty verbs ending in guer, 
and in many other words, where it stands before e and i, 
being intended only to give g the hard sound, is entirely 
silent, as in bague, begue, figue, dogue, fougue, fugue, 
onguent, langue, longue, nargue, vergue, morgue, dis- 
tingue, gue, gui, guerir, guinder, guise, languir, guin- 
guette, &c. 

Gua takes the mixt sound of the diphthong goua in 
some few words, as lingual, paragaante, Guadeloupe % 
Guadalquivir, Guatimala, Guastalla. 



22 



THE SOUNDS 



When g is doubled, only one is sounded, except be- 
fore e and i, then the first g retains the hard, and the 
second adopts the soft sound, as in sug-gerer, sugges- 
tion. 

G before h, and before several consonants in the mid- 
dle of words, retains its hard sound, as in Berghen, En- 
ghien, eglise, enigme, segnie\t, amygdales. Before / 
there are two exceptions, in |he words, imbroglio and de 
Broglio, where it is sounded liquid, as in seraglio, and 
these words are generally pronounced as if written im- 
broille, de Broille. 

f one hard, as in the English word 

Gn has two sounds <( , Jf ., \. ., . ., , 

] and the other liquid, as in the last 

L syllable of onion 

Examples of the hard sound. 



Gni-de 

Gnome 

gno-nri-de 

gno-mi-que 

gno-mon 

gno-mo-ni-que 



gna-pha-li-um 

gnos-ti-que 

ag-nat 

ag-na-ti-on 

cog-nat 

cog-na-ti-on 



ag-na-ti-que 

cog-na-ti-que 

ag-nus 

ig-nee 

ig-ni-cole 

ig-ni-ti-on 



reg-ni-cole 

mag-ne-sie 

stag-nant 

stag-na-ti-on 

di-ag-nos-tique 

mag-iiat 



G is silent in signet, and Regnard, a French writer 
of comedies, pronounced sinet, Renard. 



H, h, when aspirated, is sounded with a sirong guttu- 
ral impulse, and when mute, it has no power but that of 
showing etymology. 



H 


aspirated in 


His 


mute in 


'Hstbler 


to romance 


ha-bit 


coat 


'ha-che 


axe 


her-be 


grass 


'ha-ir 


to hate 


heu-re 


hour 


'har-pe 


harp 


heu-reux 


happy 


'haut 


high 


he-ro-i-ne* 


heroine 


'he-ros* 


hero 


he-ro-i-que 


heroic 


'he-ris-son 


hedge-hog 


he-ro-is-me* 


heroism 


'hi-deux 


hideous 


his-toi-re 


history 


'hon-te 


shame 


hi-ver 


winter 


( hur-ler 


to howl 


hor-reur 


horror 



and about 160 more words. 



and about 135 other cases. 



All generally noted in my dictionary and others. 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 



23 



# Observe, that h is aspirated in l heros, but not in its 
derivatives. 

H is never aspirated in the middle of a word, except 
when that word is the compound of another beginning 
with an h aspirated, as in s 1 aheurter, dehdler, dehanche, 
deharnacher, enharnacher, s'enhardir, dehors. 

N. B. Though there is no aspirated h before onze, 
onzieme, and oui, we pronounce and write more gene- 
rally le onze, le onzieme, than V onze, V onzieme, and say 
always le oui et le non without elision, and final 5 in mes, 
tes, ses, nos, vos, leurs, ces, and les, is never sounded 
when placed before any of these words, as tous vos oui 
at vos non ; sur les onze heures, and even before une in 
sur les une heure. 

For what concerns h placed after c or g, see the re 
marks on those two letters, p. 18 and 22. 

H, after r or t, is always silent, as rheteur, Rhone, rhu- 
barbe, the, Thomas, thym. 



J, j, has constantly the sound of z in azure, or s in 
pleasure. 







EXAMPLE. 




Jus 


gravy 


jou-jou 


toy 


ja-mais 


never 


ju-ju-be 


jwjiibe 


jo-vi-al 


jovial 


jeu-nes-se 


youth 



K, k, has always a hard sound, as in the English 
word king. 

This letter can be hardly considered as belonging to 
the French alphabet, as it is found only in some few 
words borrowed from foreign languages, as 



Kan-gu-rou 
ker-mes 



kangaroo 
cochineal 



ki-os-que 
ky-ri-el-le 



Turkish pavilion 
i tedious enume- 
\ ration 



24 



THE SOUNDS 



L, I, has two sounds, the 



first, is precisely the same as 
I in the English words 
lily, law, &c. 

second, resembles that of ill 
in brilliant. 



Example of the First. 



La-te-ral 


lateral 


li-las 


lilach 


16-gis-la-teur legislator 


lo-cal 


local 


li-bel-le 


libel 


lu-ni-so-lai-re 


lunisolar 




Example 


of the Second. 




Bail 


lease 


cail-lou-ta-ge 


pebbte-work 


som-meil 


sleep 


mer-veil-leux 


wonderful 


oeil 


eye 


osil-la-de 


glance 


e-cu-reuil 


squirrel 


Guil-lau-me 


William 


or-gueil* 


pride 


or-gueil-leux* 


proud 


fe-nouil 


fennel 


gri-bouil-let-te 


scramble 


tail-le 


shape 


ga-zouil-le-ment 


warbling 


tail-la 


he did cut 


bar-bouil-lage 


scrawl 


tail-le 


cut 


cha-mail-lis 


squabble 


tail-lis 


copse 


o-reil-le 


ear 


tail-Ions 


let us cut 


pe-ril 


danger 


tail-leur 


tailor 


pe-ril-leux 


dangerous 


tail-lu-re 


kind of embroidery oil-le 


olio 


Neuil-ly 


Neul-ly 


im-bro-glio 


intricacy 



As the pronunciation of this letter is attended with 
some difficulty, observe that the final syllables, ail, eil, 
ceil, euil, ueil, and ouil, are always liquid; so are in 
any situation aill, eill, aill, euill, will, and ouill, follow- 
ed by a vowel, as is seen in the list of examples just 
given. 

* There is a perceptible difference between the vowel 
sound of the second syllable of orgueil and orgueilleux ; 
the former is pronounced like ceil, and the latter like the 
second syllable of sommeil. 

L final, preceded simply by i, is liquid in some few 
words, of which the following is nearly a list; avril, 
babil, Bresil, cil, gril, gresil, peril, and gentil, when 
before a vowel, though in some even of these the I is 
occasionally dropped in familiar conversation ; in other 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 25 

words of this termination, the I is usually suppressed, as 
in fusil, outil, chenil, &c. pronounced fusi, outi, cheni. 

In fils, a son, or sons, the I is mute ; but in fil, fils, 
thread, threads, it is always heard, but is not liquid. 

The same remark applies to foil, pronounced poll, the 
hair of an animal, and to il, the personal pronoun ; in the 
plural of this latter, Us, the I is sometimes rejected and 
sometimes pronounced, though the first mode is prefer- 
able. 

Observe that Milhaut, Pardalhac, and Sully, proper 
names, are pronounced liquid, contrary to the establish- 
ed rule, and that the two latter are nearly the only known 
instances of an I or 11 sounded liquid, without being im- 
mediately preceded by the vowel i. 

Ill, in the middle of a word, is generally liquid, there 
being no exceptions of this rule but those words which 
begin immediately by ill, as illegal, illuminer, &c. and 
the following, distiller, instiller, osciller, scintiller, titil- 
ler, vaciller, fritillaire, imbecille, mille, tranquille, with 
their derivatives and inflections when verbs, and ville 
with its compounds, as also Achille, campanille, codi- 
cille, Jibrille, Gille, maxillaire, pupille. la Sibylle, and 
sille. 

In most of these exceptions 11 are both sounded, as 
well as in several other words, in which these letters are 
preceded by other vowels, as allegoric, allusion, appella- 
tif, appellation, belligerant, belliqueuz, collation de bene- 
fices, follicule, malleole, velleite, collusion, constellation, 
constelle, ebullition, Gallican, Gallicisme, intellect, &c. 
malleable, medullaire, palliatif, pellicule, equipoller, hel- 
lenisme, and in proper names, as Apollon, Bellone, Do- 
labella, Pallas, Sylla, &c. 

M, m, corresponds in sound with the same letter in 
English. 

EXAMPLES. 

Mar-me-la-de marmalade mo-mie mummy 

mar-mot-te marmot mo-ment moment 

me-mo-ra-ble memorable Mus-sul-man Mussulman 

mir-mi-don myrmidon mur-rau-re murmur 

mi-mi-que mimic mys-te-re mystery 



26 THE SOUNDS 

M, though usually sounded in the middle of words 
before n, as in amnistie, calomnie, hymne, insomnie, som- 
nambule, automnal, is yet mute in damner, and its deri- 
vatives, and in the substantive automne. 

When double, only one of these letters is usually 
sounded, except, 1st, in proper names, as Em-manuel ; 
2dly, in words beginning with imm, as im-mortel. 

In words in which em is followed by m, as emmencher, 
it is pronounced like an, with the nasal sound. 

When this letter is final, see tables first and second, (p. 
4 and 5,) and the accompanying observations, (p. 8. and 
9,) where we necessarily, in part, discussed the nature of 
this letter. 

N, n, has the same sound as in English. 
EXAMPLES. 

A-na-nas fine-apple non-ne nun 

Ne-nu-far Nenupliar non-obs-tant notwithstanding 

na-ti-o-nal national Ni-ni-ve Nineveh 

no-mi-nal nominal noc-tur-ne nocturnal 

no-na-ge-nai-re a man of ninety nym-phe nymph 

When n follows the letter £\ see gn (p. 22.) 

N is often nasal, see table i. (p. 4,) and table ii. 
(p. 5,) and our observations (p. 8 and 9.) 

N takes the sound of 5 in monsieur, pronounced mos- 
sieu. 

N after e before t final in the third person plural of 
any French verb is constantly silent, and the e is mute, 
as Us consentent an ma,rche, Us aimaient d rive, Us lu- 
rent un chapiire ; here the final t is only sounded before 
a vowel. 

When n is doubled, one only is generally pronounced, 
except in an-nexe, an-nal, an-nuel, an-notation, an-nuler, 
in-ne, in-nove, in-novation, and a few other cases. 



P, p, is 


sounded as in 


English. 






EXAMPLES. 




Pa-pil-lon 

pe-pin 

pied-plat 

prin-ci-pe 

pro-pos 


butterfly 
pippin 
mean fellow 
principle 
discourse 


pou-pee 

po-pu-lai-re 

pour-pre 

pur-pu-rin 

py-ra-mi-de 


doll 

popular 
purple 
purplish 
pyramid 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 



27 



P followed by h has the sound of f, as philosophe, 
phosphore, physique. 

P preserves its sound in the middle of a word, as in 
adapter, adopter, capter, captieux, baptismal, aptitude, 
exception, exemption, inepte, contempteur, gypse, Septem- 
bre, Septuagesime, corruption, rupture, apsides, rapso- 
dies, symptome. 

But it is not heard in bapteme, baptiser, baptistaire. 
Baptiste, cheptel, exempt, exempter, sculpter, sculpteur, 
sculpture, je romps, il corromp, sept, septieme, temps, and 
printemps, nor in prompt, prompte, and its derivatives. 

Final p is always sounded in Alep, cap, Gap, jalap, 
and julep, it is also heard in trop, beaucoup, when before 
a vowel, but never in champ, camp, drap, loup, sirop, and 
galop. 

In laps, relaps, and rapt, both the final consonants are 
pronounced, but neither in ceps de vigne. 

When p is doubled, only one is generally sounded ; 
however, in such words as lippitude, hippo centaure, hip- 
popotame, Hippomene, Agrippa, Agrippine, Philip- 
piques, and Hippias, both are distinctly heard. 



ex- 



Q, q, has generally the hard sound of k in 
As this letter is constantly followed by the vowels, 
cept in cinq, and coq, we shall simply remark, that 

' k, by far the most general before 

any vowel. 
kou before a in some particular 

words. 
ku before e, or i, in some others. 



Qu has three sounds, 
that of 



Cluai 

qua-li-te 

quel-que 

qui-con-que 

qui-pro-quo 

quo-li-bet 

quin-qui-na 

que-nouil-le 



Examples of k 

wharf 
quality 
some 
whosoever 



blunder 
pun 

Peruvian bark 
distaff 



ques-tion 
se-ques-tre 
queue 
a-queux 
a-que-duc 
e-qui-vo-que 
se re-quin- 
auer 



&e. &c. &c. 



question 
seqtiestration 
tail 
watery 
aqueduct 
ambiguity 
to trick one's 
self out 



28 



THE SOUNDS 



A-qua-ti-que 

e-qua-teur 

6-qua-ti-on 

qua-kre 

qua-dra-tu-re 

q'la-dri-ge 

qua-dru-pe-de 
qua-dru-ple 



Examples of Jcou. 

aquatic qua-ter-ne 

equator qua-dra-ge- 

equation nai-re 

quaker qua-dra-ge- 

quadrature si-mal 

C ancient cha- a-qua-ti-le 

1 riot with a-qua-rel-le 

f four horses li-qua-ti-on 

quadruped in-quar-to 

quadruple lo-qua-ci-te 

Examples of ku. 



quaternion 
a man of forty 

I quadragesimal 
aquatile 



liquation 
quarto size 
loquacity 



E-ques-tre equestrian 

li-que-fac-ti-on liquefaction 



e-qui-mui-ti-ple equimultiple 



ques-teur 

ques-tu-re 

quin-quen- 

nium 

equi-la-te-re 

e-qui-la-te-ral 

e-qui-an-gle 

e-qui-dis-tant 



questor 
questure 

quinquennium 

of equal dimen- 
sions 
equilateral 
equiangular 
equidistant 



e-qui-ta-ti-on 
quin-tu-ple 
quin-ti-le 
quin-quen-nal 
qmn-de-cem- i 
virs - I 



horsemanship 
quintuple 
quintile 
quinquennial 

quindecemvin 



quin-que-re-me ancient galley 
( a term of the 
1 ancient gym- 
( nasium 



qiun-quer-ce 



In quinquagenaire, a man of fifty, and quinquagesime, 
quinquagesima, the first syllable corresponds with the 
sound of qu in equestre, and the second corresponds with 
the sound of qu in aquatique. This letter is never 
doubled. 



R, r, is sounded as in English, but much stronger. 



Ra-re-te 

ras-su-rer 

ra-bou-gri 

re-brous-ser 

ri-gou-reux 

rom-pre 

rou-vrir 

ru-gir 

ru-ral 

ras-tre 



EXAMPLES. 



scarcity 

to hearten 

stunted 

to turn back 

rigorous 

to break 

to open again 

to roar 

rural 

a boor 



rhyth-me 

sour-dre 

cour-roux 

il-cour-ra 

cor-ro-de-ra 

cor-ro-bo-re-ra 

ir-ra-di-a-ti-on 

ir-ro-ra-ti-on 

tor-re-fac-ti-on 



rhythm 

to spring 

wrath 

he will run 

it will corrode 

{ it will corro- 

\ borate 
irradiation 
irrigation 
torrefaction 



R is always sounded at the end of words after the 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 



29 



vowels, a, i, o, u, except in Monsieur, pronounced, as we 
have said, Mos-sieu. 

Er, in the following adjectives and substantives, con- 
stantly rhymes with air, which is pronounced alike in 
both languages. 



EXAMPLES. 

ultramarine 

belvidere 

Lucifer 

the Lord 1 sprayer 

ignorant medical 

practitioner 
village school mas- 
ter 
Stadtholder 
Jupiter 
Algiers 
Gessner 
Niger, a river 
Sadder, a holy book 
of the Persians 

In all other substantives, ending in er, the r is silent, 
and the e pronounced close and short as in clarte. 

When the following adjectives and a few others pre- 
cede immediately a substantive which they qualify, if 
this begins with a vowel, the r is pronounced, but in no 
other case. 



Cher 


dear 


ou-tre-mer 


cuil-ler 


spoon 


bel-ve-der 


fer 


iron 


Lu-ci-fer 


ver 


worm 


Pa-ter 


mer 
fier 


sea 

haughty 


fra-ter 


gas-ter 


stomach 




hi-er 


yesterday 


ma-gister < 


hi-ver 


winter 


Stat-hou-der 


a-mer 


bitter 


Ju-pi-ter 


can-cer 


cancer 


Al-ger 


en-fer 


hell 


Gess-ner 


e-ther 


ether 


Ni-ger 


a-vant-hier 


i the day before 
\ yesterday 


Sad-der 



R sounded 



R not sounded 



Che premiere acte the first act 

I son dernier ouvrage his last work 

•i un singulier evenement a singular event 
un en tier abandon an entire cession 

{jin leger obstacle a slight obstacle 

'II est le premier a vous promettre et le dernier a. 
vous tenir parole. — He is the first to promise, 
and the last to keep his word. 
C'est un homme leger et inconstant, entier en 
tout ce qu'il veut, et singulier en tout ce qu'il 
fait. — He is a light versatile character, positive 
in all he undertakes, and singular in all he 
does. 



Final r in the present of the infinitive of all the verbs 
of the first conjugation, is always pronounced when im- 



so 



THE SOUNDS 



mediately followed by a word beginning with a vowel, 
when the style is dignified, but in conversation this dis- 
tinction is seldom observed. 

Rh. See h, (p. 23.) 

When this letter is double, only one is pronounced, ex- 
cept, 1st, in aberration, abhorrer, horreur, errer, lorrefi- 
er, and their derivatives: 2dly, in words beginning with 
irr, as irrevocable, irregulier, irruption, &c. ; 3dly, in 
the future and conditional of the verbs acquerir, courir, 
mourir, and their derivatives — facquer-rai,je mourrais, 
nous cour-ri-ons, &c. 



S, s, has two > hard, as in the English word sister. 
sounds, the ) soft, as in rose and please. 
In the following list of words the first s has the hard, 
and the second the soft sound. 

EXAMPLES OF BOTH SOUNDS. 



Sai-son 


season 


sour-noi-se 


a sullen woman 


sai-sie 


seizure 


snp-po-sez 


suppose 


se-sa-me 


sesamum 


se-dui-sant 


alluring 


si-se 


situate 


Su-se 


Susa 


Sou-bi-se 


Soubise 


su-sin 


quarter-deck 


sot-ti-se 


silly action 


Sy-ra-cu-se 


Syracuse 


sous-en-ten-te 


\ mental reserva- 


Syn-the-se 


Synthesis 



S has uniformly the hard sound at the beginning of 
words, except in Sbire, Svelte, Sganarelle, and Sdili for 
Delos, where it has the soft sound ; and in familiar con- 
versation alter d Sedan ; il est le second de sa classe, are 
pronounced as if these words were written azdan, le 
zgon. Before ch, s is mute, as in Schall, Schaffhouse, 
Schelling, Schis-e, Schorl. 

Sh in sherif a sheriff is sounded as in English. 

When s is followed by ce, ci, cy, the sound of only one 
of these consonants is heard, as in scene, science, Scythie, 
&c. except, however, in aces-cence, convales-cence, effer- 
vcs-cence, effiores-cence, turges-cence, incandes-cence, re- 
'minis- cence, resipis-cence, mis-cible, res-cinder \ sus-cep- 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 31 

tion, sus-citer, sus-citation, vis-cere, vis-ceral, trans-cend- 
ance, and a few others, where s cannot be rescinded 
without altering the pronunciation. In all other com- 
binations, sc takes the sound of sk, as scapulaire, scolie, 
sclerotique, scribe, esclave, scrupule, &c. 

S preserves the hard sound in the middle of a word, 
when preceded or followed by a consonant, as in transe, 
transir, Transylvanie, convulsion, valse, espace, usien- 
sile, statistique, &c. &c. However, it takes the soft 
sound, or that of z, m Alsace, Arsace, Asdrubal, asbeste, 
balsamine, balsamique, bisbille, Israel, Israelite, JEsdras, 
Thisbe, presbitere, transaction, transiger, transitoire, in- 
transitif transalpin, Lesbos, Isboseth, Brisgaw, Ryswick, 
Louisbourg, Augsbourg, Presbourg, Philipsbourg, and 
some few others. 

S takes the soft sound when between two vowels, as 
in base, these, bise, rose, ruse, &c. Except in compound 
words, where it preserves the hard sound of the initial 
s of its root ; as in desuetude, entresol, monosyllabe, po- 
lysyllabe, parasol, tournesol, preseance, presupposer, re- 
saisir, resaluer, vraisemblable, and some derivatives. 

St final, see final t (p. 33.) 

Final s is always heard in as, atlas, argus, bibus, blo- 
cus, bolus, agnus, foetus, calus, sinus, Phebus, les us, vi- 
rus, en sus, aloes, bis, jadis, iris, gratis, lapis, le lis, la 
Lys (a river,) mats, metis, vis, tournevis, Amadis, Ado- 
nis, Paris, (the shepherd,) pathos, Athos, Lesbos, Minos, 
Delos, Paros, Brutus, Venus, Regulus, Protesilas, Bias, 
Gil Bias, Las Casas, and many more foreign proper 
names. 

In almost all other cases final s is silent when the next 
word begins with a consonant, as au moins vous ne pou- 
vez pas dire, que je vous repete toujours les mimes choses ; 
but it generally takes the soft sound of z before another 
word, beginning with a vowel or h mute, as aurez-vous 
au moins alors assez de patience, pour, &c. 

Though there is no s in quatre, yet, before yeux, it is, 
in conversation, pronounced as if ending in that letter. 
4* 



32 



THE SOUNDS 



Finally, ss have generally the sound of a single s pro- 
nounced hard, as in je ressassasse, assassinasse, Missis- 
sippi, &c. ; except in some few words, where both are 
heard, assation, assonance, dissonance, accessible, inac- 
cessible, admissible, inadmissible, missive, scissile, scission, 
scissure, fissure, fissipede, assentiment, asservir. Thus 
there is a difference in pronunciation between these 
phrases : O est un homme a sentimens; il aime d ser- 
vir ses amis; and il faut son assentiment ; cet ambi- 
tieux voudrait asservir Vunivers ; and again between 
V alun deplume est scissile and la sicile est une He tri- 
lire, &c. the double ss must be distinctly heard. 







(" first, hard, as 
J word tit, 


in the English 


T, t, has two sounds, 




the 




j second, soft, like 
|_ civil. 


c in cedar and 




FIRST SOUND. 




Examples 


of t hard before vowels and diphthongs. 


Tae-ti-que 


tactics 


ti-are 


tiara 


tes-ta-teur 


testator 


bas-ti-on 


bastion 


Ihe-a-tre 


theatre 


ques-ti-on 


question 


to-ta-li-te 


totality 


mix-ti-on 


mixture 


tour-te-rel-le 


turtle-dove com-bus-ti-on 


combustion 


ti-tu-lai-re 


titulary 


bi-jou-tier 


jeroeller 


ti-thy-ma-le 


tithymal 


Ma-thi-as 


Mathias 


chre-tien 


christian 


Pon-thieu 


Ponthieu 


dy-nas-tie 


dynasty 


tu sou-tiens 


thou supportest 


le tien 


thine 


&c. &c. &c. 






SECOND SOUND. 





T is soft before i, connected with some other follow- 
ing vowel or vowels, in some particular words, that are 
given as exceptions to the^rs^ sound of t. 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 33 



EXAMPLES. 

Par-ti-al partial ac-ti-on action 

par-ti-a-li-te partiality bal-bu-ti-er to stammer 

par-ti-el partial in-i-ti-er to initiate 

pa-ti-en-ce patience bal-bu-ti-a he skittered 

im-pa-ti-en-ce impatience bal-bu-tie-ment stammering 

quo-ti-ent quotient in-i-ti-e initiated 

cap-ti-eux captious in-i-ti-a-ti-on initiation 

ar-gu-tie cavil Ve-ni-ti-en Venetian* 

cau-ti-on-ne- $ ,., se pre-cau- i . , , . 

ment \ hai1 ti-on-ner \to be cautious 

Sti, xti, thi, preserve invariably the first sound of t be- 
fore any letter. 

To complete this second list, observe that t always 
takes the sound of c. — 1st. In all adjectives ending in 
-tial, -tiel, -tient, -tieux, and their derivatives ; — 2dly. In 
all the inflexions of the two verbs quoted, balbuiier, and 
initier; — 3dly. In several hundred words ending in tion, 
when tion is not immediately preceded by an s, or an x j 
and finally, in the following additional list of words, end- 
ing in -tie and -tien, viz. the substantives calvitie, facetie, 
imperitie, inertie, minutie, peripetie, primatie, prophetic, 
euprematie, aristocratie, democratic, theocratic ; in the 
names of countries, as Beotie, Croatie, Dalmatie, Gala- 
tie; and of nations, or persons, as Beotien, Egyptien, 
Capetien, Diocletien, Domitien, Gratien, Le Titien, and 
some few others. 

T final is always sounded in apt, rapt, fat, malt, mat, 
pat, opiat, exeat, transeat, vivat, spalt, spath, Goliath, 
net, fret, facet, Thibet, aconit, deficit, granit, introit, 
preterit, transit, subit, dot, Astaroth, azimut, brut, corn- 
put, chut, bismuth, indult, luth, lut, occiput, sinciput, and 
both 5 and t are articulated in Le Christ, Vest, (east,) 
Vouest, Brest, lest, test, Pest, toast, and entre le zist et le 
zest ; but neither of these letters is heard in Jesus Christ, 
which is pronounced Jesu Cri. 

T final is likewise generally heard, when the follow* 
ing word begins with a vowel or h mute, as c : est un pe- 
tit homme, &c. &c. ; however there are many words in 
which it always remains silent, as mort, tort, gout, 



34 



THE SOUNDS 



court, bat, mat, lit, respect, instinct, navel, assassinat, ar- 
tichant, defaut, debout, brulot, statut, &c. so that a per- 
son would almost be regarded with astonishment who 
should affectedly sound it in these sentences: L'assaut a 
ete terrible. — he contrat est signe et le depot est chez moi. 
— Legigot est cuit etle ragout aussi. — Avant de pecker 
mettez Vappdt a la ligne. — J ] ai fait un bon mar die ; 
voyez, V achat est la ; such a pronunciation would be 
barbarous and often equivocal. 

Tis always silent in the conjunction et, pronounced e, 
therefore to avoid what is called hiatus in French verse, 
this word is never placed before a vowel. 

For words ending in ct, see page 18. 

When this letter is doubled, only one is heard, except 
in atticisme, altique, Atticus, battologie, guttural, and 
pittoresque. 



V. v. has the same sound in French as in English. 



EXAMPLES. 



Val-ve 
val-vu-le 


valve 
valvule 


vi-vre 
vi-vo-ter 


vau-de-vil-le 


ballad 


vi-re-vol-te 


ver-ve 

vi-va-ce 

vis-a-vis 


poetic fire 
vivacious 
opposite 


vi-re-veau 

veu-ve 

veu-va-ge 



to live 

to live poorly 
quick irregu- 
lar walk 
windlass 
widow 
widowhood 



This letter, when doubled, is represented by the cha- 
racter w, which is met with in some foreign words, and 
is always pronounced as a simple v, as in Wigh, Wolf- 
ram, Warwick, Windsor, Walcourt, Walton, Warsovie, 
Westphalie, Wirlemberg, Wolga, Weser, Wendover, 
Ryswick, &c. except in wist and wiski, where it has the 
English sound ; but in Newton, the first syllable new is 
pronounced as neu in neutmlite. 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 



35 



X, x, has the five 
different sounds- 



ks, in axe, expense 

gz, in exhibit, exhale 

k, in excellent, exsiccative 

ss, in bliss, mossy 

z, in Xenojphon. 



EXAMPLES 
Of the first sound, ks. 



Ax-e 


axis 


A-lex-an-dre 


Alexander 


sex-e 


sex 


Xan-tip-pe 


Xantippe 


ri-xe 


altercation 


ox-y-ge-ne 


oxygen 


box-er 


to box 


pa-ra-do-xe 


paradox 


lu-xe 


luxury 


flu-xi-on 


defluxion 



EXAMPLES 
Of the second sound, gz. 



Xa-vi-er 

Xe-no-phon 

ex-il 

ex-or-de 

ex-u-be-ran-ce 



Xaverius 

Xenophon 

exile 

exordium 

exuberance 



ex-a-men 

ex-au-cer 

ex-haus-ser 

ex-hi-ber 

ex-hu-mer 



examination 
to hear fa- 
vourably 
to raise 
to produce 
to disinter 



EXAMPLES 



Of the third sound, k. 



Ex-ce-der 


to exceed 


ex-sic-ca-tion 


exsiccation 


ex-cel-ler 


to excel 


ex-suc-ci-on 


exsuction 


ex-c&s 


excess 


ex-su-da-ti-on 


exsudation 


ex-cep-ter 


to except 


ex-su-der 


exude 


ex-ci-se 


excise 


ex-ci-per < 


to plead an ex- 
exception 




EXAMPLES 






Of the fourth sound, ss. 




Aix 


Aix 


Soixante 


Sixty 


Aix-]a-Chapell 


e Aix-la-Chapelle Bruxelles 


Brussels 


Auxerre 


Auxerre 


Lnxeuil 


Luxeuil 


Auxonne 


Auxonne 


and some few more. 



36 THE SOUNDS 

EXAMPLES 
Of the fifth sound, z. 



Deuxieme 


second, 


dix ecus 


ten crowns 


sixieme 


sixth 


dix hommes 


ten men 


dixieme 


tenth 


deux aunes 


two ells 


dix-huit 


eighteen 


beaux yeux 


fine eyes 


dix-neuf 


nineteen 


&c. &c. 





The first sound of this letter ks is by far the most ge- 
neral. 

The second sound gz takes place in all words begin- 
ning- with x or ex followed by a vowel, or the letter h, as 
le Xanthe, Xenocrates, Ximenes, exorable, and several 
others, with those already mentioned in the second exem- 
plification. 

The third sound k is limited to words beginning with 
exce, ezci, and exs. 

The fourth sound ss is only found in the above quota- 
tions, and in six and dix when unaccompanied by sub- 
stantives, as in de seize otez six, reste dix, where six and 
dix are pronounced with the hissing sound of ss in the 
English word bliss. 

Final x is generally pronounced as z, when the next 
word begins with a vowel or h mute, otherwise it is si- 
lent, as II est heureux aupres de vous, et malheureux loin 
de vous : lejiux et le reflux de la mer, &c. except in the fol- 
lowing words, where it has always the sound of ks. 
Ajax, Astianax, borax, storax, Halifax, Hipponax, 
Dax, climax, thorax, Pertinax, Syphax, index, perplex, 
Beatrix, Erix, Felix, prefix, phenix, Fox, Palofox, Coy- 
sevox, lynx, sphinx, larynx, syrinx, onyx, Styx, and Pol- 
lux. 

N. B. X takes the sound of sh only in Don Quixote, 
generally pronounced Don Kishot, or rather ghishot. 

Z, z, is generally pronounced as z in zone, or s in 
rose. 

EXAMPLES. 

Zi-za-me tare zig-zag zigzag 

ze-nith zenith zin-zo-lin reddish purple 

zo-ne zone Zuy-der-zee Zauyder-zee 



OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 37 

Except some few words, as assez, cliez, nez, sonnez, 
(two sixes,) and some proper names, as Alvarez, Suarez, 
Metz, Senez, Rhodez, &c. z final is the distinctive mark 
of almost all the second persons plural in the French 
'verbs, where it is generally heard, when followed by a 
word beginning with a vowel, or h mute, otherwise it is 
only sounded in the proper names already mentioned. 

Z is doubled in a few words taken from the Italian 
language, as lazzi, (dumb show,) mezzanine, mezzo ter- 
mini, mezzo-tinto, and in some names of towns, or pro- 
vinces, as Arezzo, V Abruzze, &c. 



OF GENDER. 

Gender in all languages marks the distinction of sex, 
and as there are only two of these, the French agreeably 
to this view have but two genders, the masculine and 
feminine : the neuter they do not admit. 

The masculine gender expresses the male kind, as un 
homme, a man ; un lion, a lion. 

The feminine gender denotes the female kind, as une 
femme, a woman ; une lionne, a lioness. 

The gender of nouns, in inanimate objects, is gene- 
rally expressed by their termination ; thus, final e mute 
is the distinctive mark of the feminine gender, every 
other final letter is the sign of the masculine. This 
would be an excellent rule, were it universal ; but this 
is far from being the case from the number of excep- 
tions, and it is with the intention of affording the learner 
a tolerable clue on this head, that we have here laid 
down the following concise rules, which will clear up 
some of the chief difficulties. 



38 



THE GENDERS 



A TABLE OF SUBSTANTIVES 

That are masculine in one signification^ and Feminine 
in another. 



Masculine. 


Feminine. 


Assistant, helper 


Aide 


[Aid, help, support 
a Roman standard 


eagle ; a great genius 


aigle 


an angel 


ange 


a kind of thornback 


an alder tree 


aune 


an ell, a sort of measure 


barb, a Barbary horse 


barbe 


beard 


bard, a poet 


barde 


i a slice of bacon 
( horse armour 


red-breast 


berce 


cow-parsnip 


a sort of privateer 


cdpre 


caper, an acid pickle 


a scroll, or ornament in ) 
painting ) 


cartouche 


cartouch, cartridge 


a caravan, a hoy- 


coche 


a notch; a sow 


cornet, a standard-bearer 


cornette 


( a woman's head-dress 
\ when in dishabille 


a couple, a man and wife 


couple 


a brace, a pair, two of a sort 


Croat, a Croatian soldier 


cravate 


a cravat, a neckcloth 


a crape 


crepe 


a pancake 


an echo, the return of) 
sound y 


echo 


Echo, a nymph 


ensign, a standard bear- ) 
er \ 






enseigne 


a sign post 


example, model, instance 


exemple 


a copy for writing 


a gimlet, a piercer 


foret 


a wood, a forest 


a large tun 


foudre 


lightning, thunderbolt 


keeper, warden 


garde 


watch ; hilt ; nurse 


hoar-frost 


givre 


I a snake, or serpent (in 
\ heraldry) 


the rolls, a register 


greffe 


a graft 


gules in heraldry- 


gueule 


the mouth of beasts 


guide, director 


guide 


rein, for governing a horse 


heliotrope, sunflower 


heliotrope 


heliotrope ; jasper 


iris, the rainbow; iris of) 
the eye \ 


iris 


( sprig-crystal ; a proper 
\ name 


lacker, a kind of varnish 


laque 


lacca, gum-lac 


a book 


livre 


a pound 


a hat of otter's hair 


loutre 


an otter 


handle of a tool 


manche 


a sleeve ; English channel 


a labourer 


manoeuvre 


the working of a ship 


memoir; a bill 


memoir e 


memory 


thanks 


merci 


pity, mercy 



N. B. Of this table it is to be remarked, that the French word stands in the 
middle column, and its signification on the right, hand and on the left. When 
it has the meaning which stands on the left, it is masculine ; when that which 
stands to the right, it is fenrnine. 



OF THE FRENCH NOUNS. 



39 



Masculine. 


Feminine. 


mood ; mode 


mode 


fashion 


a pier, or mound 


mole 


mole, moon-calf 


mould, cast, form 


moule 


muscle, a shell-fish 


a ship-boy 

the philosopher's stone 


mousse 


moss, a plant 


ceuvre 


action ; an author's works 


office, business ; prayers 


office 


pantry, larder, buttery 


ombre, a game at cards 


ambre 


shade, shadow 


page of a prince, &c. 


page 


page in a book 


a merry andrew 


paillasse 


a straw-bed 


a hand's breadth 


palme 


( the branch of a palm- 
\ tree ; victory 


pantomime 


'pantomime 


a dumb show 


easter, easter-day 


paque 


the passover 


a comparison 


parallele 


a parallel line 


pendulum 


pendule 


a clock 


le Perche, in France 


perche 


pole ; perch, a fish 


summit, highest pitch 


periode 


period, epocha 


anybody, nobody {a pro- ) 
noun) y 


personne 


a person (a noun) 


spade, at cards 


pique 


a pike 


gnatsnapper, a bird 


pivoine 


peony, a flower 


a plane-tree 


plane 


plane, an instrument 


a stove ; a canopy 


poele 


a frying-pan 

the post for letters 


post ; a military station 


poste 


punto at cards 


ponte 


the laying of eggs 


purple colour ; purples (a > 
disease) 5 


pourpre 


purple fish ; purple dye 


a pretence 


pretexte 


pretext [nament 


quadril at cards 


quadrille 


party of horse in a tour- 


the calling back a hawk 


reclame 


a catch-word (in printing) 


rest, relaxation 


relache 


harbour 


a glass coach 


remise 


a coach-house ; a remit- 


a sort of pear-tree 


sans-peau 


a sort of pear [tance 


Satyr, a sylvan god 


satyre 


a satire, a lampoon 


serpentarius 


serpentaire 


snake-root, dragon's wort 


nap, slumber 


somme 


sum ; load ; name of a ri- 


a smile 


souris 


a mouse [ver 


a porter 


Suisse 


Switzerland 


holder, a book-keeper 


teneur 


tenor, purport, content 


a tour; turn; trick 


tour 


tower ; rock at chess 


triumph 


triomphe 


a trump 


trumpeter 


trompette 


trumpet 


space 


vague 


a wave, surge 


a vase, vessel 


vase 


i the slime in ponds, 
\ lakes, &c. 


a*hat of vigonia wool 


vigogne 


a vigon, a llama 


a veil 


voile 


a sail 



40 THE GENDERS 

SUBSTANTIVES DENOTING SPECIES, 

WHICH HAVE A FIXED GENDER INDEPENDENTLY OF TERMINATION. 

God, his angels, cherubim and seraphim, are ol 
masculine gender. 

All terms seeming to constitute an appellation, 
and all proper names of men and women are of the 
gender of the sex to which they respectively belong, 
as are likewise all names of animals, when the male 
is distinguished from the female by a different de- 
nomination ; but when the same name is used for 
both male and female, as un elephant, un zebre, une 
panthere, un vautour, un cygne, une caille, une per- 
drix, un barbeau, une truite, un congre, its gender 
must then, like that of any inanimate object, be de- 
termined by its termination. Here the only dif- 
ficulty respects substantives ending in e mute, all 
I .tie rest being of the masculine gender, with such 
exceptions as will be seen in page 45. 

All diminutives of animals, when there is but one 
common denomination for both sexes, are of the 
masculine gender, whatever may be the gender of 
the original from which they are derived, as un li- 
onceau, un souriceau r un perdreau, un cornillas, un 
carpillon, un couleuvreau, un vipereau, un becas- 
seau, &c. except une becassine ; but these two lat- 
ter, although derived from the word becasse, and 
belonging to the genus, are not of the same species. 
In other cases, the diminutives follow the gender 
their sex indicates, as un poulain, une pouliche, un 
cochet, une poulette. 

Diminutives of inanimate objects more generally 
follow the gender of their roots, as batelet, maison- 
nette, globule, from bateau, maison, globe, &c. how- 
ever, corbillon, soliveau, cruchon, savonnette, trous- 
seau, from corbeille, solive, cruche, savon, and trous- 
_se, and many others, do not. 



OF THE FRENCH NOUNS. 



41 



5< 



All the names of the days, months, and seasons 
of the year, are of the masculine gender, except 
automne, which is of both genders ; when how- 
ever the diminutive mi (half) is prefixed to the 
name of a month, the compound word then takes 
the feminine gender, as la mi-mai, la mi-aout, &c. 
except also la mi-careme, and saint days, as la saint- 
Jean, la Tous-saini, &e. 

of trees, except yeuse, a sort of" 
oak. 

of shrubs, with some exceptions, 



6 All names*; 



7 All names 



of metals, without excepting pla- 
tine, formerly feminine, 

of minerals, a few excepted, 

of colours, without excepting 
risabelle, le Feuille-morte, 
&c. though they have a femi- 
nine termination, 

of mountains, except those" 
chains which have no sin 
gular, 



are 
>• mascu- 
line. 



of winds, except la Use, la tra- 
montane, la brise, and les 
moussons, 

of towns, except those which 
necessarily take the article 
la before them, as la Ro- 
chelle, la Ferte-sur-Aube, &c. 
and some others, 



are 
> mascu- 
line. 



8^ 



42 THE GENDERS 

Ordinal, distributive, and proportional numbers, 
adjectives and infinitives of verbs, prepositions and 
adverbs, all these, when used substantively, are mas- 
culine, as le tiers, le quart, un cinquieme, le quadru- 
ple, le beau, le sublime, le boire, le manger, le mieux, 
le pour, le contre, un parallele (a comparison), 
&c. except la moitie, and the elliptical forms of speech, 
une courbe, une tangente, une perpendiculaire, une 
parallele, une antique, used for une ligne courbe, 
une ligne tangente, &c. Antique is feminine, for 
the same reason ; the word medaille, or statue, ap- 
pearing to be understood. 

q ( All names of virtues are of the feminine gender, 
) except courage, merit e. 



GENDERS OF NOUNS MOSTLY DEPENDING ON THEIR 
TERMINATION. 

C It will be recollected that final e mute constitutes 
10 < the feminine gender, and every other final letter the 
£ masculine. 

All names of states, empires, kingdoms, and pro- 
vinces, are of the gender which their terminations 
indicate ; except le Ben gale, le Mexique, le Pelopo- 
nese, le Maine, le Perche, le Rouergue, le Bigorre, 
le Tallage, la Franche-comte, and perhaps a few 
more. 

" The names of fruits, grain, plants, and flowers, 
. follow pretty generally the gender of their termina- 
^ tions, but there are too many exceptions to be in- 
troduced here. 



lU 



OF THE FRENCH NOUNS. 



43 



TABLE 

SHOWING THE GENDER OP ALL WORDS THAT DO NOT END IN 6 MUTE. 



Masculine. 



Feminine. 



11 

40 

15 

30 

10 

200 

6 

3 

100 

200 



30 



(Aparte, arrete, be- 
nedicite, comte, 
cote, ete, pate, 
traite, te, the, 
Lethe 
C alibi, biribi, lundi, 
\ gui, grand merci, 
(&c. 

convoi, effroi, &c. 
( ei*go, vertigo, indi- 
) go, &c. 

i fichu, cru, ecu, tis- 
\ su, &c. 

) aloyau, anneau, &c. 
(&c. 

{ bref, chalef, chef, 
( fief, grief, relief 
i daim, essaim, abat- 
\ faim 
an, ban, cran, e- 
cran, pan, &c. 
bain, baise-main, 
avant-main, garde- 
main, tourne-main, 
essuie-main, gain, 
frein, basin, &c. 




scion, bastion, 
tion, Ixion 



bes- 



gabion, taudion, 
million, lion, arde 
lion, fourmilion, 
tremion, capion, 
turion, camion, 
lampion, septentri- 
on, brimborion, ga- 
^vion, &c. 
5* 



bion 
dion 
lion 
>-mion 
-pion 
-rion 
-vion 



litie, | 



moitie, pitie 

absurdite, beaute,^ 
charite, cite, dig- I 
nite, fidelite, gene- f 
rosite, &c. &c. J 

Fourmi, merci, ga- ) 
gui, apres-midi £ 

foi, loi, paroi 

albugo, virago 

bru, glu, tribu, ver- \ 
tu j 

eau, peau, surpeau, i 
sans-peau $ 

clef, nef, soif 
faim, male-faim 
maman 



fin, main, nonnain 



succion, cession, 
friction, gestion, 
region, opinion, 
reflexion, fluxion, 
&c. &c. &c. 



rebellion, dent-deli- 



44 



THE GENDERS 



Masculine. 



Feminine. 



11 



15 



20 

30 

150 

70 

15 

12 

700 

250 



f alcyon, day on, cra- 
I yon, rayon, sayon 
I trayon, lamproyon 
(^Amphictyons 

brise-raison 

fpeson, bison, gri- 

son, groison, hori- 

\ zon, tison, oison 

poison, contre-poi- 

l^son, buson 

['basson, caisson, ca- 
vesson, taisson, po- 
isson, cosson, buis- 
son, frisson, heris- 
son, maudisson, 
nourrisson, palis 
son, polisson, unis- 
son, saucisson 

< arcanson, echan 
\ son, tenson, pinson 

( charanfon, cave^on 
(pinion, sufon, &c. 

bridon, gueridon, &c 

i tendron, jeune ten- 
( dron, baron, &e. 

abattis, appentis, 
iris, tourne-vis, &c 

bois, mois, carquois, 
harnois, &c. 

{adent, chiendent, li- 
ondent, claquedent, 
cure-dent, Occident, 
trident, &c. 

{ acharnement, as- 
( sortiment, &c. 

r ballet, billet, bos- 
quet, minuit, eon- 

J duit, reduit, &c. bil- 
lot, bnl.lot, complot, 
&c. bout, gout, ra- 
gout, &c. I 



■-yon 



■eson 
-ison 
-uson 



-con 



-don 

-Ion 
-ron 



J -Ion < 
) -ron ( 

}* { 



I -dent 
j -gent 



I -ment 

I -et -] 
l-uit 

* Ot j 

out I 



cargaison, &c. &c. 

garnison, guerison,^ 
prison, trahison, ( 
cloison.foison.naoi- )> 



son, camuson 



paisson, boisson, 
moisson, cuisson, 
salisson, rnousson 



chanson 

fa9on, contrefacon 
rnalfa^on, le9on 
ran9on 

dondon 

laideron, souillon, 
tatillon 

brebis, souris, chau- 
ve-souris, vis, iris 

fois 



dent, surdent, gent 



<! 



jument 



for6t nuit, dot, glout 



OF THE FRENCH NOUNS. 



45 



Masculine. 



lviuscuvine. 
ffaix, choix, cruci- 
j fix, prix, &c. laux, 
j houx, courroux, e- 
l^poux, &c. 

fart, depart, cham- 
j part, rempart, ef- 
) fort, port, fort, tort, 
L&c. 

C fer, ver, hiver, &c. 
1 air, eclair, &c. tour, 
f contour, four, &c. 

fbonheur, raalheur, 
labeur, honneur, 
deshonneur, coeur, 

j anticoeur, creve- 
cosur, chceur, chou- 
fleur, pleurs, equa- 
teur, secteur, &c. 

L&c. &c. 



Feminine. 



15 



20 



40 



900 




f-eur < 



paix, croix, noix, 
poix, voix, perdrix, 
chaux, faux, toux 



hart, part, mort, 
inalemort 



cuiller, mer, chair, ) 
cour, tour $ 

aigreur, ampleur, ar- 
deur, blancheur, can- 
deur, chaleur, chan- 
deleur, clameur, cou- 
leur, douceur, dou- 
leur, epaisseur, er- 
reur, facleur, defa- 
yeur, ferveur, fleur. 



passe-fleur, sans-fleur, fraicheur, frayeur, froideur, fureur, gran- 
deur, grosseur, hauteur, horreur, humeur, laideur, langueur, lar- 
geur, lenteur, liqueur, longueur, lourdeur, lueur, maigreur, moi- 
teur, noirceur, odeur, paleur, pesanteur, peur, primeur, profon- 
deur, puanteur, pudeur, impudeur, rigueur, roideur, rondeur, 
rougeur, rousseur, rumeur, saveur, senteur,sceur, souleur, splen- 
deur, sueur, teneur, terreur, tiedeur, torpeur, touffeur, tumeur, 
valeur, non-valeur, vapeur, verdeur, vigueur, and moeurs; be- 
sides basseur, rancoeur, tremeur, three words now obsolete, 'making 
in the whole the number of seventy-six. 



There are a great many proper names of females, which, 
though they may not have the feminine termination, are of that 
gender, as the learner, from their nature, will easily compre- 
hend: such are, among the heathens, Pallas, Ceres, Thetis, Ve- 
nus, Junon, Didon, &c. among christian names, Sarah, Deborah, 
Elizabeth, Agnes, &c. and man)' of these are contractions, as 
Fanchon for Fanny, Lison, Louison, Marion, Manon, Nanon, 
Jeanneton, Madelon, Tonton, Calaut, Mar got, Goton, Babet, Ba- 
beau, Isabeau, &c. [See Article 2. p. 40.] 



As this list of exceptions will be found pretty accurate, all other 
nouns, that belong to this termination, must be strictly consider- 
ed as being of the masculine gender, since they are not enume- 
rated in this Table. 



VOCABULARY, 

FRENCH AND ENGLISH. 



,* In the following Vocabulary, the Gender has been affixed 
only to those Nouns that are not comprised in the preceding 
Rules. 





OP THE UNIVERSE IN GENERAL, 




Dieu 


God 


soleil 


sun 


createur 


creator 


rayon du soleil 


sun-beam 


Jesus-Christ 


Jesus Christ 


lune 


moon 


trinite 


trinity 


eclipse 


eclips 


Saint-Esprit 


Holy Ghost 


orage, m. 


storm 


ange 


angel 


tonnerre, m. 


thunder 


archange 


archangel 


eclair 


lightning 


prophete 


prophet 


brouillard 


f°g 


messie 


messiah 


pluie 


rain 


sauveur 


saviour 


arc-en -ciel 


rain-bow 


redempteur 


redeemer 


ondee 


shower 


Vierge-Marie 


Virgin Mary 


neige 


snow 


apotre 


apostle 


grele 


hail 


evangeliste 


evangelist 


glace 


ice 


martyr 


martyr 


gelee 


frost 


saint 


saint 


degel 


thaw 


paradis 


paradise 


rosee 


dew 


ciel 


heaven 


creature 


creature 


enfer 


hell 


globe, m. 


globe 


diable 


devil 


sphere 


sphere 


nature 


nature 


hemisphere, m 


hemisphere 


univers 


universe 


horizon 


horizon 


monde, m. 


world 


degre 


degree 


element 


element 


longitude* 


longitude 


terre 


earth 


latitude 


latitude 


eau 
feu 


water 
fire 


points cardi- \ 
naux, pi. \ 


cardinal pt 


air 


air 


orient, or est 


east 


firmament 
etoile 


sky 
star 


Occident, or j 
ouest j 


west 


planete 


planet 


septentrion, j 


north 


comete 


comet 


or nord \ 


constellation 


constellation 


midi, or sud 


south 





VOCABULARY. 


47 


climat 


climate 


recif* 


reef of rocks 


region 
continent 


region 

continent 


brisans* 


) breakers, 
J surf 


Europe 


Europe 


cime 


top 


Asie 


Asia 


pierre 


stone 


Afrique 


Africa 


pont 


bridge 


Amerique 


America 


chaussee 


causeway 


empire, m. 


empire 


gue 


ford 


royaume, m. 


kingdom 


quai 


wharf, or quay 


republique 


republic 


route 


road 


pays 


country 


sentier 


path 


colonie 


colony 


fosse 


ditch 


principaute 


principality 


gravier 


gravel 


elector at 


electorate 


sable, m. 


sand 


province 


province 


sablon 


small sand 


comte 


shire or county 


poussiere 


dust 


ile 


island- 


ocean 


ocean 


presqu'ile 


er 


mer 


sea 


peninsule 


< peninsula 


golfe, m. 


g u ¥ 


chersonese 


{ 


baie 


bay 


cap 


cape 


rade 


road {for ships) 


promontoire, 


m. promontory 


anse 


creek 


isthme 


isthmus 


canal 


channel 


montagne 


mountain 


detroit 


strait 


mont 


mount 


courant 


current 


colline 


hill 


maree 


tide 


sommet 


summit 


flux 


flowing 


pente, or 
penchant 
hauteur 


> declivity 


reflux 
vagul 


ebbing 
wave 


eminence 


flots, pi, or 


billows 


vallee 


valley 


ondes, pi. 


waves 


vallon 


vale 


havre, m. 


haven 


abime, m. 


abyss 


port 


harbour 


desert 


desert 


lac 


lake 


plaine 


plain 


riviere 


river 


marais 


marsh, or fen 


fleuve, m. 


great river 


rive 


) bank {of a 
) river) 


embouchure 


i mouth of a 
) river 


rivage, m. 


shore 


ruisseau 


brook 


cote 


coast 


debordement 


overfioio 


rocher* 


rock 


deluge, m. 


deluge 


roche* 


rock 


inondation 


inundation 


roc* 


rock 


ecluse 


) flood-gate 
\ sluice 


ecueil* 


shoal 


banc* 


ledge of rocks 


digue 


dike 



* These seven words do not convey in French the same idea; 
the four latter relate to the sea. 



48 


VOCABULARY. 




etang 


pond 


nuage, m. 


cloud 


vivier 


fish-pond 


nielle 


blight 


reservoir 


bason 


humidite 


dampness 


abreuvoir 


horse-pond 


serein 


mildew 


bain 


bath 


tourbillon 


whirlwind 


citerne 


cistern 


or age, m. 


storm 


fontaine 


fountain 


tempete 


tempest 


source 


spring 


calme, m. 


calm 


puits 


well 


etemite 


eternity 


pompe 


pump 


temps 
siecle, m. 


time 


bateau 


boat 


age or century 


barque 


bark 


epoque 


epoch 


bac 


ferry boat 


periode, m. 


period 


eoche d'eau, 


m. barge 


date 


date 


gabare 


lighter 


an, annee 


year 


navire, m. 


ship 


mois 


month 


vaisseau 


vessel 


Janvier 


January 


paquet-bot 
nam me 


packet-boat 


fevrier 


february 


blaze 


mars 


march 


etincelle 


spark 


avril 


april 


chaleur 


heat 


mai 


may 


fumee 


smoke 


juin 


June 


incendie, m. 


conflagration 


juillet 


july 


chauffage, m 


fuel 


aout 


august 


charbon 


coals 


septembre 


September 


charbon-de- 


i pit-coal 


octobre 


October 


terre 


novembre 


november 


charbon-de- 


> charcoal 


decembre 


december 


bois 


semaine 


week 


braise 


small coal 


jour 


day 


tourbe 


turf 


journee 


day 


mottes, pi. 


peat 


aujourd'hui 


to-day 


bois 


wood 


demain 


to-morrow 


buche 


log of wood 


hier 


yesterday 


fagot 


faggot 


lundi 


monday 


copeaux, pi. 


chips 


mardi 


tuesday 


cendre 


ashes 


mercredi 


Wednesday 


suie 


soot 


jeudi 


thursday 


feu 


fire 


vendredi 


friday 


atmosphere 


atmosphere 


samedi 


Saturday 


vent 


wind 


dimanche 


sunday 


zephyr 


zephyr 


heure 


hour 


vapeur 


vapour 


demi-heure 


half an hour 


lumiere 
tenebres, pi. 


ght 
darkness 


quart-d'heure 


{ quarter of an 
\ hour 


chaleur 


heat 


aurore 


aurora 


froid 


cold 


aube 


dawn 


nue, nuee 


cloud 


matin 


morning 





VOCABULARY. 




matinee 


forenoon 


earn aval 


carnival 


midi 


noon 


careme, m. 


lent 


l'apres-midi 
l'apres-dinee 


> the afternoon 


mi-careme 
paque 


midlent 
easier 


soir 


1 


pentecote 
la Saint-Jean 


whit-sunday 


soiree 


> evening 


midsummer 


crepuscule, m, 


, twilight 


l'avent 


advent 


nuit 


night 


noel 


Christmas 


minuit 


midnight 


fete 


festival 


minute 


minute 


equinoxe, m. 


equinox 


seconde 


second 


solstice, m. 


the solstice 


moment 


moment 


canicule 


the dog-days 


instant 


instant 


fenaison 


hay-harvest 


saison 


season 


moisson 


harvest 


printemps 


spring 


vendage 


vintage 


ete 


summer 


tonte 


shearing -time 


automne 


autumn 


semailles, pi. 


sowing-time 


hiver 


winter 


conge 


holiday 




OF 


MAN. 




genre-humain 


mankind 


orphelin 


orphan {boy) 


homme 


man 


orpheline 


orphan (girl) 


femme 


woman 


heritier 


heir 


sexe 


sex 


heritiere 


heiress 


enfant 


child 


maitre 


master 


gar9on 


boy 


maitresse 


mistress 


fille 


girl 


note 


landlord 


vierge 


virgin 


hotesse 


landlady 


virginite 


virginity 
infancy 


domestique 


man servant 


enfance 


servante 


maid servant 


jeunesse 


youth 


voisin 


neighbour 


adolescence 


adolescence 




{ neighbour 
\ (female) 


virilite 


manhood 


voisine 


vieillesse 


old age 


compagnon 


companion 


decrepitude 


decrepitude 


compagne 


i companion 
\ (female) 


jeune homme 


youth or lad 


jeune fille 


young girl 


corps 


body 


vieillard 


old man 


membre, m. 


member 


geant 


giant 


tronc 


trunk 


nain 


dwarf 


tete 


head 


pigmee, m. 


pigmy 


crane, m. 


scull 


mari 


husbo/nd 


front 


forehead 


femme 


wife 


visage, m. 


face 


veuf 


widower 


traits, pi. 


features 


veuve 


widow 







49 



50 


VOCABULARY. 




oeil 
yeux, pi. 


eye 
eyes 


cerveau 
cervelle 


> brain 


sourcils, pi. 


* eye-brows 


squelette, m. 


skeleton 


paupiere 


eye-lid 


coeur 


heart 


nez 


nose 


poumon 
foie, m. 


lungs 


narines, pi. 


nostrils 


liver 


bouche 


mouth 


rate 


spleen 


levres, pi. 


lips 


estomac 


stomach 


dent 


tooth 


entrailles, pi. 


entrails 


gencives, pi. 


gums 


sang 


blood 


machoire 


jaw-bone 


humeurs, pi. 


humours 


langue 


tongue 


glande 


gland 


palais 


palate 


poil 


hair 


joues, pi. 


cheeks 


chair 


flesh 


fossette 


dimple 


peau 


skin 


menton 


chin 


pores, m. pi. 


pores 


barbe 


beard 


nerf 


nerve 


tempes, pi. 


temples 


art ere 


artery 


oreille 


ear 


veine 


vein 


cheveux, pi. 


hair 


OS 


bone 


cou 


neck 


moelle 


marrow 


gosier 


throat 


ride 


wrinkle 


sein 


bosom 


bouton 


pimple 


marnelle 


breast 


sante 


health 


ventre, m. 


belly 


temperament 


constitution 


ceinture 


waist 


embonpoint 


plumpness 


cote 


side 


maigreur 


leanness 


hanche 


haunch 


teint 


complexion 


cuisses, pi 


thighs 


rougeur 


redness 


genou 


knee 


paleur 


paleness 


jarret 


ham 


port 
demarche 


countenance 


rotule 


knee-pan 


gait 


jarnbe 


leg 


geste, m. 


gesture 


mollet 


calf of the leg 


vivacite 


liveliness 


pied 


foot 


enjoument 


sprightliness 


talon 


heel 


gaiete 


gaiety 


orteil 


toe 


beaute 


beauty 


bras 


arm 


charmes, m.p 


. charms 


coude, m. 


elbow 


attraits, pi. 


attractions 


aisselle 


the arm-pit 


appas, pi. 


beauties 


epaule 


shoulder 


agrement 


pleasantness 


main 


hand 


laideur 


deformity 


poing 


fist 


taille 


shape, size 


poignet 
doigt 


wrist 


voix 


voice 


finger 


parole 


speech 


ponce, m. 


thumb 


silence, m. 


silence 


ongle, m. 


nail 


action 


action 


cote 


rib 


mouvement 


motion 





VOCABULARY. 


5 


repos 


rest 


vertige, m. 


dizziness 


grimace 


grimace 


evan ouissement swooning 


ris, rire, m. 


laughter 


defaillance 


fainting 


souris 


> smile 


faiblesse 


swoon 


sourire, m. 


demangeaison itching 


humeur 


ill temper 


pesanteur 


heaviness 


soupir 


sigh 


engourdisse- 


> numbness 


gemissement 


groan 


ment 


assoupissement drowsiness 


insomnie 


want of sleep 


sommeil 


sleep 


coup 


blow 


songe, m. 


vision 


contre-eoup 


counter-blow 


reve, m. 


dream 


egratignure 


scratch 


soaffle, m. 


blast 


ecorchure 


excoriation 


haleine 


breath 


entorse 


sprain 


respiration 


respiration 


foul are 


strain 


eternuement 


sneezing 


enflure 


swelling 


vue 


sight 


tumeur 


tumour 


ouie 


hearing 


meurtrissure 


bruise 


odorat 


smell 


contusion 


contusion 


gout 


taste 


blessure 


wound 


toucher 


touch 


cicatrice 


scar 


sentiment 


sense 


ulcere, m. 


ulcer 


obscurite 


darkness 


gangrene 


mortification 


ombre 


shade 


coupure 


cut 


son 


sound 


brulure 


burn 


bruit 


noise 


cor 


corn 


odeur 


smell 


durillon 


callosity 


puanteur 


stench 


enrouement 


hoarseness 


saveur 


relish 


rhume, m. 


cold 


sensations, pi. 


sensations 


toux 


cough 


chatouillement tickling 


coqueluche 


hooping-cough 


plaisir 


pleasure 


surdite 


deafness 


joie 


J°V 


frenesie 


frenzy 


douleur 


'pain 


folie 


lunacy 


faim 


hunger 


rage 


madness 


so if 


thirst 


goutte 


gout 


degout 


surfeit 


convulsions, 


pi. convulsive-fits 


maladie 


disease 


vapeurs, pi. 


vapours 


mal 


complaint 


fievre 


fever 


ineommodite 


illness 


frisson 


shivering 


infirmite 


infirmity 


acces 


fit 


indisposition 


disorder 


delire, m. 


delirium 


inal-de-dents 


tooth-ache 


crise 


crisis 


mal-de-tete 


head-ache 


medicine 


physic 


mal-aux-yeux 


{ complaint in 
\ the eyes 


medecin 
chirurgien 


physician 
surgeon 


migraine 


megrim 
6 


apothicaire 


apothecary 



52 


VOCABULARY. 




accoucheur 


man-midwife 


regime, m. 


diet 


sage-femme 


midwife 


sirop 


syrup 


consultation 


consultation 


agonie 


dying hour 


ordonnance 


prescription 


mort 


death 


remede, m. 


remedy 


cadavre, m. 


corpse 


drogues, pi. 


drugs 


vie 


life 


poudres, pi. 


powders 


guerison 


recovery 


pillules, pi. 


pills 


rechute 


relapse 


saignee 


bleeding 


symptome, m. 


symptom 


lancette 
gouttes, pi. 


lancet 
drops 


convalescence 


i fair way oj 
( recovery 


bain 


bath 






OF THE MIND AND ITS FACULTIES. 


ame 


soul 


souvenir 


remembrance 


esprit 


mind 


oubli 


forgetfulness 


genie, m. 


genius 


stupidite 


stupidity 


raison 


reason 


passions, pi. 


passions 


entendement 


understanding 


affections, pi. 


affections 


jugement 


judgment 


amour 


love 


sens 


sense 


amours,/, pi. 


amours 


pensee 


thought 


haine 


hatred 


idee 


idea 


desir 


desire 


imagination 


imagination 


crainte, peur 


fear 


fantaisie 


fancy 


apprehension 


apprehension 


caprice, m. 


caprice 


esperance 


hope 


volonte 


will 


confiance 


confidence 


liberte 


liberty 


honte 


shame 


bel-esprit 


wit 


timidite 


bashfulness 


opinion 


opinion 


hardiesse 


boldness 


sentiment 


sentiment 


assurance 


confidence 


verite 


truth 


col ere 


anger 


erreur 


error 


courroux 


wrath 


vxaisemblance 


likelihood 


fureur 


fury 


probability 


probability 


rage 


rage 


apparence 


appearance 


ressentiment 


resentment 


meprise 


mistake 


vengeance 


revenge 


bevue 


oversight 


depit 


spite 


science 


science 


depiaisir 


displeasure 


connaissance 


knowledge 


tristesse 


sadness 


penetration 


penetration 


chagrin 


grief 


sagacite 


sagacity 


peine 


sorrow 


disposition 


disposition 


desespoir 


despair 


inclination 


inclination 


dDute, m. 


doubt 


eapacite 


capacity 


soupfon 


suspicion 


memoire 


memory 


envie 


envy 



VOCABULARY 



53 



jalousie 

pitie 

misericorde 

compassion 

terreur 

epouvante 

indignation 

vertu 

charite 

justice 

temperance 

sobriete 

force 

modestie 

civilite 

pudeur 

politesse 

honnetete 

complaisance 

douceur 

bonte 

amitie 

union 

concorde 

paix 

tranquillite 

patience 

prudence 

economie 

habilete 

industrie 

soin 

diligence 

exactitude 

honneur 

probite 

desinteresse- 

ment 
sagesse 
Constance 
bienveillance 
emulation 
faveur 
valeur 
bravoure 
courage, m. 
finesse, ruse 



jealousy 

pity 

mercy 

compassion 

terror 

fright 

indignation 

virtue 

charity 

justice 

temperance 



dexterity 



fortitude 
modesty 



politeness 
honesty 
complaisance 
sweetness 



adresse 

chastete 

innocence 

liberalite 

generosite 

reconnoissance gratitude 



innocence 
liberality 



friendship 

union 

concord 

peace 

tranquillity 

patience 

prudence 

economy 

skill 

industry 

care 

diligence 

exactness 

honour 

probity 

disinterestedness 



constancy 

benevolence 

emulation 

favour 

valour 

bravery 

courage 



frugalite 

prosperity 

adversite 

moeurs, pi. 

bonheur 

recompense 

prix 

present 

don 

pret 

grace 

reputation 

vice, m. 

defaut 

imperfection 

avarice 

avidite 

orgueil 

paresse 

faineantise 

lachete 

nonchalance 

luxe, m. 

mollesse 

impurete 

debauche 

dissolution 

liber tin age, m. 

desordre, m. 

dereglement 

mepris 

raillerie 

moquerie 

medisance 

calomnie 

crime, m. 

malice 

mechancete 

tromperie 

parjure,t». 

friponnerie 



frugality 
prosperity 



manners 



reward 

prize 

present 

gift 

loan 

grace 

fame 

vice 

defect 

imperfection 

avarice 

greediness 

pride 

idleness 

slothfulness 

sluggishness 

carelessness 

luxury, pomp 

effeminacy 

lewdness 

revel 

dissoluteness 

libertinism 

disorderly life 

licentiousness 

contempt 

jest 

mockery 

slander 

calumny 

crime 

malice 

wickedness 

deceit 

perjury 

knavery 



54 



VOCABULARY, 



fourberie 

enchantement 

injustice 

tort 

usure 

achat 

vente 

troc 

gage, m. 

depot 

contrat 

marche 

bassesse 

impudence 

effronterie 

audace 

temerite 

poltronnerie 

opiniatrete 

obstination 

cruaute 

dispute 

querelle 

brouillerie 

babil 

caquet 

inconstance 

ingratitude 

ambition 

prodigalite 

gourmandise 

impolitesse 

incivilit6 

dissention 

impatience 

imprudence 

negligence 

malhonnetete 

deshonneur 



roguery 


exil 


exile 


witchcraft 


banissement 


banishment 


injustice 


pusillanimite 


pusillanimity 


wrong 


trahison 


treachery 


usury 


perfidie 


perfidious?iess 


purcliase 


punition 


punishment 


sale 


chatiment 


chastisement 


barter 


legerete 


levity 


pledge 


coquetterie 


coquetry 


trust 


badinage, vi. 


sport 


contract 


larcin 


robbery 


bargain 


vol 


theft 


meanness 


friponnerie 


knavish trick 


impudence 


tromperie 


deceit 


effrontery 


ivrognerie 


drunkenness 


audaciousness 


ivresse 


ebriety 


temerity 


assassinat 


murder 


cowardice 


meurtre, m. 


manslaughter 


stubbornness 


mensonge, m. 


lie 


obstinacy 


faussete 


falsehood 


cruelty 


conte, m. 


tale 


dispute 


serment 


oath 


quarrel 
broil 


malheur 


misfortune 


folie 


folly 


babbling 


extravagance 


madness 


prating 


coutume 


custom 


inconstancy 


usage, m. 


use 


ungratefulness 


pratique 
habitude 


practice 


ambition 


habit 


prodigality 


licence 


licentiousness 


gluttony 


exces 


excess 


rudeness 


tour 


trick 


incivility 


bagatelles, pi. 


trifles 


dissension 


faute 


fault 



imprudence 
negligence 
rudeness 
disgrace 



faiblesse 
faible, m. 
affront 
outrage, m. 
insulte 



weakness 
foible 



<>1 

outrage 

insult 



OF MEATS AND DRINKS. 



nourriture 


nourishment 


provisions 


provisions 


alimens, pi. 


food 


repas 


meal 


vivres, m. pi. 


victuals 


dejeuner 


breakfast 





VOCABULARY. 


E 


dinar 


dinner 


verjus 


verjuice 


A 


K afternoon's lun- 
} cheon 


anchois 


anchovies 


gouter 


epices, pi. 


spices 


souper 


supper 


poivre, to. 


pepper 


collation 


collabion 


gingembre, to. ginger 


festin 


feast 


muscade 


nutmeg 


regal 


treat 


macis 


mace 


pain 
croute 


bread 
crust 


girofle, to. 
(clous de) 


> cloves 


mie 


crumb 


canelle 


cinnamon 


farine 


flour 


oublies, pi. 


wafers 


son 


bran 


sucre, to. 


sugar 


pate 


dough 


cassonade 


moist sugar 


levain 


leaven 


dessert 


dessert 


morceau 


bit, morsel 


fruit 


fruit 


tranche 


slice 


pate 


pie 


bouchee 


mouthful 


gateau 


cake 


viande 


meat 


tourte, tarte 


tart 


bouilli 


boiled meat 


biscuit 


biscuit 


rot, roti 


roast meat 


macaron 


macaroon 


bceuf 


beef 


crepe 


pancakes 


mouton 


mutton 


confitures,^. 


sweetmeats 


agneau 


lamb 


gelee 


jelly 


veau 


veal 


marmelade 


marmalade 


pore 


pork 


conserve 


conserve 


venaison 


venison 


tablettes, pi. 


lozenges 


volaille 


fowls 


dragees, pi. 


sugar-plums 


gibier 


game 


pralines, pi. 


crisp-almonds 


gigot 


a leg of mutton 


fromage, to. 


cheese 


andouille 


chitterlings 


beurre, to. 


butter 


saucisse 


sausage 


lait 


milk 


jambon 


liam 


creme 


cream 


lard 


bacon 


ceuf 


egg 


moutarde 


mustard 


coque 


shell 


soupe 


soup 


blanc 


white 


potage, to. 
bouillon 


pottage 


jaune, to. 


yolk 


broth 


boisson 


drink 


consomme 


jelly broth 


liqueur 


liquor 


ragout 


ragout 


the 


tea 


fricassee 


fricassee 


cafe 


coffee 


jus 


gravy 


chocolat 


chocolate 


sauce 


sauce 


limonade 


lemonade 


poisson 


fish 


ponche, to. 


punch 


salade 


sallad 


vin 


wine 


sel 


salt 


biere 


beer 


huile 


oil 


eau-de-vie 


brandy 


vinaigre, to. 


vinegar 


nectar 


nectar 



6* 



5(5 


VOCABULARY. 




ambroisie 


ambrosia 


hydromel 


mead 


cidre, m. 


cider 


sirop 


syrup 


poire 


perry 


lie 


dregs 




OF DRESSING 


APPAREL, &C. 


habillement 


dress 


guetres, pi. 


gaiters 


hardes 


clothes 


souliers 


shoes 


habit complet 


a suit of clothes 


escarpins, pi. 
sernelle 


pumps 


habit 


coat 


sole 


veste 


waistcoat 


bottes, pi. 


boots 


gilet 


under-waisicoat 


boueles, pi. 


buckles 


manches, pi. 


sleeves 


cuir 


leather 


poches, pi. 


pockets 


chapeau 


hat 


bouton 


button 


perruque 


wig 


doublure 


lining 


jupe 


petticoat 


couture 


seam 


jupon 


under-petticoat 


culotte 


breeches 


satin 


satin 


pantalon 


pantaloon 


taffetas 


taffety 


gousset 


fob 


gaze 


gauze 


drap 


cloth 


coiffure 


head-dress 


soie 


silk 


coiffe 


hood 


velours 


velvet 


collier 


necklace 


serge 
basin 


serge 
dimity 


boucles 
d'oreilles, p 


, I ear-rings 


flanelle 


flannel 


gants, pi. 


gloves 


etoffe 


stuff 


mitaines, pi. 


mittens 


manteau 


cloak 


tablier 


apron 


surtout 


surtout 


mules, pi. 


> slippers 


redingote 


riding-coat 


pantoufles, pi. 
bague 


linge, m. 


linen 


ring 


toile 


linen-cloth 


bijou 


jewel 


batiste 


cambric 


bracelet 


bracelet 


mousselin 


muslin 


dentelle 


lace 


lie on 


lawn 


blonde 


blond-lace 


chemise 


shirt 


eventail 


fan 


jabot 


frill 


manchon 


muff 


cravate 


cravat 


agrafe 


clasp 


bas, pi. 


stockings 


epingle 


pin 


jarretieres, pi. 


garters 


aiguille 


needle 


laine 


wool 


etui 


case 


fil 


thread 


de 


thimble 


coton 


cotton 


masque, m. 


mask 


maille 


stitch 


voile, m. 


veil 


trou 


hole 


tabatiere 


snuff-box 


ehaussons, pi. 


socks 


tabac 


snuff 





VOCABULARY. 


J 


tabac (a fume r) tobacco 


conserves, pi. 


preserves 


bourse 


purse 


bouquet 


nosegay 


argent 


money 


canne 


cane 


porte-feuille, ■ 


m. pocket-book 


cordon 


string 


eiseaux, pi. 


scissors 


epee 


sword 


crayon 


pencil 


montre 


watch 


mouchoir 


handkerchief 


boite 


case 


lunettes, pi. 


spectacles 


chaine 


chain 


lorgnette 


opera-glass 
OF A HOUSE 


cachet 


seal 




AND FURNITURE. 


maison 
hotel 


house 
5 nobleman's 
i house 


salle 
salon 


> parlour 


escalier 


stoAr-case 


hotellerie 


inn 


office 


pantry 


chateau 


castle 


cuisine 


kitchen 


palais 


palace 


garde-min- 


> store-room 


couronne 


crown 


ger, m. 


trone, m. 


throne 


boulangerie 


bake-house 


sceptre, m. 


sceptre 


brasserie 


brew-house 


aile 


wing 


lingerie 


laundry 


pavilion 


pavilion 


ecurie 


stable 


fondemens, pi. foundation 


remise 


coach-house 


mur, murailk 


j wall 


puits 


well 


batiment 


building 


etage, m. 


story 


maturiaux, pi 


. materials 


appartement 
chambre 


apartment 


pierre 


stone 


room 


brique 


brick 


antichambre 


antichamber 


niortier 


mortar 


salle-a-manger dining-room 


chaux 
platre, m. 


lime 
plaster 


salon-de- 
compagnie 


i drawing-room 


ciment 
tuile 


cement 
tile 


cabinet-de- 
toilette 


i dressing-room 


ardoise 


slate 


chambre-a- - 


i bed-room 


charpente 


timber work 


coueher 


poutre 


beam 


galerie 


gallery 


solive 


joist 


cabinet 


closet 


echelle 


ladder 


boudoir 


lady's closet 


cave 


vault 


garde-robe 


wardrobe 


cellier 


cellar 


porte 


door 


tonneau 


cask 


porte-cochere 


gale 


futaille 


vessel 


seuil 


threshold 


boutique 


shop 


jalousie 


blinds 


atelier 


work-shop 


gond 


hinge 


magasin 


warehouse 


marteau 


knocker 


vestibule m. 


hall 


serrure 


lock 



57 



58 


VOCABULARY. 




cle, or clef 


key 


amidon 


starch 


verrou 


bolt 


balai 


broom 


fenetre 


window 


banc 


bench 


vitre 


glass 


escabeau 


stool 


volet 


shutter 


plancher 


floor 


balcon 


balcony 


parquet 


inlaid floor 


store, m. 


blind 


plafond 
lambris 


ceiling 


grenier 


garret 


wainscot 


toit 


roof 


cloison 


partition 


gouttiere 


gutter 


tapisserie 


hangings 


malle 


trunk 


tapis 


carpet 


boite 


box 


lit 


bed 


caisse 


chest 


alcove 


alcove 


cassette 


casket 


chalit 


bedstead 


coffre, m. 


coffer 


chevet 


bolster 


logement 


lodging 


oreiller 


pillow 


amertblement 


furniture 


paillasse 


straw mattress 


cheminee 


chimney 


matelas 


mattress 


atre, m. foyer 


hearth 


draps, pi. 


sheets 


souffle t 


bellows 


couve'rtures, 


pi. bed-clothes 


pelle 


shovel 


courte-point 


3 counterpane 


pincettes, pi. 


longs 


rideau 


curtain 


fourgon 


poker 


tringle 


curtain-rod 


garde-cen- 
dre, m. 


> fender 


anneau 

sofa 


ring 
sofa 

elbow-chair 
seat 


coquemar 
bouilloire 


> boiler, copper 


fauteuil 
siege, m. 


couvercle, m. 


lid 


chaise 


chair 


poele 


frying-pan 


coussin 


cushion 


poelon 


skillet 


armoire 


press 


casserole 
fourneau 


saucepan 
stove 


commode 


V chest of draw 
\ ers 
pier-glass 


allumette 


match 


trumeau 


pierre-a-fusil 


flint 


toilette 


toilet 


briquet 


steel 


miroir 


looking-glass 


four 


oven 


peigne, m. 


comb 


essuie-main 


towel 


pomade 


pomatum 


bassinoire 


warming-pan 


poudre 


powder 


panier, cor- 


> basket 


houppe 


puff 


beille 


parfum 


perfume 


porcelaine 


china-ware 


tableau 


picture 


faience 


delft-ware 


dessin 


drawing 


poterie 


earthen-ware 


coloris 


colouring 


pot 


pot 


portrait 


portrait 


cruche 


pitcher 


paysage, m 


landscape 


lampe 


lamp 


miniature 


miniature 


Ian tern e 


lantern 


chandelier 


candlestick 


savon 


soap 


bougeoir 


flat candlestick 





VOCABULARY. 




bob&che 


socket 


cullier, or eu 


* I spoon 


chandelle 


candle 


illiere 


bougie 


wax-light 


saliere 


salt-cellar 


cire 


wax 


huillier 


oil-cruet 


uiouchettes, pi. snuffers 


moutardier 


mustard-pot 


porte-mou- 
chettes, m. 


> snuffer-pan 


aiguiere 
coupe, tasse 


ewer 
cup 


eteignoir 


extinguisher 


gobelet 


goblet 


vergettes, pi. 


brush 


verre, m. 


glass 


buffet 


cup-board 


bouteille 


bottle 


cabaret 


tea-board 


bouchon 


cork 


tasse 


cup 


tire-bouchon, 


m. cork-screw 


soucoupe 


saucer 


carafe 


decanter 


theiere 


tea-pot 


bibliotheque 


library 


cafetiere 


coffee-pot 


bureau 


bureau 


chocolatiere 


chocolate-pot 


tiroir 


drawer 


sucrier 


sugar-basin 


cachet 


seal 


jatte 


bowl 


lettre 


letter 


table 


table 


enveloppe 


cover 


nappe 


cloth 


adresse 


direction 


serviette 


napkin 


signature 


signature 


assiette 


plate 


sonnette 


bell 


plat 


dish 


estampe 


print 


couteau 


knife 


medaille 


medal 



59 



OF THE CITY. 



ville 

village, m. 
bourg 
rue 
carrefour 



place 

cul-de-sac 

pyramide 

obelisque, m. 

pave 

ruisseau 

marche 

denrees, pi. 

boucherie 

poissonnerie 

friperie 

edifice, m. 

fa$ade 



town, city 
village 
borough 
street 
cross-way 
vassage 
quare 

no thorough- 
fare 



obelisk 

pavement 

kennel 

market 

provisions 

meat-market 

fish-market 

old clothes shop 

edifice 

front 



frontispice, i 

portail 

colonne 

pilastre, m. 

base 

piedestal 

statue 

arcade 

portique, m. 

aqueduc 
dome, m. 
paroisse 
comedie 
theatre, m. 
coulisses, pi 
decorations 
toile 
foyer 
orchestre, m 



i. frontispiece 

portal 

column 

pilaster 

base 

pedestal 

statue 

arcade 
{ portico, or pi- 
\ azza 

aqueduct 

dome 

parish 

play-house 

stage 

scenery 

decorations 

curtain 

green-room 

orchestra 



60 



VOCABULARY. 



parterre, m. pit 
loge box 

amphitheatre,m./rs£ gallery 



paradis 
billet 


upper gallery 


ticket 


convent 


convent 


monastere, m. 


monastery 


cellule 


cell 


hermitage, m. 


hermitage 


solitude 


solitude 


retraite 


retirement 


universite 


university 


college, m. 


college 


ecole 


school 


pension 


boarding school 


parlement 


parliament 


chambre-haute 
ou des pairs 


> house of lords 


chambre basse, 
ou des com- 


r house of 




( commons 


munes 




prison 


prison 


cachot 


dungeon 


hopital 


hospital 


innrmerie 


infirmary 


taverne 


tavern 


cabaret 


public-house 


auberge 


inn 


cafe 


coffee-house 


enseigne 


sign 


affiche 


bill 


pont 


bridge 


arche 


arch 


pilier 
bateau 


pillar 


boat 


quai 


quay, on a river 


bourse 


exchange 


banque 


bank 


agiotage, m. 


slock-jobT?ing 


douane 


custom-house 


poste 


general post 


petite-poste 


twopenny post 



tresorerie 

amiraute 

arsenal 

faubourgs 

boulevards, pi. 

remparts, pi. 

barriere 

guinguette 

forge 

verrerie 

fonderie 

carrosse, m. 

imperiale 

portiere 

glaces, pi. 

timon 

roue 

essieu 

equipage, m. 

harnais, pi. 

renes,^Z. 

bride 

licou 

selle 

bat 

arfon 

sangle 

etriers, pi. 

eperons, pi. 

berline 

cabriolet 

chaise 

fiacre, m. 

charrette 

fourgon 

remise 

rasoir 

cuir 

moule 

machine 

moulin 



admiralty 

arsenal 

suburbs 

bulwarks 

ramparts 

turnpike 

tea-garden 

forge 

glass-house 

foundery 

coach 

roof 

coach door 

windows 

coach-pole 

wheel 

axle-tmee 

equipage 

harness 

reins 

bridle 

halter 

saddle 

pack-saddle 

saddle-bow 

girth 

stirrups 

spurs 

berlin 

gig. 

chaise 

hackney-coach 

cart 

wagon 

coach-house 

razor 

strap 

mould 

machine 

mill 



OF TRADES, ARTS, PROFESSIONS, &C. 



boulanger baker relieur book-binder 

perruquier hair-dresser libraire, m. bookseller 

forgeron blacksmith chaudronnier brazier 



brasseur 

boucher 

ebeniste 

charpentier 

charron 

sculpteur 

chimiste 

horloger 

confiseur 

carrossier 

tonnelier 

corroyeur 

coutelier 

fourbisseur 

teinturier 

distillateur 

droguiste 

graveur 

marechal 

poissonnier 

fondeur 

fruitier 

fourreur 

jardinier 

doreur 

verrier 

vitrier 

gantier 

orfevre 

joaillier 

bijoutier 

epicier 

arrnurier 

chapelier 

aubergiste 

menuisier 



VOCABULARY. 


i 


brewer 


serrurier 


locksmith 


butcher 


macon 


bricklayer 


cabinet-maker 


maitre d'hotel 


steward 


carpenter 


mercier 


mercer 


wheel-wright 


meunier 


miller 


carver 


peintre 


painter 


chymist 


patissier 


pastry-cook 


clock-maker 


paveur 


paver 


confectioner 


colporteur 


pedlar 


coach-maker 


parfumeur 


perfume? 


cooper 


medecin 


physician 


currier 


ptetrier 


plasterer 


cutler 


plombier 


plumber 


sword-cutler 


potier 


potter 


dyer 


imprimeur 


printer 


distiller 


sellier 


saddler 


druggist 


lingere 


sempstress 


engraver 


couturiere 


mantua-maker 


farrier 


tailleur 


tailor 


fishmonger 


cordonnier 


shoe-maker 


founder 


pelletier 


skinner 


fruiterer 


fbrgeron 


smith 


furrier 


chirurgien 


surgeon 


gardener 


apothicaire 


apothecary 


gilder 


arpenteur 


surveyor 


glass-maker 


tanneur 


tanner 


glazier 


tourneur 


turner 


glover 


entrepreneur 


undertaker 


goldsmith 


tapissier 


upholsterer 


jeweller 


horloger 
tisserand 


watch-maker 
weaver 


grocer 


perruquier 


wig-maker 


armourer 


ouvrage 


work 


hatter 


ouvrier 


work-man 


innkeeper 


ouvriere 


work-woman 


joiner 


manoeuvre 


labourer 



63 



OF THE COUNTRY, HUSBANDRY, FLOWERS, TREES, &C. 



campagne 


country 


hameau 


hamlet 


chemin 


way 


enclos 


close 


sentier 


foot-vmy 


chateau 


castle 


boue 


mud 


terre 


estate 


fange 


mire 


cour 


ya,rd 


poussiere 
bourbier 


dust 


basse-cour 


poultry-yard 


slough 


colombier 


pigeon-house 


orniere 


cart-rut 


laiterie 


dairy 



62 


VOCABULARY. 




ecurie 


stable 


jardin 


garden 


fruiterie 


fruit-loft 


jardinage, m. 


gardening 




OF HERBS 


AND PLANTS. 




aloes 


aloe 


moutarde 


mustard 


angelique 


angelica 


capueine 


nasturtium 


artiehaut 


artichoke 


ortie 


nettle 


asperge 


asparagus 


oignon 


onion 


melisse 


balm 


persil 


parsley 


basilic 


basil 


panais 


parsnip 


feve 


bean 


pois 


peas 


haricot 


french-bean 


parictaire 


pellitory 


poiree 
betterave 


beet 


plante 


plant 


beet-root 


plantain 


plantain 


bourrache 


borage 


pavot 


poppy 


bardane 


burdock 


pomme-de-terre^otofoe 


priroprenelle 


burnet 


courge 


pumpkin 


chou 


cabbage 


pourpier 


purslain 


carotte 


carrot 


rave 


radish 


celeri 


celery 


radk- > 


Spanish ra 


cerfeuil 


chervil 


roscau 


reed 


choux-fleurs, 


pi. cauliflowers 


rue 


rue 


maches, pi. 


corn-sallad 


jonc 


rush 


cresson 


cresses 


rhubarbe 


rhubarb 


concombre, m 


. cucumber 


safran 


saffron 


dent-de-licri 


dandelion 


sauge 


sage 


patience 


dock 


sarette 


savery 


chicoree 


endive 


ciboule 


scallion 


fenouil 


fennel 


echalote 


shallot 


fougere 


fern 


oseille 


sorrel 


ail 


garlic 


veronique 


speedwell 


calebasse 


gourd 


epinards, pi. 


spinage 


cigue 


hemlock 


tanaisie 


tansy 


herbe 


herb 


ivraie 


tare 


raifort 


horse-radish 


estragon 


stragon 


joubarbe 


house-leek 


char don 


thistle 


lierre, m. 


ivy 


thym 


thyme 


poireau 
iaitue 


leek 


serpolet 


wild thyme 


lettuce 


trefle, m. 


trefoil 


reglisse 


licorice 


navet 


turnip 


mauve 


mallows 


valeriane 


valerian 


guimauve 


marsh-mallows 


vegetaux, pi. 


vegetables 


marjolaine 
reseda 


marjoram 
mignonette 


iegumeSjW.^Z. 


i vegetables, 
\ greens 


menthe 


mint 


verveine 


vervain 


gui 


misletoe 


absynthe 


wormwood 


mousse 


moss 


mille-feuille 


yarrow 



VOCABULARY. 



63 



FLOWERS. 



fieuriste 


florist 


chevre-feuille i 


parterre 


flower garden 


m. [ 


fleur 


flower 


seringat 


iris 


crocus 


lilas 


primevere 


cowslip 


souci 


narcisse, m. 


narcissus 


amaranth e 


jacinthe 


hyacinth 


pavot 


tulipe 


tulip 


coquelicot j 


violette 


violet 


ponceau J 


pensee 


pansy 


bluet, barbeau' 


marguerite 


daisy 


tournesol 


imperiale 


turk's cap 


camomille 


martagon 
lis 


mountain-lily 

lily 

may-lily 


belle-de-nuit ] 


muguet 


eternelle i 


oreille-d'ours 


auricula 


immortelle ] 


anemone 


anemone 


balsamine 


renoncule 


ranunculus 


ancolie 


jonquille 


jonquil 


passe-rose 
r hepatique 


giroflee 


stock- gilliflowe' 


ceiilet 


pink 


pied-d'alouette 


campanule 
gantelee 


> bell-flower 


pivoine 
scabieuse 


rose 


rose 


julienne 


jasmin 


jasmine 


planche 


tubcreuse 


tuberose 


plate-bande 



> honey-, 



suckle 



seringa 

lilac 

marigold 

amaranth 

poppy 

i wild-poppy 

blite-bell 
sun-flower 
camomile 
great night- 
shade 

> cassidony 

balsam 

columbine 

hollyhock 

hepatica 

lark-spur 

piony 

scabious 

rocket 

bed 

flower-bordet 



OF TREES AND SHRUBS. 



arbre, m. 


tree 


arbrisseau 


shrub 


ecorce 


bark 


branche 


branch 


feuille 


leaf 


graine 


seed 


rejeton 


sucker 


abricotier 


apricot-tree 


cerisier 


cherry-tree 


chataignier 


chesnut-tree 


citronnier 


lemon-tree 


coignassier 


quince-tree 


ftguier 


fig-tree 


noyer 


walnut-tree 


oranger 


orange-tree 


pecher 


'peach-tree 



pommier 


apple-tree 


poirier 
prunier 
arbousier 


pear-tree 

plumb-tree 

arbutus 


frene 


ash-tree 


tremble 
hctre 


aspen 
beech-tree 


bouleau 


birch-tree 


buis 


box 


genet 
sureau 


broom 
elder-tree 


orme 


elm 


sapin 
coudrier 


fir-tree 
liazel-tree 


houx 
lilas 


holly 
lilac 



64 



VOCABULARY. 



tilleul 

myrte 

chene 

osier 

romarin 

eglantier 



lime-tree 

myrtle-tree 

oak 

osier 

rosemary 

sweet briar 



epme 

btiisson 

aubepine 

yigne 

saule 

if 



thorn 

thorn-bush 

white-thorn 

vine 

willow-tree 

yew-tree 





FRUITS. 




amande 


almond 


melon 


melon 


pomme 


apple 


mure 


mulberry 


abricot 


apricot 


brugnon 


nectarine 


cerise 


cherry 


noisette 


nut 


<ym crrta 


{ black-heart 
\ cherry 


orange 


orange 


guigne 


peche 


peach 


chataigne 


chestnut 


poire 


pear 


matron 


horse chestnut 


citrouille 


pumpion 


groseilles, pi. 


currants 


coin 


quince 


groseille 


gooseberry 


framboise 


raspberry 


figue 


fig 


fraise 


strawberry 


aveline 


filbert 


noix 


walnut 


raisin 


grapes 


epine-vinerte 


barberries 


prune 


plum 


grenade 


pomegranate 


reine-claude 


green- ga,ge 


olive 


olive 


citron 
ananas 


lemon 
pine-apple 


cerneaux 


{ kernels of 
{ walnuts 


nefle 


medlar 


raisins-secs 


raisins 



PROMISCUOUS WORDS. 



grange 

hutte 

chaumiere 

seigneurie 

dime 

metairie 

sillon 

pre, prairie 

arpent 

fosse 

champ 

paturage, m. 

terroir 

pare 

haie 

bruyere 

dunes 

lande 



barn 

hut 

thalched-house 

manor 

tithe 

farm 

ridge 

meadow 

acre 

ditch 

field 

pasture-ground 

soil 

park 

hedge 

heath 

downs 

waste-lana 



commune 

plaine 

garenne 

fori dri ere 

marais 

plate-bande 

serre 

serre-chaude 

boulingrin 

berceau 

bosquet 

grotte 

vignoble, m. 

pepiniere 

tail lis 

hallier 

paysage, m. 

perspective 



common 

plain 

warren 

bog 

marsh 

border 

green-house 

hot-house 

bowling-green 

bower 

grove 

grotto 

vineyard 

nursery 

coppice 

thicket 

landscape 

prospect 



VOCABULARY. 



65 



vue 


view 


millet 


millet 


cascade 


cascade 


lin 


flax 


canal 


canal 


cbanvre, m. 


hemp 


agriculture 


agriculture 


chenevis 


hemp-seed 


labourage, m. 


tillage 


epi 


ear {of corn) 


betail 


cattle 


gerbe 


sheaf {of corn) 


fumier 


dung 


tige 


stalk 


terreau 


mould 


t^au 


blade 


recolte 


crop 


paille 


straw 


moisson 


harvest 


chaume, m. 


stubble 


vendange 


vintage 


foin 


hay 


houblon 


hops 


fourrage, m. 


fodder 


grain 


com 


fermier 


farmer 


Me 


ivheal 


paysan 


peasant 


orge 


barley 


laboureur 


ploughman 


avoine 


oats 


moissonneur 


reaper 


riz 


rice 


faucheur 


mower 


seigle, m. 


rye 


berger 


shepherd 



OF QUADRUPEDS. 



bete 


beast 


bouvillon 


bullock 


animal 


animal 


renne, m. 


rein-deer 


animal domes 
tique 


' > tame beast 


brebis 
mouton 


ewe 
wether 


bete-de-somme beast of burden 


belier 


ram 


monture 


{ beast for the 
\ saddle 


agneau 


lamb 


chevre 


she-goat 


cheval 


horse 


bouc 


he-goat 


cavale 


mare 


chevreau 


hid 


jument 


mare 


cochon 


hog 


etalon 


stallion 


pore 


pi-g 


poulain 


colt 


pourceau 


pig 


pouliche 


filly 


truie 


sow 


bidet 


poney 


cochon-de-lait 


sucking pig 


ane 


ass 


cochon-d'Inde 


guinea pig 
boar 


anesse 


milk-ass 


verrat 


anon 


young ass 


sanglier 


wild boar 


mulet 


mule 


laie 


wild sow 


mule 


she-mule 


marcassin 


young wild boar 


bete-a-cornes 


horned beast 


bcte-fauve 


deer 


ba2uf 


ox 


cerf 


stag 


buffle, m. 


buffalo 


biche 


hind 


taureau 


bull 


faon 


fawn 


vache 


cow 


daim 


fallow-deer 


genisse 


heifer 


daim-male 


buck 


veau 


calf 


daim-femelle 


doe 



go 



VOCABULARY. 



chevreuil 

chevrette 

chamois 

lion 

lionne 

lionceau 

tigie 

tigresse 

ours 

ourson 

zebre, m. 

giraffe 

leopard 

camelcopard 

rhinoceros 

hippopotame, m 

elephant 

chameau 

dromadaire, m. 

lama 

buffle, m. 

hyene 

pan there 

once 

licorne 

elan 

loup 

louve 

louveteau 

lynx 

renard 

taisson 

blaireau 

castor 

hermine 

marte, zibeline 

ecureuil 

'herisson 

pore-epic 

loutre 

raton 

furet 

lievre 

'hase 

levraut 

lapin 

lapine 

chien 

chienne 



roe-buck^ 

roe 

chamois 

lion 

lioness 

lion's whelp 

tiger 

tigress 

bear 

bear's cub 

zebra 

giraffa 

leopard 

camelopard 

rhinoceros 

river-horse 

elephant 

camel 

dromedary 



hyena 
panther 



elk 
wolf 
she-wolf 
wolf's cub 
lynx 
fox 
brock 
badger 
beaver 
ermine 
marten, sable 
squirrel 
hedge-hog 
porcupine 
otter 
rackoon 
ferret 
*hare 
doe-hare 
leveret- 
rabbit 
doe -rabbit 
dog 
bitch 



hound-bitch 

greyhound 

greyliound bitch 

bull dog 

whelp 

mastiff 

blood-hound 

lap-dog 

spaniel 

terrier 

shagged-dog 

pointer 

> pack of hounds 

cat, tom-cat 
cat, puss 
kitten 
puss 



lice 
levrier 
levrette 
dogue 
doguin 
matin 
limier 
bichon 
epagneul 
basset 
barbet 

chien-d'arret 
meute de 
chiens 
chat, matou 
chatte 
chaton 
minon 

minet, micette young kitten 
singe, m. monkey 

guenon ape 

magot, babouin baboon 



gazelle 

belette 

poutois 

fouine 

genette 

muse 

loir 

marmote 

taupe 

rat 

souris 

tortue 



antelope 

weasel 

pole-cat 

pole-cat 

wild-cat 

musk-cat 

dormouse 

marmot 

mole 

rat 

mouse 

tortoise 



betail, bestiaux cattle 
troupeau flock, herd 

patre, berger shepherd 
bergere shepherdess 

vacher, bouvier cow-herd 
porcher swine-herd 

chasse hunting 

chasseur hunter 

braconnier poo.cher 
gibier, venaison game 
fusil gun 

gibeeiere pouch 

tire shooting 

tireur shooter 

garde-chasse gamekeeper 





VOCABULARY. 


67 




OF 


BIRDS. 




oiseau 


bird 


mesange 


tit 


oiselet, oisillon little bird 


pluvier 


plover 


volaille 


fowl 


roitelet 


wren 


coq 


cock 


vanneau 


lapwig 


poule 


hen 


butor 


bittern 


poulet 


chicken 


bec-figue, m. 


beccafico 


poussin 


young chicken 


etourneau 


starling 


cochet 


cockerel 


sansonnet 


starling 


poularde 


pullet 


bruant 


yellotv-hammer 


chapon 


capon 


coucou 


cuckoo 


coq-d'Inde, 
dindon 


> turkey-cock 


freux, grolle 
corbeau 


rook 
raven 


dinde 


turkey-hen 


corneille 


crow 


dindonneau 


young turkey 


hibou 


owl 


oie 


goose 


chouette 


screech-owl 


jar 


gander 


buse 


buzzard 


oison 


gosling 


choucas 


chough 


canard 


drake 


aigle 


eagle 


cane 


duck 


aiglon 


eaglet 


caneton, ca- 
nette 


> duckling 


epervier 
emouchet 


sparrow-hawk 
musket-hawk 


pigeon 


pigeon 


milan 


kite 


colombe 


dove 


faucon 


falcon 


serin, canari 


canary-bird 


cormoran 


cormorant 


perroquet 


parrot 


plongeon 
heron 


diver 


perruche 


paroquet 


heron 


moineau, 


> sparrow 


cigogne 


stork 


passereau 


outarde 


buskard 


hirondelle 


swallow 


pelican 


pelican 


martinet 


martin 


amour 


gos-hawk 


rossignol 


nightingale 


vautour 


vulture 


chardonneret 


goldfinch 


griffon 


griffin 


pinson 


chaffinch 


huppe 


lapwig 


verdier 


greenfinch 


mouette 


gull 


bouvreuil 


bullfinch 


perdrix 


partridge 


linot, linote 


linnet 


bartavelle 


{ large red part- 
\ ridge 


rouge-gorge, m. redbreast, robin 




merle, m. 


blackbird 


perdreau 


young partridge 


grive 


thrush 


caille 


quail 


geai 


jay 


cailleteau 


young quail 


pie 


magpie 


faisan 


pheasant 


alouette 


lark 


faisandeau 


young pheasant 


bergeronnette 


wagtail 


becasse 


woodcock 


alcyon, ounrnr- \ ,. , , 
tin-pecheur } ^^g-fislur 


becassine 
ortolan 


snipe 
ortolan 


pivert 


woodpecker 


tourterelle 


turilt-dcve 



6b 


VOCABULARY. 




gelinotte 


wood-hen 


autruche 


ostrich 


francolin 


heath-cock 


pintade 


pintado 


ramier 


wood-pigeon 


fou-de-bassarj 


gannet 


macreuse 


sea-duck 


pingoin 


razor-bill 


sarcelle 


teal 


chauvrt-souris bat 


grue 


crane 


chasse-aux- 


> fowling 


courlis 


curlew 


oiseaux 


foulque 


{ coot, moorcock, 
\ or hen 


appeau 


bird-call 


gluaux 


lime twigs 


poule-d'cau 


moor-hen 


trebuchet 


bird-trap 


paon 


peacock 


filets 


nets 


paonne 


pea-hen 


oiseleur 


bird-catcher 


p^aonneau 


young peacock 


oiselier 


bird-seller 


eigne, m. 


swan 


voliere 


aviary 




OF FISHES. 




poisson 


fish 


homard, lan- 


] 


esturgeon 


sturgeon 


gouste 


> lobster 


turbot 


turbot 


§crevisse-de- 


saumon 


salmon 


mer 


I 


rouget 


roaxh 


ecrevisse 


crawfish 


brochet 


pike 


crabe, m. 


crab 


carpe 


carp 


crevette 


prawn 


truite 


trout 


chevrette 


shrimp 


perehe 


perch 


anguille 


eel 


cabillaud 


fresh cod 


anchois 


anchovy 


morue 


stock-fish 


goujon 


gudgeon 


raie 


skate 


veron 


minnow 


tanche 


tench 


lotte, barbotte 


eel-pout 


eperlan 


smelt 


loche 


{ loach, ground- 
\ Ung 


maquereau 


mackerel 


surmulet 


mullet 


morue salee 


salt-fish 


carrelet 


fiounder 


barb ue 


dab 


barbeau 
alose 


barbel 
shad 


marsoin 


\ sea-hog, for- 
\ poise 


sole 


sole 


espadon 


saw-fish 


sardine 


sprat 


porcelaine 


sea-snail 


thon 


tunny 


tortue 


tortoise 


pile 


plaice 


huitre 


oyster 


congre, m. 


conger 


petoncle 


cockle 


merlan 


whiting 


moule 


muscle 


merluche 


haddock 


baleine 


whale 


hareng 


herring 


cachalot 


cachalot 


seche 


cuttlefish 


requin 


shark 


limande 


burl, bret-fish 


dauphin 


dolphin 


lamproie 


lamprey 


chien-marin 


sea-dog 



VOCABULARY. 



loup-marin 
herisson-de- 

rner 
frai 
fretin 
laite 

OEufs 

museau 
ouies 



sea-wolf 
sea-urchin 

young fish 
soft roe 
spawn, hard 

roe 
snout 
gills 



nageoires 
ecailles 
coquilles 
arretes 



fins 
scales 
shells 
bones 



pinces, braques clavis 
appat, amorce bail 
pecheur fisherman 

pcche fishery 





OF REPTILES AND INSECTS. 


grenouille 


frog 


pou 


louse 


serpent 


serpent 


lente 


nit 


couleuvre 


adder 


puce 


flea 


vipere 


viper 


punaise 


bug 


scorpion 


scorpion 


chenille 


caterpillar 


aspic 


aspick 


papillon 


butterfly 


basilic 


basilisk 


mouche 


fly 


dragon 


dragon 


abeille 


bee 


tarentule 


tarantula 


frelon 


hornet 


crapaud 


toad 


bourdon 


drone 


lezard 


lizard 


guepe 


wasp 


sang-sue 


leech 


taon 


ox-fly 


limace 


slug 


cousin 


gnat 


ver 


worm 


cantharide 


Spanish-fly 


ver-luisant 


glow-worm 


hanneton 


cockchafer 


ver-coquin 


vine-grub 


sauterelle 


grasshopper 
balm-cricket 


ver-a-soie 


silk-worm 


cigale 


escargot 


snail 


araignee 


spider 


escarbot 
grillon 


beetle 
cricket 


toile-d'araig- 
nee 


I cobweb 


perce-oreille,wi 
teigne 


. ear-wig 
moth 


essaim-d'a- 
beilles 


> swarm of bees 


ciron 


hand-worm 


miel 


honey 


fourmi 


ant 


cire 


wax 


charari9on 


weevil 


rayon-de-miel honeycomb 


cloporte ; m. 


wood-louse 


ruche 


hive 


tique 


tick 


fourmiliere 


ant-hill 



or 
argent 



gold 
silver 



OF METALS, &C. 

platine 
vermeil 



platina 
silver-giU 



70 



VOCABULARY. 



cuivre 

airain 

laiton 

bronze 

similor 

fer 

fil-d'archal 

acier 

fer-blanc 

etain 

plomb 

mercure 

vif-argent 



copper 

brass 

latten-wire 

bronze 

pincltbeck 

iron 

brass wire 

steel 

iron-tinned 

tin, pewter 

lead 

mercury 

quicksilver 



soufre 

nitre 

saltpetre 

bitume 

antimoine 

arsenic 

alum 

couperose,/ 

vitriol 

carmin 

pastel 

ocre, f. 

Vermillion 



sulphur 

nitre 

saltpetre 

bitumen 

antimony 

arsenic 

alum, 

copperas 

vitriol 

carmine 

pastel 

ochre 

red-lead 





OF COLOURS. 




blanc 


' white 


rouge 


red 


noir 


black 


jaune 


yellow 


bleu 


blue 


brun 


brown 


vert 


grce r n 


pourpre 


purple 


gris 


grey 


ecarlate 


scarlet 


orange 


orange colour 


indigo 


indigo 




OF PRECIOUS STONES. 




diamant 


diamond 


amethyste 


amethyst 


topaze 


topaz 


com aline 


cornelian 


emeraude 


emerald 


onyx 


onyx 


sapliir 


sapphire 


agathe 


agate 


escarboucle 


carbuncle 


corail 


coral 


rubis 


ruby 


perle 


pearl 



OF THE PRINCIPAL COUNTRIES. 



France 

Italie 

Espagne 

Portugal 

Turquie 

Allemagne 

Suisse 

Prusse 

Pologne 

Bohcme 

Hongrie 



France 

Italy 

Spain 

Portugal 

Turkey 

Germany 

Switzerland 

Prussia 

Poland 

Bohemia 

Hungary 



Hollande 

les Pays-Bas 

Angleterre 

Ecosse 

Irlande 

Russie 

Danemarc 

Suede 

Norvege 

Tartarie 

Arabie 



Holland 

the Netherlands 

England 

Scotland 

Ireland 

Russia 

Denmark 

Sweden 

Norway 

Tartary 

Arabia 



Perse 

Inde 

Chine 

Mogol 

Bengale 

Malabar 

Japon 

Barbarie 

Egyple 

Bilcdulgerid 

Zaara 

Nigritie 

Guinee 

Ethiopie 

Zanguebar 

Monomotapa 



VOCABULARY. 




Persia 


Monoemugi 


Monoemugi 


India 


Caffrerie 


Caffraria 


China 


Abyssinie 


Abyssinia 


Mogul 


Canada 


Canada 


Bengal 


Pensylvanie 


Pennsylvania 


Malabar 


Maryland 


Maryland 


Japan 


*■ Virginie 


Virginia 


Barbary 


Caroline 


Carolina 


Egypt 


Georgie 


Georgia 


Biledulgerid 


Perou 


Peru 


Zaara 


Paraguay 


Paraguay 


Nigritia 


Chili 


Chili 


Guinea 


Bresil 


Brazil 


Ethiopia 


Guiane 


Guiana 


Zanguebar 


St. Domingue 


St. Domingo 


Monomotapa 


Jamaique 


Jamaica 



71 



INTRODUCTION TO THE EXERCISES. 



The learner is to render the English definite article 
le before a noun masculine ""I 

la before a nonn feminine I in the singu- 

V before a noun masculine or feminine j lar. 

beginning with a vowel or h mute J 
les before nouns of either gender in the plural and the 

indefinite. 



the\>y 



~ „■* »*. K.r S un before a noun masculine singular. 
a or a,n by < 



une before a noun feminine singular. 





EXAMPLES. 




Le livre 
la rue 
J'ainc 
/'histoire 


the book les plantes 
the street un homrae 
the soul um feaime 
the history wnheros 


the plants 
a man 
a icoman 
a hero. 



EXERCISES. 

Tlie wood; the forest; the houses; the men ; the court ; 

bois m. foret f. viaisons pi. hommes pi. cour f. 

the foot ; the arms ; the room ; the garden ; the windows ; 

pied m. bras pi. chambre f. jardin m. fenetres pi. 

a history ; a novel ; a foreigner ; a walk : a day ; 

histoire f. roman m. etr anger m. promenade f. jourm. 

a night ; the sun ; the moon ; tht stars ; a body ; a card ; 

nuit f. soleil m. lune f. etoiles pi. corps m. carte f. 

a crown. 

ecu m. 

He will render the English prepositions 

?{?.!l™.by d \ and when followed h y the article > thus : 



4*. 



72 



INTRODUCTION 



Cdu before a noun masculine singular beginning with 
a consonant or h aspirated 
of the by •{ de la before a noun feminine singular 

I de V before any noun beginning with a vowel or h mute 
[des before any noun in the plural. 
au before a noun masculine singular beginning with 
a consonant or h aspirated 
to the by«( a la before a noun feminine singular 

a V before any noun beginning with a vowel or h mute 
[aux before any noun in the plural. 
And when these prepositions are followed by a or an, thus : 

ofabv $ ^ un beiore a noun masculine 
J * \ d'une before a noun feminine 
" un before a noun masculine 
une before a noun feminine. 



toaby\ d d 



EXAMPLES. 



Du pare 
de'la riyjfcre 
rde Pe'sprit 
des carosses 
au pare 
a la riviere 



of the park 
of the river 
of the -mind 
of the coaches 
to the park 
to the river 



a 1' esprit 
aux carossea 
d'un jour 
d'une nuit 
a un jour 
a une nuit 



to the mind 
to the coaches 
of a day 
of a night 
to a day 
to a night 



of the 



EXERCISES. 
The palace of the king ; of the queen ; of the man ; 

palais m. roi m. reine f homme h m. 

men ; to the king ; to the queen ; to the man ; to the men ; 
homines pi. 

from a balcony ; from a window ; of a prince ; to a princess ; 

balcon m. fenttre f. — m. princesse f. 

of the gardens ; of the evening ; to the courtiers ; of a table ; to 

jnrdins pi. soir m. courtisans pi. f. 

the master ; to a lady ; of the soul ; of the horse ; to a cat ; 

ma'itre m. dame f. dme f. cheval m. chat m. 

of the houses ; of a carpet 
maisons pi. tapis m. 

These same prepositions, when followed by the possessive pro- 
nouns, my, thy, his, her, its, our, your, and their, will be both ren- 
dered thus : 



of 







Singular 




Plural. 






m. 


f. 


m. and f. 


my 1 




'mon 


ma 


mes 


thy 




ton 


ta 


tea 


his, her, or its 

our _ -~ 


- by de 

" 


son 
npire 


sa 
notre 


ses 
nos 


your 




voire 


votre 


vos 


their t 




lew 


leur 


leurs 


my 




'mon 


ma 


tnes 


thy 




ton 


ta 


tes 


his, her, its 


■ bjd ■ 


son 


sa 


ses 


our 


notre 


notre 


nos 


your 




votre 
Jeur 


votre 


vos 


their 




leur 


leurs 



TO THE EXERCISES. 73 

and likewise, when followed by the demonstrative this or that, 
these or those : 

fee before a noun masculine beginning 
1 4X • a * u , j with a consonant or h aspirated 

2frt£nr/w'hJ? < cet before a noun masculine beginning 
to this or that, by a \~ ^ith a vowel or h mute 
^ee£te before a noun feminine. 

?{£ o°r r gft £ f «f } **" nounsplural of either gender. 
EXAMPLES. 

de mon pere of my father a leur travail to their work 

a ta mere £o tKynvother de cette terrasse /rem ^/iis terrace 

de son frere o/Ais brother tie ce lieu of that place 

de notre ville of our town de cet homme of this man 

a votre maison 2o yowr Aowse de ces arbres of tliese trees 

EXERCISES. 

Of my clothes; of thy handkerchief; of his pocket: of your 

habits pi. mouchcir m. poche f. 

letters; of our treasure ; to their house ; of this steeple; of thai 
lettres pi. iresor m. ^_ maison f. . clocher m. 

hero ; 0/ ^/tis tower ; 'bflhese models ;*-' ... of my sister ; to 

heros m h asp. £ow f. modeles pi. s#wr f. 

your relations; the top of this mountain ; to my friend ; 
parens pi. sommet m. montagne f. ami m. 

<?/■ J/iese pleasures ; of our duties ; to their connexions ; of 

plaisirs pi. devoirs pi. liaisons pi. 

his acquaintances ; to my neighbours. 
connaissances pi. voisins pi. 

The Apostrophe (') marks, we have safaTpage 3, the 
suppression of a vowel before another voioel, or h mute, 
as in Vegiise for Z& egiise, &c. 

This suppression is called elision ; a, e, i, are the 
only vowels liable to Jbe thus cut off, and even of the 
suppression of the last of these, only two instances oc- 
cur, viz. in the conjunction si before the pronoun, singu- 
lar and plural, il, Us. 

The a is suppressed only in la feminine, both when an 
article and a pronoun. 

But the elision of e occurs, not only in the mas- 
culine article and pronoun le, but also in many other 
monosyllables, such as je, me, te, se, de, ce, ne, que 



% 



74 



INTRODUCTION 



and in the compound of que, such as, parceque, quoique, 
puisque, jusque, vie que, &c. 

EXAMPLES. 



of 



la 
la 
le 

le 

J* 

me 

te 



que 

si 
si 

parceque 

quoique 

yuisque 

jusque 

vu que 

desque 

quelque 



l'amitie 

l'herbe 

J'oiseau 

I'honneur 

j'ai 

il m'oublie 

je t'aime 

il s'habille 

vous l'aidez 
vous l'obligez 
e'est vrai 
un coup-d'oeil 
n'oubliez pas 
' qu'attendez 
vous 1 
s'il arrivait 
s'lls pouvaient 

parcequ'ilfaut. 

quoiqu'il fasse 

puisqu'en 
vous dit 

jusqu' a de- 
main 

vu qu'il ob- 
tiendra 

desqu'ou 
saura 

quelqu'un 
vient 



fori 



r la amide 
\a herbe 
le oiseau 
le honneur 
je ai 

il me oublie 
je tc aime 

il se habille 

vous le aidez 
vousZ^obligez 
ce est vrai 
un coup de ceil 
ne oubliez pas 
queattendez ) 

vous 1 $ 
st il arrivait 
stils pouvaient 
parceque il 

faut 
quoique il 

fassc 
puisque on 

vous dit 
jusque a de- 
main 
vu que il 

obtiendra 
desque on 

saura 
quelque un 
I vient 



\the friendship 
\lhe grass 
the bird 
the honour 
I have 

he forgets me 
I love thee 
< he dresses 
\ himself 
you help him 
you oblige her 
lit is true 
a glance 
! do not forget 
ichat do you. 

expect ? 
if it happened 
if they could 
because it is 

requisite 
ichatever he 

may do 
since they tell 

you 

till to-morrow 

since he will 

obtain 
as soon as it 
will be known 
somebody 

comes 



It is allowable either to retrench, or to retain the final 
e of the preposition entre, between, among, when it is 
placed before the pronouns eux, elles, and autres; but 
it is always rescinded in the following compound words : 

fentre-acte 
for \ se el ^re-aider 
] entre-ouir 
(^entre-ouvrir 

and in a few others ; but it is indifferent to say : 



Entr'acte an interlude ~) 

s'entr'aider to help one another [ 

entr'oui'r to Jiear imperfectly ', 

entr'ouvrir to half open J 




TO THE EXERCISES. 75 I 

entre eux ) C entr'eiix between them 

entre elles > or •? entr'elles between them 

entre autres choses ) ( entr'autres ehoses among other things 

EXERCISE. I • « « 

The soul; the heroine ; the mind;" he loves him ; she 
dme f. heroine f. esprit m. il aime 2 le I: elle 

loves her ; /love this man ; you do not understand 

2 la 1 ; ^"e aiwis homme m. -yo^s * we entendez 2 2>&s 3 
we ; he esteems ^/tee / he goes away ; it was the golden age ; 
me I: il estime 2 te 1 ; se e7&-E# ce etait de or 2 age 1 ; 

do ?wtf go there ; if he comes : if they please : vjhat has he 
* tie allez pas Id ; si vient ; Us veulent ; que a-t-il 

said 1 till night ; though he says ; since he knows 

dit ? jusque au soir m. quoique disc ; puisque salt ; ' 

vihen he saw : between them ; somebody is come. 
lorsque vit ; entre eux ; quelque un est Venn. 

N. B. In the following French negative modes of 
speech, which answer to the accompanying English 
translation, the caret points out the place which the 
French verb must occupy, whenever it is not in the in- 
finitive mood. 



Not \ ne .P as t 

1 ne point 



never ne jamais 
nothing ne"rien 



nobody ne'personne 

not a jot ne A goutte 

: "nul 
part 



, Cnenulle 
nowhere < 



r je ne suis pas. &c. lam not, &c. 
nous n'avons 

point 
il nejoue jamais he never plays • 

voas ne dites )_ ■ ... *" 



> we have not 



K you say nothing 



as-^ ie ne vois per- ) r » , _. 

sonne \ I$ec nohod V 

CJ do not see, or 
je ne vois goutte < I see not in the 

I least 
je ne vais nulle ) T , 

L part \ Ig0 no where - 

But in compound tenses, it is the auxiliary verb that 
parts the negative ne from the pas, or point, &c. that 
accompany it, as nous vHavons point parle, we have not 
spoken; on vHaurait jamais cru, one could never have be- 
lieved. 

N. B. The addition of pas. or point, to the negative particle ne, 
must not be considered as a second negation : but only as a com- 
plementary part of it. For in such cases, pas, point, goutte, are 
mere restrictive terms, nearly resembling the English words, jot, 
bit, tittle, sometimes added to not, with this difference, that pas 
and point in French have nothing trivial in them. 
8 



76 



INTRODUCTION 



EXERCISE. 

said ; I have never seen : 



:\ 



N 

> 

4 



I never 



I do not say ; I have 

* dis *>^cr JW ' dit ax vu 

(tell a falsehood) ; I do* nothing ; I have done nothing; is he 

mens fais fait esi-il 

not arrived 1 does not ne come 1 I see nothing; has he never seen 1 

arrive * 2 vient 1 vois a-i- vu 

he never loses his time ; that (is worth) nothing ; I met nobody, 
ferd temps m. cela vaut rencontrai. 

There are many words which are alike in both lan- 
guages, and others which differ only in their termina- 
tion. 

The expressions, which are perfectly alike, are parti 
cularly those that have the following terminations: 



-al 

-ble 

-ace 

•ance 

-ence 

-ice 

-acle 

-ade 

-age 

-ege 

-ge 
-ule 
-ile 
-ine 
-ion 



animal, cardinal, fatal, general, local, moral, natal, 
original, principal, &c. 

capable, fable, &c. bible, eligible, &c, noble, double, 
soluble, insoluble, &c. 

face, grimace, grace, place, preface, race, surface, 
trace, &c. 
f chance, complaisance, extravagance, ignorance, 
\ lance, temperance, &c. 

abstinence, conference, continence, diligence, elo- 
quence, patience, &c. 

artifice, auspices, edifice, justice, injustice, office, 
orifice, precipice, solstice, &c. 

miracle, oracle, obstacle, receptacle, tabernacle, 
spectacle, &c. 

ambuscade, cavalcade, brigade, esplanade, sere- 
nade, retrograde, &c. 

age, adage, bandage, cage, cordage, image, page, 
plumage, rage, &c. 

college, privilege, sacrilege, siege, sortilege, 
&c. 

vestige, doge, barge, charge, orange, forge, rouge, 
refuge, deluge, &c. 

globule, ridicule, animalcule, corpuscule, formule, 
module, mule, pustule, valvule, &c. 

bile, debile, agile, docile, ductile, facile, fragile, 
nubile, reptile, versatile, &c. 

carabine, fascine, doctrine, heroine, machine, ma- 
rine, famine, mine, rapine, &c. 

action, fraction, legion, nation, opinion, passion, 
question, religion, &c. 



TO THE EXERCISES. 



77 



-ant 
-ent 



( arrogant, constant, elegant, elephant, petu- 
\ lant, piquant, poignant, vigilant, &c. 
\ absent, accident, compliment, augment, con- 
( lent, element, frequent, serpent, &c. 



Many other English words require only the change 
of termination, in the following manner : 



-gy 

-ary 
-ory 
-cy 
-ty 

-OILS 
-OUT 

-or 
-ine 
-ive 
-ry 



into -gie 

aire 

oire 

ce 

te 

eux 

eur 

• -eur 

in 

if 

rie 

die 



N. B. Adjectives in 



energy 

military 

glory 

clemency 

beauty 



C -eux ) 

U I 



energie 

militaire 

gloire 

clemence 

beaute 

dangereux 

faveur 

erreur 

clandestin 

expressif 

furie 

perfidie 

S-euse 
-ive 
-ine 



favour 
error 

clandestine 
expressive 
fury 
— perfidy 



EXERCISE. 



The beauty of that fable ; 
f. 



the horror of vice ; the utility 
f. f. h. m. art. m. f. 

the atrocity of this action ; the violence of his 



of science : 

art. f. f. f. f. 

passions ; the simplicity of that machine ; an audacious 

pi. f. f. 2 • 

conspirator; the absurdity of that opinion; the military 

m. 1 f. I pi. 2 

evolutions; an industrious nation ; an important victory ; an 

pi. 1 2 f. 1 2 f. 1 

alimentary pension ; a dangerous animal ; a figurative 

2 f . 1 2 m. 1 2 



session 
f. 1. 
incapable of attention 

is indubitable : 



Agression ; a famous general ; his constant generosity ; he is 
m. 2 >f. 1 il est 

his imprudence is visible ; his fidelity 
son f. 

she is very attentive ; your clemency is 
elle est tres- f. f, 

admirable; the destruction of his fortune was the consequence 
f. f. fut f, 



73 OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 

of his temerity ; she is very scrupulous ; his condition is horrible ; 

f. tres- f. f. 

his parents are very miserable ; this history is incontestable ; 

pi. sont tres- pi. f. 

your facility is prodigious ; his perfidy is odious ; it was an hor- 

f. f. f. ce etait 

rible famine ; the sublimity of his sentiments is still preferable 

f. f. " m. encore 

to the energy of his expressions ; it was a decisive action; the 

f. f . 2 f . 1 

carnage was terrible ; that obstacle is invincible ; this 

m. fut cet m. 

instrument is not harmonious ; the prosperity of the wicked is 
m. f. medians pi. 

not durable ; your insidious presents are not acceptable ; his 

2 1 pi. sont pi. 

memory is truly extraordinary ; that is his principal occupation ; 

f. vrolment ce est f. f. 

a central position ; his extravagance is visible ; these argu- 
f. 2. f. 1 son f. ces m. 

ments are insoluble, 
pi. 



PART I. 

OF WORDS CONSIDERED IN THEIR NA- 
TURE AND INFLECTIONS. 



There are, in French, nine sorts of words, or parts of 
speech, namely, 

1. Substantive, or Noun, 4. Pronoun, 7. Preposition, 

2. Article, 5. Verb, 8. Conjunction, 

3. Adjective, 6. Adverb, 9. Interjection. 

CHAP. I. Jjib 

OF THE SUBSTANTIVE, OR NOUN. 

The substantive is a word, which serves to name a 
person, or thing, as Pierre, Peter ; livre, book, &c. 
There are two sorts of substantives, the substantive 






OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 79 

proper, or proper name, and the substantive common, al- 
so called appellative. 

The proper name is that which is applied to a parti- 
cular person, or thing, as Cesar, Cesar ; la Tamise, the 
Thames. 

The substantive common is that which belongs to a 
whole class of objects. The word homme, man, is a sub- 
stantive common, as it is applicable to any individual, as 
Peter, Paul, John,~&c. 

Of these nouns, some are collective, and others ab- 
stract. 

Collectives express either a whole mass, as une armee, 
an army : une foret, a forest : or a partial assemblage, 
as une quanlite de, &c. a certain quantity of; laplupart, 
most part, &c. 

Abstract nouns are the names of qualities abstracted 
from their subjects, as, surface, rondeur, science, sagesse ; 
surface, roundness, knowledge, wisdom, &c. 

In substantives, are to be considered Gender and 
Number. 



OF GENDER. 

There are only two genders, the masculine and femi- 
nine. 

The masculine belongs to the male kind, as un homme, 
a man ; un lion, a lion, &c. 

The feminine belongs to the female kind, as une femme, 
a woman ; une lionne, a lioness, &c. 

This distinction has, through imitation, been extended 
to all substantives, as, un livre, a book, is masculine ; une 
table, a table, is feminine, &c. see p. 37, 40, &c. 



OF NUMBER. 



There are two numbers ; the singular and the plural. 
The singular expresses one single object, as un homme, 
un livre. 

8* 



80 



OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 



The plural announces more objects than one, as des 
homines, des livres. 

Proper names have no plural, as Londres, Paris, Mil- 
ton, &c. 



OF THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL OF FRENCH 
SUBSTANTIVES. 



GENERAL RULE. 



The singular is ge- 
nerally changed 
into a plural, by 
adding an s, 




Singular. 



Plural. 



roi the king les rois the kings 
\^la reine the queen les reines the queens 



EXCEPTIONS. 



Sing. Plural. 

remain un- 
alterable. 



omg. 

5! 



Sing. 
•au "] 



Plural. 

(-aux 
»eu ; take an x \ -eux 
-<zu (and make J -cbux 

\_-oux 



'OU* ) 



FIRST EXCEPTION. 

Singular, 
le fils, 
la voix, 
le nez. 



the son ; 
the voice ; 
the nose ; 

SECOND EXCEPTION. 



Singular, 
f bateau, 

} voeu, 
^ bijou, 



hoot ; 
fire; 
vote ; 
jewel , 



Plural, 
les fils, 
les voix, 
les nez, 



PJural. 
bateaux, 
feux, 
vceux, 
bijoux, 



THIRD EXCEPTION. 

Sing. Plural. Singular. 

•al\ ? are changed $ -aux > ? cheval, horse ; 
•ailXS into \-aux\ $ travail, work; 



the sons, 
the voices, 
the; 



boats, 
fires, 
vows, 
jewels. 



Plural. 

chevaux, horses. 
travaux, works. 



* Thore in -ou, that take x in their plural, are chou, caillou,bi- 
jou, genou, hibou, joujou, pou; the others now follow the general 
, v «rule, and take s, as clou, clous ; verrou, verrous, &c. 

t Several nouns in -al, as bal, cal, pal, regal, camaval, local, 
&c. follow however the general rule, simply taking s. 

t Those in -ail, making their plural in aux, are particularly 
bail, sous-bail, cor ail, email, soupirail, travail, vantail, ventail ; the 
rest, as altirail, detail, eventail, gouvernail, portail, strail, &c. 
follow the general rule. 



OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 



81 



FOURTH EXCEPTION. 



Sin§. • Plural. 

•ant* > now jdftpt their <\ -ans 
~ent' \ fin polysyllables ( -ens , 



Singular. Plural, 

^enfant, child; enfans, children. 
\ moment, moment ; moniens, moments. 



These 
six are 
irregular 



Singular. 
ail garlick 
betail cattle 
aieul grandfather 
ciel heaven 


Plural. 

aulx heads of garlick 

bestiaux , cattle 

aieux Jr ancestors 

cieux heavens 


ceil eye 
bercail sheepfold 


yeux eyes <* r -. 
has no pleural 



EXERCISE. 



» 



The flowers of the gardens; the niceties of the languages; 
jleur jar din delicate sse langue 

the palaces of the kings ; the woods of those countries ; 

palais roi bois pays 

the walnuts of their orchards : the pictures of those painters ; 

noix verger tableau peintre 

the feathers of these birds; the melody of their voices ; the 

plume oiseau =f. s. voix 

gods of the pagans ; the jewels of my sisters ft the cabbages 
dieu pa'ien bijou soeur chou 

of our gardens ; these charming places ; the horses of my 

jardin charmans 2 lieu 1 cheval 

stables ; the fans of these ladies ; the (front gates) of those 
ecurie eventail dame portail 

churches; the actions of my ancestors ; the evils of this 

eglise — aieul mal 

life ; the victories of those generals ; the works of those 

vie = — travail 

architects ; the corals of those seas ; the (learned men) of 
— tecte corail mer savant 

those times ; the presents of my parents ; the teeth of your 

temps-la — — dent 

combs ; the playthings of our children : the heads of these 
peigne joujou enfant tete 

nails. 
clou. 



* Only polysyllables in -nt drop the t, but monosyllables retain 
it, as chant, chants ; gant, gants ; dent, dents ; &c. except, however 
gent, gens. 



83 OF THE ARTICLE. 



CHAP. II. 






the plural is les for 
both genders. 



OF THE ARTICLE. 

The Article is a small word prefixed to substantives, to 
determine the extent of their signification. 

j" le before a mascu. "I 
The French J substantive 
article is j la before a femin 
L substantive • 

EXAMPLE. 

«• ffejour the day \ , iles jours the days. 

b ' I la nuit the night \ P \ les nuits the nights. 

EXERCISE. 

The sun, the moon, and the stars, are iAe glory of 

soleil m. lune f. etoile, f. pi. s<ra£ =f. 

nature. The king, £Ae queen, and the princes are well 
art — f. roi m. reine f. — m. pi. ^res- 

pleased. The rose, the violet, the tulip, the narcissus, 
satis/aits. — f. violctte f. tulipe f. narcisse m. 

the hyacinth, the gilliflower, the jasmine, the lily, the 

jacinihe f. girojlie f. jasmin m. lis m. 

honeysuckle, £Ae ranunculus, are the delight of the sight, 
chevre-feuille m. renoncule f. delices f. pi. fliitf f. 

Poetry, painting, and mwic, are (sister arts). .T%« 

art. poesie f. art. peinture f. art. musique f. srar f. pi. 
day and the~nig*ht are equally necessary. 
jour m. rad^ f . egalement necessaires. 

The article is subject to elision and contraction. See 
p. 73 and 74.) 

Elision of the article is the omitting of the e in Ze, or 
the a in la, when these articles precede a noun begin- 
ning with a vowel, or h mute. 

EXAMPLE. 

1'argent ) ; nstfl „ d of S le argent the money 
l'histoire $ msieaa 0I \ i a histoire tlie history 

But in this case the place of the letter thus omitted is 
supplied by an apostrophe. 



« 



OF THE ARTICLE. 



83 



EXERCISE. 



The soul of man - without cultivation is like a 

time f. art. homme h m. sans culture f. est comme 

diamond (in the rough). The history of Spain is sometimes 
diamant m. brut =h m. Espagne est quelquefois 

very interesting. (Look at) the amaranth and the anemone ; 

tres-intcressante. Considerez amaranthe f. — f. 

what beauty ! Self-love and pride are always the 

quelle =f. art. amour-propre art. orgueil sont toujours 

offspring of a weak mind. Honesty, inno- 

partage m. faible 2 esprit m. 1. art. Honnetete, h. m. art. 
eence, honour, and the love of virtue are 

— art. honneur h. m. # amour art. vertu f. 

(very much) esteemed. Summer, autumn, and winter, 

tres-estimes art. ete art. automne art. hiver h m. 

and very changeable. France is separated from Italy by the 

variables art. — separee de art. Italie par 
Alps, and from Spain by the Pyrenees. 
Alpes, pi. art. — pi. 

Contraction in grammar is the reducing of two syl- 
lables into one, and takes place, when the preposition 
a, or de, precedes the article ; in which case, instead of 
putting de le before a masculine singular, beginning 
with a consonant, or h aspirated, du must be employed ; 
instead of d le, au must be used ; and before the plural 
substantives of both genders, de les is changed into des, 
and-4 les into aux. 



Thus 



Du roi 

du heros 
au roi 
au heros 
des rois 
des reines 
aux rois 
l^aux reines 



is instead of 



de le rot 
de le heros 
d le roi 
a le heros 
de les rois 
des les reines 
a les rois 
a les reines 



of ~$fRg king 
of the hero 
to the king 
to the hero 
of the kings 
of the queens 
to the kings 
to the queens 



EXERCISE. 

The -top of the mountains, and the bottom of the vallies 

sommel m. mbntagne fond m. vallee 

are equally agreeable. Silk is soft to the touch. The 

egalement agreables a'rt. Soie f. douce toucher m. 

happiness of a feeling man is to relieve the wants of the 

bonheur m. sensible 2 1 de subvenir a, besoin 



84 OF THE ARTICLE. 

poor. A man given to pleasure was never a great man. 

pauvre m. s. livre art. plaisir m. fut grand 

He obeyed the orders of the king. The warbling of birds 
II obcit a ordres gazouillement m. art. oiseau 

the murmuring of streams, the enamel of meadows, the 

—rem. art. ruisseau email m. art. prairie 

coolness of woods, the fragrance flowers, and the sweet 

frdicheur f. art. bois parfum m. art. fieur douce 

smell of plants, contribute greatly to the pleasures, of the 
odeur f. art. plante contribuenl bcaucoup 
mind and to the health of the body. 
esprit sanle f. corps m. 

De and a are never contracted with la, before a femi- 
nine substantive singular beginning with a consonant. 

EXAMPLES. 
De la reine of the queen a, la reine to the queen 

Nor are de and d contracted with le or la, before any 
substantive singular, beginning with a vowel, or A mute, 
but then the article suffers elision. 
EXAMPLES. 

De V esprit of the mind de Vhomme of man 

A V esprit to the mind a Vhomme to man 

De fame of the soul a I'dme to the soul 

De Vhistoire of the history a Vhistorie to the history 

Contraction likewise does not tate place, when the 
adjective tout, all, every, intervenes between de, or d, 
and the article. 

EXAMPLES. 

De tout le monde of every body. 

De tous les hommes, of all men. 

A tout le monde, to every body. 

A tous les hommes, to all men. 

De toutes les vertus, of all virtues. 

A toutes les maisons, to all houses. 

. EXERCISE. 

The hope of success strengthened the cause of 

esperance f. lart. reussile f. foriifia — f. 

virtue, andyweakened the audaciousness of rebellion, 

art. vertu f. a ffWt^ audace'i. art. — f. 

Fire of imagirision, strength of mind, and 
art. Feu m. art. — f. * art. force f. art. esprit art. 

firmness of soul, are gifts of nature. We saw 

fermelc f. art. dme des dons m. pi. art. — f. Noils vvmes 



OF THE ARTICLE. 85 

with horror that man given up to avarice and vo- 

avec = livre * art. — a art. vo- 

luptuousness. Good cultivation is that which contributes 

lupte f. art. Bonne culture f. ce qui contribue 

most to the fertility of the soil. More or less pain 

le plus = terre f. Plus ou moms de peine 

is the lot of every body. The history of man under 

partage m. tout art. mondem. = art. dans 

all the circumstances of life, is the study of the 

toutes art. cir Constance f. art. vie f. etude 

wise. Playfulness does not become all ages 

sage m. art. Enjouement m. * ne sied ni a art. — m. pi. 
nor all characters. 
ni a art. caractere, m. pi. 

I. General Rule. In French, the article always 
agrees in gender and number with the substantive to 
which it relates. 

EXAMPLES. 

Le livre que je cherche, The book which I am looking 

for. 
Lafemme queje vois, . The woman whom I see. 

Les hommes qui etudient, The men that study. 



EXERCISE. 

The father, mother, brothers, sisters, 

pere m. art. mere f. art. frere m. pi. art. sceurs f. pi. 

uncles, aunts, and several other relations, 

art. oncles m. pi. art. tante f. pi. plusieurs autres parens m. pi. 

were present. What we value is heaJth, frugality, 

elaient presens. Ce que nous eslimons, c'est art. sante f. art. = f. 

liberty, rigour of mind and body; it is the love of 
art. =f. art. vigueur f. art. art. corps m. ce amour m. 

virtue, " reverence for the gods, fidelity to all 

art. f. art. crainte f. de dieu m. pi. art. = f. envers 

mankind, moderation in prosperity, for- 

art. monde m. art. — f. dans art. = f. art. for- 

titude in ,a*dversity, courage, good morals, and the 

ce f. art. = f. art. — m. art. bonnes-mceurs, f. pi. 

abhorrence of flattery. 
horreur f. h. m. art. =f. 

II". General Rule. The article and the prepositions 
& and de, whether contracted or not, are invariably to be 
repeated before every substantive. 



■>- 



\ 



86 Or THE ARTICLE. 



EXAMPLES. 

U esprit, les graces, 11 la beaute Wit, grace, and beauty, capti- 

nous captivent. vate us. 

Je vis hier le roi, la reine, et les I saw yesterday the king, queen, 

princes. and princes. 

Uignorance est la mere de Yer- Ignorance is thug mother of er- 

reur, de I 'admiration, et des ror, admiration, and prejudi- 

prtventions de toute espece. ces of every kind. 



EXERCISE^ 

Innocence of manners, "" sincerity, obedience, 

art. — f. art. mceurs, pi. art. =f. art. obeissancei. 

^ ftnd abhorrence of vice, inhabit this happy region, 

art. horreur h. m. art. — m. habitent heureuse — f. 
The plants of the gardens, the animals of the forests, the minerals 

- plante jar din m. — foretf. — 

of the earth, the meteors of the sky, must all concur 

terre f. meteor e del m. doivent tons concourir 

to store the mind with an inexhaustible variety. Neither 

a enrichir par inepuisable 2 =£. 1 * 

suffering, punishment, nor kindness, make any 
art. peine, f. art. chatiment m. * art. caresse f. pi. ne font m'dle 
impression on those minds. The lily is the emblem of 

— sur ame pi. lis m. symbole m. 

virginity, candour, innocence and 

art. =f. de&vt.- =f. de art. — f, deart. 

purity. 
purete f. 

Du, de la, de V, des, answering to the English partitive 
some expressed, or understood, have by way of ellipsis 
passed into habitual use. 

EXAMPLES. 

Je mange du pain. I eat bread. 

II prend de la peine. He takes some trouble. 

Nous mangeons du hachis. We^eat some hash. 

Elk concoit de la harne. She^T3§^eives a hatred. 

Vous avez de Yamiiie. <* You harag some friendship 



Vous prenez de Yhumeur. » You go into an ll humour. 
Nous cueillons des pommes. 



You go into an ill hhmoui 
We gather apples. ^ 
lis vendent des oranges. They sell oranges. 

v EXERCISE. 

Give me some bread and butter. Offer him some 

donnez moi pain joi. pr. art. beiirre m. Offrez-lui 



OF THE ADJECTIVE. 87 

meat. Take some salt. (There is) mustard. We 

viande f. Prenez sel m. Voila pr. art. moutarde f. Nous 

have some girkins. Shall I offer you some chicken 1 Shall 1 

avons comic/ions pi. Fiws offrirai-je poulet m. Tows 

help you to some fruit 1 I will take (with pleasure) some 

servirai je * — m. Je prendrai volontiers 

broth. Bring me some bread. Pour me out some beer. 
bouillon m. Apportez-moi Versez-moi * Mere f. 

Drink some wine. Take some tea. Put (in) some sugar 
Buvez vin m. Prenez the m.Mettez-y snore m. 

and milk. I hear some noise. There falls some hail. 

pr. art. lait m. J'entends bruit m. 11 tombe grele f. s. 

She has some pride. Have you any ink and 

Elle a orgueil m. Avez-vous pr. art. encre f. pr. art. 

pens'? Put some oil, and vinegar to the salad. 

plumes pi. Mettez huile h. m. pr. vinaigre m. sur salade f. 
Eat some lobster. He has received some gold and 

Mangez pr. art. homard m. h. asp. 11 a recu or m. 

silver, 
pr. art. argent m. 



CHAP. III. 

OF THE ADJECTIVE. 



The adjective is a word, which is added to a substan- 
tive to express its quality, as, 

bon pere good father bonne mere goodmotlier 

beau livre fine book belle image fine image 

These words bon, bonne, beau, belle, are adjectives, 
as they express the qualities of pere, mere, livre, 
image. 

A word is known to be an adjective, when it can be 
properly joined with the word personne, or the word chose. 
Thus, habile, skilful, and agreable, agreeable, are adjec- 
tives, because we can say personne habile, skilful person ; 
chose agreable, agreeable thing. 

In French the adjective takes the gender and number 
of the substantive to which it relates. This difference 
of gender and number is generally marked by the termi- 
nation. 

9 



88 



OF THE ADJECTIVE. 



An amiable man. 
An amiable woman, 



OF THE FORMATION OF THE FEMININE OF FRENCH 
ADJECTIVES. 

Rule I. All adjectives ending in the singular in e mute, 
are of both genders. 

EXAMPLES. 

Un homme aimable, 
Uhefemme aimable, 

Rule II. Whenever the adjective does not end in e 
mute, the e mute is added to form its feminine. 

EXAMPLES. 

fprudent 
I sense 
m. 1 poli 
tortu 
(^instruit 

Rule III. Adjectives in -el, -eil, -ien, -on, and -et, 
to form their feminine double their last consonant and 
take e mute. 



fprudente 


prudent 


I sensee 
r .^ polk 


sensible 


polite 


tortus 
i^instruite 


crooked 


informed 



EXAMPLES. 



cruel 
pareil 
ancien 
bon 
tnet* 



/ 



f cruelle 
j pareilZe 
( ancient 

bon?^ 

nette 



cruel 

like 

ancient 

good 

cleoin 



=50"! 
= 3 
=80 
= 18 
=34 



of each 
termination. 



Rule IV. Adjectives ending in/ change this letter 
into -v, and take e mute. 



J acti/ 

1 1 nai/ 

^neu/ 



EXAMPLES. 

fbr&ve 
r) actice 

[^neuve 



short 
active 
ingenuous 
new 



Rule V. Adjectives ending in -x change -x into s, and 
take e mute. 



EXAMPLES. 



Jhonteiur C honteuse 

vertueurc /. J vertueuse 
jalous f jalouse 



ashamed 
virtuous 
jealous 



OF THE ADJECTIVE. 89 

Rule VI. Adjectives, or rather substantives, ending 
in -eur, derived from verbs, generally change the r into s, 
and take e mute ; but several, mostly of Latin origin, 
require -eur to be changed into -rice, in others -eur is 
transformed into -eresse, and about twelve, as, anterieur, 
citerieur, exterieur, interieur, inferieur, meilleur, mineur, 
majeur, posterieur, superieur, ulterieur, prieur, take 
only an e mute, and follow the Second Rule. 









EXAMPLE. 




m. 


C trompeur 
< mentear 
( parleur 


/• 


f trompeuse 
? menteuse 
f parleuse 


deceitful 

lying 

talkative 


m. 


C aetewr 
< accusatewr 
( admiratewr 


/• 


f Sictrice 
< accusatrice 
[ admiratrtce 


actor, actress 

accuser 

admirer 


m. 


C enchantewr 
1 pechewr 
f vengettr 


/• 


f enchanteresse 
: pecheresse 
I vengeresse 


enchanting 

sinful 

avenging 








EXERCISE. 





She is decent. This house is well situated. This pear 

Elle — Cette maison, f. Men situe pcire f. 

is too ripe. She is tall and well formed. The story is 

tropmur. grand bienfait histoire f. 

v - ery entertaining. This person is very unsteady. This moun- 
tres-amusant personne f. bien leger mon- 

tain is steep. This road is not very safe. The door is not 
tagne f. escarpi route f. sur porte f. 

open. This room is dark. This street is too narrow. It is 
ouvert. chambre f. obscur rue f. etroit Ce 

an ancient custom. She has carnation lips. His 

coutume f. a art. vermeil % levre f. pi. 1. Sa 
memory will be immortal. His manners are natural. The 

=f. sera — tel. Ses manieres f. pi. naif. 

engagement was warm. (That is) an original thought. This 
action f. fut vif voila neuf 2 pensee f. 1. 

cloth is the best of all. They are delusive pro- 

ctoffe f. meilleur f. pi. Ce destrompeur2 pro- 

mises. He seduces by his fawning manners. The 

wessef.pl. 1. seduit par fiatteur 2 manieres f. pi. 1. 

delightful valley of Tempe is in Thessaly. 

delicieux vallee f. Tempe dans art. =f. 



90 



OF THE ADJECTIVE. 



EXCEPTIONS TO THE SECOND RULE. 

The following adjectives double the last consonant m 
forming the feminine. 



m. f 


m. f. 




bas basse low 


epais epaisse 


thick 


cas casse hoarse, broken 


metis metisse 


mongrel 


gras grasse fat 


gros grosse 


big 


las lasse tired 


sot sotte 


silly 


expres expresse express 


vieillot vieillotte 


oldish 


( monk mil 


none 


profes professe professed 1 or 


gentil gentilte 


genteel 



OTHER EXCEPTIONS TO THE SECOND AND FIFTH RULES. 

The following adjectives form their feminine by doub- 
ling the I in the masculine before a vowel. 

m. 
fou 



beau 

bel 

nouveau 

nouvel 

vieux 

vieil 



J belfe 

> vieilte 



fine 
nouvelte new 
old 



fol 



mou 
mol 



folte 



molte 



mad 



soft 



The following are entirely irregular. 



blanc 

franc 

frais 

sec 

Grec 

public 

caduc 

Turc 

long 

benm 

maliw 



N.BA 



f- 

blancAe 
fr ancAe 
fraicAe 
seche 
Gre.cque 



white 
frank 
fresh 
dry 

Greek 



m. 
fauz 
rouz 
douz 



fau 



tausse 
musse 
douce 



false 

red 

sweet 



aigre-douzaigre-douce tart 



public public 



cadu<?we 
Tur^ 
longue 
benigne 
malice 
m. 
fconcret 
discret 
indiscret 
inquiet 
cornplet 
incomplet 
replet 
suret 
pret 



decrepit 
Turkish 
Ions 



tiers 
tors 



malignant 



coi 

favori 
jurneau 
traitre 

/• 
concrete 
discrete 
indiscrete 
inquiete 
make <{ complete 
incomplete 
replete 
surete 
prete 



tierce 
torse, or 
torte 

coite 
favorite 
jumeZZe 
traitresse 



third, &c. 

twisted 

still, snug 
favorite 
twin 
traitor 



follow the second 
rule, except in the 
additional accent, 
and dinermgfrom 
the numerous ter- 
minations in -et*, 

Of the THIRD RULE. 



OF THE ADJECTIVE. 91 

Prefix m. makes prefixe f. and is the only adjective in 
-x, which preserves this letter and follows the second 

RULE. 

Some adjectives have no feminine, as bische, dispos, 
fat, paillet, &c. ; others have no masculine, as blette, 

&c. 

EXERCISE. 

The grass is very thick. That soup is very good, but too fat. 

herbe f. soupe f. mais trop 

It is a foolish undertaking. There is no truth in all that. 

sot cntreprise f. 11 n'y a nul verite f. dans tout cela, 

This water is not clean. It is a very silly history. It is in the 

eau f. net. Ce 2 fol 3 =f. 1. a 

newest fashion. It is a fine statue. The law is express upon 
nouveau mode f. beau =f. loi f sur 

that point. He lives in a state of luxurious idleness. This wax 

— m. 11 vit dans * * mou oisivete f. cire f. 

is not very white. She is as fresh as a rose. The paint 

com/me — f. peinture f. 

on that wainscot is not dry. His answer is a mere evasion. 

de lambris m. reponse f. franc defaite f. 

The thing is public. That plant possesses a pernicious 

chose f. herbe f. a malin 2 

property. She is of a benevolent character. The avenging 
qualite f. 1. a * benin2 hnmeur f. vengeur2 

thunderbolt smote that impious wretch. He extended to 

foudref. 1. frappa impiem. * tendit2 * 

us a protecting hand. This woman is jealous and deceit- 
nous 1 — teur 2. main f. 1. femme f. jaloux faux, 
ful. His temper is mild. This colour is too red. These old 

Son humeur f. doux coulcur f. trop roux. 

clothes are good for nothing. 
hardes f. pi. ne a rien. 



OF THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL OF FRENCH AD- 
JECTIVES. 

General Rule. Every adjective forms its plural 
by the simple addition of s, as, bon, bons, bonne, bonnes, 
poll, polls, polie, polies. This rule is without exception 
as it regards the feminine termination; but the masculine 
has the four following exceptions. 
9* 



92 OF THE ADJECTIVE. 



EXCEPTIONS. 

1. Adjectives ending in -s or -x, do not change 
their termination in the plural masculine, as gros, gras, 
kideux. 

2. Those ending in -au, take x in the plural, as beau, 
beaux, nouveau, nouveaux. 

3. Some adjectives in -al, change this termination 
into aux, as, egal, equal, egaux ; general, generaux ; 
but most of these have no plural masculine, as amical, 
austral, boreal, canonial, conjugal, diametral, fatal, 
filial, final, frugal jovial, lustral, matinal, naval, pasto- 
ral, pectoral, special, venal, and some others. 

4. Polysyllables ending in -nt, according to the most 
general practice, drop the t in the plural masculine, as 
excellent, excellens ; but monosyllables retain it, as lent, 
slow, lents. The adjective tout, all, makes tons. 

EXERCISE. 

They are envious and jealous. Those fowls are big and 

lis = pouletm.Tpl. 

fat. Owls are frightful birds. (There 

art.ifi6Mim.pl. des hideux 2 oiseau m. pi. 1. Voild 

are) some beautiful jewels. The two new operas 

de beau bijou m. pi. deux nouveau — m. pi. 

have succeeded. Men are only equal in the 

ont reussi art. 2 ne 1 que 4 3 par 

infirmities of nature. The general officers are 

= art. — f. — 2 offiders m. pi. ]. 

assembled. This fruit is excellent. His proficiency 

— ble — m. pi. sont — Ses progres m. pi. 

is slow, but solid. All his fr> ods have been very glad to 
sont solide <mtni.pl. ont etc bien-aise de 

see him. Those ladies are tired with walking. You 

voir 2 lei. dame f. pi. las de marcher. Vous 

have powerful enemies, but their efforts will be vain 

avez de ennemim.ipl. maisleurs — m. pi. seront — 

and useless. The four cardinal points are the east. 

inutile. quatre point m. pi. 1. orient m, 

west, south, and north, 

art. Occident m. art. midi m. art. nord m. 



OF THE ADJECTIVE. 93 



OF THE DEGREES OF SIGNIFICATION OF THE ADJECTIVE. 

Grammarians commonly reckon three degrees of 
comparison ; the positive, the comparative, and the su- 
perlative. 

The positive is the adjective expressing the quality 
of an object, without any increase, or diminution, as 
beau, belle. 



EXERCISE. 

A child gentle, amiable, and docile, is beloved by every 
enfant m.doux aimable — aime de tout 

body. An ingenuous candour, an amiable simplicity, and a 

le monde. —nu2 =f. 1. =f. 

lively artlessness, are the charm of youth. The 

piquant 2 naivete f. 1 charme m. art. jeunesse f. 

sight of an agreeable landscape is a varied and rapid source 
vue f. agreable pay sage m. varie 2 rapide 3 — f. 1 

of delightful sensations. 

delicieux 2 — f. pi. 1. 

The comparative is so called, because it draws a com- 
parison between two or many objects. When two things 
are compared, the one is either superior, inferior, or equal 
to the other; hence three sorts of comparison, that of 
superiority, inferiority, and equality. 

N. B. The adverbs plus, moins, and aussi, which 
mark these three kinds of comparison, are to be repeat- 
ed before every adjective, when several are joined to the 
same substantive, and are followed by the conjunction que, 
rendered in English by than or as, 

The comparative of superiority is formed by putting 
plus, more, before the adjective, and que, than, after it. 

EXAMPLE. 

La rose est plus belle que la via- The rose is more beautiful than 
lette. the violet. 



94 OF THE ADJECTIVE. 



EXERCISE. 

The republic of Athens was more illustrious than that 
republique f. Athenes a ete illustre celle 

of Lacedemon. Homer was perhaps a greater genius 

Lacedevione. Homere etait peut-etre grand genie m. 

than Virgil ; but Virgil had a more delicate and more refined 

Virgile ; mais avait fin 2 delicai 

taste than Horner. Milton appears (to me) more sublime 

3 gout m. 1 Am. parait 2 me 1 

than all the other epic poets. 

autre 1 epique 3 poete m. pi. 2. 

The comparative of inferiority is formed by prefix- 
ing moins, less, to the adjective, and adding que, than, 
after it. 

EXAMPLE. 

La violette est moins belle que la The violet is less beautiful than 
rose. the rose. 

EXERCISE. 

Shipwreck and death are less fatal than the pleasures 
art. Naufrage m. art. mort f. funcstes pi. m. 

which attack virtue. The violet is less brilliant to the 

qui attaquent art. f. f. brillant 

eye than the lily, a true emblem of modesty 

m. pi. lism. II veritable 2 cmbleme m, 1. art. =f. 

and of pride. Autumn is less varied than 

de art. orgueil m. art. Automne f. tvzrz'e art. 

spring, but it is richer, 

m. elle riche. 



The comparative of equality is formed by placing 
awssz, as, before the adjective, and que, as, after it. 

EXAMPLE. 

La tulipe est aussi belle que la The tulip is as beautiful as the 
rose. rose. 

EXERCISE. 

Pope's images are as perfect as his style is har- 

de Pope 2 art. — f. pi. 1 parfait son — m. 

monious. Delicacy of taste is a gift of na- 
art. Delicatesse f. art. gout m. don m. art. 

fi Automne is now of the masculine gender. 



OF THE ADJECTIVE. 95 

ture, as scarce as true genius. The love of our neighbour 
— f. rare art. vrai genie m. amour du * prochain 

is as necessary in society for the happiness of life, 

= dans art. =i. pour bonkeur m. art. vie f. 
as in Christianity for eternal salvation. It is as easy 
art. — nisme m. art. — nel 2 salut m. 1. aise 

to do good, as to do evil. . .. . 

defaire art. bien m. de art. mal m. 

The three following adjectives, meilleur, better, pire, 
worse, moindre, less, are comparatives in themselves. 

N. B. As most beginners are apt to confound these 
comparative adjectives with the comparative adverbs, 
mieux, pis, and moins, because they are generally ren- 
dered by the same English words, better, worse, and less, 
it may be advisable to subjoin here these comparative 
adverbs with their positives, that the difference of mean- 
ing may serve as a distinction. 

Meilleur, better, is the comparative of bon, good, 
and is used instead of plus bon, which is never said. 
Pire signifies plus mauvais, worse, or more wick- 
ed, and is used instead of this. 

Moindre means plus petit, less, or smaller, and is 
used instead of these terms. 

Mieux*, better, is the comparative of bien, well, 
and is used instead of plus bien, more well, which is 
said in neither language. 

Pis* is the comparative of mal, badly, and is used 
for plus mal, worse, which is likewise employed. 

Moins is the comparative of peu, little, and is used 
for plus peu, which is never heard. 

EXAMPLES. 

Ce fruit-la est bon, mais celui- That fruit is good, but this isbet- 

ci est meilleur. ter. 

Sa condition est mauvaise, mais His condition is bad, but it has 

elle a ete pire. been worse. 

Ma^depense est petite, mais la My expense is small, but yours is 

votre est moindre. smaller. 



g 
3 



* There are some instances of ^isand mieux used adjectively, 
but this is not the place to notice them. 



96 OF THE ABJECTIVE. 

H se conduit bien, mais elle se He behaves well, but she behaves 

condait encore mieux. still better. 

II se portait mal, mais il est pis He was unwell, but he is worse 

que jamais. tha.n ever. 

Jeparlepeu,vousparlez encore 1 speak little, you speak stUl 

moins. less. 



EXERCISE. 

His reasoning is not better than yours. Your style is 

Son raisonnement m. le vbtre. Votre m. 

(a great deal) better than that of his brother. The thickness of 
debeaucoup celui son epaisseuri. 

this wall is less than that of the next wall. This column 
mur m. celle voisin 2 1 colonnef. 

is less than the other in height and thickness. The remedy 

autre en hauteur f. en grosseur f. remede m. 
is worse than the disease. Your horse is worse than mine. 
mal m. cheval m. le mien. 

The adjective is in the superlative degree, when it 
expresses the quality in a very high, or in its highest 
state : hence there are two sorts of superlatives, the ab- 
solute and the relative. 

The superlative absolute is formed by putting ires, 
fort, bien, very, before the adjective ; it is called abso- 
lute, because it does not express any relation to other 
objects. 

EXAMPLE. 
Londres est une tres-belle ville. London is a very fine city. 

Remark. The adverbs extremement, extremely, infi- 
niment, infinitely, are likewise marks of the superlative 
absolute. 

EXAMPLE. 

Cet homme est extremement so- That man is extremely learn- 

vant. ed. 

Dieu est injlniment heureux. God is supremely happy. 

EXERCISE. 

That landscape is very diversified, very extensive, and infi- 
paysage m. varie etendu 

nitely agreeable on every side. The Alps are very high and 

agr cable de tout cote m. f. pi. haut 



OF THE ADJECTIVE. 97 

very steep. The style of Fenelon is very rich, and very 

escarpe. — m. — 

harmonious, but it is sometimes prolix ; that of Bossuet is 

= il quelquefois prolixe ; cclui 

extremely sublime, but it is sometimes harsh and unpolished. 
eleve dur rude. 

The superlative relative is formed by prefixing the 
article le to the comparatives meilleur, moindre, pire, 
and to the adverbs plus and moins ; it is called relative, 
as it expresses a relation to other objects. 

EXAMPLES. 

Londres est la plus belle des villes. London is the finest of cities. 
Je prefere une maison de cam- I prefer a country-house to the 
pagne au plus beau palais. finest palace. 

Plus and moins, with the article, are repeated before 
every adjective. 

EXERCISE. 

The most beautiful comparison, that there is perhaps in 

comparaison f. que il y ait peut-etre dans 
any language, is that which Pope has drawn from the Alps, 
aucun langue f. celle que tire f. de 

in his Essay on Criticism. The most able men are 

dans son Essai sur art. Critique f. habile gens m. pi. 

not always the most virtuous. The most ancient and most 

toujours vertueux f. 

general of all kinds of idolatry, was the worship ren- 

f. art. espece f. pi. = etail culte m. ren- 

dered to the sun. The least excusable of all errors is 

du soleil m. art.=f. 

that which is wilful. 
celle qui volontaire. 



AGREEMENT OF THE ADJECTIVE WITH THE SUB- 
STANTIVE. 

Rule I. The adjective always agrees in gender and 
number with the substantive to which it relates. 
EXAMPLES. 
Le bon pere, The good father. 

La bonne mere, The good mother 

De beaux jar dins, Fine gardens. 

De belles promenades, Fine walks. 



98 OF THE ADJECTIVE. 

Bon is masculine singular, because pere is masculine, 
and in the singular ; bonne is feminine singular, because 
mere is feminine, and in the singular ; beaux is in the 
masculine plural, because jar dins is masculine, and 
plural, &c. 



EXERCISE. 

These hills are covered with trees loaded with 

coteau m. pi. convert de arbre m. pi. charge de 

fruit, already ripe. A pure stream rolls its limpid 
— m. pi. deja rnv/r clair ruisseau m. route son limpide 2 

water through the midst of meadows enamelled with 

crislal m. id milieu m. prairie f. pi. emaille de 

flowers. (Every thing) interests the heart in this abode, 
fleur f. pi. tout inter esse cceur m. sejour m. 

which is full of charms. Fly, inconsiderate youth, 

* * plein attrait m. pi. Fuyez, — dere 2 jeunesse f. 1 
fly from the enchanting allurements of a vain world: 

* — teur 2 attrait 1 — 2 monde m. 1. 

its perfidious sweets are a slow poison, which (would 

ses — de 2 douceur f. pi. 1 lent 2 — m. 1 qui de- 

destroy) in your soul the noble enthusiasm of goodness, 

trurait dans time — enthousiasme m. art. bien m. 

and the precious seeds of sublime virtues. 
= germe m. art. — 2 vertu 1. 

Rule II. When the adjective relates to two substan- 
tives singular of the same gender, it must be put in the 
plural, and agree with them in gender. 
EXAMPLE. 

Le roi et le berger sont egaux The king and the shepherd are 
aprcs la mort, equal after death. 

EXERCISE. 

Uprightness and piety are much esteemed, even by 

art. Droiture f. art. piete f. tres estime mime de 

the wicked. A man in the most elevated, 

mechant pi. *art. dans eleve 2 art. etat 1 

and a man in the most obscure situation, are equally 

*art. obscur2 art. etatm. 1. egalemenl 

precious in the eyes of God. Pilpay and Confucius are very 

= a m. pi. Dieu — — 

celebrated among the nations of Asia. 
celebre parmi peuplc m. pi. art. 



OF THE ADJECTIVE. 



99 



Rule III. When the two substantives, to which the 
adjective relates, are of different genders, the adjective is 
to be put in the masculine plural. 

EXAMPLE. 

Mon pere el ma mere sont con- My father and mother are con- 
fers, tented. 



EXERCISE. 

His probity and disinterestedness are known (every where) 
= f. son desinteressement m. connu partout 
The love of life, and the fear of death, are 

amour m. art. vie f. crainte art. mort f. 

natural to man. Ignorance and self-love are 

— rel art. art. — f. art. amour-propre m. 

equally presumptuous. My sister and brother were very 

presomptueux f. mon m. ont ete 

attentive to the instructions of their masters. 

maitre m. pi. 



NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES OF NUMBER. 





Numbers are divided into five classes, viz. cardinal, ordinal 


collective, 


distributive, and proportional. 


CARDINAL 






NUMERICAL COLLECTIVE 




ORDINAL NUM 




NUMBER. 






NOUNS. 


1 


un,une 


premier 




first 


unite 


unit 


2 


deux 


{ deuxieme, 
\ second 


\ 


2d 


couple, paire 


couple 


3 


trois 


troisieme 




3d 


trio 


trio 


4 


quatre 


quatriewie 




4th 


deux couples 


two couple 


5 


cinq 


cinquieme 




5th 






6 


six 


sixieme 




6th 


( demi- > 
( douzaine $ 


half a dozen 


7 


sept 


septieme 




7th 






8 


huit 


hmtieme 




8th 


huitaine 


week 


9 


neu/ 


neuvieme 




9th 


neuvaine 


i nine days of 
\ prayer 


10 


dix 
onze 


dixieme 
onzieme 




10th 
11th 


dizaine 


half a score 


12 


douze 


douzieme 




12th 


douzaine 


dozen 



10 



100 



OF THE ADJECTIVE. 



CARDINAL 
NUMBER. 



treize 

quatorze 

quin ze 

seize 

dix-sept 

dix-huit 

dix-neu/ 

vingt 

vingt-et-un 

vingt-deux 

trente 
trente-et 
un, &c. 
quarante 

{ quarante- 

\ et-un 
cin quanta 

' eiuquante 

-et-ua 
soixanta 

{ soixante- 

\ et un 

( soixante- 

( dix 

( soixante- 

( onze 

< soixante- 

( douze,&e. 

quatre- 
vingt 

quatre- 
vingt-un, 

&e. 

quatre- 
vingt-dix 

quatre- 

vingt- 

onze 



ORDINAL NUMBER. 



treizieme 
quatorzieme 
quinzieme 
seizieme 
dix-septieme 
dix-huitiewie 
dix-neumeme 
vinglieme 
i vingt-et- 
( unieme 
| vingt-deux- 
\ ieme, &c. 
trentieme 

trente-un- 

ieme 
quarantieme 
" quarante- 

xmieme 
cmquantiewe 
' cinquante- 

xxxdtme 
soixantieme 
t soixante- 
\ nn ieme 
( soixante- 
\ dixieme 
I soixaate- 
\ onzieme 
i soixante- 
\ douzieme 

{ quatre- 
( vingtieme 

C quatre- 
< vingt- 
f xmiemc 

Squatre- 
vingt- 
dixieme 
Squatre- 
vingt- 
onzieme 



13th 
14th 
15th 
16th 

17th 
18th 
19th 
20th 

21st 

22d 
30th 
31st 
40th 
41st 
50th 
51st 
60th 
61st 

70th 

71st 

73d 

80th 
81st 
90th 
91st I 



NUMERICAL COLLECTIVE 
NOUNS. 



qumzame 



vmgtaine 



trentaine 



quarantaine 



cinquan- 
taine 



soixantaine 



fortnight, fyc. 



a score and. 
a half 

two score 

{ two score fy 
\ a half 

three score 



four score 



OF THE ADJECTIVE. 



101 



CARDINAL NUMBER. 



100 ce 
101 



200 
1000 

2000 

10,000 
1,000,000 



cent- 
un, &c. 

i deux 
I cents 

mi lie 

C deux 
) milk, 
( &c. 

dix 
mille, 

( mille 
< fois 
( mille 



ORDINAL NUMBER. 



ceiiiieme 

C cent- ) 

) unieme > 

}&c ) 

£ deux- ) 

1 cent- > 

f ieme ) 
millieme 

fdeux- 1 

I mill- ! 
1 ieme 

L&c. J 

( dix- ) 

< mill- V 



l i, tin Hi j 

Uii- i 

< lion- > 

C iewie ) 



100th 
101st 

.200th 
1000th 

2000th 

10,000th 
millionth 



NUMERICAL COLLEC- 
TIVE NOUNS. 



1 centaine 1 hundred 



centaines 
mrllier 



2 milliers 



myriade 
million 



2 hundred 

1 thousand 

2 thousand 

1 myriad 
1 million 



Uh milliard, or billion, a thousand millions, W7». trillion, &c. 



The formation of the ordinal number from the cardinal 
does not require any explanation, except that -unieme is 
only found in compound numbers, where premier and 
second are inadmissible. 

When mentioning the days of the month, the French 
make use of the cardinal instead of the ordinal number, 
and say, le onze oVavril, not le onzieme, &c. le vingt-cinq 
du mais prochain, and not le vingt-cinquieme, &c. except, 
however, that instead of Vun du mois, they say, le pre- 
mier, the first day of, &c. and sometimes le second, 
though not so well, for le deux ; but this mode proceeds 
no farther. 



Mille never takes 5 in the plural, thus, vingt mille is 
twenty thousand, and not vingt milles, which would 
mean twenty miles ; and when mentioning the christian 



102 OF THE PRONOUN. 

sera, it is customary to curtail this word into mil, and to 
write, for example, Van mil huit cent seize, and never Van 
mille, &c. 

There are many other numerical expressions used in 
poetry, music, games, &c, as distique, tercet, quatrain, 
sixain, huitain, &c. solo, duo, trio, quatuor, quinque, 
quinte, octave, &c. beset,, sonnez, &c. 

Un millier is very often employed for one thousand 
weight, but quintal is never used except in the sense of 
one hundred weight. 

The distributive numbers are those which express the 
different parts of a whole: as, la moitie, the half; le 
quart, the quarter ; un cinquieme, a fifth, &c. 

The proportional denote the progressive increase of 
things; as, le double, the double; le triple, treble; le 
centuple, a hundred-fold, &c. 



CHAP. IV. 



OF THE PRONOUN. 



A pronoun is a word substituted in the place of a 
noun. 

There are several kinds of pronouns, as the personal, 
possessive, relative, absolute, demonstrative, and indefi- 
nite. 



n 

OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

Personal Pronouns are used for the names of persons, 
or things. 

There are three persons : the first who speaks ; the 
second who is spoken to; and the third is the person, or 
thing, spoken of. 



OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



103 



PRONOUNS OF THE FIRST PERSON. 

Singular. 



Subject, je 



. fine for 

\ I me 

>* 1 moi 

l^moi 





J 


je loue Dieu 


I praise God, 


amoi 


to me 


il me donne 


he gives me 


moi 


me 


il me blesse 


he hurts me 


a moi 


to me 


donnez-moi 


give me 


moi 


me 


aidez-moi 


help me 



Plural. 



nous for a nous to us 



J ' I nous 



nous louons Dieu we praise God 
il nous donne he gives us 
il nous blesse he hurts us 



They are both masculine and feminine, that is, of the 
same gender as the person, or persons, they represent. 

In general, je and me are put before the verb ; moi 
after it: and nous before, but sometimes likewise after it. 



EXERCISE. 

I cast my eyes upon the objects which surrounded me, 

portai vue f. s. sur objet qui environnaienl me, 

and saw with pleasure that all was calm and tranquil. Do 

je vis avec que etait calme tranquille * 

you not see in all the features of my father that he is 

3 14 voyez 2 dans trait m. pi. que 

satisfied with me? We have told the truth. What were 

avons dit verite f. Que * 
If we desire to be happy, we must 
Si desirous devons 2 



content de moi ? 



of us? 



they saying 

on 2 disait 1 

not deviate from the path of virtue. 

1 3 nous ecarter de sentier m. art. 



Subj. 



Obj. < 



PRONOUNS OF THE SECOND PERSON. 

Singular. 



tu 






thou 


tu crains Dieu 


5 thou fearest 
\ God 
\ he speaks to 
\ thee 


te 


for 


a toi 


to thee 


il te parle 


te 





toi 


thee 


il te voit 


he sees thee 


toi 





a toi 


to thee 


i donne-toi la 
( peine 


4 give thyself the 
\ trouble 


toi 





toi 
10* 


thee 


habille-toi 


dress thyself 



104 OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

Plural. 
„ , . { ye. or K vous louez i you praise 

stibj. vous y yo > u i Dieil j* G ^ 

j . \ vous /or a vous to you < il vous parle J * J^f* S ° 
( vous vous you il vous respecte he respects you 

In general tu and /e are put before the verb; toi after; 
and -yo^s before, but sometimes after it. 

Remark. Politeness has led to the use of the plural 
vous, instead of the singular tu : as, vous ites Hen bon, 
you are very good, for tu es bien bon. 



EXERCISE. 
Thou art greater than I ; and from thee I have (at once) 

es rnoi toi ai en meme 2 

learnt humility and wisdom. I (was telling) 

temps 3 appris 1 art. = f. art. sag esse f. disais 

thee that dancing is to the body what taste is to the mind. 
te que art. danse f. m. ce que art. m. 

You have shown us great talents; when (will you show) 
avez 2 montre 3 1 de — m. quand montrerez-vous 2 

us great virtues'? How amiable yousnel How good you are 
1 de f.pl. Que 3 1 etes2 3 12 

to have thought of us ! (It was said) of you the other day, 
de vous etre occupe On disait autre jour m. 

that you intended to spend a winter in London (in order Xo\ 

vous vous proposiez de passer m. d — dres pour 

see every thing curious which that city presents. 
voir tout ce =6 que 1 cette 2 ville 3 offre 4 de 5. 



PRONOUNS OF THE THIRD PERSON. 

Singular. 



Sub A 



Obj. 



he 



il perd son ) he loses his 
S I" 



temps $ time 

o11 f _,. V elle travaille ) she is always at 

Sm \ toujours \ work 

I dites-lui que ) tell him that 1 
a lui to him < je lui par- > wilt speak to 
f lerai ) him 

Jdites lui que ) tell her that 
vous lui £ you will give 
donnerez ) her 



luim. for 



OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



105 






Singular. 



lui m. for le him 



le m. 
la/. 

elle/. 



lui 
elle 



him 
her 



elle her 



le m. for cela it 



je ne connais ) 7 Arraow; Z»«t£ 
que lui de > Aiwi capo- 
capable ) ble 



je le meprise 
je la respecte 
II ne connait 

qu'elle 
je ne le savais 

pas 



I despise him 
I respect her 
he knows but 

her 
I did not know 

it 



Plural. 



3 I ils m. — 






elles/. 



ils chantent 
elles rient < 



i payez leur ce 
leur m. for a eux to them < que vous leur 



leur/. for 



( devez 

( dites-leur, que | 
a elles to them < je desire leur-( 



•*>< 

f 


les to. or eux 


them 




les/. or elles 


them 




eux m. — — 


them 




elles — — 


them 



parler 

vous les trou 
verez 

il les admire 

je ne vois 
eux 
ne connait 
'elles 



< je ne vois qu'- ) 
) eux \ 

\ il ne 



they sing 

(gentlemen) 
they laugh 

(ladies) 
pay them what 
you owe to 
them (to men) 
tell them that 
I wish to 
speak to them 

(to ladies) 
you will find 

them (men) 
he admires 

them (ladies) 
I see but them 

(gentlemen) 
he knows but 

them (ladies) 



All the personal pronouns je, tu, il, vous, ils, and elle, 
elles, when subjects, are put after the verb in interroga- 
tions, as t 



Singular, 
je I dois-]e payer 1 

tu thou as-tu dit 



Subject. < 



he \ 



elle she \ 



chante-t-iZ 

biern 
travaille-t- 

elle? 



must I pay ? 

hast thou said ? 

j does he sing 
\ well 1 

does she work ? 



10G 



OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



Subject. 



Plural, 

nous we irons-rams 1 shall we go ? 

vous you viendrez-v ous ? will you come ? 

ils m. they chantent-ifo? do they sing 7 

dies/, they V^Ju^^' \ do they work? 



II, le, ils, eux, are always masculine: elle, la, elles, 
feminine ; and les, leur, of both genders, as well as lui, 
when meaning to him, or to her ; in other cases, lui ex- 
clusively belongs to the masculine. 

All personal pronouns, when subjects, are placed be- 
fore their verbs, except in interrogative sentences, and 
most of them likewise, when objects precede them, ex- 
cept in the imperative affirmative. But the objective 
eux, elles, lui for le, and moi, toi, soi, with one exception 
of this last, in soi disant, styling himself, are invariably 
placed after the verbs by which they are governed. 



EXERCISE. 



He loved them, because they were mild, attentive, and 
aiviait m. farce que doux = 

grateful. He (was saying) (to them,) do you not know 
reconnaissant. disait * 3 14 savez2 

that the property of merit is to excite envy? She 

que propre m. art. mirite m. de exciter art. envie f. 

often exhorted me to the study which is the most useful, 

souvent 2 exhoHait 1 etude f . * * utile 

that of the human heart. They make us love virtue, more 

celle 2 m. 1. font aimer art. f. 

by their examples than by their words. What has been 

par leurs exemple pi. parole f. pi. Que I on 3 a-t-2* 

said of them? Did they speak of them? Do you not see 

dit eux? * on 2 parlait 1 elle ? * 4 1.5 voyezZ 

her ? With what pleasure she plays ! 
2 quel joue! 



OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



107 



REFLECTED AND RECIPROCAL PRONOUNS OF THE 
THIRD PERSON. 



% 



$1 



SOI 



Singular. 
i with a preposi- 
\ Hon 

{ governed by the 
( verb 



& 



se for 

se for 

se for 

se for 



a soi, a lui- 

meme 
a elle- 

meme 
soi, or lui- 

meme 
soi, or elle- 

meme 



chacuntireasoi \ el7 f!"^. 



EXAMPLES. 

one draws 

to himself 

l'egoisme fait ( egotism makes a 

qu'on ne voit < person see none 

que soi ( but himself 

il se donne des | he give himself 

louanges ) praises 
elle se fait illu- S she imposes on 
sion \ herself 



il se perd 
elle se flatte 



he ruins himselt 

she flatters her- 
self. 



Plural. EXAMPLES. 

C ils s'attribuent ( they attribute to 
for a eux-memes ) la gloire de, < themselves the 

f &c. f glory of, &c. 

I elles se prescri- {they prescribe to 
for a, elles-memes 1 vent pour xh- < themselves as a 

( gle de, &c. ( rule to, &c. 

r ils s'entredon- f 

J nent, ou se J they exchange 

| font des ca- 1 gifts 

(^ deaux (_ 

c ,-io ** o™* a'„ {they have Ms- 

' „ . J elles « scat flat. $*f ,2*™ ,/t 

for elles memes < t - < cere a them- 

f selves 
tori* { ils s'entr'aident j **^P one an " 

7 , Ties rats, dit-on 

lesunslesau-S 5 » en tre-devo 
rent 



for Vun a V autre 
for eux-memes 

for Vun I 



rats, it is said, 
eat each other. 



Remark. Se is placed before a verb, and soi, after a 
preposition, and sometimes after a verb. 



108 



OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



EXERCISE. 

In a thousand instances we do not watch sufficiently over 

* mille occasion f. on * veille assez sur 

ourselves. The glory of the world (passes away) in an instant. 

soi =f. monde m. s'evanouit en — m. 

He gives himself (a great deal) of trouble. She tires herself. 

donne se beaucoup peine f. lasse se 

People should (very seldom) speak of themselves. Virtue is 
On doit rarement parler soi art. f. 

amiable in itself. "We must take upon ourselves the care 

de soi On doit prendre sur soi soin m, 

of our own affairs. 
ses propre affaire f. pi. 



OF THE PRONOUN RELATIVE en. 



Enfor 



de lui of him 



d'elle of her 



d'eux of them 



d'elles of them 



de cela of that 



d'ici hence 



de la thence 



cet homme vous 
plait, vous en 
parlez sou- ' 
vent 

]e ne crois pas 
cette femme 
sincere, je m' 
en mefie 

ces fruits parais- 
sent bons, j'en 
mangerais vo-' 
lontiers 

'voila de belles 
oranges, vou- 
lez-vous m'en' 
donner 1 



on ne ma 
trompe, 
suis sur 



pas 



il arriva ici, 
comme yen- 
partais 

vous allez a Pa- 
ris, et monsi- 
eur en vient 



that man pleases 
you, you speak of 
him often 

I do not believe 
that woman sin- 
cere, I distrust 
her 

'these fruits look 
good, I should 
like to eat some 
of them. 

these are beautiful 
oranges, will you 
give me some 

/ have not been 
imposed upon, 
I am sure of 
it 
"he arrived here 
as I was set- 
ting off from 
hence 

you are going to 
Paris, this gen- 
tleman comes 
from thence. 



OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



109 



OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUN, OR ADVERB y. 



Yfor* 



a die to her 



a eux to them- 



c'est un honnele 
a lui to him -J homme, fiez-vous- 

V 
cette raison est so- 

lide, je m'y rends 
ces argumens sont" 

pressans, je n' 

vois point de re- 

pliqae 

{accable de vos ci- 
vilites, je ne sais 
comment yrepon- 
dre 
j'ai eprouve cette 
perte quand j'y 
pensais le moins 
nous partons de 
Londres, quand 
vous y venez 
c'est un endroit 
charmant, je 
compte xa'y fixer 



a. cela to it 



la 



here 



there 



he is an honest man, 
trust to him. 

that reason is good, 
I yield to it. 

these arguments are 
cogent, I see no re- 
ply to them. 

loaded with your ci- 
vilities, I do not 
know hoio to ac- 
knowledge them. 

J experienced that 
loss, when I least 
thought of it. 

toe set off from Lon- 
don, xchen you 
came hither. 

It is a fine place, I 
intend to settle 
there. 



Remark. Y and en are always put before the verb, 
except with the imperative affirmative. 



EXERCISE. 



They speak (a great deal) of it. You like French 

On parle beaucoup aimez art. Frangais'i 

authors, you are always speaking of them. That is a delicate 
auteur 1 * 2 parlez 1 " Ce delicate 

affair; the success of it is doubtful. See them; I consent 
= f . 1 succes m. douteux Voyez 1 consens 3 

to it, but do not trust them. That is a fine appoint- 

2 * 1 5 vous 2 fez 4 y 3 Ce charge 

ment : he had long aspired to it. He has done 

f. * depuis long-temps 3 — rait 2 1 a fait 

it ; but he will get nothing by it. 

ne 1 gagnera 3 rien 4 y 2 



110 OF POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 

* ir. 

OF POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 

These pronouns are adjectives, which denote the pos- 
sessions of things. When we say, mon habit, my coat ; 
voire maison, your house; son jardin, his or her gar- 
den j it is the same as saying - V habit qui est a moi, the 
coat which helongs to me ; la maison qui est a vous, the 
house which belongs to you ; le jardin qui est a lui, or d 
elle, the garden which belongs to him or to her. 

Of these pronominal adjectives, some always agree 
with a noun expressed, and the others with a noUn under- 
stood ; hence there are two sorts of possessive pronouns. 

Of those that always agree with a noun expressed, 
some relate to one person, and others to several. 

PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES RELATING TO ONE PERSON. 

person. Singular. Plural. 

C 1st mon, m. ma,/. nies, m.f. my 

for the < 2d ton, m. ta,/. tes, m.f. ' thy 

(3d son, m. sa,/. ses, m.f. his, her, its 

PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES RELATING TO MANY PERSONS. 

person. Singular. Plural. 

C 1st not re, m. f. nos, m.f. our 

of the) 2d votre, m. f. vos, m.f. your 

(3d lenr, m.f leur, m.f. their 

N. B. These possessive pronouns in French always 
agree in gender and number with the object possessed, 
and not with the possessor, as in English, for which rea- 
son they must be repeated before every noun. 

EXAMPLES. 

Mon fere, ma mere, et mes My father, mother, and bro- 
freres, sont a la co.mpagne avec thers, are in the country, with 
vos amis et leurs enfans. your friends and their children. 

Mon cousin est alle consoler sa My cousin is gone to visit and 
sceur, qui a perdu son fils. console his sister, who has lost 

her son. 






OF POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. Ill 

Mon, ton, son, are also used before a noun feminine, 
when beginning with a vowel, or h mute; thus, mon 
dme, my soul ; ton humeur, thy humour ; son amitie, his 
friendship ; must be said instead of ma dme, ta humeur, 
sa amitie.. 

EXERCISE. 
My principles, my love of retirement, my taste 

— pe goiit m. pour art. retraite f. amour m. 

for (every thing) that (is connected) with learning, and 

tout ce qui tient a art. instruction, 

my detestation of all spirit of party, (every thing) has 

haine f. h. asp. pour esprit parti tout a 

induced me to prefer a life passed in the closet, to the 
porte preferer * art. vie f. * de * cabinet 

active life of the world. Do not think, my daughter, that thy 
=2 f. 1 in. * pense que 

candour, thy ingenuousness, thy taste, so delicate and so 

=f. ingenuite f. m. — cat 

refined, and even thy graces, can shelter thee from 

fin meme — puissent mettre a Vabri de 

censure. His wit, his talents, his honesty, 

art. — f. esprit m. — m. honnetete f. h. m. 

and even his (good nature) make him beloved by every body. 

meme bonhomie f. font aimer de tout le monde. 

Our constancy and our efforts will (at last) surmount all 

= f . — m. * enfin 2 surmonteront 1 

obstacles. I see nothing that can (be cen- 

art. — m. pi. vois 2nel rien 3 que on puisse re- 

sured) in your conduct. Their taste for the fantastical, the 

prendre dans conduite f. pour bizarre, m. 

monstrous, and the marvellous, gives to all their compo- 
monstrueux, m. merveilleux, m. donne — 

sitions, although very fine in themselves, an air of deformity, 
f. quoique en elles-memes, — m. diformite f. 

which shocks at first sight. 
qui choque a art. coup-d'ceil. 

Of the pronouns, which always agree with nouns un- 
derstood, some relate to one person, and others to several 
persons. 

Those which relate only to one person are : 
m. Sing. f. Sing. m. Plur. f. Plur. 
1st. Le mien, la mienne, les miens, les miennes, mine 
2d. Le tien, la tienne, les tiens, les tiennes, thine 
3d. Le sim, la sienne. les siens les siennes, his, her. its 
11 



112 OF POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 

Those which relate to several persons are : 

m. Sing. f. Sing. PI. of both Gen. 

1st. JLe notre, la notre, les nbtres, ours 

2d. Le voire, la votre, les vbtres, yours 

3d. Le leur, la leur, les leurs, theirs 

N. B. The real use of these pronouns is to spare the 
repetition of the nouns, which have been expressed a 
little before. 

EXAMPLE. 
Avez-vous toujours votre che- Have you still your horse 1 I 
val ? je n' ai plus le mien. have disposed of mine. 

EXERCISE. 

Is it your temper or hers, that hinders you from living well 
ce humeur f. qui empeche de vivre 

together 1 If it be yours, it is easy for you to remedy 

ensemble ce est il 1 aise * 2 de porter remede 

it, by mastering (your temper) ; if it be hers, redouble your 
y en prenant sur vous-mcme ; ce redouble z de * 

complaisance, attention, and good behaviour: it is 

— de — de procede m. pi. il 
very seldom that this method (proves unsuccessful). If my 

tres-rare ce moyen ne reussisse pas Si 

friends had served me with the same zeal as yours, it 

avaient servi meme-zcle m. que il 

is very certain that I (should have) succeeded : but yours have 

tres -sur aurais reussi ont 

been all fire, and mine all ice. All the pictures which we 
ete de de glace. tableau m. que 

expected from Rome are arrived: there are some that are a 
attendions arrives ily en a qui 

little damaged ; but yours, his, and mine, are in good 

peu endommages en 

condition. We know perfectly well what afe your 

etatm. savons parfaitement * quels 

amusements in town, and I assure you we are very 

— a art. ville f. — que sommes Men 
far from envying you them ; but if you knew 

eloigne pi. envier 3 1 2 connaissiez quels 

owrs in the country, it (is most likely) you 

sont a campagne f. il y a toute apparence que 

(would not be long) in giving them the preference. You 

ne tarderiez pas a donner leur — f. 

have opened your heart to me with that noble frankness 
avez ouvert — franchise f. 



OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 



113 



which so well becomes an honest man : this confidence well 
qui si 2 3 sied 1 a honnete confiance f. 2 

deserves mine, 
vierite 1. 

Remark. When through politeness vous is used for 
tu, then votre, vos, must take the place of ton, ta, tes, and 
le vdtre, la votre, les votres, be used for le tien, la tienne, 
les tiens, les tiennes. 

EXAMPLES. 

Que vous ressemblez peu a voes How little you resemble your 
ancetres! ancestors! 

Quand vous aurez entendu When you have heard our 
nos raisons, nous ecouterons les reasons, we will listen to yours, 
votres. 



§ III. 
OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Relative pronouns are those which relate to a prece- 
ding noun, or pronoun, called the antecedent. In the 
phrase, Vhomme qui joue, the man who plays ; qui re- 
lates to the substantive liomme ; Vhomme is then the an- 
tecedent to the pronoun relative qui. 



Qui 



Que 



Dont 
or 

de qui 



C who 

f which 
( whom 

( which 

("of which 
•{ whose 
^ of whom 



Lequel ( which 
Laquelle 

Auxquels \ towhom 
Auxquelles [_ 



Dieu qui voit tout 

les chevaux qui courent 

Vhomme que vous 

cherchez 
les lois que nous 6b- 

servons 
Vinsulte dont vous 

vous plaignez 
la nature dont nous 

ignorons les secrets 
les gens de qui vous 

parlez 
c'est une condition 

sans laquelle il ne 

vent rien faire 
ceux auxquels il s'est 

adresse, ont refuse 

de le dtfendre 



{ God who sees every 

i thing 

{ the horses which are 

\ running 

I the man whom you 

\ seek 

N the laws which we 

( observe 

\ the insult of which 

\ you complain 

( nature whose secrets 

) are unknown to us 
the people of whom 

you speak 
it is a condition, 
without which he 
will do nothing 
those to whom he ap- 
plied, refused to 
protect him 



114 



OF PRONOUNS ABSOLUTE. 



Quoi * 



ce sont des choses a C these are things of 

what ^ quoi vous nepen- 1 which you do not 

sez pas ( think 

la cause, pourquoi I the reason why he 

which ^ on Va arreted est 1 was arrested, is 

connue I known 



Qui, que, and dont, are of both genders and both num- 
bers. 

Lequel is a compound of quel, and the article le, la, les, 
with which it coalesces in the following manner : 



Singular. 


Plural. 




lequel laquelle 
duquel de laquelle 
auquel a laquelle 


lesquels lesquelles 
desquels desquelles 
auxquels auxquelles 


which 
of which 
to which 



This pronoun always agrees in gender and number 
with its antecedent. Quoi, which sometimes supplies its 
place, is always governed by a preposition. 



§ IV. 



OF PRONOUNS ABSOLUTE. 



Pronouns absolute are those which have no relation to 
an antecedent. They are the five following : 



Qui 



Que 



Quoi 



who 

whom 

whom 

what 
what 
what 

what 



je vous dirai qui Va 

fait 
vouspouvez consulter 

qui vous voudrez 
qui consulterez- 

vousl 
il Tie sait que resou- 

dre 
que ferez-vous ? 
en quoi puis-je vous 

servir ? 



Ul y 



I will tell you who 
has done it 

you may consult 
whom you please 

whom will you con- 
sult 7 ? 

he does not know on 
vjhat to determine 

what will you do 1 

in what can I serve 
you 7 

it, I do 



7 ^ . . ( there is in 

alajene sats\ kuQyf 

quoi dooscur 



( obscurity 



OF DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 



115 



Quel 



Lequel 



what 



what 



which 



which 



quelle instability 
dans Us chases 
humaines ! 



\ u 



ne sait quel parti 
Ire 



C lequel aimcz-vous le 
< mieux de ces ta- 
( bleaux ? 



(what instability in 
I human affairs ^ 

" he does not know 
what resolution 
to take 
which do you pre- 
fer of those pic- 
tures 1 



t sais Hen lequel i I know well which 
je choisirais \ 1 would choose 



Qui applies only to persons. Que and quoi to things. 

Quel, masc. quelle, fern. sing, quels, m. quelles, f. pi. 
always precede a substantive, the gender and number of 
which they take. 

Lequel, duquel, auquel, &c. are used to mark a dis- 
tinction between several objects. 



* v. 



OF DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS, &C. 

Demonstrative pronouns are those which point, as 
were, to the objects spoken of. These are, 



masc. 
ce, cet* 
celui 
celui-ci 
celui-la 
ceci 
eela 



Singular. 
fern. 
cette 
celle 



masc 

this, or that ces 

this, or that ceux 
celle-ci this ceux-ci 

celle-la that ceux-la 

,/ s , > these have no plural 



Plural. 
fern. 
ces 
celles 

celles-ci these 
celles-la those 



these, or tl 
these, or tl 



/• 



Tce before a consonant ce iivre this book 

J ce before an h aspirated ce hems that hero 

] cet before a vowel cet enfant this child 

1_cet before an h mute cet homme that man 

cette before any feminine noun cette femme that woman 
11* 



116 OF INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 

C when without a noun, ) ( qui est-ce 1 ) who is it 1 
ce 1 intimates a person, or > as ) ce que je vous > what I tell you 
f thing spoken of ) f dis est vrai ) is true 



EXERCISE. 

Nothing is so opposite to that true eloquence, the office 

ne 2 Hen 1 oppose veritable — f. fonc- 

(of which) is to ennoble (every thing,) as the use 

tion f.2 1 de 1 ennoblir 3 tout 2 * que emploi m. 

of those refined thoughts, and hunting after those light, 

fin 2 pensee f. 1. art. recherche f. de leger 2 

airy, unsolid ideas, which, like a leaf of 

deiie 2 sa?is consistance 4 ziee f.l comme feuille f. 

beaten metal, acquire brightness only by losing 

battu 2 — m. 1 ne prennent de art. eclat m. que en perdant 
part of their solidity. This man has nothing in common 

* * art. = f . Am. de consmun 

with that hero. TAw long restrained hatred broke 

h asp. 1 long-temps 3 contenu ihazne f. 2 eclata 
out, and was the unhappy source of those dreadful events. 

Jut malheureux — f. terrible evene- 

II is a great pleasure to me. It was a great 

ment m. pi. Ce plaisir m. * fut 

pain to us. 

deplaisirm. * nous. 



§ VI. 

OF INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 

Indefinite pronouns are those which are of a vague 
and indeterminate nature. 
They are of four sorts. 

FIRST CLASS. 

Those that are never joined to a substantive. 

on aime a se flatter \ 07l£ \ s f a P l to flatter one ' s 
( sell 

on n 'est pas toujours \\ a man is not always mas- 

maxtre de soi \ ter of his own temper. 



OF INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 



117 



somebody- 
people 
they 



you 



they 



on frappe a la porle 

* Ton dit 



{ on pense et 
\ tout haut 



on raconte diversement i 
cette histoire \ 

on acquiert Vexperi- 



ence a ses 



?ens 



on n'est pas toujours f Vh ™ ~1 ?? , , 
maUresse d'aller on* \ the P° wer of \ wo ~ 
l'on veut \ ^ to go where 

^ she wishes 

nebody knocks at 
the door 

think and say- 
openly 
they relate that sto- 
ry differently 
we acquire experi- 
ence at our own 
expense 
yon will find trou- 
blesome people 
every where 
beg to observe that 
/had no intention 
&c. 
when /tell you that 
/ depend upon 
you 

they blame you 
and praise him, 
they are wrong 



on trouve partoul des 



f on prei 
< point 
t de, &< 

SQuand 
* l'c 
vous 
!si * Y 
etsi '■ 
a tort 



previent qu'on 

en Vintention 
&c. 
Quand on vous dit que 
l'on compte sur 
vous 

'on vous blame 
* on le lone, on 
tort 



n'a C I be 

ion< I\ 
( to 

r 



Sone 
somebody 
some one 

z-v • S whoever 

Quiconque j whosoever 

each 



Chacun 



every one 



Squelqu'un m'a dit, somebody told 
me. 

f quiconque connait les homines, ap- 
J prend a s'en defier, whoever 
j knows mankind, learns to dis- 
(^ trust them. 
chacun s'en plaint, every one 
complains of him. 



* In- 
stead 
of 



and 
* In-^ 

stead 
of 



et on 



ouon 



~\ it is better for "^ 
j euphony to j 
part these 
words with 
an V 



si 

les habitudes qu'on 

contracte 
ce apres quoi on court I ~j 



quoxquon croie 
un homme a qui on 
reproche 



et Ton ^ when the next 
word does not 
ouZ'on > begin with an 
I, as is seen by- 
si Z'on J the examples 

les habitudes que Von con- 
tracte 

ce apres quoi Von court 

bien que Von croie 

un homme a qui Von re- 
proche 



118 



OF INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 



Autrui 



T other people 



! 



others 



Personnel™^ 
i no one 



Rien 



nothing 

not any thing 

any thing 



n'enviez pas le Men d'autrui, do not 

covet the property of others. 
ne faites pas a autrui ce que vous ne 

voudriezpas qu'cmvousfit, do not 

do to others what you would not 

have done to you. 
'i lafierte ne convient a per sonne, pride 

becomes nobody. 
rien ne lui plait, nothing pleases 

him. 
y a-t-il rien qui puissc lui plaire ? is 

there any thing that can please 

him? 



EXERCISE. 

If you (behave yourself) (in that manner,) what will people 
vous conduisez ainsi * on 2 

say of you? It (is thought) that this news is true. 

dira-t 1 On croit nouvelle f. 

They write me word from Ispahan that thou hast left 

ccrit * — as quitte art. 

Persia, and art now at Paris. One cannot read 

Perse f. que tu es actuellement a ne peut lire 

Telemachus, without becoming better: we there find (every 
Tel emaque m. sans devenir mei.lleur, on y trouve par- 
where) a mild philosophy, noble and elevated sentiments : we 
tout doux =f. des — 2 eleve 3. — 1 

there find in every line the effusions of a noble soul, and we 
y voit a chaque ligne epanchemenl m. beau f. 
admire precepts calculated to effect the happiness of 

des pricepte pi. propre /aire bonheur m. 

the world, 
monde m. 



SECOND CLASS. 

Those which are always joined to a substantive. 

(si celo, etait vrai, quelque historien en 
aurait parte, if that were true, 
some historian would have men- 
tioned it. 
d chaque jour suffit sa peine, the trou- 
ble of each day is sufficient of it- 
self. 
it n'y a raison quclconque qui puisse- 
Vy oblige?; no reason whatever can 
oblige him to it. 



Quelque some 



Chaque each, every 



Quelconque < 



whoever 
whatever 



OF INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 



119 



Certain 



Un 



{ certain ( certain homme, a certain man. 

\ some \ certainesnouvelles, some news. 

>j'ai vu un homme, I saw a man ; 

\prenez une orange, take an 
orange. 



THIRD CLASS. 

Those which are sometimes joined to a substantive, and 
sometimes not. 



Nul no, none 



Pas un no, not one 



Aucun no, none 



Autre other 



Meme same 



Tel 



(such 
(like 



( several 
Plusieurs < 

( many 

Sail 
every 
every thing 



Cnulle raisonne peut le convaincre, no 
] reason can convince him ; 
J nul oVeux ne Va rencontre, not one of 
I them has met him. 
j it nhj a pas une erreur dans cet ouv- 
rage, there is no error in that 
•i work ; 
pas un ne le dit % not one says 
L so. 

(je ne connais aucun de vos juges, I 
know none of your judges ; 
il n'a fait aucune difficulte, he has 
made no difficulty. 
servez-vous d'une autre expression, 
make use of another expres- 
< sion ; 
je vous prenais pour un autre, I took 
^ you for another, 
f e ! 'est le meme homme que je vis hier, 
he is the same man I saw yester- 
day; 
cet homme n'est plus le meme, that man 

is no longer the same. 
il tint a, peu pres un tel discours, 
he delivered nearly such a dis- 
course ; 

je ne vis jamais rien de tel, I never 
: saw any thing like it. 
r il est arrive plusieurs vaisseaux, se- 
veral vessels are arrived; 
il ne faut fas que plusieurs pdtissent 
pourun seul, many must not suffer 
t for one; 

'tous les etres cries, all created be- 
ings ; 
tout disparait devant Dieu, every 
w thing vanishes before God. 



120 



OF THE VERB. 



FOURTH CLASS. 



Of those which are followed by que 
Qui que whoever 



Quoi que whatever 



*»»«« {£& 



Tel que such as 

Quelque — ( whatever 
que \ however 

Tout — que however 



( qui que tu sois, whoever thou may- 

■? est be : 

f qui que ce soit, whoever it may be. 

(quoi que se soit, whatever it may 

J be; 

) quoi que vous disiez, whatever you 

I may say. 

[ quel que soit cet homme, whoever that 

man may be ; 
quel que soit voire courage, whatever 

your courage may be. 
cette etoffe est telle que vous la vou- 

lez, this stuff is such as you wish 

for. 
f quelque raison que vous donniez, 
J whatever reason you may give. 
] quelque puissant que vous soy ez, how- 
^ ever powerful you may be. 
C tout savant qu'il est, however learned 
I he may be. 



CHAP. V. 



OF THE VERB. 

The Verb is a word, the chief use of which is to ex- 
press affirmation : it has persons, moods, and tenses. 

In the phrase la vertu est aimable, virtue is amiable, 
it is affirmed that the quality aimable, belongs to la ver- 
tu ; likewise in this sentence, le vice ri est pas aimable, 
vice is not amiable, it is affirmed that the quality aima- 
ble, docs not belong to le vice ; the word est expresses 
this affirmation. 

That concerning which we affirm, or deny a thing, is 
called the subject, and what is affirmed, or denied, is 
called its attribute. In the two preceding sentences, 
vertu and vice are subjects of the verb est, and aimable 
is the attribute affirmed respecting the one, and denied 
with respect to the other. 



2< 



OF THE VERB. 121 

There are in verbs two numbers, the singular and phi 
ral, and in each number three persons. 

f The first person is that who speaks ; it is desig- 
, J nated by je, I, in the singular, and by nous, we, in 
] the plural ; as, je pense, I think ; nous pensons, we 
l_ think. 

The second is the person spoken to, expressed 
by tu, thou, in the singular, and by vous, you, in the 
plural ; as, tu penses, thou thinkest ; vous pensez, 
_you think. 

The third is the person spoken of, known by il, 
he, or elle, she, in the singular, and by Us, or elles, 
they, in the plural ; as, il, or elle pense, he, or she 
thinks ; Us, or elles pensent, they think. 

All substantives, either common, or proper, are of the 
third person, when not addressed, or spoken to. 

f A word is known to be a verb, when it admits 

■p J the personal pronouns; thus, finir, to finish, is 

" | a verb, because we can say, je finis, tu finis, il, 

l_ or elle finit, &c. 

There are five moods, or modes of conjugating 

verbs. 

C The infinitive mood affirms, in an indefinite man 

1 < ner, without either number, or person ; as, aimer, 
(to love ; avoir aime, to have loved. 

C The indicative simply indicates and asserts a 

2 \ thing in a direct manner ; as, j 1 aime, I love ; il 
aima, he loved. 

The conditional affirms a thing with a condition, 
as, f ai?nerais, si, &c, I should love, if, &c. 
C The imperative is used for commanding, exhort- 
4 < ing, requesting, or reproving; as, aime, love (thou); 
{ aimons, let us love. 

{The subjunctive subjects a thing to what pre- 
cedes ; as, vous voulez, qyHil aime, you wish that 
he may love; que nous aimions, that we may 
love. 



W 



>\ 



122 OF THE VERB. 

There are three tenses, the present, which declares 
a thing now existing, or doing, as, je lis, I read ; the 
past, or preterit, denoting that the thing has heen done, 
as, fai lu, I have read; the future, denoting that the 
thing will be done, as, je lirai, I shall read. But these 
are subdivided, so that there are several preterit, and two 
future tenses. 

There are five kinds of verbs, the active, passive, neu- 
ter, 'pronominal, and impersonal. 

The verb active is that which expresses an action, the 
object of which is either declared, or understood. Aimer, 
to love, is a verb active, as it expresses an action, the ob- 
ject of which may be quelqrfun, some person, or quelque 
chose, some thing ; as, aimer Dieu, to love God ; aimer 
V etude, to love study. The object of this action is called 
the regimen, or government of the verb active. 

{A simple question will show this regimen, as, 
qu'est-ce que faime ? what do I love? answer, 
Dieu, God. Dieu is then the regimen of the 
verb / aime. 
In the French language, the passive verbs are sup- 
plied by the verb etre, as they are in English by the 
verb to be, and the participle past of the verb active 
followed by the preposition de, or par, the subject and 
regimen of the verb active being reversed. Thus, to 
change the verbs from active to passive in these 
sentences, mon pere m! aime, my father loves me; le 
milan a enleve le canari, the kite has carried off the 
canary; they must be reversed in this way, je suis 
aime de mon pere, I am loved by my father : le canari 
a ete enleve par le milan, the canary has been carried off 
by the kite. » 

The verb neuter, is that which has no direct regimen, 
as the verb active has. Alter, to go ; marcher, to walk, 
are verbs neuter, because we cannot say, alter quel- 
qrfun, to go somebody ; marcher quelque chose, to walk 
something. Plaire, to please, is likewise a verb neuter, 
as we cannot say in French plaire quelqu!un, to please 
somebody, but plaire d quelqxCun. 



OF THE VERB. 123 

The pronominal verbs are those in which each per- 
son is conjugated through all the tenses, with a double 
personal pronoun. 

fje me, I myself nous nous we ourselves * 

Jtute, thou thyself v~. v*u {j^SSS ves 

l*%, SI S5. | *ey themselves 

There are four sorts of pronominal verbs. 

The pronominal verb active, when the action of 
the verb falls upon the subject, as, je me fiatte, I 
natter myself; il se loue, he praises himself. Al- 
most all the active verbs are susceptible of being 
_ reflected. 

The pronominal verb neuter, which indicates 
only a state, a disposition of the subject, as, se repen- 
tir, to repent, se desister, to desist, ienfuir, to run 
away. 

The reciprocal verb expresses a reciprocity of 
action between two or more subjects, and conse- 
quently has no singular : such are s 1 eiitr 1 aider, to 
help one another, s 1 entre-donner, to give each other. 

The pronominal verb impersonal is only used in 
the third person singular. Active verbs frequently 
assume this form, in a passive sense, for the sake of 
brevity and energy ; as, il se bdtit, there is build- 
ing ; il se faisait, there was doing ; il se conclut, 
there was concluded; il Jest dit, it has been said; 
il se donnera une grande bataille, a great battle will 
be fought. 

The impersonal verb is only used in the third person 
singular, with the pronoun il, and has no relation to any 
person or thing. Neiger, to snow, is an impersonal 
verb, as it cannot be applied to any person or thing ; il 
neige, it snows, il neigeait, it did snow. 

Though the greatest part of the French verbs are re- 
12 



2< 



3< 



4^ 



124 OF CONJUGATIONS. 

gular, there are, however, as in other languages, some 
that are irregular, and others that are defective. Regu- 
lar verbs are those which are conjugated conformably to 
a general standard. Irregular verbs are those which do 
not conform to the verb employed as a model ; and de- 
fective verbs are those which, in certain tenses or per- 
sons, are not used. 





r ^ 


f-er 




FIRST (2 




J SECOND \'Z 

| THIRD | ^3 

FOURTH ! M 

I J 


| -ir 
<t -oir 
1 -re 



OF CONJUGATIONS. 

To conjugate a verb is to rehearse it with all its dif- 
ferent inflections. 

The French have four conjugations, which are easily 
distinguished by the termination of the present of the 
infinitive. 

as, parler, aimer, chanter, donner, &c. 
as, fuair, sentir, ouvrir, lentr, &c. 
as, recevoir, apercevoz'r, devoir, &c. 
as, rendre, plai?-e, paroitre, reduire, join- 
dre, &c. 

The French, like most modern nations, not having a 
sufficient number of inflections in their verbs to represent 
the great variety of their tenses, supply this deficiency 
with two auxiliary verbs, avoir and etre, to have and to 
be. 

Those tenses in a verb whose inflections are derived 
pure and unmixed from the parent stock, are called sim- 
ple tenses, and are always in French expressed by a sin- 
gle word. But the tenses which are formed by the 
union of those of the verbs avoir, or etre, with a partici- 
ple past, are called compound, and necessarily consist of 
not less than two or three words. Thus, avoir, fai, 
f avals, feus, &c. parler, je parle, je ,par\ais, &c. are 
simple tenses ; but avoir eu, fai eu, feus eu, f avals eu, 
avoir parte, fai parle, feus parle, fai eu parte, &c. are 
compound tenses. 



AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 



125 



CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB Avoir, TO HAVE. 

INFINITIVE. 

SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 

PRESENT. 

avoir to have 

PARTICIPLES. 

PRESENT. PAST. 

ay ant having ) 

past. ? 

eu, m. eue,/. had 



PAST. 

avoir eu to have had 



ayant eu having had 



INDICATIVE. 



j'ai J have ■ j'ai 

tu as thou hast tu as 

il, or elle a he y or she has il a 
nous avons we have nous avons 

vous avez you have vous avez 

ils, or elles ont they have ils ont 



PRETERIT INDEFINITE, OR COMPOUND 
OF THE PRESENT. 

I have 
thou hast 



eu 



he has 
\ we have 
you have 
Jhcy have 1 



had 



Rem. 



EXERCISE. 

f In the following exercises, the substantive 
J being taken in a partitive sense, it will be ne- 
j cessary to use the article, according to the di- 
l_rection given, page 86. 

Present. — I have books. Thou hast friends. He has 
livre ami 

honesty. She has sweetness. We have credit. You have 

honnetete f. h m douceur f. — m. 

riches. They have virtues. They have modesty. 

richesse pi. m. vertu f. == f. 

Preterit Indefinite. — I have had pleasure. Thou hast had 

plaisir m. 
gold. He has had patience. She has had beauty. We have 
or m. — f. = f. 

had honours. You have had friendship. They have had 

honneur amitie f. m. 

sentiments. They have had sensibility. 
— f . = f. 

Imperfect. — I had ambition. Thou hadst wealth. He had 

bien m. 



126 



AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



IMPERFECT. 

j'avais / had, or did j'avais 

have 
tu avais thou hadst, or tu avais 

didst have 
il avait he had, or did il avait 

have 
nous avions we had, or did nous avions 

have 
vous aviez you had, or did vous aviez 

have 
ils avaient they had, or ils avaient 

did have 



PLUPERFECT, OT COMPOUND OF THE 
IMPERFECT. 

" Ihad 



eu ■{ 



thou hadst 
he had 
had 
you had 
they had 



y had 



PRETERIT DEFINITE. 

j'eus Ihad 

tu eus thou hadst 

il eut he had 

nous eumes we had 

vous eutes you had 

ils eurent they hod 



PRETERIT ANTERIOR, OT COMPOUND 
OF THE PRETERIT. 

(Ihad 

thou hadst 
' he had 

we had 

you had 

they had 



j'eus 
tu eus 
il eut 

nous eumes 
vous eutes 
ils eurent 



eu 



had 



sincerity. She had graces. We had oranges. You had pears. 
= f . — — poire 

They had apples. They had lemons, 
m. pomme f. citron. 

Pluperfect. — I had had apricots. Thou hadst had nectarines. 
abricot brugnon 

He had had walnuts. She had had hazel-nuts, We had had 

noix noisette 

chestnuts. You had had figs. They had had medlars. They 
chdiaigne figuem. nefie f. 

had had filberts. 
aveline. 

Preterit definite. — I had plums. Thou hadst cherries. 

prune cerise 

He had strawberries. She had pine-apples. We had almonds. 
fraise ananas amande 

You had currants. They had raspberries. They had 

groseille m. framboise f. 

grapes. 
raisin m.. pi. 



AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 



127 



SIMPLE TENSES. 


COMPOUND TENSES. 




FUTURE ABSOLUTE. 


FUTURE ANTERIOR. 


j'aurai / shall, or will 


j'aurai 




' 1 shall or " 




have 






will have 




tu auras thou shall, or 


tu auras 




thou wilt 




wilt have 






have 




il aura he will have 


il aura 




he will 




nous aurons we shall have 


nous aurons 


• eu< 


have 

we shall 

have 


► had 


vous aurez you. shall have 


vous aurez 




you will 
have 




ils auront they will have 


ils auront 




they will 




* 


* 




fc have 





Rem. 



iln the following exercises, the addition of 
an adjective, after the substantive, will make 
no change in the remark on the preceding ex- 
ercise. 

Preterit anterior. — I had had very black ink. Thou 

fort 2 noir 3 encre f. 1. 
hadst had honest proceedings. She had had uncommon 

honnete 2 procede 1 rare 2 

graces. We had had very ripe grapes. You had had exquisite 
1. 2 mitr 3 1. exquis 2 

melons. They had had ready money. 
— m. 1. comptant 2 argent in. 1. 

Future absolute. — I shall have studious pupils. Thou 

applique 2 eleve m. 1. 
wilt have horrid pains. He will have ridiculous ideas. 

horrible 2 peine f. 1. ridicule 2 idee f. L 

We shall have useless cares. You will have true and real 

inutile 2 soin m. 1. 2 reel 3 

pleasures. They will have poignant griefs. 

m. 1. cuisant 2 chagrin m. 1. 

But if the adjective precedes the substantive, 
then de, or £ only is to be used. 



Rem. 



Future anterior. — I shall have had good paper. Thou 

papier m. 
wilt have had excellent fruit. She will have had charming 
in. pi. charmanl 

flowers. We shall have had good pens. You will have had 
fleurs f. plume f. 

12* 



128 



AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 



CONDITIONAL. 

SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 

PRESENT. PAST, OT COMPOUND OF THE CONDITIONAL. 



j'aurais I should, could, j'aurais 




' I should" 




or would have 




have 




tu aurais thou should'st tu aurais 




thou should- 




have 




est have 




il aurait he should have il an rait 




he should 








have 


>t 


nous aurions we should have nous aurions 


'eu' 


we should 
have 




vous auriez you should have vous auriez 




you should 
have 




ils auraient they should have Us auraient 




they should 




- 


v have 





large buildings. They will have had fine clothes. 
grand bdtiment m. superbe habit m. 

Present of the conditional. — I should have fine engra- 

gravure 
vings. Thou should'st have pretty playthings. He should 
f. joli joujou m. 

have immense treasures. We should have beautiful pictures. 

— tresor m. tableau m. 

You would have pretty houses. They should have long con- 

f. 
versations. 
f. 

The preceding remark holds good likewise 
after a word expressing quantity, such as beau- 
coup, a great deal, great many ; peu, little, few; 
plus, more ; moins, less ; trop, too much, too 
many, &c. except bien, much, many, which re- 
quires du, dela, de V, des. 

Conditional past. — I should have had a great deal of trouble. 

peine f. 
Thou would'st have had more pleasure. He would have 

de 
had {a vast deal) of knowledge. We should have had w« 
infmiment connaissance f. pi. 

opportunities of succeeding. You would certainly 
de occasion f. pi. reussir certavnement 



Rem. 



AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 129 

C Jeusse eu, tu eusses eu, il eut eu, nous eussions eu, vous 
N. B. } eussiez eu, Us eussent eu, I should have had, &c. is also 
f used for the conditional past. 

IMPERATIVE. 
Aie, or aye Have (thov.) 

Gtu'il ait Let him have 

Ayons Let us have 

Ayez Have {ye) 

Glu'ils aient Let them have 



have had many advantages over him. They would have 

1 beaucoup de avantage sur lui 

had many enemies. 
Hen ennemi. 

Observe that, when the verb is followed by several 
substantives, the proper article and preposition must be 
repeated before each. 

Imperative. — Have complaisance, attention, and 

— f. egard m. pi. 

politeness. Let him have modesty, and more correct ideas. 
politesse f. — f. 2 juste 1. 

Let her have more decency. Let us have courage and firmness. 
decence — m. fermete f. 

Have gravy soup, nice roast-beef, and a pudding. Let 

un gras 2 soupe f. 1 union rosbif m. pouding m. 

them have ale, rum, and punch. Let them have manners, 

m. aile f. rum m. ponche m. f. mozurs f. pi. 

and conduct. 
conduite f. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present. — That I may have many friends. That thou 



may'st have good reasons to give him. That he may have 

donner lui 
elevated sentiments. That we may have courage and mag- 
eleve 2 — m. 1. bravoure f. 

nanimity. That you may have delightful landscapes, and 

= f. delicieux 2 pay sage m. pi. 1. 

beautiful sea-pieces. That they may have more condescension 
marine f. pi. — dance 

and more prepossessing manners. 

2 prevenant 3 maniere f. pi. 1. 

Preterit. — That I may have had wine, beer, and cider. 

vin m. Here f. cidre m 



130 



AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



PRESENT. PRETERIT, OT COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 



Glue* That Glue* 

j'aie I may have j'aie 

tu aies thou may 1 si have tu aies 

il ait he may have il ait 

nous ayons we may have nous ayons 

vous ayez you may have vous ayez 

ils aient they may have ils aient 



That 

I may have 

thou may'st 
have 
► eu ■{ he may have )■ Jj 

we may have 

you may have 

Jheymay have 4 



That thou may'st have had a good horse, and a fine dog. 

cheval m. chien m. 

That he may have had enlightened judges. That we may have 

eclair e 2 juge m. 1. 
had snow, rain, and wind. That you may have had a great 

neige f. pluie f. vent m. 
dining-room, a beautiful drawing-room, a pretty 

salle-d-manger f. superbe salon- de-compagnie m. joli 

dressing-room, and a charming bed-room. That 

cabinet de toilette m. — mant chambre-d-coucher f. 

they may have had vast possessions, fine meadows, and de- 
vaste — f. prairie f. de- 

lightful groves. 
licieux 2 bois m. 1. 

Imperfect. — That I might have a sword, musket, and 

epee f. fusil m. 
pistols. That thou might'st have a knife, a spoon, and a 
pistolet m. couteau m. cuillere f. 

fork. That we might have a penknife, pencils, and good 

fourchette f. canifm. pinceau m. 

copies. That he might have a coach, a good house, and 

modele m. carrosse m. f. 



C The subjunctive, in French, is always preceded by 
* Rem. •? the conjunction que, that, which is often suppressed in 
( English. 



AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 



131 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



PLUPERFECT, OT COMPOUND 



IMPERFECT. 


OF 


THE IMPERFE( 


:t. 


Clue 


That Glue 


(That 




j'eusse 


I had, or might j'eusse 
have 




/ might 
have 




tu eusses 


thou mighfst tu eusses 
have 




thou might- 
est have 




il eut 


he might have il eut 


► eu< 


he might 
have 


>had 


nous eussions we might have nous eus- 




we might 






sions 




have 




vous eussiez 


you might have vous eus- 
siez 




you might 
have 




ils eussent 


they might have ils eussent 




they might 




* 






; have 





furniture, simple but elegant. That you might have 

meuble, m. pi. — mais — 

health and great respect. That they might have fruitful 

sanie f. un consideration f. fertile 2 

lands. 

terre f. 1. 

Pluperfect. — That I might have had friendship. That thou 

amitie f. 
might'st have had gloves, boots, and horses. That he 

gant m. botte f. cheval m. 

might have had zealous and faithful servants. That we 

zele 2 Jldele 3 domestique m. 1. 

might have had fine clothes, precious jewels, and magnificent 

= 2 bijou m. 1 magnijique 2 
furniture. That you might have had warm friends. That 

1 chaud 2 1 

they might have had greatness of soul and pity. 
grandeur f. pitie f. 



f The verb avoir serves not only as an auxiliary to con- 
jvx ;r J J u g ate lts o wn compound tenses, but likewise the com- 
' I pound tenses of the verb etre, and those of the active, 
l^the impersonal, and almost all the neuter verbs. 



132 AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 

SENTENCES ON THE SAME VERB, WITH A NEGATIVE. 

In the following- sentences, the preposition de or d\ is 
put before the substantive, according as it begins with a 
consonant or a vowel, ne between the personal pronoun 
and the verb, and pas or point, after the verb in the sim- 
ple tenses, and between the verb and the participle in the 
compound tenses; as, 



Je n'ai pas de livres, I have no books. 

Tu n'avais pas debien, Thou hadst no wealth. 



Elle n'eut pas d'honnetete. She had no 

Nous n'avons pas eu d'amitie, We have had no friendship. 
Vous n'aviez pas eu de puissans You had not had powerful 
amis, friends. 

« lis n'auront pas d'ennemis re- They will not have formidable 
• doutables, enemies. 



EXERCISE. 

INDICATIVE. Present. I have no precious medals. 

=2 medaille f.l. 
We have no useless things. Preterit indefinite. 

inutile 2 chose f. 1 
I have had no constancy. We have had no generosity. 

=f. =X 

Imperfect. Thou hadst not a beautiful park. You had no 

pare m. 
good cucumbers. Pluperfect. He had had no fine houses. 

concombre m. 
They had had no money. Preterit definite. He had not 

argent m. 
a skilful gardener. They had no carpets. Preterit an- 

habile jardinier m. tapis m. 

terior. Thou hadst had no complaisance. You had had no 

great talents. Future absolute. I shall have no great bu- 
— m. af- 

siness. We shall have no uncommon prints. Future 

faire f. pi. rare 2 estampe f. 1. 

anterior. Thou shalt have had no consolation. You shall not 

— f. 
have had quiet days. 

tranquille 2 m. 1. 



AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 133 

CONDITIONAL. 
Present. — He should not have bad pictures. They 

mauvais tableau m. 
should have no leisure. 
loisir m. 
Past. — I should have had no griefs. We should have 

chagrin m. pi. 
had no troubles. 
peine f. pi. 

IMPERATIVE. 
Have no impatience. Let him not have absurd 

sing. — absurde 2. f. pi. 

deas. Let us not have dangerous connexions. Have no such 
1. =2 liaison f. pi. tel 

ivhims. Let them not have so whimsical a project. 
caprice m. bizarre 2. projet m. 1. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Present. — That I may have no protectors. That we may 

= m. 
have no success. 
succes m. 
Preterit. — That he may have had no perseverance. That 

= f. 
hey may have had no valour. 

bravoure f. 
Imperfect. — That thou might'st have no principles of taste. 

principe m. gout m. 
That you might not have a just reward. 
juste recompense f. 
Pluperfect. — That I might have had no good advice. That 

avis m. pi. 
ve might have had no news. 

nouvelle f. pi. 



THE VERB Avoir, INTERROGATIVELY AND AFFIRMA- 
TIVELY. 

In interrogations, the personal pronoun, accompanied 
by a hyphen (-), is placed after the verb, in the simple 
tenses, and between the verb and the participle, in the 
compound tenses, and, when the third person singular of 
the verb ends with a vowel, for euphony a t is added be- 
tween it and the pronoun, preceded and followed by a 
hyphen, thus (-t-). See likewise the remarks, page 125. 



134 AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 

Ai-je des livres 1 Have I books ? 

Avais-tu du bien 1 Hadst thou wealth ? 

Eut-elle de l'honnetete 1 Had she honesty ? 

A vons-nous eu de bons conseils 1 Have we had good advice ? 

Aviez-vous eu de la prudence 1 Had you had prudence ? 

Aura-t-il de l'argent 1 Will he have money ? 

Aura-t-elle eu des protecteurs 1 Will she have had protectors ? 



EXERCISE. 
INDICATIVE. Present.— Hast thou needles 1 Have you 

aiguille f. 
coloured maps'? Preterit indefinite. — Have I had pens 1 
enlumine 2 carte f. 1. plume f. 

Have we had convenient houses 1 Imperfect. — Had she silk 1 
commode 2 f. 1. soief. 

Had they large buildings 1 Pluperfect. — Had she had pins 1 

grand batiment m . ipvngle f. 

Had they had extensive fields'? Preterit definite. — Had 

spacieux 3 cham,p m. 1. 
he good shoes "? Had they looking-glasses 1 Preterit ante- 

soulier m. f. miroir m. 

rior. — Hadst thou had lace 1 Had you had odoriferous 

dentelle f. odoriferant 2 

shrubs. Future absolute. — Shall I have gold, silver, 
arbuste m. 1. m. argent m. 

and platina. Shall we have (good luck) 1 Future anterior. — 

platine m. bonheur m. 

Will she have had joy'? Will they have had company 1 
joie ? compagnie f. 

CONDITIONAL. Present.— Shouldst thou have happy 

heureux 
moments'? Should you have good wine and nice cordials? 

— m. vin. m. Jin 2 liqueur f. 1. 

Past. — Should he have had uncommon fruits'? Should they 

rare 2 m. 1. 

have had rich clothes 1 



THE SAME VERB INTERROGATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY. 

In sentences of this form observe the different rules that 
are prefixed to the exercises on the verb, and in sentences 
simply interrogative, always place ne at the beginning of 
sentences, and pas, or point, after the personal pronoun, 
whether in the simple or compound tenses. 



AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 135 

N'ai-je pas des livres? Have I no books 1 

N'avais-tu pas des amis'? Hadst thou no friends? 

N'a-t-elle pas beaucoup d'esprit 1 Has she not a great deal of wit ? 

N'avons-nous pas eii de bons Have we not acted fairly ? 

precedes? 

N'aviez vous pas eu de nouvel- Had you not had new gowns ? 

les robes ? 

N'aura-t-il pas des ressources ? Will he have no resources ? 

N'auront-elles pas eu des conso- Will they have had no consola- 

lations ? lions ? 



EXERCISE. 
INDICATIVE. Present.— Hast thou no diamonds 7 Have 

diamant m. 
you no indulgent parents ? Preterit indefinite. — Hast thou 

— 2 — m. 1. 

not had contempt, and even hatred, for that man? Have 

mepris m. mime haine f. h asp. pour cet 
you not had better examples'? Imperfect. — Had he not a 

meilleur ezemple m. 
rigid censor ? Had they not inattentive children ? 

severe 2 censeurm. 1. =2 enfant m. 1. 

Pluperfect. — Had I not had other views ? Had we not had 

autre vue ? f. pi. 
amethysts, rubies, and topazes ? Preterit definite. — Had I 
amethyste f. rubis m. topaze ? f. 
no great wrongs 1 Had we not perfidious friends 1 Preterit 

tort m. per fide 2 1 

anterior. — Had he not used far-fetched expressions 1 Had 

en 2 recherche 2 — f. 1 . 
they not excellent models 1 Future absolute. — Wilt thou 

— modele m. 

not lead £ more regular life 1 Will you not have 

avoir plus 2 regie 3 conduite f. I. 
fashionable gowns 7 Future anterior. — Shall I have had no 
d la mode 2 robei. 1. 

sweetmeats 1 Shall we not have had a good preacher 1 
confitures ? f. predicateur ? m. 

CONDITIONAL. Present.— Should she not have clear 

clair 2 

and just ideas 1 Would they not have more extensive know- 

3 f . 1 2 etendu 3 con- 

ledge? Past. — Should she have had no patience? 

naissances f. pi. 1. 

Should they have had no rectitude ? 
f. droiture ? f. 

13 



136 



AUXILIARY VERB ETRE. 



CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB £tre, to be. 
INFINITIVE. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



A PRESENT 








PAST. 


Etre 


to be 


Avoir ete 


to have been 




PARTICIPLES. 




, PRESENT 






PAST. 


Etant 


being 


) 




PAST. 




> ayant ete 


having been 


ete 


been 


INDICATIVE. 




PRESENT 




PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 


je suis 


1 am 


j'ai 




r 1 have ~\ 


tu es 


thou art 


tu as 




thou hast 


il. or elle est 


he, or she is il a 




he has 


nous sommes 


we are 


nous avons 


>ete s 


we have y been 


vous etes 


you are 


vous avez 




you have 


Ses H 


they are 


ils ont 




they have 



EXERCISES. 

As interrogative and negative sentences will now be 
promiscuously intermixed, the scholar will observe, that 
the adverb, in the following exercises, is to be placed be- 
fore the adjectives ; and that whenever in interrogative 
sentences a substantive is the subject, it is to be placed at 
the head of the sentence, adding a pronoun for the inter- 
rogation immediately after the verb, as, more frere est-il 
venu ? is my brother come ? 

Present. — I am very glad to see you. Art not thou pleased 

aise de voir salisfait 

with that book 1 Is she really amiable 1 We are happy. 

de veriiablement heureux 

Are not you too condescending 1 Are your friends still in 

complaisant ? encore a. 

London 1 

Londres ? 

Preterit indefinite. — Have not I been constant? Hast 



AUXILIARY VERB ETRE. 



137 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



IMPERFECT. 






PLUPERFECT. 




j'etais 


I was 


j'avais 


1 


f / had 


^ 


tu etais 


thou wast 


tu avais 




j thou hadst 




il etait 


he was 


il avait 


L 


*., \ he had 
ete ] we had 


V. hfigll 


nous etions 


ice were 


nous avions 


r 

1 


1 


vous etiez 


you were 


vous aviez 


1 


you had 




ils etaient 


they were 


ils avaient 


J 


\ they had 


J 


PRETERIT DEFINITE. PRETERIT ANTERIOR.* 




je fus 


I was 


j'eus 


1 


(I had 

thou hadst 


1 


tu fus 


thou wast 


tu eus 




Llfut 


he was 


il eut 


! 


,.A he had 




nous fumes 


we were 


nous eumes 


> 


ete< | we had 


p- been 


vous futes 


you were 


vous eutes 




j you had 
\jhey had 


i 


ils furent 


they were 


ils eurent 


J 


j 



thou always been steady'? She has been faithful. Have we 

pose fidele 

been firm and courageous^ You have been charitable. Have 

ferme = — 

those men always been good and benevolent 1 

bienfaisant ? 

Imperfect. — I was too busy to see you. Wast not thou 
occupe pour recevoir 
troublesome 1 Was this girl idle 1 Were we not too un- 
importun fille paresseux i'/i- 

tractable 1 You were not quiet enough. They were vain, 

dottle? tranquille2 assez 1. f. — 

frivolous, and coquettish. 
frivole coquette 

Pluperfect. — I had hitherto been very indifferent. Hadst 
jusqu'alors insoucia/nt 

not thou been too imprudent 1 Had his wife been sufficiently 

— epouse assez 

modest and reserved! We had not yet been sufficiently 

assez reserve encore 



Pret. ant. — Exercises upon this tense would be 

as yet too complicated, as may be seen by this sen- 

* Rem. •{ tence : a peine y eus-je ete cinq ou six minutes, qu'il ar- 

riva, I had scarce been there five or six minutes, when 

he arrived. 



138 



AUXILIARY VERB ETRE. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 
FUTURE ABSOLUTE. 

je serai I shall or will j'aurai 

be 

tu seras thou wilt be tu auras 

il sera he will be il aura 

nous serons we shall be nous aurons 

vous serez you shall be vous aurez 

ils seront they shall be ils auront 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



FUTURE ANTERIOR 

(1 shall or^ 
will have 

thou wilt 
have 

he will have 



ete< 



we shall 

have 
you will 

have 
they will 

have 



- been 



attentive. Had you been envious and jealous 1 They had not 
applique = jaloux 

been grateful. 

reconnoisant. 

Preterit definite. — Perhaps I was not sufficiently 

Peut-etre que assez 

prudent. "Wast thou discreet enough on that occasion 1 Was 

— discret 1 en — f. 

not that princess too proud 1 We were very unhappy. Were you 

— cesse fier 
not too hasty? They were not much satisfied. 
prompt fort satisfait. 

Future absolute. — To-morrow I shall be at home till 

Demain chez-moi jusqu'd 

(twelve o'clock). Wilt thou always be restless, brutal, and 

midi inquiet, bourru 

sour? Will your father be at home this evening'? 

chagrin Monsieur chez-lui soir m. 

Shall we not be more diligent? Will you always then be 
— 3 done 2 1 

capricious, obstinate, and particular 1 Will not your scholars be 
quinteux opinidtre, pointilleux? ecolier 

troublesome 1 
incommode ? 

Future anterior. — Shall not I have been too severe 1 Thou 

wilt have been too distrustful. Will not his sister have been 

defiant soeur 

whimsical and capricious ? Shall not we have been eager 
fantasque = empresse 2 



AUXILIARY VERB ETRE. 139 



CONDITIONAL. 

SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 

PRESENT. PAST. 

'J should 



je serais I should, would, j'aurais 

or could be 

tu serais thou would'st tu aurais 

be 

il serait he would be il aurait 

nous serions we should be nous aurions 

vous seriez you would be vous auriez 

ils seraienl they would be ils auraient 



have 
thou would'st 

have 
he would 

have 
we should 

have 
you should 

have 
they would 

have 



The conditional past, J'eusse ete, tu eusses ete, il eut ete, nous 
eussions ete, vous eussiez ete, ils eussent ete, is also used. 

enough 1 "Will you not have been inconsiderate 1 Will not the 

1 indiscret 

judges have been just 1 
juge 

Conditional Present. 1 would not be so rash. 

temeraire. 
"Would'st thou be as consistent in thy behaviour as in thy lan- 
consequent dans conduile f. pro- 

guage 1 Would not his son be ready in time 1 Should we be 
pos m. pi. fils pret a 

always incorrigible 1 You would not be disinterested enough. 

desinlcresse 2 1 
Would not those ladies be always virtuous 1 
dame vertueux ? 

Past. (Had it not been for) your instructions, I should have 
Sans conseil m. pi. 

been proud and haughty. Would'st not thou have been 

dedaigneux hauiain 

malicious and sarcastic 1 Would that man have been so 
malin ricaneur tellement 

destitute of common sense'? Certainly we should not have been 
depourvu bon sens 

so ridiculous. Would not you have been more kind and 
si ridicule doux plus 

indulgent 1 They would not have been so ungenteel. 
complaisant ? malhonnete. 

13* 



140 



AUXILIARY VERB ETRE. 



IMPERATIVE. 



Sois 

Glu'il soit 
Soyons 
Soyez 
Glu'ils soient 



Be (thou) 
Let him be 
Let us be 
Be (ye) 
Let them be 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 

SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 



que 
je sois 



PRESENT. 

that 



que 



1 may, can, or j'aie 
should be 
tu sois thou may'st tu aies 

be 
il soit he may be il ait 

nous soyons we may be nous ay ons 

vous soyez you may be vous ayez 

ils soient they may be ils aient 



► ete^ 



PRETERIT. 

• that 

I may, can, or 
should have 

thou may'st 
have 

he may have 



>been 



we may have 
you may have 
Jhey may have _ 



Imperative. Be liberal. Do not be so lavish. Let 

sing. — sing, prodigue 

us be equitable, humane, and prudent. Let us not be covetous. 

— humain, — avide. 

Be economical and temperate. Do not be thoughtless. 
pi. iconome sobre pi. leger 

As the third person singular and plural of the impera- 
tive mood belong rather to the subjunctive, they are there 
exemplified. 

It has already been observed, that before the sub- 
junctive can form a complete sense, it must be pre- 
ceded by another verb. For the sake of brevity, 
therefore, complete sentences will only be given on the 
present tense. This remark applies alike to the /our 
conjugations. 



AUXILIARY VERB ETRE. 141 

SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 



IMPERFECT. 


PLUPERFECT. 




que that que 




r that 




je fusse I might, or j'eusse 




I might or 




could be 




could. 


g 


tu fusses thoumight'stbe tu eusses 




thou might' st 




il fut he might be il eut 


►ete < 


he might 




nous fus- we might be nous eus- 




we might 


i 


sions sions 






-< 


vous fussiez you might be vous eussiez 




you might 




ils fussent they might be ils eussent j 


{.they might . 





Present. — Is it possible I can be so credulous 1 They wish 
— * — le On desire 

thou may'st be more modest. Is it possible she can be so ob- 
modeste * en~ 

stinate 1 They wish us to be more assiduous. It is not 
tete assidu On* 

expected you should be timid. It is feared they may 
s'attend timide. On* craint ne 

be guilty. 
cowpable. 

Preterit. — That I should have been so hasty and impatient. 

emporte si — 

Thou should'st have been so puffed up with pride. That she 

bouffi de 
should have been so fickle. That we should have been so head- 
volage tetu 

strong. That you should have been so avaricious. That they 

avare 
should have been so unreasonable. 
deraisonnoMe. 

Observe, the verb etre serves as an auxiliary to conjugate the 
passive verbs through all their tenses, the compound tenses of the 
pronominal verbs, and those of about fifty neuter verbs. 

Imperfect. — That I should not be humane and generous. 

humain = 

That thou might'st be more careful. That she might not be so 

soigneux. 
arrogant. That we might be victorious. That you might not be 

so stern. That they might not be so cruel. 
severe. 



142 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 

FIRST CONJUGATION. 
in er. 

{In verbs ending in -ger, the e is preserved in those 
tenses where g is followed by the vowels a, or 0, in 
order to preserve to this letter its soft sound ; as, 
mangeant, jugeons, je negligeai. 
C In verbs ending in -cer, for the same reason, a 

2 < cedilla is put under c, when followed by a, or ; as, 
^ sucant, plagons, f effaqai. 

C In verbs ending in -oyer and -uyer, the y i& 

3 < changed into i before a mute e ; as, femploie, il es- 
( suie, fappuierai, il nettoierait. 

C This practice is extended by some to verbs in 

4 \ -ayer and -eyer, as ilpaie, fessaierai, die grasseye, 
or grasseie. 

In some few verbs ending in -eler and -eter, the 
I and t are doubled in those inflections, which re- 
| ceive an e mute after these consonants, as, from ap- 
peler, il appelle, from jeter, je jetterai, &c. 

The first person singular of the present of the in- 
dicative changes e mute into acute e in interroga- 
tive sentences. The remark is also applied to some 
"^ verbs of the second conjugation ending in -vrir, 
-frir, and -lir ; as, neglige-je ? aime-je ? offre-je ? 
cueille-je ? 



EXERCISE. 

Pluperfect. That I might have been more studious. That 

thou might'st have been more circumspect. That she might 

circonspecf, 
have been more attentive to her duty. That we might have 

= devoir m. pi. 

been less addicted to pleasure. That you might have been 

livre a art. m. pi. 
more assiduous and more grateful. That they might have 

assidu plus reconnaissomt 

been less daring. 
hardi. 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 143 

PARADIGM, OR MODEL. 

INFINITIVE. 

SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 

PRESENT. PAST. 

parl-er to speak avoir parl-e to have spoken 

PARTICIPLES. 

PRESENT. PAST. 

parl-awi speaking ) 

past. > ayant parl-e having spoken 

parl-e m. -ee f. spoken ) 

REMARKS. « 

. ( All the regular verbs of the First Conjugation 
I adopt the terminations of the verb parler ; Exam. 

parl-er aim-er expliqu-er avou-er 

parl-a^ zxmon^-ant eng&g-eant defia.y-ant 

parl-e agre-e decri-e dedommag-e 

]e parl-e dans-e ignor-e renvoi-e 

tu parl-es din-es re]et-tes renouvel-Zes 

il parl-e chant-e begai-e grassey-e 

nous parl-orcs her^-ons choy-ons c\mn%-eons 

vous parl-e^r regn-e^r essuy-e^r eipel-ez 

ils parl-e?t£ caress-e?i£ ermu-ient appel-lent 

And so on through the whole verb, 
f Adverbs, with few exceptions, must be placed 
9 I after the verb, in simple tenses, and between the 
| auxiliary and the participle in compound tenses, 
[_when this adverb is only a single word. 
C The remarks prefixed to the exercises on the verb 

3 < avoir, when de is to be placed between the verb and 
( the substantive, ought to be attended to. 

C The article the, after the verb, must always be 

4 < expressed in French, though often understood in 
f English. 



EXERCISE. 

Indicative present. — I willingly give that plaything to 
volontiers donner joujou m. 



144 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 

INDICATIVE. 

SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 

PRESENT. PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 

je parl-e I speak j'ai ") (I have 

tu parl-es thou speakest tu as ) thou hast 

il parl-c he speaks il a 1 -. , \ he has 

nous ipn.rl-ons we speak nous avons fP " e j we have 

vous parl-e.2r 7/0% Sjpeafc vous avez you have 

ils parl-e%£ ^ey speak ils on t J IjAe?/ Aa-ye 



your sister. Do»I prefer pleasure to my duty 1 Dost 

f. * preferer art. m. devoir m. 

thou not irritate thy enemies'? He does not propose salutary 
irriter ennemi proposer un = 2 

advice to his friends. We sincerely love peace and 

avis m. 1 sincerement art. paix f. art. 

tranquillity. We do not neglect (any thing) to please you. 

= f. * negliger rien pour plaire 

Do you not admire the beauty of that landscape 1 Do not 

admirer = f. paysage m. * 

your parents comfort the afflicted 1 They (make use of) all 

— consoler affiige m. pi. employer 

means to succeed, 
art. moyenm.pour reussir. 

Preterit indefinite. — I have (given up) my favourite 

cider favori 2 

horse to my cousin. Hast thou not exchanged watches 

cheval m. 1 — m. changer de montres 

with my sister? Has the tutor given fine engravings to his 

pricepteur de gravure f. pi. 
pupil % We have spoken (a long while) of your adventure. 
eleve m. long-temps aventurc f. 

Have you not insisted too much upon that point 1 Have your 

insiste * sur — m. 

aunts prepared their ball dresses 1 
tante preparer de bal 2 habit m. pi. 1. 

Imperfect. — I unceasingly thought of my misfortunes. 
sans cesse penser a malheur m. pi 
Didst thou dread his presence and firmness? He ex- 
redouter — f. pron. fermete f. re- 

hibited in his person all the virtues of his ancestors. Did not 
tracer en f. f. ancetre 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 145 



SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 

IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. 



je parl-ais I did speak, or j'avais 

was speaking 
tu parl-«w thou didst speak tu avais 



il parl-ait he did speak il avait VT< -{ he had y*z 



nous parl-i<ms we did speak nous avions 
vous ipurl-iez you did speak vous aviez 
ils y&rl-aient they did speak ils avaient 



Xffl 



I had } 



thouhadst | g 



vje had 

you had 

they had 



that woman accuse her friend of levity 1 We did not protect 

accuser ami f. legerete f. * proteger 

that bad man. You despised a vain erudition. Did the 

mechant mepriser — 2 — f. 1. * 

Romans disdain so weak an enemy 1 The bees were there 
Romain dcdaigner faible 2 m. 1. abeille * y 

sucking the cups of the flowers. 
sucer calice m. Jleur. 

Pluperfect. — I had drained an unwholesome marsh 

dessecher mal sain 2 marais m. 1. 
Had'st thou not married a man rich, but unluckily without 

epouser malheureusement sans 

education'? * Had his father rejected these advantageous 

— f. rejeter avantage%t?c 2 

offers 1 We had not long listened to the singing of the 

offre f. 1. long-temps ecouter * chant m. 

birds. Had you already studied geography and history? 
oiseaursx. dejd etudier art. =f. art.= 

Had not his friends procured him a troop of cavalry 1 

procurer 2 lui 1 compagnie f. cavalerie ? 

There is a fourth preterit, called preterit anterior in- 
definite, which is used instead of the preterit anterior, 
when speaking of a time not entirely elapsed ; as fai eu 
acheve mon ouvrage ce matin, cette semaine, &c. and not 
feus acheve: as it is found in every conjugation, I shall 
insert it here ; fai eu parte, tu as euparle, il a eu parte, 
nous avons eu parte, vous avez euparle, lis ont eu parte. 



146 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



PRETERIT DEFINITE. 


PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 




je parl-ai 


I spoke 


j'eus -] 

tu eus 


' I had 




tu parl-cs 


thou spokesi 


thou hadst 


. 


il parl-a 


he spoke 


ileut I)?, 
nous eumes f £3 " 


he had 


■1 


nous parl-draes 


we spoke 


we had 


vous parl-dfes 


you spoke 


vous eutes | °* 


you had 


ils pavl-erent 


they spoke 


ils en rent J 


Jhey had 





Preterit definite. — Did I not gladly give peaches 

* avecplaisir de art. peche f. pi. 

and flowers to my neighbours'? Thou forgottest an 
pr. art. fleurs f. pi. voisin m. pi. oublier 

essential circumstance. Did not your cousin relate that 

essenticl2 circonstance f.pl. * raconter 

charming history with (a great deal) of grace 1 He lightly 
— mant = f. avec beaucoup legerement 

judged of my intentions. Did we not show courage, 

juger * — * montrede&n. — m. pr. — 

constancy, and firmness'? Did you visit the grotto 

art. = f. pr. art. f. * visiter grotte f. 

and the grovel They did not generously forgive their 

bois m. genereusement pardonner a 

enemies. 

Preterit anterior. — I had soon wasted my money, and 
bienibt manger argent m. 
exhausted my resources. Hadst thou very soon reinforced thy 
epuiser ressource f. * vlte r enforcer 

party 1 Had not Alexander soon surmounted all obstacles 1 
parti m. Alexandre surmonter tous art. = m. pi. 

We had not soon enough shut the shutters, and (let down) the 

tot 2 assez 1 fermer volet baisser 

curtains. Had you not quickly dined 1 In the twinkling 
rideau promplement diner. Dans * un clin 

of an eye, they had dispersed the mob. 

* ail disperser populace f. 



Future absolute. — I shall relieve 



thou faithfully keep that secret 1 
fidelement garder — m. 



the poor. Wilt 

pauvre m. pi. 
Will he consult 

consulter de art. 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 



147 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



FUTURE ABSOLUTE. 


FUTURE ANTERIOR. 




je parl-erai 


I shall, or 
will speak 


j'aurai 




'I shall or^ 
will 




tu parWras 


thou shalt 
speak 


tu auras 




thou shalt 


1 


il parl-er<z 


he shall 


il aura 




he shall 


speak 
nous parl-mms we shall 


nous aurons 


► parl-e< 


we shall 




speak 








1 


vous \>ox\-erez 


you shall 
speak 


vous aurez 




you shall 


-< 


Us Tpa.r\-eront 


they shall 


ils auront 




they shall 






speak 


* 




L J 





enlightened judges 1 He will support you with all his credit. 
eclair e 2 juge 1. appuyerde — m. 

We shall not prefer pleasure to glory, and riches to 

preferer art. m. art. f. art. pi. art. 

honour. By such conduct, will you not afflict your father 

tel conduite f. affiiger 

and mother 1 Will they astonish their hearers'? 
pron. etonner auditeur m.pl. 

Future anterior. — I shall soon have finished this book. By 

achever m. 

thy submission, wilt thou not have appeased his anger 1 Will 

soumission f. appaiser colere f. 

the king have triumphed over his enemies 1 We, perhaps, shall 

triampher de 2 1 

not have rewarded enough the merit of this good man. 

recompenser merite m. de Men 2 1 

Will you not have flown to his assistance 1 Will our servants 

voler secours m. domestique m. 

have brought money 1 

apporter de art. argent. 

Conditional present. — Should I form conjectures 

former de art. — f. pi. 

without number'? Thou would'st not avoid so great a danger. 

nombre m. eviter 2 3 1 4 

Would not his attorney (clear up) that business'? We would 

procureur debrouiller " affaire f. 
(drive away) the importunate. Would you not discover 

chasser importun m. pi. devoiler 

14 



148 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 

CONDITIONAL. 

SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 



PRESENT. 



il aurait 



nous aurions 



vous aunez 



ils auraient 



PAST. 

' I should, 
would, or 
could 
thou should'st 



he should 
we should 
you should 
they should 



► I. 



je parl-erats / should^ j'aurais 

would, or 
could speak 
tu parl-er«?s thou should 'st tu aurais 

speak 
il -pail-erait he should 

speak 
nous pari- we should 

erions speak 

vous pari- you should 

eriez speak 

ils pari- they should 

eraient speak 

J'eusse parte, tu eusses parte, il exit parte, nous eussions parte, 
vous eussiez parte, ils eussent parte, is also used for the conditional 
past. This remark holds good for every verb. 



that atrocious plot 1 

atroce2 complot m. 1. 
that intrigue. 
— f. 



Past.- 



They would not unravel the clue of 
dimeter fit m. 



-I should have liked hunting, fishing, and the 

aimer art. chasse f. art. peche f. 
country. Would'st thou not have played 1 Would he not have 
campagnef. jouer 

bowed to the company % Would we gladly have praised his 
saluer * compagnie f. avec plaisir 2 louer 1 

pride and incivility 1 You would have awakened 

orgueilm. j>r on. malhonnetetef. eveiller 

every body. Would those merchants have paid their debts 1 
tout le monde marcliand payer dette f. pi. 

Imperative. — In all thy actions, consult the light of 

Dans — f. pi. consulter lumiere f. art. 
reason. Never yield to the violence of thy passions. 

f. te abandonner — f. " — 

Let us love justice, peace, and virtue. Let us not 

art. — f. art. f. art. f. 

cease to work. Sacrifice your own interest to the 

cesser de travailler Sacrijkr * interet m. pi. 



r 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 



149 



IMPERATIVE. 



parl-e* 
qu'ii pari-* 
parl-ows 
parl-e^r 
qu'ils parl-e^ 



speak (thou) 
let him speak 
lei us speak 
speak (ye) 
let them speak 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



PRESENT. 


PRETERIT. 




que 


that que 




'that 




je parl-e 


I may, or can j'aie 




I may, or 






speak 




can 


t 


tu parl-es 


thou may'st tu aies 




thou 


% 




speak 


►parl-e< 


may'st 


}►* 


il parl-e 


he may speak il ait 




he may 


IS 


nousparl-iows we may speak nous ayons 




we may 


4 


vous p&rl-iez 


you may speak vous ayez 




you may 




lis ipzil-ent 


they may speak ils aient 


\theymay j 





public good. Do not omit such useful and interest- 
2 Men 1 * negliger de art si utile 2 interes- 

ing details. 
sant 3 — m. pi. 1. 

Subjunctive Present. — That I may not always listen to 

ccouter * 

a severe censor of my defects. That thou should'st find 

— 2 = m. 1. defaut m. pi. trouver 

real friends. That he would adorn his speeches with the graces 

de vrai pare?- discours de 

of a pure diction. That she would remain in her boudoir. 

— 2 — f. 1. r ester — m. 

That we should so hastily condemn the world. That 
legerement condamner monde m. 



* Rem. The second person singular of the imperative of this 
conjugation, and likewise of some verbs of the second ending in 
vrir,frir, Mr, take s after e, before the word y and en, as, portes- 
en a ton fr ere, carry some to thy brother; offres-en a la soeur, 
offer some to thy sister; cueilles-en aussi pour toi, gather some 
alike for thyself; apportes-y teslivres, bring there thy books. 



150 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 



SIMPLE TENSES, 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



IMPERFECT. 


PLUPERFECT. 




que that que 




'that 




jeparl-^sse I might, could, j'eusse 




I might, could, 




or would 




or would 




speak 








tu parl-asses thou might' 'st tu eusses 




thou mighVst 


i 


* speak 


\» 






il parl-d£ he might speak il eut 




he might 


^ 


nous pari- we might speak nous eus- 


Ph 


we might 




assions sions 






4 


vous pari- you might speak vous eus- 




you might 




assiez siez 








ils parl-tfs- they might speak ils eus- 




they might 




sent sent „ 




I J 




you may pout incessantly. That they may work more 


bouder sans cesse travailler plus 


willingly. 




volontiers. 









Preterit. — That I may have caressed insolence, and 

caresser art. — f. 

flattered pride. That thou would'st have added nothing to 
flatter art. ajouter 

that work. That he should have carried despair into 
ouvrage m. porter art. desespoir m. dans 

the soul of his friend. That we may have blamed a conduct 

dme bldmer conduite f. 

so prudent and so wise. That you may have exasperated so 

— sage exasperer 

petulant a character. That they may not have taken (advan- 
— 2 caractere m. 1. profiler 

tage) of the circumstances. 
circonstance f. pi. 

Imperfect. — That I should not copy his example. That 

imiter exemple m. 
thou might'st (give up) perfidious friends. That he 

abandonner de art. — de 2 1 
might inhabit a hut instead of a palace. That we 

habiter chaumiere f. au lieu palais m. 
should fall at the feet of an illegitimate king. That you 

tomber a pied m. illegitime 2 1 

would respect the laws of your country. That they would 
respecter loi f. pi. pays m. 



Ibr. 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 151 

SECOND CONJUGATION. 
in -ir. 

This conjugation is divided into four branches. 

The first branch contains upwards of two hundred 
and eighty regular verbs in -ir, exclusive of fifty-three 
more comprised in the three other branches, which may 
be considered as exceptions, and may be reduced to thir- 
teen roots, with thirty-nine derivatives. By presenting 
some of the regular verbs of the first branch, which 
nearly resemble the three following lists of exceptions, 
the scholar will evidently see that the terminations in 
-mir, -vir, -tir, and -nir, are not absolutely the distinc- 
tive marks of the three other branches, the lists of 
which ought to be learned by heart. 

'ralent-ir to slacken (to be under the 

retent-ir to resound ressort-ir < jurisdiction 
appesant-i> to make heavy ( of a court 

nant-ir to pledge asserv-ir to enslave 

renform-tr to plaster sev-ir to use hard 

afferm-tr to strengthen assouv-ir to glut 
repart-ir to distribute appauvr-ir to impoverish 
avert-ir to inform tern-ir to tarnish 

sert-ir to set a stone vern-ir to varnish 

dessert-zr to unset a stone garn-ir to garnish 

sort-irson 1 to obtain afourn-ir to furnish 

plein et > full effect ben-ir to bless 

entier effet ) (by law) henn-ir, &c.to neigh 
assort-ir to match 



not speak at random. 

d-tort et d-travers. 
Pluperfect. That I should not have burnt that work. That 

bruler m. 

thou might'st not have contemplated the beauties of the coun- 
contemvler = cam- 

try. That he should have perfected his natural qualities. 
pagne perfectionner — ret 2 = f. pi. 1. 

That we might not have gained the victory. T,hat you 

remporter = f. 

had enchanted the public. That they would have struck 
— ter — m. f rapper 

their enemies with fear. 
de crainte. 

14* 



152 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 



2 BR. 



ROOTS. DERIVATIVES. 

fredor-mir to sleep again 

dor-mir to sleep J e * d °™* JoluUcsleep 
y j se rendor-mtr to fall a 



fall asleep 



mexi-tir 
sen-Mr 

v&T-tir* 

sor-tir 
ser-vir 



to lie 
to feel 

to set out 

to go oiit 
to serve 



demen-lir 

consen-tir 

pressen-iir 

ressen-£ir 

depar-^ir 

repar-£ir 

ressor-^r 

desser-vir 



to give the lie 
to consent 
to foresee 
to resent 
to divide 
to set out 

again 
to go out again 
clear the 

table 



Uo 



se repen-tir to repent, has no derivative. 



t» „„„„ S rouv-rtr to open again 

OMV-rir to oven < . , • .17^ 

r \ entr'ouv-rir to half open 

t„ ~~~~~ S decouv-rir to discover 

coxxv-rir to cover < . 

( veconv-nr to cover again 

ofT-rzr to offer mesoff-rtr to underbid 

sonff-rir to suffer has no derivative. 



ROOT. DERIVATIVES 

av-enir 
circonv- 

enir 
eontrev- 

enir 
conv-enir* 
dev-enir 
disconv- ) 

enir $ 
mter-venir 
venir parv-enir 
■prev-enir 
iprov-enir 

lev-enir < 

surv-enir 
subv-e?dr 
se souv- ] 

enir \ 
se ressouv- 

enir 



to happen 
to circum- 
vent 
to contra- 
vene 
to agree 
to become 

to deny 

to intervene 
to attain 
to prevent 
to proceed 
to come 

again 
to befall 
to relieve 
to remem- 
ber 
to recol- 
lect 



ROOT. DERIVATIVES. 

s'abst-e?wY to abstain 

appart-e?wr to belong 
cont-enir to contain 
det-enir to deloAn 
entret-e?iir to keep up 

maint-e?iz> k to main- 

\ tain 
obt-enir to obtain 

ret-enir to retain 

sout-enir to uphold 



* N. B. Partir, repartir, sortir, and ressortir, of the second branch, take the 
auxiliary lire. Venir, and its derivatives, are likewise conjugated with e/re, 
except circonvenir, contrevenir, prevenir, and subvenir, which take avoir; 
conzenir also takes avoir, when it means to suit, but it takes etre, when it signi- 
fies to agree. Avenir is a defective and obsolete verb, only used impersonally. 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 



153 



PARADIGMS. 



Simple 



Simple 

Comp. 

pres. 

Comp. 

partic. 





INFINITIVE 








PRESENT. 






BRANCH 1. 

( to punish 
\ nun-i r 


BRANCH 2. 

to feel 
sen-tir 


BRANCH 3. 

to open 
ouv-rir 


BRANCH 4. 

to hold 
t-enir 




PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 




( punishing 
\ pun-issant 


feeling 
sen-tant 


opening 
ouy-rant 


holding 
t-enant 




PARTICIPLE PAST. 




( punished 
\ pun-i 


felt 
sen-li 


opened 
ouY-ert 


held 
t-enu 


I to have punished'} 
\ avoir pun-i 1 felt 
\ having punished \ sen-ti 


opened 
o\xv-ert 


held 
t-enu 



ayant pun-t J 



Sim.* 



' I punish 
je pun-is 
tu pun-w 
il nun-it 
nous nun-issons 
vous nnn-issez 
ils nnn-issent 



INDICATIVE. 

PRESENT. 



feel 



sens 

sen-s 

sen-t 

sen-tons 

sen-tez 

sen-tent 



open 

ouv-re 

onv-res 

ouv-re 

ouv-rons 

ouv-rez 

onv-renl 



hold 

t-iens 

t-iens 

t-ient 

t-enons 

\-enez 

t-iennent 



Indicative. Present. I choose this picture. I feel all 
choisir tableau m. 

the unpleasantness of your situation. Whence comest thoul 

desagrement m. — d'ou venir 

Does he thus define that word 1 Does his mother (go out) so 

ainsi dejinir mot m. sortir 

soon 1 Do we not (set off) for the country % Do you not 

tot partir campagne f. 

pity his sorrows 1 Do you not (tell a lie 1) They are 

compdtir a mal m. pi. m-entir 

finishing at this moment. They (act contrary) to your 

finir dans * art. — m. contrevenir 

orders. 
ordre. 



Imperfect. 



I fortified his soul against the dangers of 
premunir contre — 



154 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 



PRETERIT INDEFINITE, 



C m<o 5 I have punished 
"* ( j'ai pun-i 


felt 


opened 


held 


sen-ti 


oxxv-ert 


t-enu 




IMPERFECT. 






Simple \ Ididpunis *' 
\i e nun-issais 


feel 


open 


hold 


sen-tais 


ouv-rais 


i-enais 




PLUPERFECT. 






Cnmn \ * ^ ad Vanished 
"' fj'avais pun-i 


felt 


opened 


held 


sen-ti 


owi-ert 


t-enu 


PRETERIT DEFINITE. 






' I punished 


felt 


opened 


held 




je pun-is 


sen-tis 


ouv-ris 


t-ins 




tu pun-is 


sen-iis 


ouv-ris 


t-ins 


Simple* 


il pun-ii 


sen-tit 


ouv-ri£ 


t-int 




nous pun-mes 


sen-times 


OMV-rimes 


t-xnmes 




vous pun4fcs 


sen-tites 


ouv-riles 


t-tntes 




Jis yxm-irent 


sen-tirent 


ouv-rirent 


t-inrent 


sed 


uction. I served 


my friends w 


armly. 


Did'st not 



art. — f. servir avecchaleur 

thou amuse him with fair promises'? He complied (at last) 

entretenir de beau promesse f. p] . consentir enfn 
with the wishes of his family. Did we not frequently 

a desir m. pi. famille f. frequemment 

warn our friends of the bad state of their affairs? Did we 
avertir etat 

sleep then 1 Did you not belie 
dormir alors ? dementir 

not the enemies invade an 
envahir 



Did 



the 



wild beasts 

sauvage 2 bete f. 1. 
their mountains'? 
montagne. 



often 
souvent 



your character ? 
caractere m. 
immense country'? Did 
— 2 pays m. 1. 

(come out) from the bottom of 
sortir fond m. 



Preterit. I softened my father by my submission. I 
flechir soumission f. 

foresaw that terrible catastrophe. Thou did'st not (come again) 
pressentir — 2 — f. 1. revenir 

as thou had'st promised. He did not succeed through 

comme le ind-2 promis reussir par 



N. B. Only the first person of those tenses, which are invari- 
ably conjugated alike, will now be given, the scholar will easily 
supply the rest. 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 155 



PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 

held 
-enu 



_. i I had punished fell opened h 

Ufmp. ^j' euS p Un . z sen-ti ouv-ert t- 



Simple < • 

Oom$. | J,. 



FUTURE ABSOLUTE. 

I shall punish feel open hold 

j)un-irai sen-tirai ouv-rirai t-iendrai 

FUTURE ANTERIOR. 

shall have punished felt opened held 

aurai pun-i sen-ti ouv-ert t-enu 

CONDITIONAL. 



«. -J i I should punish feel open hold 

simp ^ j e p Un .j rat * s sen-lirais ouv-rirais t-iendrais 



thoughtlessness. Did his daughter not (set out again) 

etourderie f. repartir 

immediately 1 Did not Alexander sully his glory by his pride 1 
sur-le-champ ternir 

Did we (go out of the city) before himl We never betrayed 

ville f. avant lui trahir 

that important secret. Did you not agree to trust 

— 2 — m. 1. consentir de vous en rapporter 

to mel They served their country with courage. Did the 

moi pays — 

ancient philosophers enjoy great consideration 1 

philosophers., pl.jouir de un — f. 

Future. — Shall I not obtain this of you 1 What will be- 

obtenir cela de que de- 

come of thee, if I forsake thee 1 Will he not embellish 

venir * tu abandonner embellir 

his country-seat 1 He will not sleep quietly. 

maison de campagne tra?iquillement 

Shall we consent to that ridiculous bargain 1 With 

2 marche m. 1. avec de art. 

time and patience, you will compass your end. We 

m. pr. art. f. venir d-bout de desseinm. 

shall not sully the splendour of our life by an unworthy action. 

eclat m. indigne 2 — 1 

Will those men enrich their country by their industry 1 Will 

enrichir pays induslrie 

not our friends offer us their assistance 1 
offrir secours 



156 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 





PAST. 








n, i I should have punished felt 


opened 


held 


,omp. ^ j' aara j s p Un .j 


sen 


-ti ouv 


-en 


) t-enu 




IMPERATIVE. 






f punish (thou) 


feel 


open 




hold 


pun-is 


sen-s 


ouv-re 




t-iens 


tim J qu ' n V un4sse 


sen-fc 


ouv-re 




X-ienne 


j yun-issons 


sen-fows 


oav-rons 




l-enons 


ipun-issez 


sen-tez 


ouv-rez 




t-enez 


l^qu'ils Tpun-issem sen-tent 


oviv-rent 




t-iennent 



Conditional.— I would open the door and the window. 

porte f. fenetre f. 

I should still cherish life. Would'st not thou interpose in 

cherir art. intervenir 

that affair 1 Would my brother (set off again) without taking 
f. repartir sans prendre 

leave of us? You would not succeed in injuring him in the 
conge parvenir a nuire lui 

public opinion. Could'st thou soften that flinty heart - ? 

— 2 — f. 1. attendrir derocher21 

Could they foresee their misfortune'? Would men always 

pressentir malheur art. 

(grow old) without growing wiser, if they reflected on the 

vieillir sans devenir inf-1 refiechir ind-2 sur 

shortness of life 1 
brievete f. art. 

Imperative Shudder with horror and terror. Support 

Fremir de = de effroi m. Soutenir 

thy character m good and bad fortune. Do not 

art. dans art. mauvais — f. 

obtain thy point, but by means consistent with 
parvenir a Jin f. pi. que par des moyens que avoue 2 * art. 
delicacy. Let us feed the poor. Let us gain 

delicatesse 1 nourrir m. pi. dbienir art. 

glory by our perseverance. Let us not divulge our secrets 

=f. — decouvrir — 

to every body. Never submit to so unjust a yoke. Do not 

tout-le-monde flechir sous 2 joug m. 1. 

maintain so absurd an opinion. Do not (come upon us) again 
soutenir — de 2 — f. 1. survenir plus 

(in that unexpected manner.) 

ainsi a Vimproviste. 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 



157 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 





PRESENT. 








'that I may furnish feel 


open 


hold 




que je pun-isse sen-te 


ouv-re 


t-ienne 




que tu pun-wses sen-tes 


ouv-res 


t-iennes 


Sim. « 


qu'il ipxm-isse sen-te 


ouv-re 


t-ienne 




que nous vmv-issions sen-tions 


ouv-rions 


t-enions 




que vous pun-issiez sen-tiez 


ouv-riez 


t-eniez 




^qu'ils v\m-issent sen-tent 


ouv-rent 


t-ienncnt 


PRETERIT. 






*' \ que j'aie pun-i sen- 


opened 


held 


ti ouv-ert 


X-env, 


IMPERFECT. 








' that I might punish feel 


open 


hold 




que je pun-tsse sen-tisse 


oxiv-risse 


t-insse 




que tu pun-isses sen-tisses 


ouv-risses 


t-insses 


Sim. ■> 


qu'il pxm-U seu-tU 


ouv-rti 


t-int 



que nous pxm-tssions sen-tissions ouv-rissions t-mssions 
que vous pun-issiez sen-lissiez onv-rissiez t-inssiez 
^qu'ils vun-issent sen-tissent ouv-rissent t-inssent 

PLUPERFECT. 

Comv \ ^ tai ^ m ^ i have punished felt opened held 

*' \ que j'eusse puni send ouvert tenu 



Subjunctive present. — That I may never blemish my re- 

fletrir 
That I may (be before-hand) with such dangerous 
prevenir de art. si =2 

I will not have thee (go out) this morning. That he 
veux qtie tu sub-1 matin m. 



putation 

f. 
enemies, 

1 



his 



may not enjoy his glory. That he may not obtain 

de =f. parvenir a 

ends. That we may become just, honest, and virtuous. 

fin f. pi. dcvenir honnele vertueux. 

That you may punish the guilty. That you may return 

coupable pi. revenir 

covered with laurels. That they may establish wise 

convert de laurier m. pi. etablir de art. 2 

and just laws. That they may agree about the conditions. 
3 1 convenir de — 



158 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 

THIRD CONJUGATION. 
in -oir. 

PARADIGM. 

This conjugation contains only seven regular verbs, 
which are : 

pevc-evoir to receive dec-evoir to deceive 

aperc-evoir to perceive d-evoir to owe 

conc-evoir to conceive red-evoir to owe again 

And recevoir, which serves as paradigm. Percevoir is a law 
term, and apercevoir is often reflected. 

Observe. In verbs ending in -cevoir, the c, to pre- 
serve the soft sound of that letter, takes a cedilla, when 
followed by o or u. See page 3. 



INFINITIVE. 




simple tenses. compouni 


> TENSES. 


PRESENT. 


PAST. 


rec-evoir to receive avoir re$-u 


to have received 


PARTICIPLES. 




PRESENT. 




rec-evant receiving ) 

past. > ay ant re$-u 
ref-w received j 


having received 



Imperfect. — That I might stun the whole neighbourhood. 
etourdir 1 tout 2 voisinage m. 
That I might not (bring about) my designs. That thou 

venir a-bout de projetm. pi. 
would'st (tell a wilful lie.) That he might not bear 

mentir de dessei?i premedite. soutenir 

his disgrace with firmness. That we might disobey the laws. 

— f. fermete desobeir a, 

That we should "belong to that great king. That you might 

appartenir 
renounce your errors and prejudices. That they might 

revenir de = pr. pron. prejuge 

weaken the force of their reasons. That they might hold 

affaiblir f. raisonnement tenir a 

the most absurd ideas. 
2 I. 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 

INDICATIVE. 



159 



SIMPLE TENSES. 
PRESENT. 

I receive, &c. we receive, &c. 

je re$-ois nous xec-evons 

tu re$-ois vous vec-evez 

il re$-oit ils re$-oivent 



COMPOUND TENSES. 

PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 



j ai re$-u 
tu as, &c. 



I have received 
thou, &c. 



IMPERFECT. 



/ did receive 
je rec-evais 



we did receive 
nous rec-evions 



PRETERIT DEFINITE. 



I received 
je re$-us 
tu re$-us 
il re$-w£ 



we received 
nous resumes 
vous refutes 
ils ref-wre?^ 



PLUPERFECT. 

j'avais re^-w J had received 

PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 



j'eus, re9-w I had received 
tu eus, &c. thou, &c. 



EXERCISE. 

Indicative present. — I perceive the summit of the Alps 

apercevoir sommet Alpes f. pi. 

covered with perpetual snow. What gratitude dost 

de eternel 2 neige f. pi. 1 reconnaissance f. 

thou not owe to her who (has discharged) the duty of a mother, 

devoir celle 1 remplir 3 5 

(to thee) (in thy infancy !) Does your scholar understand 
pres de 4 2 ecolier concevoir 

well that rule which is so simple 1 We do not owe a large 
Men regie f . * * devoir gros 

sum. D"o you not perceive the snare? Ought firm 

somme f. piege m. Devoir 5 des 1 3 

and courageous men to yield to circumstances ? 
= 4 2 * c'tder art. circonstance ? 



Imperfect. — Did I not receive him kindly? Did he 

le avec amitie ? 
so.e the castle from such a distance? We did not re- 

apercevoir chateau si * loin per- 

ceive our income. Did you not receive great civilities 1 
cevoir revenu m. pi. de honnctcte f. pi 

15 



160 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 

SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 

FUTURE ABSOLUTE. PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 

I shall receive we, &c. j'aurai rec-« I shall have 

je rec-evrai nous rec-evrons received. 



CONDITIONAL. 



PRESENT. 



J should receive ice should, &c. j'aurais rec-tt / should have 
je xec-evrais nous rec-evrions tu, &c. received. 

IMPERATIVE. 

rcc-evons let us receive. 
re$-ois receive thou rec-evez receive ye. 

qu'il re$-oive let him receive qu'ils r^-oivent let them receive. 



Did those tyrants conceive all the blackness of their crimes 1 
tyran concevoir noirceur f. — 

Preterit. — I perceived him walking by moon 

le qui se promenait a art. clair de 
light. Did the queen conceive a great esteem for that 

la lune m. estime f. 

honest man. Did we not immediately perceive the snare! 

de bien 2 1 

You did not receive his letters in time. Did the ministers con- 

lettres d-temps. — tre 

ceive the depth of his plan. 

profondeur f. — m. 

Future. — Shall I receive visits to-day 1 He will 

de art. visite aujourd'hui ? 
not discover the spire of his village. We shall conceive 
apercevoir clocherm. — m. 

well founded hopes. Will you never conceive so 

de art. fonde 2 esperance f. pi. 1. 

luminous a principle 1 Shall men always owe their mis- 
= 2 1 art. maL 

fortunes to their faults 1 
heur faute ? 

Conditional. — Should I receive the offers of my enemy? 

ofre 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 161 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 



that I may receive that toe, &c. quej'aie re$-u that I may 

que je resolve que nous rec-evions que tu, &c. have re- 

que tu re$-oives que vous rec-eviez qu'il, &c. ceived. 
qu'il re$-oive qu'ils xe^-oivent 

IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. 

that I might, &c. that we might, &c. que j'eusse that Imight 

que je re$-usse que nous ve^-ussions rec-u have re- 

que tu re$-usses que vous re$-ussiez que tu, &c. ceived. 

qu'il Te$-ut qu'ils re^-ussent 



Should a wise man thus (give himself up) to 
devoir 4 1 3 2 ainsi 6 s'abandonner 5 art. 

despair 1 Should we conceive such abstract ideas'? 

desespoir m. de art. si 2 abstrait 3 1 

You would easily perceive so gross a trick. Would not 

grossier 2 ruse f. 1 
my sisters receive their friends with tenderness 1 

tendresse ? f. 
Imperative. — Conceive the horror of his situation. Do not 

receive that mark of confidence with indifference. Let us 

marque f. confiance — 

entertain a horror of vice. Let us never owe (any 

concevoir * de art. pour art. m. 

thing.) Receive his advice with respect and gratitude. Re- 
rien avis — — 

ceive no more of his letters. 

lettre f. pi. 

Subjunctive present. — That I may receive consola- 

de art. 
tions. That he should not conceive a thought so well explained. 

pensee f. developpe. 

That we may always receive false news. That you 

de nouvellef. pi. 

may not perceive the danger of books which are contrary 

— art. * * centre 

to good morals. That they may not collect unjust 

* art. mceurs f. pi. percevoir de injuste 2 

taxes. 
— f. pi. 1. 



162 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 

FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



in -re. 



Remark. — This 



The first ends 



m 
I in 

I in 



the second ends in -aire 



the third ends 
the fodrth ends 

the fifth ends 



conjugation 

-andre 
-endre 
-ondre 



has five branches. 



■erdre 
■ordre 



-attre 

-attre 

-uire 

-aindre 

-eindre 

-oindre 



reipandre 

v endre 

rey ondre 

~perdre 

mordre 

ylaire 

iaire 

reyattre 

connaztre 

instr uire 

contraindre 

ipeindre 

joindre 



to spill 
to sell 
to answer 
to lose 
to bite 
to please 
to keep secret 
to feed 
to know 
to instruct 
to constrain 
to paint 
to join 



branch 1. 
to render 
rend-re 
rendered 
avoir rend-u 



PARADIGMS. 
INFINITIVE. 



BRANCH 2. 

to please 
■pl-aire 
pleased 
pl-ii 



PRESENT. 
BRANCH 3. 

to appear 
ipa.T-aitre 
appeared 
par-w 



branch 4. 
to reduce 
redui-r<? 
reduced 
redui-2 



branch 5. 
to join 
joi-ndre 
joined 
joi-ni 



Imperfect. — That I might eonceive such a project. That 

fro jet m. 
he might perceive the secret designs of the enemy's general. 

cache 2 dessein 1 2*1 

That vre should not receive every body with civility. That you 

honnetete. 
could not conceive the depth of this book. That they 

profondeur f. 
might not perceive the masts of the ship. 

mat m. pi. vaisseau m. 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 



163 



participle present. 



i 



BRANCH 1. 


BRANCH 2. 


BRANCH 3. 


BRANCH 4. 


ERANCH 5. 


rendering 
lend-ant 


pleasing 
pl-aisant 


appearing 
ipa.T-aissant 


reducing 
x&dm-sant 


joining 
joi-gnant 






PARTICIPLE PAST. 




rendered 
rend-w 


pleased 
pl-it 


appeared 
par-w 


reduced 
redui-2 


joined 
joi-nt 






INDICATIVE. 








PRESENT. 






2" render please 
je rend-s ipl-ais 


appear 
par-ais 


reduce 
redui-5 


join 
joi-ns 


tu rend- 
il rend 


s ipl-ais 
j>l-ait 


par-azs 
Tp&v-aU 


redui-5 
redui-£ 


joi-ns 
joi-nt 


nous rend- 


ons vl-aisons pa,r-aisso7is 


redui-507is 


joi-gnons 


vous rend-ez pl-aisez \>zx-aissez 
ils xerA-ent \>\-aisent ip&r-aisse7it 


redui-5e^r 
itdai-sent 


joi-gnez 
jo^-gnent 




preterit indefinite. 


{I have) 




rendered 
j'ai rend-w 


pleased 
pl-w 


appeared 
par-w 


reduced 
redui-£ 


joined 
joi-nt 



indicative present. — I know : his fiery and impetuous 
connaitre bouillant 2 =3 

temper. I wait his return with impatience. Does he 

caractere m. 1 attendre relour 

fear death 1 Does not virtue please every body'? We do 

craindre art. f. a 

not force you to adopt this opinion. We suppress for 

contraindre de adopter — f. taire 

the present several interesting circumstances. Do you not 

— m. interessanl 2 f . 1 

confound these notions one with another 1 You seduce 
confondre art. art. seduire 

your hearers by your modest exterior. Do your sons 

auditeur m. pi. 2 = m. 1 

acknowledge their errors 1 Do not these workmen waste their 
reconnaitre = ouvrier perdre 

time about trifles 1 

a de art. bagatelle pi. 

Imperfect. — I did not displease by my conduct. I was 

deplaire 
pitying those sad victims of the revolution. Did not 
plaindre triste victime f. pi. — f. 

15* 



164 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 







IMPERFECT. 






BRANCH 1. 


BRANCH 


2. BRANCH 3. 


BRANCH 4. 


BRANCH 5. 


/ did render 
je rend-ais 


please 
ipl-aisais 


appear 
X)Q.x-aissais 

PLUPERFECT 


reduce 
redui-sais 


join 
joi-gnais 


/ had rendered 
j'avais rend-w 


pleased 
tj\-u 


appeared 
par-w 


reduced 
redui-2 


joined 
joi-nt 




PRETERIT DEFINITE. 




1 rendered 
je rend -is 
tu rend-« 
il rend-ii 
nous rend-tmes 
vous rend-Ues 
ils rend-irent 


pleased 

jjI-us 

xA-us 

xA-ut 

xA-iimes 

xA-xites 

\A-urent 


appeared 

par-ws 

par-ws 

par-wi 

par-MWies 

■par-iites 

par went 


reduced 

redui-szs 

redui-sis 

redui-5^ 

xedm-shnes 

xedui-sttes 

xedui-sirent 


joined 

joi- gnis 

joi-gnis 

)o\-gnit 

ioi-gntmes 

\oi- gnites 

joi-gnirent 




PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 




I had rendered 
j'eus rend-w 


pleased 
xA-u 


appeared 
par-w 


reduced 
redui-£ 


joined 
joi-nt 


this dog bite 1 


Did that man 


(at last) ackr 


lowledge his 



chien mordre enfin 

injustice 1 We did not appear convinced. "We joined our 
— f. convaincu pi. 

sighs and tears. Were you painting an historical 

soupir m. pi. pron. larme f. pi. peindre dJhistoire 2 

subject 1 Did those orators throw the graces of 

tableau m. 1 = repandre — 

expression into their speeches 1 They led the people 

art. — discours induire m. 

into an error. 
en * 
Preterit. — I aimed at an honest end. Did his prudence 

tendre a 2 but m. 1 — f. 

extinguish the fire of a disordered imagination % Did not your 
eteindre dertgle 2 — f . 1 

conduct (do away) his prejudices 1 "We led our 

— duite f. detruire prevention f. pi. reconduire 

friend back to his country-house. Did we offer our in- 

* de campagne 2 f . 1 vendre en- 

cense to the pride of a blockhead 1 Did you feign to think 
cens sot feindrc de 

as a madman % Did you conduct your children from truth to 
en * fou conduire 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 165 

FUTURE ABSOLUTE. 
BRANCH 1. BRANCH 2. BRANCH 3. BRANCH 4. BRANCH 5. 

7 shall render please appear reduce join 

,£ je rend-rai ^X-airai ipa.r-aUrai redai-rai joi-ndrai 

FUTURE ANTERIOR. (I Shall have) 

rendered pleased appeared reduced joined 

j'aurai rend-w pl-it par-it redui-2 joi-nt 

CONDITIONAL. 

{PRESENT. 
I should render please appear reduce join 

je lend-rais ipl-airais ^v-aitrais redui-rais joi-ndrats 

truth 1 Did those frightful spectres appear again 1 

effrayant 2 — m pi. 1 apparaUre de nou- 
Did not the children (come down) at the first sum- 
veau descendre a or- 

monsl 
dre m. sing. 

Future. — Shall I hear the music of the new opera! 

entendre musique f. 

I shall not conceal from you my mind. Will the ge- 

taire * fag on de penser 

neral constrain the officers to join their respective corps 1 

contraindre officier rejoindre = 

Will not a thought, true, grand, and well expressed, please 

f. exprime 

at all times 1 We shall (make our appearance) on this great 
dans art. m. pi. paraitre sur 

theatre, next month. Shall we describe all the 

— m. art. prochain 2 mois m. 1 depelndre 

horror of this terrible night? Will you not new-model a 

— 3 nuitf. 1 refondre 

work so full of charming ideas 1 Will you know your 

plein 2 1 reconnaitre 

things again? Will they always reduce our duties to 

effet m. pi. * devoir m. pi. 

beneficence 1 They will assiduously correspond with 
art. bienfaisance f. assidumenl corresponds 

their friends. 

Conditional. — Should I, by these means, gain the 

moyen m. s. altcindre a 
desired end 1 I should (carry on) the undertaking with suc- 
desire 2 but m. 1. conduire entreprise f. 



166 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 



joi-nt 



past. {I should have) 

BRANCH 1. BRANCH 2. BRANCH 3. BRANCH 4. BRANCH 5. 

rendered pleased appeared reduced 

j'aurais rend-w pl-w par-w redui-i 

IMPERATIVE. 

render (thou) please appear reduce join 

rend-s pl-ais par-ais redui-s joi-ws 

qu'il rend-e pl-aise par-aisse redui-se joi- gne 

rend-ons pl-aisons j)&r-aissons redwi-sons joi-gnons 

rend-ez yl-aisez par-aissez redm-sez joi-gnez 

qu'ils rend-ent p\-aisent par-aissent redui-sent joi-gnent 



cess. Would his mother wait with (so much) patience 1 Could 

tantde 

sincerity displease the man (of sense 1) Should we sell 

art. = f . a sense vendre 

our liberty 1 Should we buiid oar house upon that plan 1 

construire — m. 

Would you oblige young people to live as you 

astreindre de art. gens pi. vivre comme 

dol Would you reduce your child to despair 1 They 

art. desespoir m. 
should dread the (public) censure. Would my pro- 

craindre 1 du public 3 f. 2. 
tectors introduce an unknown person into the world 1 
= introduire inconnu m. * 



of a 



Imperative. — Depict in thy idyl all the charms 

peindre idylle douceur f. 

rural life. Expect not " happiness from exter- 

champetre 2 1 attendre art. art. exte- 

nal objects; it is in thyself. Know the powers of thy mind 
rieur 2 m. pi. 1 force f. 

before thou writest. Let us unite prudence with 

avant de * ecrire joindre art. f. a art. 

courage. Let us not descend to useless particulars. 

m. descendre dans des 2 — larite 1 

Let us not (give offence) by an air of haughtiness. Seem 

deplaire des — m.pl. parattre2 

neither too cheerful nor too grave. Ye sovereigns, make 

ne 1 ni gai ni serieux * souverain pi. rendre 

the people happy. Do not despise his friendship. Sweet 

dedaigner douz 



OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 



167 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 








present, {that I ma 


y) 




BRANCH 1. 


BRANCH 2. 


BRANCH 3. 


BRANCH 4. 


BRANCH 5. 


render 


please 


appear 


reduce 


join 


que je rend-e 
tu rend-es 
il rend-e 


X)\-aise 
yA-aises 
yl-aise 


ipa,r-aisse 
yav-aisses 
iphr-aisse 


redui-se 

redui-ses 

redui-se 


)o\-gne 
joi-gnes 
\o\-gne 


nous xend-ions 


ipl-aisions 


Tpa.r-aissions 


xtdwi-siom 


; \o\-gnions 


vous rend-iez 
ils lend-ent 


rA-aisiez 
Tp\-aisent 


TpdLY-aissiez 
\)zx-aissent 


rcdm-siez 
redui-se?i^ 


joi- gniez 
joi-gnent 




PRETERIT. 


{that I may 


have) 




rendered 

que j'aie rend-% 


pleased 
pl-w 


appeared 
par-w 


reduced 
redui-i 


joined 
joi-nt 



(Keep to yourself) such 
taire certain 



illusions, vain phantoms, vanish. 

— f. — fantbme m. disparaitn 
truths as may offend. 

f. pi. qui peuvent offenser. 

Subjunctive present. That I may fear that cloud of ene- 

nuee f. 
mies. That I should please every body, is impossible. 

a ce 

That he may not reply to such absurd criticism. That 

repondre unsi2 3 critique f. pi. 
he may lead his pupil step by step to a perfect knowledge 

conduire eleve pas a cormaissance 

of the art of speaking and writing. That we may entice by an 

inf-1 pr. inf-1 seduire 

enchanting style. That we may confound the arts with the 
— teur 2 m. 1 
sciences. That you may have the same end in view. That 

but m. 2 tendre a 1 
they may not depend on any body. That they may not in- 
dependre de personne ac- 

crease our sufferings. 
croitre peines. 

Imperfect. That I might not melt into tears. That 

fondre en larme 
I would acknowledge the truth. That he might (draw a picture) 

■reconnoitre peindre 

of distressed virtue. That she might please by her accoi"- 

art. mallieureuz 2 1 grac* 



168 OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 

imperfect, {that I might) 

BRANCH 1. BRANCH 2. BRANCH 3. BRANCH 4. BRANCH 5. 

render please appear reduce join 

que je rend-isse pi-usse par-wsse xedm-sisse joi-gmsse 

tu rend-Lsses ipl-usses par-wsses redm-sisses joi-gnisses 

il rend-U -pl-ut par-iii redui-s^ joi-gnit 
nous rend- issions pl-ussions pa.r-ussions redm-sissions joi-gnissions 

vous rend-issiez p\-ussiez ~par-ussiez redui-sissiez }oi-gnissiez 

lis rend-issent ~p\-ussent ip&r-usse7it ledixi-sissent )oi-gnissent 

pluperfect, (that I might have) 

rendered pleased appeared reduced joined 

que jeusse pl-w par-w redui-£ joi-?*£ 

rend-w 



PARADIGM, OR MODEL FOR PRONOMINAL VERBS. 

Se repentir to repent. 

Pronominal verbs, as was said page 123, are con- 
jugated throughout, in each person, with a double per- 
sonal pronoun, and as all their compound tenses are 
formed by means of the auxiliary verb eire, their par- 
ticiple past must always agree in gender and number 
with the objective pronoun, when it is direct, otherwise 
not. Their inflections all follow the conjugations to 
which they belong. 



plishments more than by her beauty. That we might cod duct 
f. pi. conduire 

him to court. That we should affect such low 

art. cour f. feindre de art. si has 2 

sentiments. That you might hear their justification. That 

1 entendre 

you might know your real friends. That they might (wait for) 
vrai attcndre 

the opinion of sensible persons. That they would not ap- 
art, sense 2 f. pi. 1, f. 
pear so scornful and vain. 
dedaigneuz f pi. ni si f. pi. 



OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 



169 



In all participles past, except absous, dissous, resous, 
which are to be seen in their places, the feminine is 
formed by adding e mute to the masculine, and the plu- 
ral by adding s to the singular, both masculine and femi- 
nine, when it does not already end with this letter, the 
French language not admitting a final double consonant. 

As there is some difficulty in conjugating pronominal 
verbs, some few are here selected, which it will prove 
advantageous to practise. 



s 1 alarmer 
s' assouptr 
s' apercevoir 
se defendre 
se hater 
se depecher 
se ressentir 
se pouvoir 
se taire 
se promener 
se coucher 
se lever 
s' asseoir 
s' arroger 
se procurer 
se visiter 



s' abstenir 
se servir 
se souvenir 
se prevaloir 
se repaitre 
se conduire 
5' enrhumer 
s' ennuyer 
5' orienter 
s' endorrmr 
se morfondre 
se per Are 
5' evanoutr 
s' applaudzr 
s' attribuer 
s' entr'aider 



s' habit uer 
se nantir 
se contraindre 
se rendre 
5' evertuer 
s' impatienter 
se f&cher 
se reposer 
s' enquertr 
se mefier 
se formaliser 
se rapetisser 
se reconcilier 
se savozr gre 
se prescrire 
5' entr'ouvrir 



5' enorgueillir 
se meconnailre 
5' immortaliser 
se dorloter 
s' ingenier 
s' obligcr 
se recueillir 
se blesser 
5' enrouer 
se rejouir 
s' embarrasser 
s' habiller 
5' emanciper 
se dire 

se rendre compte 
s' entrevotr 



INFINITIVE. 

SIMPLE TENSES COMPOUND TENSES. 



PAST. 



PRESENT. 

se repentir to repent 

PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 

se repentant repenting participle present and past. 

past. frepenti ) 

s* etant 1 or > having repented. 



Jrepenti ) 
or > to have repented. 
repentie ) 



i&j »*"•«■ 



t repentie ) 



170 



OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 



INDICATIVE. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



PRESENT. 

i" repent. 
je me repens je 

tu te repens tu 

il, or elle se repent il, or elle 
nous nousiepen tons nous 

vous vous repentez vous 

ils, or elles se repentent ils, or elles se 

IMPERFECT. 

J did repent. 

me repentais 



PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 

1 have repented, 

me suis ) repenti 

V es > or 

s' est ) repentie 

nous sommes ) repentis 

vous etes > or 

sont ) repenties 

PLUPERFECT. 

I have repented. 



tu 

il, or elle 

nous 

vous 



je 
tu 
il. or elle 



te repentais 
se repentait 
nous repentions nous 
vous repentiez vous 



m' el-ais ) repenti 

f etais > or 

s' Halt ) repentie 

nous etions ) repenti5 

vous etiez > or 



ils, or elles se repentaientils, or elles 5' etaicnt ) repentiw 



Indicative present. — I commonly walk by moon- 

, d 'ordinaire se promener a art. clair 

light. Dost thou not deceive thyself 1 He (is never happy) 

de la lune m. se tromper * ne se plaire 

but (when he is doing) wrong! Do we not (nurse our- 

quc a faire de art. mat m. s' ecouter 

selves) too much 1 How do you do 1 They mean to 

se porter se proposer de 

travel in the spring. 
voyager a m. 

Preterit indefinite. — I (have been) tolerably well for 

se porter assez Men depuis 
sometime. Didst thou not lose thyself in the wood 1 (It is 
5' egarer * On 

said) that he killed himself (out of) despair. Have we flattered 
dit se tuer * de se flatter 

ourselves without foundation'? Ladies, have you walked 

fondement Mesdames, se promener 

this morning! "Did those ladies recognise themselves in 

dame se reamnditre * a 

this portrait 1 



OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 171 



SIMPLE TENSES. 




COMPOUND TENSES. 


PRETERIT DEFINITE. 




PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 


I repented. 




/ had repented. 


je me repentis 
tu te repentis 
il, or elle se repentit 
nous nous repentiines 
vous vous repentites 
ils, or elles se repentirent 


tu 

il, or 
nous 
vous 
ils, 01 


me fus 1 repenti, 
te fus > or 

elle se fut ) repeDtie 
nous fumes ) repentis, 
vous fiites > or 

• elles se furent ) repenties 



Imperfect. — I tormented myself incessantly about the 
se tourmenter * saris cesse pour 
affairs of others. Wast thou not (laying the foundation for) 

autrui se preparer 

much sorrow by thy foolish conduct 1 He made himself 

Men des regrets se rendre * 

more and more unhappy (every day.) "We despaired without 

dejour en jour se desesperer 

reason. Did you not laugh at us? They ruined them- 

se moquer de se perdre * 

selves wantonly. 

de gaite de cmur. 

Pluperfect. — I had trusted myself to (very uncertain) 

se livrer a des peu sitr 2 

guides. Didst thou not confide too inconsiderately in this 
m. pi. 1. se confer legerement a 

man ? Had that officer rushed rashly into this 

— cier se precipiter temz v oJ v ement dans 
danger 1 We had condemned ourselves. Had you not (been 
— m. se condamner nous-memes. s'oc- 

engaged) in trifles? Had those travellers (gone out) of 

cuper de bagatelle f. pi. voyageurs se detourner 

the right way 1 
droit chemin m. 
Preterit. — I repented but too late of having taken such a 
tard inf-1 fait 2 1 
step. Wast thou not well entertained yesterday even* 

demarche f. s'amuser hier an 

ing? He suffered for his imprudence. We 

ne se trouverpas Men de 
met in the street, but did not speak. Did you say 

se rencontrer rue se parler ditcs-vous 

nothing (to each other X) Did not those rash children ap- 

temeraire 2 1 $' ap- 
plaud themselves for their folly'? 
plaudir * de sottise. 

16 



172 OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 

SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 

FUTURE ABSOLUTE. FUTURE ANTERIOR. 





I shall repent. 




I shall have repented. 


je 


vie 


repentirai 


je 




me 


serai 


1 repenti, 


tu 


te 


repentiras 


tU 




te 


seras 


> or 


il, or 


elle se 


repentira 


il, or 


elle 


se 


sera 


) repentie 


nous 


nous 


repentironsncus 




nous 


scrons 


) repentis, 


vous 


vous 


repemirez 


vous 




vous 


serez 


> or 


ils, or 


1 elles se 


repentiront 


ils, or 


elles 


se 


seront 


) repentis 



Preterit anterior. — (As soon as) I discovered that they 
des-que s'apercevoir on 

sought to deceive me, I was on my guard. 

chercher ind-2 tromper se tenir ind-3 garde f. pi. 

What didst thou, when thou saw'st thyself thus forsaken % 

fis quand se Irouver * ainsi abandonne 

When she recollected all the circumstances, she was quite 
se souvenir de f. ind-3 touie 

ashamed. When he had rejoiced sufficiently, we parted. 
honteux se rejouir assez se separer ind-3 

When you had amused yourself sufficiently at his expense, 

s'amuser * a depens m. pi. 

did you not leave him quiet ? When they had walked 

loisser ind-3 tranquille se promener 

enough, they (sat down) at the foot of a tree. 
s'assirent a 

Future absolute. — I will yield, if they convince me. 

se rendre on convainc 

Wilt thou remember the engagement that thoumakest 1 What 

se souvenir de f rends 

will not he reproach (himself for V) We shall not forget our- 

se reprocher a lui-mcme s'oublier 

selves (so far as) to (be wanting) in respect towards him. Will 

* jusque manquer de * lui 

you employ the means I (point out) to you 1 Will not 

se servir de que indiquer * 

these flowers fade 1 

f. sefletrir. 

Future anterior. — Shall I have betrayed myself] Wilt 

se trahir moi-meme 
thou not have degraded thyself in his eyes] He will have 

s'avilir * a 

(been proud) of this trifling advantage. We shall have 

s'enorguettlir foible avantage m. 



OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 173 

CONDITIONAL. 

SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 

PRESENT. PAST. 

/ should repent. I should have repented. 

Je me repentirais je me serais ) repenti, 

tu te repentirais tu te serais > or 

il, or elle se repentirait il, or elle se serait ) repentitf 

nous nous repentirions nous nous serious ~\ 

vous vous repentiriez vous vousseriez t repenci5, 

lis, or elles se repentiraient ils, or ) ■ . , f or . . 

• v e jj' es > se seraient repentie* 



fatigued ourselves (to no purpose.) In the end, you will have 
se fatiguer * inutilement a 

(been undeceived.) Will your children have (loved each other) 
se desabuser s'entr'aimer 

too much ? * 

* 

Conditional. Present. Should I suffer myself to 

se laisser * * 

(be drawn) into the party of the rebels ? Wouldst thou be 
entrainer parti m. 2 * 

(so easily) frightened ? Would not the nation sub- 

de si peu de chose 3 defrayer 1 — f. se sou- 

mil to so just a law 1 We should not rejoice to see the 

mettre 3 4 12 se plaire voir 

triumph of guilt. Would you dishonour ) r ourselves by 

triomphe art. crime m. se desho?wrer * 

such an action'? Would those lords (avail themselves) of 

2 1 seigneur se prevaloir de 

their birth and fortune, (in order to) hurt 

naissance f. de leurs richesses pour faire vio- 

our feelings 1 
lence a sentiment. 

Past. Should I not have devoted myself entirely to 

se devouer * entierement 
the service of my country? (Had it not been for) thy careless- 
pays m. sans insouci- 

ness, thou would'st certainly have (grown rich.) Would this 
ance f. s'enrichir 

pleasing hope have vanished so soon? Should we have 
doux espoir m. s'evanouir 

degraded ourselves to such a degree ? You would have 
se degrader * 2 1 point m. 



174 



OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 



IMPERATIVE. 



AFFIRMATIVE. 

Repent (thou). 

repens-foi 
qull, or ) 



qu'elle 



qu'il, or 
se repente ^^ 

repen tons-wows 

reipeutez-vous 

qu'ils, or) M - . . qu'ils, #r 

qu'elles 1 5 * re P entent Relies 



tic te 



NEGATIVE. 

Do not repent. 
repens 
repente 



repentons 
repentez 

ne se repenten-t 



nenous 
nevous 



pas 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 

PRESENT. 

That I may repent. 

que 

je me repente 

tu te repentes 

il, or elle se repente 

nous nous repentions 

vous vous repentiez 

ils, or elles se repentent 



COMPOUND TENSES. 

PRETERIT. 

That I might have repented. 



que 

je me 

tu te 

il, or elle se 

nous nous soy ons 

vous vous soyez 

ils, or ) 

elles * 



sots 
sois 

soit 



soient 



repenti, 

or 
repentig 

repentis, 

or 
repenti« 



reduced yourselves to every kind of want. They 

se reduire * sorte f. privation f. pi. 

would have (been drowned,) if (they had not had assistance.) 
se noyer on ne les avoit secourus. 



thou art mortal. Do 
Let 



Imperative. O man, remember that 
se souvenir 
not flatter (thyself that thou wilt succeed easily.) 

te promets un succes facile 

us take an exact account of our actions. Let us not deceive 
se rendre — 2 compte 1 se seduire 

ourselves. Rest yourself under the shade of this tree. 

nous-memes. Sereposer * a ombre 

Do not expose yourself so rashly. 

s'ezposer * timer air ement. 



Subjunctive present. 



I must 
11 faut que se 



rise to-morrow at 
lever de 



OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 175 

SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 

IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. 

That I may repent. That I might have repented. 

que que 

je me repentisse je me fusse 1 repenti, 

tu te repent isses tu te fusses > or 

il, or elle se repentit il, or elle se Jut 3 repentie 

nous nous repeutissionsnous nous fussions ) repentis, 

vous vous repentissiez vous vousfussiez > or 

ils, orellesse repentissent ils, or elles se fussent ) repentks 



an earlier hour. I wish that thou may'st be 

* meilleur heure f. souhaiter se porter 

better. I wish him to conduct himself better. Is it not es- 

mieux veux quHl * se conduire * 

.sential that we should contain ourselves 1 They wish that 

— tiel se contenir * On desirer 

you should accustom yourselves early to labour. 

s'habituer * de bonne heure art. travail m. 
It is time that they should (have relaxation) from the fatigue 

se delasser — f. 

of business, 
art. f. pi. 

Preterit. Can I have (been deceived) so grossly 1 

Se peut-il que se tromper grossiere- 

It is astonishing that thou hast determined to stay. It is 
ment? etonnant se decider r ester. On* 

not said that he interfered in this business. It will never be 
dit se meter de On * 

believed that we have conducted ourselves so ill. It is not 
croira se comforter * mat. On * 

suspected that you have disguised yourselves so ingeniously. 
soupconner se deguiser * adroitement 

It is not feared that they have behaved ill. 
craindre se conduire. 

Imperfect. They required that I should (go to bed) at ten 
On exigeait se coucher a 

o'clock. They wish that thou should'st walk oftener. 

fievre On voudrait sepromener 

Did they not wish that he should practise fencing 1 
On voulail s'exercer a faire dcs armes 

Was it necessary that we should (make use) of this method 1 
= se servir moyen m. 

16* 



176 OF THE PASSIVE VERBS. 

CONJUGATION OF THE PASSIVE VERBS. 

There is but one mode of conjugating passive verbs; it is by- 
adding to the verb etre, through all the moods and tenses, the 
participle past of the verb active, which then must agree in gen- 
der and number with the subject; as, 

Je suis air.ie, or aimee J am loved 

tu etais estime, or estiruee thou wast esteemed 

ce roi fut cheri de son peuple that king was beloved by his people 

elle fut toujours cherie sJie was always beloved 

mon pere fut respecte my father was respected 

ma m£re fut reveree my mother was revered 

nous serons loues, or louees we shall be praised 

vous en serez blames, or blamees you will be blamed/or it 

its seraieut craints et redoutes they would bef eared and dreaded 

je V ° U ,l r !i-L C r e leS P ° rteS fUSSGnt l l™h the doors were opened 

Ou.VcJ.lcS ) 

tu en avais ete averti, or avertie thou hadst been apprized of it 

lorsqu'ileut ete mordu when he had been bitten 

je soupQonne que la ruse aura ete I suspect the artifice will have been dis- 

decouverte covered 

vous auriez ete aperqus, or apenjues you tcould have been perceived 
bien qu'elles aient ete reconnues although they were recognised 

8UPP ft« e itetotei S 1UmlgreS CUSSent I ^PP™ the li S hts had been P ut ouL 



Did they wish that you should complain without reason'? 

on voulait se plaindre 

Did they not wish them (to make more haste X) 

on desirer ind-2 que Us se hater davantage? 

Pluperfect. "Would they have wished that I had revenged 

voulu se venger 

myself? I could have wished that thou had'st shown 

* desirer semontrer 
thyself more accommodating. I could have wished that this 

* moins difficile voulu 

painter had (been less negligent.) Would you have wished that 

peintre se negliger moins voulu 

we should have ruined ourselves in the public opinion, (in order 

se perdre * 2 f. 1 pour 

to) satisfy your resentment 1 I could have wished perhaps 
satisfaire ressentiment desirer peut-etre 

that you had applied yourselves more to your studies. 

s'appliquer * davantage 

We could have wished that they had extricated themselves 

se tirer 
more skilfully from the difficulties (in which) they (had 

adroitement embarras ov. 

involved themselves.) 
s'etaient mis. 



OF THE NEUTRAL VERBS. 



177 



In the following exercises upon the verbs, the 
tenses will now be promiscuously intermixed. 

EXERCISE ON THE PASSIVE VERBS. 
That young lady is so mild, so polite, and so kind, that 

jeune demoiselle doux honnete bon 

she is beloved by every body. He performed with (so much) 
aime de jotter ind-4 tant de 

ability, that he was universally applauded. He is known 

intelligence ind-4 applaudi 

by nobody. How many countries, unknown to the ancients, 
de que de pays inconnu 

have been discovered by modern navigators 1 

art. 2 navigateur m. pi. 1. 



CONJUGATION OF THE NEUTER VERBS. 

There are in the French language about six hundred neuter 
verbs, which are conjugated with the auxiliary avoir in their 
compound tenses; the only excepted are the following, which 
take etre; even some of them, and particularly those marked 
with an asterisk, take either, according to the sense. 

to come 
to come back 
to become 
to become again 
to happen 
to intervene 
to attain 
to come from 
to befall 

to deny, or disown 
to be born 
to die 
to die 

i to be hatched, to 
1 blow 

i to be brought to 
» bed 

to stay, or remain 
to appear 
to perish 
to result 
to agree, to suit 
to contravene 
to land, &c. 

Remark. The participle of these neuter verbs, which take 
etre for auxiliary, must accordingly agree both in gender and 
number with their subject; as, 
Je suis tombe, or tombee 



Alter 


to go 


venir 


accourir 


to run to 


revenir 


arriver 


to arrive 


devenir 


choir 


to fall 


redevenir 


dechoir 


to decay 


avenir 


echoir 


to become due 


intervenir 


monter" 


to go up 


parvenir 


descendre* 


to go down 


provenir 


remonter* 


to go up again 
to go down again 


surveuir 


redescendre 


disconveair 


entrer 


to enter 


naitre 


rentrer 


to come in again 


mourir 


r<»tourner 


to return 


deceder 


tomber 
retornber 


tofall 

to fall again 


eclore 


partir 

repartir 


to set out 

to set out again 


accoucher 


rester 


to stay 


demeurer* 


echapper* 


to escape 


apparaitre* 


expirer* 


to expire 


perir* 


passer" 


to pass away 


resulter* 


sortir 


to go out 


convenir* 


ressortir 


to go out again 


contrevenir* 


aborder* 


to land, &c. 





quand infus verm, or venue 
il etait arrive avant moi 
elle etait deja arrivee 
ma soeur etait parti e avant lui 
nous serons revenus, or revenues 
quand vous serez descendus, or ? 
desc endues S 



I have fallen 

when thou hadst come 

he had arrived before me 

she had already arrived 

my sister had set off before him 

we shall have returned 

when you shall have come down 



178 



OF THE IMPERSONAL VERBS. 



ils seraient reparti* ) th ^ kave set ojr again 

elles seraient reparties S 

vos scEiirs etaient sorties, sont-ettes a your sisters went out, are they now 



present rentrees 1 
cela lui est echu en partage 
cette maison m'a convenu, et je suis 

conveuu du prix 
U n'en est pas disconvenu 
cette chose nvest echappee de la me- 

moire, de la main 
la treve est expiree 
les delais sont expires 



come back? 
that fell to his lot 
that house suited me, and I have 

agreed about the price 
he did not deny it 
that thing escaped from my memory, 

dropped from- my hand 
the truce has expired 
the delays have expired 



elle a expire dans les bras de sa m&re she expired in the arms of her mother 

qu' a-t-il resulte de la?qu'en esMlre- what has been the result, or const- 

suite ? quence of it? 

tous ceux qui etaient sur ce vaisseau all- those that were on board of that 

ont peri, ou sont peris ship have perished 

i a , i„ „■ * i „„ i ? have they carried down the wine into 

a-t-on descendu le vin a la cave ? ^ fhe * el i ar ? 

le baromStre a descendu de quatre the barometer fell four degrees during 



degres pendant la journee 
les actions ont monte beaucoup 
jen'atpas remonte ma montre 
il a monte quatre fois a sa chambre 

pendant la journee 
il est monte dans sa chambre, et il y 

est reste 



the day 
the stocks rose very much 
I have not wound up my watch 
he went up to his room four times in 

the course of the day 
he is gone up to his room, and has re- 
mained there 



And so on through ail the compound tenses of the other verbs. 
EXERCISE. ' 

They came to see us with the greatest haste. When 

ind-4 * voir empressement Quand 

did they arrive 1 That estate fell to his 

est-ce que ar river ind-4 terre f. lui est echu en * 

lot. He fell from his horse, but happily received 

partage tomber ind-4 * il — ind-4 

only a slight contusion on the knee. 
ne que Uger — f. a genou m. 



OF THE IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
Observe that, in impersonal verbs, z7has no relation to a sub- 
stantive, as may be seen by the impossibility of substituting a 
noun in its place. 

IMPERSONAL VERBS. 



ilpleut 




it rains 


il bruine 


it drizzles 


il neige 




it snows 


il importe 


it matters 


il grele 




it hails 


il semble 


it seems 


il tonne 




it thunders 


il parait 


it appears 


il eclaire 




it lightens 


il snffit que 


it suffices 


ilgele 




it freezes 


ilconvient 


it becomes 


il degele 




it thaics 


il s'ensuit que 


it follows that 


il arrive 




it happens 


il est a propos 


it is proper 


ilsied 




it is becoming 


il faut 


it is necessary 


ilmessied 




it is unbecoming 


il y a, &c. 


there is, or are 






EXERCISE. 




Does it rain 


this morning: 


1 Did it hail 






pleuvoir matin m. 


greler ind-4 art. 



OF THE IMPERSONAL VERBS. 



179 



last night l It does not snow. I thought it had thun- 

dernier2 f. 1 neiger croyaisque ten- 

dered. Does it not lighten 1 Do yon think it freezes 1 

ner ind-6 eclair er croyez que geler 

It is a remarkable thing. It was a terrible hurricane. 

ce ce ind-2 2 ouragan 1 

It is ten o'clock. It (was not my friend's fault) that it 

heure pi. ne tenir ind-3 pas a mon ami la chose 

was not so. It will freeze long. I do not think so ; it 

subj-2 ne ainsi long-temps crois 

seems, on the contrary, that it thaws. It (is fit) to act 

sembler a contraire degeler convenir de 

so. It (was of great importance) to succeed. Would it be 

importer beaucowp ind-2 de reussir etre 

proper to write to your friends 1 It appears that he has 

a propos de 
not attended to that business. Perhaps it (would be) better to 

s'occuper de vaudrait 

(give up) the undertaking. It (was sufficient) to know his 
abandonner enireprise suffisait de 

opinion. 



CONJUGATION OF THE IMPERSONAL VERB 

Falloir, il faut, it must, it is necessary. 
INFINITIVE. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



falloir Pi st 

wanted past 

INDICATIVE. 

il faUt PRETERIT IND. 

il falloit PLUPERFECT 

il fallut PRETERIT ANT. 

il faudra future anter. 

CONDITIONAL, 
il faudrait past 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

qu'il faille preterit 
qu'il fallut pluperfect 

The English verb must, not being im- 
personal, may take any noun or pronoun for its sub- 
ject, whereas the French verb falloir, being always 



present 
partic pres 



PRESENT 
IMPERFECT 
PRETERIT DEF. 
FUTURE ABSOL. 



PRESENT 
PRESENT 

imperfect 
Remark. 



avoir fallu 
fallu, ayant falhu 

il a fallu 
il avait fallu 
il eut fallu 
il aura fallu. 

il aurait fallu 



qu'il ait fallu 
qu'il eut fallu 



180 OF THE IMPERSONAL VERBS. 

impersonal, a change of construction in the translation 
becomes necessary, and this may be done in two differ- 
ent ways. 

The most common method is by putting- the con- 
junction que after il faut, il fallait, &c. then transport- 
ing the subject of the English verb must to the second 
verb, which is to be put in the subjunctive in French : 
thus, I must sell my house, il faut que je vende ma 
maison. 

The other way is by allowing the second verb to 
remain in the infinitive, as in English, and substituting 
in the place of the personal pronoun, which is the 
subject of the verb must, its corresponding objective 
me, te, lui, nous, vous, leur, which are to be placed 
between il and faut, fallait, &c. as, I must begin that 
work to-day, il me faut commencer cet ouvrage au- 
jouroVhui. 

Observe. That all expressions implying necessity, 
obligation, or want, may be rendered by falloir ; as, I 
want a new grammar, il me faut une nouvelle gram- 
maire. 

EXERCISE. 
You must speak to him about that affair. It was necessary 
sub-1 de f. in d-2 que 

for him to consent to that bargain. We were obliged to (set 
* it * sub-2 marche m. ind-3 partir 

out) immediately. Children should learn every day some- 
sub-2 sur-le-champ art. cond-1 sub-2 

thing by heart. Shall I suffer patiently such an insult 1 He 

ind-7 sub-1 2 1 

must have been a blockhead not to understand 

con d-2* sub-2 sot 2 pour 1 comprendre inf-1 des 

such easy rules. (How much) do ) r ou want ? He does 

si 2 3 regie f. 1 combien fait 

what is requisite. Do that as it (should be.) What must he 

faites ind-1 que 2 lui 1 

have for his trouble 1 You are the man I want. Do not 

* peine f. que 

give me any more bread, I have already more than I 

* de en deja ne 

want. I need not ask you whether you will come. I do not 
ftCen * inf-1 si 



OF THE IMPERSONAL VERBS. 



181 



think that it is necessary to be a conjurer to guess his motives. 
crois il sub-1 * sorrier pour deviner motif 

I could not suspect that I ought to ask pardon for a fault 
pouvais soupqonner sub-2 * inf-1 — de faute f. 

I have not committed. 
que commise. 



CONJUGATION OF THE IMPERSONAL VERB 

Y avoir, there to be. 
INFINITIVE. 

y avoir there to be 



Present 
Past 
Participle Pres 
Participle Past 



y a voir eu there to have been 

y ayant there being 

y ayant eu there having been 

INDICATIVE. 



il y avait 
il y avait eu 
il y eut 
il y eut eu 



Present il y a there is, or there are* 

Preterit Indef. il y a eu there has been, or there have 

been* 
there was, or there were* 
there had been 
there was, or there were* v 
there had been 
there will be 
there would have been 

CONDITIONAL, 
il y aurait there would be 

il y aurait eu there will have been 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present qu'il y ait that there may be 

Preterit qu'il y ait eu thai there may have been 

Imperfect qu'il y eut that there might be 

Pluperfect qu'il y eut eu that there might have been 

N. B. This verb in English is used in the plural, 
when followed by a substantive plural ; in French it re- 
mains always in the singular. 



Imperfect 

Pluperfect 

Preterit Def 

Preterit Ant 

Fcjture Absoldte il y aura 

Future Anterior il y aura eu 



Present 
Past 



EXERCISE. 
There must be a great difference of age between those two 
il doit — f. 

persons. There being (so many) vicious people in this world. 
tant de =2 gens m. pi. 1 



182 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 

is it astonishing that there are so many persons who become 

etonnant sub-1 dcvenir 

the victims of the corruption of the age 7 It is a thousand 

perversite f. siecle m. * mille a 

to one that he will not succeed. There would be more 

parier contre reussir 

happiness if (every one) knew how to moderate his desires. 
de bonheur chacun savait * * moderer desir 

I did not think that there could be (any thing) to blame in 

croyais sub-2 rien reprendre 

his conduct. There would not be so many duels, did people 

conduite f. — si Von 

reflect that one of the first obligations of a Christian is to 

rejlechir ind-2 f. — f. Chretien de 

forgive injuries. Could there be a king more happy 

pardonner art. Pourrait-il 

than this, who has always been the father of his subjects 7 
celui-ci sujei 



OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS, 



IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 

INFINITIVE. 

SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 

To go (away). To have gone (away). 

PRESENT (s' en) alter (s' en) §tre ) alle, allgs 

PARTICIPLE PRES.(s' en) allant ) } 

PARTICIPLE PAST.( en) alle" $ (s' en) e"tant ) alle«, altee* 



INDICATIVE. 

je (m' en)vais* je (m' en)suis 

tu (f en)vas tu (f en)es 



PRES. 



alle", or 
allee 



il, or elle (s' en) va il, or elle (s' en) est 

nous (nous en) allons nous (nous en)sommes )„-, 

, vous (vous en) allez vous (vous en) §tes > jfn^M 

v - ils, or elles (s' en) vont ils,orelles (s' en) sont ) auees 

IMP. je (m' en) allais je (m' en) etais alle, &c. 

PB.ET. je (m' en)allai je (m' en)fus all^, <fec. 

FUTlTRE,je (m' en) irai je (m' en) sera! alle, &c. 

COND. je (m' en) irais je (m' en) serais alle, <tc. 



* Or je (me' en) vas. 



OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 183 

IMPERATIVE. 

AFFIRMATIVE. NEGATIVE. 

va (f en) ne(t' en)va *\ 

qu'il (s' en) aille qu'il ne(s' en) aille r 

allons (nous en) ne (nous en) allons > pas. 

allez (vous en) ne(vous en)allez i 

qu'ils (s' en) aillent qu'ils ne (s? en) aillent J 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 



SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 

r je (m' en) aille je (m' en) sois 

V tu (t' en) ailles tu (f en) sois 

PRES. ) il, or elle (s 5 en) aille il, or elle (s' en) soit 

que, ] nous (nous en) allions nous (nous en) soyons ) a iig g 

* vous (vous en) ailiez vous (vous en) soyez ' ' 

ils, or elles(s' en) aillent ils,orelles (s' en) soient 



alle, or 
aU€e , 



alless 



Imp. je (m' en)allasseje (m' en)fusse alle",&c. 

REMARKS. 

Je fus, fai ete, f avals ete, faurais ete, are some- 
times used for fallal, je suls alle, fetals alle, je serais 
sXle. 

The imperative va takes an s when followed by y, 
or by en ; as, vas-y, vas en savoir des nouvelles, go thi- 
ther, go to hear some tidings of it ; however, it takes no 
5 when the y is followed by a verb; as, va y donner or- 
dre, go and order that affair. 



EXERCISE. 

Will you go this evening into the country 1 I am going to 

soir a campagne f. * 

pay some visits, and if I be early (at liberty) I 

faire ind-1 de bonne keure 2 libre 1 

shall certainly go home. Go there with thy brother. 

s'en alter chez-moi 
Go and do that errand. Go there and put every 

* faire commission f. * mettre 

thing hi order. Let him go to church on holidays. 

en art. eglise f. * art. jour pi. de 

By being loaded with scents, and particularly 

fete, a force de inf-1 charge de odeur f. pi. surtout 

amber, he (offends the smell.) They have woven 
pr. ambre m. sentir mauvais. de art. f. 

17 



184 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 

Puer, to stink, is by no means irregular, but simply 
defective in the preterit of the indicative, and in the im- 
perfect of the subjunctive. 

Tisser, to weave, is a verb defective, which, to form 
its compound tenses, borrows the participle past tissu, 
from the obsolete verb tistre. 

Envoy er and renvoyer, make in their future absolute 
and conditional present, fenverrai, f enverrais, and je 
renverrai, je renverrais. 



IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION. 

branch i. Punir. 

Benir, to bless, has no irregularity, except in one of 
its two participles past, benit, benite; as, pain benit, 
hallowed bread; eau benite, holy water. The other, 
beni, benie, being regular; as, benie entre toutes les fem- 
mes, blessed among all women. 

Fleurir, signifying to blossom, is regular ; but when 
it means to flourish, to be in repute, honour, esteem, 

silk and cotton together, and made a very pretty 

pr. art. m. en ont fait 

stuff. I shall send spring 1 flowers to those 

etoffe f. de art. printanier 2 f. pi. 1 

ladies. I would go to Rome, if I could. We would 

dame f. pi. pouvais 

(send back) our horses. "Why do they go away so soon 1 

pourquoi 
My brother and sister went yesterday to Windsor. I 

pron. ind-4 

will not go (any more) a hunting. 
plus a, * art. chasse f. 

EXERCISE ON BRANCH I. 
may the name of that good king be blessed from generation 
nomm. 
to generation ! These trees blossor,wd twice every 

en ind-2 deux fois tout art. 

year. The arts and sciences flourished at Athens in the 

anul. art. ind-2 a Athtnes 



OF THE IRREGUAR VERBS. 185 

it makes, in the participle present, fiorissant, and in the 
imperfect of the indicative, Jlorissait, JloHssaient. 

In hair, to hate, the letters -ai form throughout two 
syllables, except in the three persons singular of the pre- 
sent of the indicative, je hais, tu hais, il halt, and in the 
second person singular of the imperative hais, which are 
pronounced as one syllable, as if written, je hes, tu hes, 
il hit. 

Gesir, to lie, is a defective verb, and has only preserved 
gisant, git, nous gisons, Us gisent, il gisait, used in fa- 
miliar discourse, or poetry, and particularly in monu- 
mental inscriptions : ci-git, here lies. 



branch ii. on Sentir. 

BOUILLIR, to boil. COURIR, to TUTl. 

Par. pres. Bouillant — Past, bouilli Courant — couru. 

( bous, bous, bout cours, cours, court 

Ind. pres. < bouillons, bouillez, courons, courez, courent 

f bouilletit 

Imperfect. bouillais — Pret. bouillis eourais — courus 

Future. bouilli rai — Cond. bouil- courrai — courrais 

lirais 

Imp. bous, bouillons, bouillez cours, courons, courez 

Sub. pres. bouille— Imp. bouillisse coure — courusse 



Rebouillir, to boil again, and ebouillir, to boil away, 
are conjugated like bouillir ; this latter is only used in 



time of Pericles. Horace and Virgil flourished under the 

Pericles Virgile ind-2 sous 

reign of Augustus. We discovered from the top of the 

rcgne Augusle decouvrir haul 

mountain a vast plain full of flowery meadows. 

plaine f. rempli de fleurissant 2 pre m. pi. 1 
The empire of the Babylonians was long a flou- 

— — nien ind-3 long-temps * 

risking one. We did not hate the man, but his vices. Does 

* 
she really hate that vain pomp and all the parade of 

pompe f. appareil art. 

grandeur 1 



136 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 

compound tenses, and the infinitive ; as, cette sauce est 
trop ebouillie, this sauce has boiled away too much. 

Like courir are conjugated, 
accourir to run to parcourir to ran over 

concourir to concur recourir to have recourse 

discourir to discourse secourir to assist 

encourir to incur 

Faillir, to fail. 
Part. pres. faillant.* Past, failli. 

Ind. pres. faux,* faux, *faut,* faillons,* faillez,* faillent.* 
Imperf. faillais.* Pret. faillis, &c. Put. faudrai.* 
Cond. faudrais.* Subj. imperf. que je faillisse. 

Defaillir, to faint, has now only the plural of the 
Ind. pres. nous defaillons, ils defaillent. Imperf. defaillais. 
Pret. defaillis. Pret. indef. j'ai defailli, and Inf. pres. defaillir. 

N. B. The tenses marked with an asterisk are obsolete. 

EXERCISE ON BRANCH II. 

Take that water off the fire, it boils too fast. Do not 

Retirer f. de dessus m. f. fort 

let the soup {boil away) (so much.) That sauce has 

laisser 1 pot 3 tant 2 f. est 

{boiled away) (too much.) Boil that meat again : 

f. trop Faites rebouillir viande f. * 

It has not boiled long enough. He runs faster than I. He 

f, 2 * assez 1 vtie moi 

ran about uselessly all the morning. We ran at the 

ind-4 * inutilement matinee f. ind-3 

voice of that honest man, and assisted him. (The moment) he 
f. des-que 

saw us in danger, he ran to us and delivered us. By so 

vit en * delivrer ind-3 2 

whimsical a conduct, should we not contribute to our destruc- 
bizarre 3 1 concourir perte f. 

tion % He discoursed so long on the immortality of the soul, 

sur = 

and the certainty of another life, that he left 

certitude f. laisser ind-3 

nothing unsaid. If we (were to act thus,) we should 

en ar Here " agir ind-2 ainsi 

certainly incur the displeasure of our parents. I would not 

disgrace f. 
have recourse to so base a method. Will men alwavs 

bas 2 moyen m. 1 art. 

run after shadows 1 

de art. chimere f. pi. 



OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 187 

Foir, to fly, to runaway. 
Part. pres. fuyant. Past. fui. 
Ind. pres. fuis, fuis, fuit, fuyons, fuyez, fuient. 
Imperf. fuyais. Pret. fuis. Put. fuirai. Cond. fuirais. 
Imp. fuis, fuie, fuyons, fuyez, fuient. 
Subj. pres. fuie, fuies, fuie, fuyions, fuyiez, fuient. 
Imperf. je fuisse, or rather, prisse la fuite. 

Mourir, to die. 

Part. pres. mourant. Past. mort. 

Ind. pres. meurs, meurs, meurt, mourons, mourez, meurent. 

Imp. mourais. Pret. mourus. Fut. mourrai. Cond. mourrais. 

Imp. meurs, meure, mourons, mourez, meurent. 

Subj. pres. meure, meures, meure, mourions, mouriez, meurent. 

Imperf. mourusse. Comp. tenses, je suis mort, j'etais mort, &c. 

Rem. S'enfuir, to run away, is conjugated after fuir. 
Mourir takes the auxiliary etre ; and when reflected, se 
mourir signifies to be dying, or at the point of death. It 
is seldom used except in the present and imperfect of the 
indicative. 



EXERCISE ON FAILLIR, &c. 

He {was near) losing his life in that rencounter. He 

faillir perdre * art. rencontre L 

(was near) falling into the snare which was laid for him. 
faillir ind-4 donner piege m. qulon avait tendu * lui 

His strengthens him every day. Let us 

* art. f. pi. defaillir lui art. m. pi. Donnez-nous 

have something to eat directly; we are fainting -with. 

* * manger 2 vite 1 de 

fatigue and hunger. I cannot meet him, he shuns 

— pr. faim ne puis rencontrer 

me. When we have no employ, we endeavour to 

on sait s'occuper chercher se 

fly from ourselves. Would he not avoid flatterers, 

* soi-meme fuir art. flatteur m. pi. 

if he knew all their falsehood "i He died by a (very painful) 

ind-2 faussete f. de cruel 2 

disease. She died of grief (for the loss of) her son. 

maladie f. 1 ind-4 chagrin m. d' 'avoir perdu 

He is dying. She was expiring with grief, when the fear 

se mourir se mourir de crainle f. 

of death at last wrested her secret from her 

art. enfin arracher ind-3 — m. * lui. 

17* 



188 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 

Querir, to fetch, is used in familiar conversation after 
venir, envoy er, culler, as, envoy ez querir, send for ; allez 
querir, go and fetch. 

Acquerir, to acquire. 
Part. pres. acquerant. Past, acquis. 

Ind. pres. acquiers, acquiers, acquiert, acquerons, acquerez, ac- 
quierent. 
Imper. acquerais. Pret. acquis. Put. acquerrai. Cond. acquerrais. 
Imp. acquiers, acquiere, acquerons, acquerez, acquierent. 
Subj. pres. acquier-e, -es, -e, acquer-ions, -iez, acquierent. 
Imperf. acquisse. 

SPenquerir, to inquire, and requerir, to request, are 
conjugated as acquerir. 

Conquerir, to conquer, is seldom used hut in the Ind. 
pret. je conquis, &c. and in the Subj. imperf. je con- 
quisse. Its chief use is in the compound tenses. 

Oulr, to hear, is only employed in the Inf. pres. ouir. 
Part. past. ou'i. Ind. pret. j'ouis, tu ou'is, &c. and 
Subj. imperf. j'ouisses, tu ou'isses, &c. Its principal use 
is in the compound tenses, when it is generally accompa- 
nied by another verb ; as, je Vai, or je V avals oui dire, 1 
have, or I had heard it said. 

Vetir, to clothe. 
Part. pres. vetant.* Past. vetu. 
Ind. pres. vets,* vets,* vet,* vetons, vetez, vetent. 
Imperf. vetais. Pret. vetis. Put. vetirai. Cond. vetirais. 
Imp. vets,* vete,* vetons, vetez, vetent. 
Subj. pres, vete. Imperf. vetisse. 

N. B. Vetir is seldom used in the forms marked with 
an asterisk, and is most frequently reflected. 

Revetir, to clothe, to invest, is used through all the 
tenses; devetir, to divest, is principally used as a re- 
flected verb, and in some forms only. 

EXERCISE ON QUERIR ; &c. 

Send for the physician, and follow exactly his advice. 
medecin suivez 

and fetch my cane. Every day he acquired 

* canne f. art. jour m. pi. ind-3 de art. 

celebrity by works calculated to fix the atten- 

= f. de&rt. ouvrage m. pi. fait pour 

tion of an enlightened public. That I would acquire 

2 1 subj-2 de&xt. 

riches at the expense of my honesty! He had acquired 

depens m. pi. " probitc f. 



OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 189 

branch in. Ouvrir. 

Cueillir, to gather. 
Part. Pres. cueillant. Past, cueilli. Ind. pres. cueille. 
Imperf. cueillais. Pret. cueillis. Fut. cueillera 

Cond. cueillerais. Imper. cueille. SuBJ.pres. cueille. 

Imperf. cueillisse. 

Thus, accueiller, to welcome, and recueillir, to coi 
lect. 

Saillir, to protect, has only saillant, sailli ; and the 
following forms : il saille, il saillait, il saillera, il sail- 
lerait, qvlil saille, qvJil saillit. But saillir, to gush 
out, is regularly conjugated like finir ; saillissant, je 



by his merit great influence over the opinions of his con* 
m. une — f. sing. con- 

temporaries. I have inquired about that man (every where) 
temporain de — la, partout 

and have not (been able) (to hear any thing of him.) Who 
je pu en avoir de nouvelles. Qui est- 

has requested it of you 7 Sesostris, king of Egypt, 
ce qui 3 4 en 2 * 1 

conquered a great part of Asia. The formidable empire 

art. 2 1 

which Alexander conquered did not last longer than 

— dre ind-6 durerplus long-temps 

his life. I have heard that important news. He dressed 

f. ouir-dire 2 sing. 1 se vetir 

himself in haste and (went out) immediately. I wish 
* a art. hate f. sortir sur-le-champ. voudrais 

she would dress the children with more care. If his 
que vetir subj-2 de 

fortune permitted him, he would clothe all the poor of his 

permeltait le lui 
parish. Two servants clothed him with his ducal 

paroisse f. domestique revetir de 2 

mantle. He only passed for a traveller; but 

manteau m. 1 ne ind-2 que voyageur 

lately he has assumed the character of an envoy. It 

depuis peu revetir nn * envoy e 

begins to be very warm; it is time to (throw off 

commencer /aire chaud; de se de- 

some clothing.') 
vetir. 



190 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 

saillis, &c, Us saillissent, &c. Its principal use is in the 
third persons. 

Assaillir, to assault. 

Part.pres. assaillant. Past, assailli. Ind. pres. assaille. 

Imverf. assaillais. Pret. assaillis. Put. assaillirai. 

Cond. assaillirais. Imper. assaille. Sub. assaille. 

Imperf. assaillisse. 

EXERCISE ON BRANCH III. 

I will gather with pleasure some of these flowers and 

pr-pron. 
fruits, since you wish to have some. Do not gather 

puisque etre bien-aise de en 

these peaches, before they are ripe. That is a 

f. pi. avant que ne sub-1 miir. Ce 

country where they neither reap corn, nor (gather) 

pays ou on ne recueillir ni ble ni * 

grapes. We shall collect in ancient history important 

vin recueillir 2 1 de art. — 2 

and valuable facts. He received us in the most polite manner. 

precieux3 fait 1. accueillir de 2 maniere 

Poverty, misery, sickness, persecution, in a 

f. 1 art. f. art. f. art. maladie 5 f. pi. art. f. en 

word, all the misfortunes in the world, have {fallen upoii) 

malheur m. pi. de accueillir 

him. You will give six inches to that cornice; it will 

voulez pouce m. pi. corniche f. f. 

project too much. That balcony projected too much ; it 

balcon m. ind-2 
darkened the dining-room. When Moses struck 

obscurcir ind-2 Quand Moise f rapper ind-3 

the rock, there gushed out (of it) a spring of (fresh running) 

rocher m. il ind-3 en source f. vif2 

water. The blood gushed from his vein with impetuosity. 
f. 1 ind-2 veine f. == 

We shall assault the enemy to-morrow in their intrenchments. 
pi. demain retranchement. 

Were we not overtaken by a horrible storm 1 At every word 
ind-3 assailli tempite f. a chaque 

they said to him concerning his son, the good (old man) 
que on disait* de vieillard 

leaped for joy. Shall you not shudder with fear 1 

iressaillir ind-2 de joie. tressaillir peur f. 

N. B. Tressaillir, to start, conjugated like assaillir, 
makes in the fut. je tressaillir ai, or tressaillerai, &c. 



OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 191 

IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION. 

Avoir, to have, is conjugated at length, p. 125. 

Ravoir, to have again, and se ravoir, to recover, are 
only used in the present of the infinitive. 

Choir, to fail, has only the participle past, chu, chue, 
formerly chute, preserved in chape-chute. 
Dechoir, to decay. 

(No Part, pres.) Part. past, dechu. 

Ind. pres. dechois, dechois, dechoit, dechoyons, dechoyez, de- 
choient. 

(No Imperf.) Pret. dechus. Put. decherrai. Cond. decherrais. 

Imper. dechois, dechoie, dechoyons, dechoyez, dechoient. 

Sob. pres. dechoie, dechoies, dechoie, dechoyi-ons, — ez, decho- 
ient. Imperf. dechusse. 

Echoir, to fall to, to expire, has only now in use, the 
Ind. pres. il echoit, sometimes pronounced ilechet; the 
pret. il echut ; fut. il echerra ; cond. il echerrait ; the 
imperf. Subj. que fechusse, &c. and Inf. echoir, echeant, 
echu. 

N. B. Choir, dechoir, echoir, take the auxiliary etre. 

Falloir, to be necessary, is an impersonal verb, the 
conjugation of which has been given, p. 179. 



EXERCISE ON AVOIR, RAVOIR, &c. 

I had apartments that Hiked; I will endeavour to have them 
ind-2 un logement aimer veux essayer de s. 

again. Beware of falling. How has he fallen into 

prenez-garde inf-1 comment en 

poverty 1 Since the publication of his last work, he has 
pauvretk. ? Depuis dernier 

much fallen in the esteem of the public. If he do not alter 

dechoir changer 

his conduct, he will decline every day in his reputation 
de * dechoir de jour-en-jour de — f. 

and credit. He has put in the lottery, and he hopes 

pr. pron. — m. mis a loterie f. 

that a capital prize will fall (to his share.) That bill 

* art. gros lot m. echoir lui lettre f. 

of exchange has expired. The first term expires at Mid- 

change echoir. terme m. a la Saint 



192 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 

Mouvoir, to move. 
Part. pres. mouvant. Part. past. hiu. 
Ind. pres. mens, meus, meut, niouv-ons, — ez, meuvent. 
Imperf. mouvais. Pret. mus. Put. mouvrai. Cond. mouvrais. 
Imper. meus, meuve, mouvons, mouvez, meuvent. 
Subj. pres. meuv-e, — es, — e, mouv-ions, — iez, meuvent. 
Imperf. musse. 

In the same manner are conjugated, emouvoir, to stir 
up, to move; promouvoir, to promote; and demouvoir, 
to make one desist. 

The first, whether in an actual or figurative sense, is 
much used. The second is employed in speaking of a 
dignity. The third is a law term, and is only used in 
the Inf. pres. 

Pleuvoir, to rain {impersonal.) 
Part. pres. pleuvant. Past. plu. Ind. pres. il pleut, 

Imperf. il pleuvait. Pret. il plut. Fut. il pleuvra. 

Cond. il pleuvrait. Sub. pres. qu'il pleuve. Imperf. qu'ilplut. 

summer. You have drawn on me a bill of exchange ; when 

Jean. tirer sur moi 

is it payable ? I did not believe that I must so soon (have taken) 

echoir ind-1 croyais sub-2 faire 

that journey. He must have sunk under the efforts 

voyage m. ind-4 que succomber sub-2 
of (so many) enemies. 

tant de 

EXERCISE ON MOUVOIR, &c. 

The spring which moves the whole machine is very inge- 

ressort m. 2 tout 1 — f. 

nious, though very simple. It was passion which moved. 

= quoique — Ce ind-1 art. f. ind-4 

him to that action. Can you doubt that the soul, though it 

— f. Pouvez f. 

is spiritual, moves the body at pleasure % That is a man 
* — tuelne sub-1 a savolonte? Ce 

whom nothing moves. "We had scarcely lost sight of 

emouvoir ind-3 a peine perdu vue f . 3 2 art. 

land when there arose a violent tempest. We 

terre f. 1 que il s'emouvoir ind-3 grande tcmpete f. 
were moved with fear and pity. When the famous 

ind-2 emus de cratniei. pr. pitie f. Quand celebre 

d'Aguesseau was promoted to the dignity of chancellor, all 

= f. chancelier art. 



OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 193 

Pouvoir, to be able. 
Part. pres. pouvant. Part. past. pu. 

Ind. pres. puis or peux, peux, peut, pouv-ons, — ez, peuvent. 
Imperf. pouvais. Pret. pus. Fut. pourrai. Cond. pourrais. 
{No imperative.) Subj. pres. puisse. Imperf. pusse. 

Remark. Conversation and poetry admit je peux; 
but in interrogations, puis-je ? and not peux-je ? must be 
used. 

Savoir, to know. 
Part. pres. sachant. Part. past. su. 

Ind. pres. sais,. sais, sait, savons, savez, savent. Imperf. savais. 
Pret. sus. Fut. saurai. Cond. saurais. 

Imper. sache, sache, sachons, sachez, sachent. 
Subj. pres. sache. Imperf. susse. 

Seoir, to become, to befit, has only the part. pres. sey- 
ant ; and the third person of the simple tenses, il sied, 
Us sieent, il scyait, il sicra, il sierait, qvlil siee. But 
seoir, to sit, is used only in the two participles, scant and 
sis. This verb is also used impersonally. 

France showed the greatest joy. That bishop well 

f. en temoigner ind-3 f. eveque 

deserved by his talents and by his virtues, that the king 

meriter ind-2 
should promote him to the dignity of primate. The people 

sub-2 primat sing, 

think that it rains frogs and insects 

croit de art. grenouille f. pi. pr-art. insecte m. pi. 

at certain seasons. It will not rain to-day, but I 

en — temps p\. aVaujourd'hui 

(am fearful) of its raining to-morrow. 
craindre que * Tie sub- 1 

EXERCISE ON POUVCIR, SAVOIR, &c. 
When he arrived at home, he (was quite ex- 

ind-5 with etre chez-lui n'en pouvoir 

hausted.) The minister had (so many) people at his 

ind-2 plus ministre ind-2 tant de monde d 

levee, that I could not speak to him. Are you afraid 

audience, ind-2 * 2 craignez 1 

that he will not accomplish that arfair 1 I know 

pouvoir sub-1 venir d bout de 

that he is not your friend, but I know likewise that he is a 
de pi. aussi * 



194 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 

Asseoir, to sit. 
Part. pres. asseyant. Part. past, assis. 

Ind. pres. assieds, assieds, assied, assey-ons, — ez, — ent. 
Imperf. asseyais. Pret. assis. Fut. assierai, or asseyerai. 
Cond. assierais, or asseyerais. Imper. assieds, asseye, asseyons, 
— ez, — ent. Subj. pres. asseye. Imperf. assisse. 

N. B. This verb is more frequently reflected, as i as- 
seoir, to sit down. Its compound rasseoir, to sit again, 
to calm, or to sit down again, is conjugated in the same 
manner. 

Voir, to see. 
Part. pres. voyant. Part. past. vu. 

Itijy.pres. vois, vois, voit, voyons, voyez, voient. 
Imperf. voyais. Pret. vis. Fut. verrai. Cond. verrais. 
Imper. vois, voie, voyons, voyez, voient. 
Subj. pres. voie, voies, voie, voyions, voyiez, voient. Imp. visse. 

man of probity. Let them know that their pardon depends on 

Men grace dependre de 

their submission. I could wish that he knew his lessons 

soumission desirer cond-1 sub-2 

a little better. Let us see if this new-fashioned 

voyons d'tm nouveau gout 2 

gown becomes you, or not. Be assured that too gaudy 

robe f. 1 non art. voyant 

colours will not become you. The head-dress which that 

f. coiffure f. que 

lady wore became her very ill. These colours become 

porter ind-2 ind-2 lui ' inf-3 

you so well, you (would do wrong) to wear any others. 

avoir tort cond-1 de en porter de 
Set that child in this arm-chair, and take care lest he 

asseoir m. fautcuil m. prenez-garde que 

fall. I will sit down on the top of that hill, 

ne subj-1 s' 'asseoir sommetm. coleaum. 

whence I shall discover a prospect (no less) magnificent 

decouvrir scene f. aussi — que 

than diversified. We (were seated') on the banks of the 

varie s'asseoir ind-6 bord m. pi. 

Thames, whence we (were contemplating) myriads of 

Tamise f. ind-2 de art. millier 

vessels, which bring every year, the riches of the two 
vaisseau apporter art. pi. 

hemispheres. 



OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 1% 

Revoir, to see again, and entrevoir, to have a glimpse 
of, are conjugated in the same manner; but privoir, to 
foresee, makes in the future and the conditional, je pri- 
voirai, &c. je privoirais, &c. i 

Pourvoir, to provide, differs in the pret. je pourvus, 
tu pourvus, &c. fut. je pourvoirai, &c. cond. je pour- 
voirais, &c. and imperf. subj. queje pourvusse, &c. 

Surseoir, to supersede, though a compound of seoir, 
is conjugated like voir, except that it makes fut. je sur- 
seoirai, &c. cond. je surseoirais, &c. and part. past, 
sursis. 

Valoir, to be worth. 
Part. pres. valant. Part. past. valu. 

Ind. pres. vaux, vaux, vaut, valons, valez, valent. 
Imperf. valais. Pret. valus. Fut. vaudrai. Cond. vaudrais. 
Imper. vaux, vaille, valons, valez, vaillent. 
Subj. pres. vaille, vailles, vaille, valions, valiez, vaillent. 
Imperf. valusse. 

Revaloir, to return like for like, and iquivaloir, to be 
equivalent, to follow valoir; but privaloir, to prevail, 
makes in the subj. pres. que je private, que tu privates, 
qvHil private, que nous privations, &c. 
Vouloir, to be willing. 
Part. pres. voulant. Part. past, voulu. 
Ind. pres. veux, veux, veut, voulons, voulez, veulent. 
Imperf. voulais. Pret. voulus. Fut. voudrai. Cond. voudrais. 
Subj. pres. veuill-e, — es, — e, voulions, vouliez, veuillent. 
Imperf. voulusse. 

N. B. The imperative veuille, veuillons, veuillez, is 
also used, particularly veuillez, with the sense of, be so 
good as, so kind as to, &c. 

EXERCISE ON VOIR, &c. 

See the admirable order of the universe : does it not announce 
2 m. 1 

a supreme architect 1 Has he again seen with pleasure his 

— 2 artisan m. 1. 

country and his friends 1 (Had he had a glimpse of) the dawn 

pays aurore 

of this fine day 1 To finish their affairs, it would be neces- 

Pour falloir 

18 



196 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 

IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

branch i. on Rendre. 

Soudre, to solve, now obsolete, and replaced by 
Resoudre, to resolve. 
Part. pres. resolvant. Part. past, resolu, or resous. 
Ind. pres. resous, resous, resout, resolv-ons, — ez, — ent. 
Imperf. resolvais. Pret. resolus. Put. resoudrai. 
Cond. resoudrais. Imper. resous, resolve, resolv-ons, -ez, -ent. 
Subj. pres. resolve. Imperf. resolusse. 

This verb has two participles past, resolu, when it 
means determined ; and resous, when it means resolved 
into : in this last sense it has no feminine. 

Absoudre, to absolve, is conjugated like resoudre; but 
has neither pret. ind. nor imperf. subj. ; its participle 
past is absous, m. absoute, f. 



sary for them to (see one another.) I clearly foresaw, (from 

que * Us * s'entrevoir subj-2 Hen des- 

that time,) all the obstacles he would have to surmount. Would 
lors — m. surmonter. ind-2 

you have the judge (put off) the execution of the 

* que surseoir subj-2 

sentence that he had pronounced'? I shall not put off the pur- 
arret rendu pour- 

suit of that affair. If men do not provide (for it,) God 

suite f. pi. art. y 

will provide for it. "Would this book he good for nothing % You 

valoir * 
have not paid for this ground more than it is worth; (are you 
* terre f. f. ne crain- 

afraid) that it is not worth six hundred pounds 1 Let us 

dre que subj-1 livre f. pi. sterling? 

take arbitrators. One ounce of gold is equivalent to 

prenons de art. arbitre once f. 

fifteen ounces of silver. Doubt not that reason and 

art. art. 

truth will prevail at last. I can and will tell the truth 

* ne subj-1 a la tongue pron. dire 

If you are willing, he will be willing too. Let us resolve to 
le le aussi vouloir * 

resist our passions, and we shall be sure to conquer them. 

combattre de vainer e 

{Be so good as) to lend me your grammar. 
vouloir * preter 



OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 197 

Dissoudre, to dissolve, has the same irregularities, and 
wants the same tenses, as absoudre. 

Coujdre, to sew. \ 

Part. pres. cousant. Part. past, cousu. 

Ind. pres. couds, couds, coud, cousons, cousez, cousent. 
Imperf. cousais. Pret. cousis. Put. coudrai. Cond. coudruif;, 
Imper. couds. Subj. pres. couse. Imperf. cousisse. 

Decoudre, to unsew, and recoudre, to sew again, are 
conjugated in the same manner, so likewise sourdre, to 
issue from a fountain, which is only used in the infini- 
tive sourdre and present of the indicative il sourd. 

Mettre, to put. 
Part. pres. mettant. Part. past. mis. 

Ind. pres. mets, mets, met, mettons, mettez, mettent. 
Imperf. mettais. Pret. mis. Put. mettrai. Cond. mettrais. 
Imper. mets. Subj. pres. mette. Imperf. misse. 

In the same manner are conjugated the derivatives, 

admettre to admit permettre to permit 

commettre to commit promettre to promise 

compromettre to compromise remettre to replace 

se demettre \ t° P ut out of joint soumettre to subject 

(to resign transmettre to transmit 

omettre to omit s'entremettre to intermeddle 



EXERCISE UPON RESOUDRE, &c. 

Wood which is burned resolves itself into ashes 

art. bois m. on briiler ind-2 se resoudre * en cendre f. 

and smoke. Have they resolved on peace or war % 

pr. fumee f. on * art. f. art. f. 

The fog has resolved itself into rain. Could that 

brouillard m. se resoudre ind-4 * pluie f. 

judge thus lightly absolve the guilty 1 Strong 

si legerement cond-1 coupable m. pi. art. fort 2 
waters dissolve metals. Those drugs (were dissolved) 

f. pi. 1 art. on 1 drogue 3 ind-4 2 

before they were put into that medicine. My sister 

avant que de les * mettre remede m. 

vms sewing all day yesterday. That piece is not well sewed, it 
ind-3 * liier m. 

must (be sewed over again.) Unpick that lace, and sew it 

la inf-1 Decoudre denlelle f. 2 1 

again very carefully. Does he set a great value 

avec beaucoup de soi mettre prix m» 



198 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 

Moudre, to grind (com, &c.) 
Part. pres. moulant. Part. past, moulu. 

Ind, pres. uiouds, mouds, moud, moul-ons, — ez, — ent. 
Imperf. moulais. Pret. moulus. Put. moudrai. 

Conn", inoudrais. 

Impek. mouds, moule, moulons, moulez, inoulent. 
SuBJ.pres. moule. Imperf. moulusse. 

In the same manner are conjugated the derivatives : 
- , $ to grind reinoudre to grind again (corn, &c.) 



(knives,&c.)remoudre to grind again (knives, &c.) 

Prendre, to take. 

Part. pres. prenant. Part. past. pris. 

ItiD.pres. prends, prends, prend, pren-ons, — ez, prennent. 

Imperf. prenais. Pret. pris. Put. prendrai. Cond. prendrais. 

Imper. prends, prenne, prenons, prenez, prennent. 

Subj. pres. prenn-e, — es, — e, pren-ions, — iez, prennent. 

Imperf. prisse. 



upon riches 1 I never admitted those principles. Has 

a art. 
he committed that fault 1 If he (would take my 

faute f. me 

advice,) he would resign his charge in favour of his 

croyait se demettre cond-1. de f. en = 

son. He put his arm (out of joint) yester- 

se demettre ind-3 * art. bras m. * 

day. I will omit nothing that depends on me to 

de ce dependre ind-7 de pour 
serve you. God frequently permits the wicked to 

souvent que mechant m. pi. * 

prosper. Put this book in its place again. Under 

prosperer sub-1 remettre a — f. * 

whatever form of government you (may live,) remem- 

quelque gouvernement m. que viviez se sou- 

ber that your first duty is to be obedient to the laws. It 

venir devoir m. de soumis 

frequently happens that fathers transmit to their children 

arriver art. 

both their vices and their virtues. He has long meddled 

long -temps s'entre- 
with public affairs ; but his endeavours have not been 
mettre de art. 2 1 ef 

crowned with success. 
couronner de art. m 



OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 199 

In the same manner are conjugated, 

apprendre to learn entreprendre to undertake 

desapprendre to unlearn se meprendre to mistake 

comprendre to understand reprendre to retake, to reply 

deprendre to separate surprendre to surprise 

Rompre, to break. 
Part.pres. rompant. Part. past, rompu. 

Ind. pres. romps, romps, rompt, romp-on s, — ez, — ent. 
Imperf. rompais. Pret. romp is. Put. romprai. Cond. romprais. 
Imper. romps, rompe, rompons, rompez, rompent. 
Scbj. pres. rompe. Imperf. rompisse. 

In the same manner are conjugated corrompre, to cor- 
rupt, and interrompre, to interrupt. 



EXERCISE ON MOUDRE, PRENDRE, &c. 

I took great pains: but, at last, I ground all the 

ind-3 beaucoup de sing. enfin 

coffee. Grind those razors with care. Those knives 

cafe m. rasoir m. coyteaum. 

(are just) ground. This grain is not sufficiently ground, it 

venir d'etre assez 

should be ground again. I wish that you would take 

falloir ind-1 le inf-1 vouloir 

courage. What news have you learned ? Philosophy com- 

f. pi. art. 
prehends logic, ethics, physics, and 

logique f. art. morale f. art. physique f. art. 

metaphysics. It is (with difficulty) that he divests himself of 
metaphysiqv£ f. Ce diffcilement que se deprendre 
his opinions. He has forgotten all that he knew. I fear 
desapprendre ce que ind-2 que 

you will undertake a task above your strength. Could 

ne subj-1 tdche f. au-dessus de f. pi. * 

he have been mistaken so grossly 1 I reproved 

cond-2 grossierement reprendre ind-2 

him continually for his faults, but (to no purpose.) We 

sans cesse de defaut inutilement 

surprised the enemy, and cat them to pieces. In the middle 

ind-3 pi. tailler en a 

of the road the axletree of our carriage broke. Bad 

chemin essieu m. carosse se rompre art. 

company corrupts the minds of young people. Why do 

f. pi. sing. gens pourquoi 

you interrupt your brother, when you see him busy % 
quand occupy 

18* 



200 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 

Suivre, to follow. 
Part. pres. suivant. Part. past, suivi. 
Ind. pres. suis, suis, suit, suivons, suivez, suivent. 
Imperf. suivais. Pret. suivis. Put. suivrai. Cond. suivrais. 
Imper. suis, suive, suivons, suivez, suivent. 
Subj. pres. suive. Imperf. suivisse. 

N. B. S'ensuivre, to ensue, only used in the third per- 
son singular and plural of every tense, and poursuivre 
to pursue, are conjugated in the same manner. 

Vaincre, to conquer, to vanish. 
Part. pres. vainquant. Part. past, vaincu. 
Inc. pres. vaincs,* vaincs,* vainc,* vainqu-ons,* — ez, — ent 
Imperf. vainquais. Pret. vainquis. Put. vaincrai. Con. vaincrais. 
Imper. vaincs,* vainque, vainquons,* vainqu-ez, —ent. 
Subj. pres. vainque. Imperf. vainquisse. 

All the persons of this verb, marked with an asterisk, 
are very little used. But its derivative, convaincre, to 
convince, is used in all its tenses and persons. 



EXERCISE ON SUIVRE, &c. 

(For a long while) we followed that method, which was 
long-temps 2 ind-3 1 f. ind-2 

only calculated to mislead us. What (is the consequence ?) 
ne que propre cgarer que s'ensuivre 

See the errors that have sprung from this propo- 

s'ensuivre ind-4 f. pi. — f. 

sition, which appeared so true. We pursued our course 

ind-2 suivre ind-2 chemin 

when some cries, which came from the midst of the 

lorsque de art. cri, m. pi. * sorlis fond m. 

forest, excited terror in our souls. The Greeks 

foret f porter ind-3 art. = f. Grec 

vanquished the Persians at Marathon, Salamis, Flatea, 

Perse a pr. Calamine pr. Platec 

and Mycale. I have, at last, convinced him, by such 
pr. ' de art. si 2 

powerful reasons, of the greatness of his fault, that I (have 

fort 3 f. pi. 1 enormite faute f. ne 

no doubt) but he will repair it. It is during 

douler nullement que ne reparer subj-1 Ce pendant 

winter that they thrash the corn in cold countries, 

art. on battre froid 2 art. pays m. pi. 1 



OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 201 

Battre, to beat. 
Part. pres. battant. Part. past, battu. 
Ind. pres. bats, bats, bat, battons, battez, battent. 
Imperf. battais. Pret. battis. Put. battrai. Cond. battrais 
Imper. bats. Subj. pres. batte. Imperf. battisse. 
Conjugate in the same manner, 

abattre to pull down combattre to fight 

rabattre to abate debattre to debate 

rebattre to beat again s'ebattre to be merry 

etre, to be, is conjugated at full length, p. 136. 

Vivre, to live. 
Part. pres. vivant. Part. past. vccu. 

Ind. pres. vis, vis, vit, vivons, vivez, vivent. Imperf. vivais. 
Pret. vecus. Put. vivrai. Cond. vivrais. Imp. vis. 
Sub J. pres. vive. Imperf. vecusse. 

In the same manner are conjugated, revivre, to re- 
vive; and survivre, to survive. 



The enemy was so completely beaten in that engagement, that 

pi. — ment rencontre f. 

he -was forced to abandon thirty leagues of the country. The 
pi. de lieue f. * pays 

cannon {beat down) the tower. They were fighting with 
canon abattre ind-3 tour f. * ind-2 un 

unexampled fury, when a panic terror made 

sans exemple 2 acharnement m. 1 vanique 2 = f. 1 ind-3 

them take flight, and dispersed them in an instant. Beat 
leur art. fuite f. m. rebattre 

these mattresses again. Happy are those who live in soli- 
matelas m. pi. * * art. re- 

tude ! Long live that good king ! He 

traite f. que 1 long-temps 4 sub-1 3 2 

did not long survive a person who was so dear to him. 

ind-3 a f. art. 

Fathers live again in their children. He was in a strange de- 

ac- 
jection of mind ; but the news which he has received has 
cablement f. pi. f. pi. ontfaii 

revived him. 
inf-1 



202 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 

branch ii. Plaire. 

Braire, to bray, and il brait, Us braient, il braira, 
Us brairont, il brairait, Us brairaient, are only used 
when speaking of asses ; though it may be used with 
propriety in the other persons by comparison. 

Faire, to do. 
Part. pres. fesant. Part. past. fait. 
Ind. pres. fais, fais, fait, fesons, faites, font. 
Imperf. fesais. Pret. fis. Put. ferai. Cond. ferais. 
Imper, fais, fasse, fesons, faites, fassent. Subj. pres. fasse. 
Imperf. fisse. 

In the same manner are conjugated, 

contrefaire to counterfeit refaire to do again 

defaire to undo satisfaire to satisfy 

redefaire to undo again surfaire to exact 

forfaire* to trespass mefaire* to misdo 

malfaire* to do ill parfaire* to perfect 

EXERCISE ON BRANCH II. FAIRE, &c. 

What will you have him do ? Do not make (so 

Que vouloir * que il subj-1 

much) noise. Do they never exact ? That woman mimicked 
tant de bruit ind-2 

all the persons whom she had seen ; this levity rendered 

f. pi. que f. pi. legerete f. ind-3 

her odious. It was with difficulty he (divested himself) of the 

f. ind-3 peine que se difaire 

false opinions which had been given him in his infancy. 

— f. on * f. pi. lui f. 

Could it be possible that we should not again make a jour- 

subj-2 art. * voy- 
ney to Paris, Rome, and Naples 1 He says that you 

age de pr. pr. dit 

have offended him, and that, if you do not satisfy him quickly, 
offense prompte- 

he will find means to satisfy himself. E*very 

ment art. moyen sing, de se lui-meme 

night, she milked her sheep, which gave her a (great 
art. soir m. pi. ind-2 brebis pi. ind-2 lui abon- 

quantity) of wholesome milk. Have you milked your 

dant 2 * et sain 3 lait m. 1. 

* These four verbs are only used in this form, and the partic, 
past, for fait, malfait } mefait, and par fait. 



OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 203 

Traire, to milk (defective.) 
Part. pres. trayant. Part. past, trait. 
Ind. pres. trais, trais, trait, trayons, trayez, traient. 
Imperf. trayais. {No pret.) Put. trairai. Cond. trairais. 
Imper. trais, traie, trayons, trayez, traient. 
Subj. pres. traie. {No imperf.) 

Conjugate in the same manner 

attraire to allure rentraire tofinedraw 

abstraire to abstract retraire to redeem 

distraire to divert soustraire to substract 

extraire to extract 

All these words are principally used in the compound 
tenses. 



branch in. Paroitre. 

NaItre, to be bom. 
Part. pres. naissant. Part. past. ne. 
Inl». pres. nais, nais, nait, naissons, naissez, naissent. 
Imperf. naissais. Pret. naquis. Put. naitrai. Cond. naitrais. 
Imper. nais. Subj. pres. naisse. Imperf. naquisse. 

This verb takes the auxiliary etre ; but its derivative, 
renaitre, to be born again, has no participle past, and } 
consequently, no compound tenses. 



goats'? Are the cows milked? Salt is good to 

chevre f. pi. vache f. pi. art. Sel m. pour 

entice pigeons. You will never know the nature of 

attraire art. m. pi. connaztre 

bodies, if you do not abstract their accessary qualities from 
art. —2 =1 

those which are inherent (in them.) The least thing (diverts 

— leur moindre le 

his attention.) Will you not extract that charming passaged 
distraire — m. 

Have you darned your gown 1 Should he not redeem that 

rentraire 
land 1 What ! would you have me screen those 

Quoi! ind-1 * que je soustraire sub-1 

guilty persons from the rigour of the laws 1 

coupable m. pi. * a rigueur f. 



204 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS 

PaItre, to graze \ (defective.) 
Part. pres. paissant. Part. past. pu. 
IxfD.pres. pais, pais, pait, paissons, paissez, paissent. 
Imperf. paissais. (No pret.) Fut. paitrai. Cond. paitrais. 
Imper. pais. Subj. pres. paisse. (No imperf.) 

Repaitre, to feed, to bait, is, like paraitre, regular in 
all its tenses, making in the pret. ind. je repus, &c. and 
in the imperf. subj. je repusse, &c. 



branch iv. Reduire. 

Bruire, to roar, which is defective, has, besides this 
form, the part pres. bruyant, oftener used as an adjec- 
tive, as, desjlots bruyans ; and the two third persons of 
the imperf. ind. ilbruyait, ils bruyaient. 

Luire, to shine, and reluire, to glitter, make the part, 
past, lui, relui, neither the pret. ind. nor imperf subj. 
are in use. 

Nuire, to hurt, making part. pres. nuisant, past, nui, 
has all its tenses. 



EXERCISE ON BRANCH III. NAITRE, &c. 

Was not Virgil born at Mantua 1 It is from that poisoned 

ind-3 Mantoue? Ce empoisonne2 

source that have arisen all the cruel wars that have 

f. 1 que naitre f. pi. 2 f. pi. 1 

desolated the universe. The fable says that, as soon as 

desoler f. dit aussitbt que 

Hercules had (cut off) one of the heads of the hydra, 
Hcrcule h m. couper tete f pi. hydre f. 

others sprang up. While their united 

d'autres 2 il en renattre ind-2 1 Tandis que reuni 2 

flocks fed on the tender and flowery 

troupeau m. pi. 1 paitre ind-2 * 2 fleuri 3 

grass, they sung under the shade of a tree the 

herbe f. 1 chanter ind-2 a ombre 

sweets of rural life. Your horses have not 

douceur f. pi. art. champetre 2. f. 1 

fed to-day ; you must have them/ei. 

repaiire d'aujourd'hui * * faire 2 1 inf-1. 

He is a man who thirsts after nothing but blood 

Ce ne se repaUre de 2 * que 1 

and slaughter. \ 

pr. carnage m. 



OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 205 

Confire, to pickle. 
Part. pres. confisant. Part. past, confit. 

Ind. pres. conf-is, — is, — it, — isons, — isez, — isent. 
Imperf. confisais. Pret. confis. Put. confirai. 
Cond. confirais. Imp. confis. Subj. pres. confise. 

Imperf. confisse. 

Its derivative deconfire, to discomfit, is rather obsolete. 

Circoncire, to circumcise, and suffre, to suffice, make 
in the -part. past, circoncis and suffi, the rest is as confire. 

Dire, to say. 
Part. pres. disant. Part. past. dit. 

Ind. pres. dis, dis, dit, disons, dites,* disent. 
Imperf. disais. Pret. dis. Put. dirai. Cond. dirais. 

Imper. dis, dise, disons, dites,* disent. 
Subj. pres. dise. Imperf. disse. 

EXERCISE ON BRANCH IV. BRUIRE, &c. 

The thunder which roared from afar an- 

tonnerre m. bruire ind-2 dans art. lointain m. 

nounced a dreadful storm. They heard roar the waves 

ind-2 terrible 2 orage m. 1 On ind-2 inf-l flotm.$\. 

of an agitated sea. That street is too noisy for those who 

agite 2 mer f. 1 rue f. bruyant 

love retirement and study. (I have a glimpse of) some- 
art, retraite f. art. entrevoir quelque 
thing that shines through those trees. A ray of hope 
chose au-trOyVers de rayon m. 
shone upon us in the midst of the misfortunes which over- 
ind-4 * a milieu malheur m. pi. ac- 
whelmed us. Every thing is well rubbed in that house; every 
cabler ind-2 froite 
thing shines, even the floor. "Would he not have 

y reluire jusque a flancher m. * 

injured you in that affair 1 Jesus Christ was circumcised eight 
cond-2 * 

* Redire, to say again, conformably to its primitive, makes 
redites, but 

contredire to contradict ~\ f vous contredises- 

dedire to unsay \ vous dedisez 

interdire to forbid I ma k e J vous interdiscz 

medire to slander f ] vous medisez 

predire to foretel I vous predisesr 

maudire to curse J l^vous mandissez 

This last makes part. pres. maudissa?^, with two ss, and conse- 
quently nous maudi55ons, &c. je maudissais, &c. 



206 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 

Ecrire, to write. 
Part. pres. ecrivant. Part, past, ecrit. 
Ind. pres. ecris, ecris, ecrit, ecriv-ons, — ez, — ent. 
Imperf. eerivais. Pret. ecrivis. Put. ecrirai. Cond. ecrirais. 
Imp. ecris. Subj. pres. ecrive. Imperf. ecrivisse. 

Conjugate in the same manner 

circonscrire to circumscribe proscrire to proscribe 
decrire to describe recrire to write again 

inscrire to inscribe souscrire to subscribe 

prescrire to prescribe transcrire to transcribe 

Lire, to read. 
Part. pres. lisant. Part. past. lu. 

Ind. pres. lis, lis, lit, lisons, lisez, lisent. Imperf. lisais. 
Pres. lus. Put. lirai. Cond. lirais. Imper. lis. 
Subj. pres. lise. Imperf lusse. 

In the same manner are conjugated, 
elire to elect relire to read over again. 

days after his birth. Will you preserve these peaches 

naissance f. * confire 

with sugar, with honey, or with brandy 1 

a art. sucre m. art. miel m. art. eau-de-vie f. 

Did you pickle cucumbers, purslane, 

de art. concombre m. pi. pr. art. pourpier m. 
and sea-fenneH If he loses his lawsuit, all his 

pr. art. perce-pierre f. proccs, m. 

property will not suffice, 
bien 

EXERCISE ON DIRE, &c. 

Always speak truth, but with discretion. Never contra- 

dire art. f. 
diet (any one) in public. You thought you were serving 

per sonne en penserindA * * inf-1 

me in speaking thus : well, (let it be so;) you shall not 

enparler ainsi:ehl bien, soit en 

be contradicted. What! would you forbid him all commu- 
te dire Quoi! * inter dire 
nication with his friends 1 That woman who slandered 
f. ind-2 de 
every one, soon lost all kind of respect. You had 

ind-3 espece f. consideration 

foretold that event. Let us curse no one ; let us remember 

nepersonne se rappeler 

that our law forbids us to curse even those who persecute us. 
defendre * de persecuter 



OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 207 

Rire, to laugh. 
Part. pres. riant. Past. ri. Ind. pres. ris, ris, rit, rions, riez, rient. 
Imperf riais. Pret. ris. Fut. rirai. Cond. rirais. 
Imper. ris. Scbj. pres. rie. Imperf. risse. 

Sourire, to smile, is conjugated as rire. 

Frire, to fry, besides the present of the infinitive, has 
only the part. past, frit ; indic. pres. je fris, tu fris, il 
frit; fut. je frirai, tu, &c. ; cond, je frirais, tu, &c. ; 
imper. sing, fris. But it has all the compound tenses. 
The forms that are deficient are fully supplied by faire, 
prefixed to frire, as fesant frire, je fesais frire, &c. 



Boire, to drink. 
Part. pres. buvant. Past. bu. 

Ind. pres. bois, bois, boit, buvons, buvez, boivent. 
Imperf. buvais. Pret. bus. Fut. boirai. Cond. boirais. 
Imper. bois, boive, buvons, buvez, boivent. 
Subj. pres. boiv-e, — es, — e, buvions, buviez, boivent. 
Imperf busse. 

Write every day the reflections which you make on the 

art. pi. 
books you read. Did he not read that interesting his- 

ind-2 2 1 

tory with (a great deal) of pleasure 1 God is an infinite being, 

2 etre m. 
who is circumscribed neither by time nor place. 

1 ne ni art. ni pr. art. lieu m. pi. 

Will you not describe in that episode the dreadful tempest 

— m. horrible 2 f . 1 

which assailed your hero 1 Get those soles and whitings 

ind-3 faire 1 — pron. merlan3 

fried. If you wish to form your taste, read over and over, un- 
inf-1 2 vouloir * * relire 

ceasingly, the ancients. He was elected by a great majority of 
sans-cesse ind-4 d — f. 

voices. We have laughed heartily, and have resolved 

de bon casur nous resolu 

to (go on.) He did not answer him (any thing;) but 

de continuer repondre ind-3 lui Hen 

he smiled at him, as a sign of approbation, in the kindest 

ind-3 * lui en * de gracieuz 2 

manner. 
airm. 1 

19 



208 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 

In the same manner are conjugated, 

reboire to drink again s'emboire to imbibe, a technical term 

used in painting. 

Clore, to close, has only the part, past, clos; ind. 
pres. je clos, tu clos, il clot; fut. jeclorai, tu cloras, &c. ; 
cond. je clorais, tu clorais, &c. ; and the imp. sing. clos. 

Declore, to unclose, enclore, to enclose, are defective 
in the same tenses as clore ; but forclore, to debar, a law 
term, is only used in the inf. and part, past, forclos. 

Eclore, to be hatched, as birds, or to blow like a flow- 
er, has only these forms ; inf. eclore ; part, past, eclos ; 
ind. pres. il eclot, ils eclosent; fut. il eclora, ils eclo- 
ront; cond. il eclorait, ils ecloraient; and the subj. pres. 
qu'il eclose, qu'ils eclosent. But its compound tenses, 
which are formed with etre, are much used. 

Conclure, to conclude. 
Part. pres. concluant. Past, conclu. 

Ind. pres. conclus, conclus, conclut, conclu-ons, — ez, — ent. 
Imperf. concluais. Pret. conclus. Fut. conclurai. 
Cond. conclurais. Imper. conclus. Subj. pres. conclue. 
Imperf. conclusse. 

N. B. Exclure, to exclude, is conjugated like con- 
clure, except that its participle past is either exclu or 
exclus. 



EXERCISE ON BOIRE, CLORE, &c. 

Seated under the shade of palm-trees, they were milking 

Assis a art. palmier pi. * ind-2 

their goats and ewes, and merrily drinking 

chevre f. pi. pron. brcbis f. pi. avecjoie2md-2 1 

that nectar, which (was renewed) every day. Should 

m. se renouveler ind-2 art. pi. * 

they not have drunk with ice - ? This window does not 

cond-2 a art. f. f. 

shut well ; when you have made some alterations (in it,) 

ind-8 reparation f. pi. y 

it will shut better. He had scarcely closed his eyes, when 

f. mieux. a peine ind-6 * art. que 

the noise which they made at his door, awoke him. 

que on ind-3 a reveiller ind-3 

Have they not enclosed the suburbs within the city 1 

on faubourg m. pi. ville f. 



OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 209 

Croire, to believe. 

Part. pres. croyant. Past, cru. 

Ind. pres. crois, crois, croit, croyons, croyez, croient. 

Imperf. croyais. Pret. crus. Put. croirai. Cond. croirais. 

Imper. crois, croie, croyons, croyez, croient. 

Subj. pres. croie, croies, croie, croyions, croyiez, croient. 

Imperf. crusse. 

It has no derivative but accroire, which is only used 
with faire, as, faire accroire, or en fair e accroire, to im- 
pose upon credulity; and den faire accroire, to be self- 
conceited. 

Poindre (upon joindre,) v. a. to sting, and v. n. to 
shoot forth, to dawn, has, besides the inf. poindre, the 
ind. pres. il point, and thefut. il poindra. 

Will you enclose your park with a wall, or a hedge 1 

pare de mur m. pr. haie f. 

Put the eggs of those silk-worms in the sun, 

mettez ceuf. m. pi. ver-d-soie m. pi. a soleil m. 

that they may hatch. Those flowers just blown % 

sub-1 nouvellemeni 

spread the sweetest fragrance. When did they conclude this 

repandre doux parfum m. ind-4 

treaty'? His enemies managed so well, that he was unani- 
traite m. faire ind-3 ind-3 unani- 

mously excluded from the company. Did you think me 

mement compagnie f. croire ind-1 

capable of so black an act 7 He possesses some kind of 

noir 2 trait m. 1. avoir espece 

knowledge; but (not so much as he thinks.) 
s'dvoir il s'en faire trop accroire. 



OBSERVATIONS 

UPON THE TWO FOLLOWING TAELES. 

The following Tables, which exhibit at one view all 
the primitive tenses, both of the regular and irregular 
verbs, and most of the defective, with reference to the 
pages where the other tenses are to be found, will, it is 
presumed, prove useful to those who will consult them. 



210 



OF IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



TABLE OF THE PRIMITIVE TENSES OF THE 
FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 

FIRST CONJUGATION. 



INFINITIVE. | 



PARTICIPLES. 



INDICATIVE. 



Present. 



Present. 



Past. 



Present. \ Preter. Def. 



Parler 



Parian?. 



Parle. 



Je parle. 



Je parley. 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 



Puntr. 


Vumssant. 


Puni. 


Je punis. 


Je punis. 


153 


Sentir. 


Sentant. 


Sen??. 


Je sens. 


Je sends. 


153 


Mentir. 


Meutant. 


Menti. 


Je mens. 


Je menft's. 




Se repenttr. 


Se repentant 


Repent. 


Je me repens. 


JewerepenU's. 


169 


Far?ir. 


Par?an?. 


Par?*. 


Je pars. 


Je partis. 




Sottir. 


Sortant. 


Sor?». 


Je sors. 


Je sortis. 




Dormir. 


Dormant. 


Dormi. 


Je dors. 


Je dormis. 




Servir. 


Servant. 


Semi. 


Je sers. 


Je semis. 




Ouvnr. 


Ouvrant. 


Ouver?. 


J' ouvre. 


J' ouvrz's. 


153 


CouvWr. 


Couvran?. 


Couver?. 


Je couvre. 


Je eouvris. 




Offn'r. 


Offrant. 


Offer?. 


J' offre. 


J' offris. 




Souffrtr. 


Souffran?. 


Souffer?. 


Je souffre. 


Je souffrts. 




Tenir. 


Tenant. 


Tern*. 


Je tiens. 


Je tins. 


153 


\enir. 


Yenant. 


\enu. 


Je \iens. 


Je vins. 





"Rec evoir. 
Devoir. 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 



Receran?. 
Devant. 



Re cm. 
Du. 



Je re^ois. 
Je dozs. 



Je recws. 
Je du's. t 



158 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



Repandre. 

Rendre. 

Fondre. 

Repondre. 

Tondre. 

Perdre. 

Mordre. 

Tordre. 

Plaire. 

Tat're. 

Para??re. 

Cro??re. 

Conna??re. 

Repaz?re. 

Reduire. 

Instruire. 

Craindre. 

Peindre. 

Joindre. 



Repandan?. 


Repandw. 


Je repands 


Rendan?. 


Rendw. 


Je rends. 


Fondan?. 


Fondw. 


Je fonds. 


Repondan?. 


Repondw. 


Je reponds. 


Tondan?. 


Tondw. 


Je tonds. 


Perdan?. 


Perdw. 


Je perds. 


Mordan?. 


Mordw. 


Je mords. 


Tordant. 


Tordu. 


Je tords. 


Vlaisant. 


Plw. 


Je plats. 


Taisanl. 


Tw. 


Je tais. 


Par m'ssan?. 


Par«. 


Je para?s. 


Croissant. 


Crw. 


Je crozs. 


Cormaissant. 


Connw. 


Je connais. 


Tlepaissant. 


Repw. 


Je repais. 


Redmsant. 


Redui?. 


Je reduis. 


Instruisare?. 


Instrui? 


J' instruis. 


Cra\s,nant. 


Cram?. 


Je crains. 


Veignant. 


Pein?. 


Je perns. 


Joignant. 


Join?. 


Je joins. 



Je repandis. 
Je rendfs. 
Je fondzs. 
Je repondis. 
Je tondts. 
Je perdz's. 
Je mordz's. 
Je tordzs. 
Je plzzs. 
Je t«s. 
Je parus. 
Je crws. 
Je connws. 
Je repws. 
Je reduists. 
J' instruisz's. 
Je craig-m's. 
Je pei^nis. 
Je pignis. 



162 



162 



162 



162 



OF IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



211 



PRIMITIVE TENSES OF THE IRREGULAR WITH 
SOME DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



FIRST CONJUGATION. 


INFINITIVE. 


PARTICIPLES. 


INDICATIVE. 




Present. 


| Present. \ Past. 


| Present. 


| Preter. Def. 


Aller. 


| AUant. | Alle 


1 Je vais. 


| J'allai. 


| P 1§2 




SECOND CONJUGATION. 






Fleurir. 


Fleurissant. 
Florissant. 


1 Fleuri. 
Hai 


Je fleuris. 


Je fleuris. 


184 


Hair. 


Haissant. 


Je hais. 


Je hais. 


185 


Gesir. * 


Gisant. 




11 git. 




185 


Bouillir. 


Bouillant. 


Bouilli 


Je bous. 


Je bouillis. 


185 


Ebouillir. 




Ebouilli. 






185 


Courir. 


Courant. 


Couru. 


Jc cours. 


Je courus. 


185 


Faillir. 


Faillaiit.* 


FaiUi. 


Je faux.* 


Je faillis. 


186 


Defaillir. 




Defailli. 


Nous defail'ons. 


Je defaillis. 


186 


Fuir. 


Fuyant. 


Fui. 


Jefuis. 


Je fuis. 


187 


Mourir. 


Mourant. 


Mort. 


Je meurs. 


Je mourus. 


187 


Acquerir. 


Acquerant. 


Acquis. 


J'acquiers. 


J'acquis. 


183 


Conquerir. 


Conquerant. 


Conquis. 


Je conquiers. 


Je conquis. 


188 


Ouir. 


Oyant. * 
Vetant. 


Ou'i. 




J'ouis. 


188 


Vetir. 


Vetu. 


Je vets. 


Je vetis. 


188 


Revetir. 


Revetant. 


Revetu. 


Je revets 


Je revetis. 


188 


Cueillir. 


Cueillant. 


Cueilli. 


Je cueille 


Je cueillis. 


189 


Saillir. 


Saillant. 


Sailli. 


11 saille. 


Usaillit. 


189 


Tressaillir. 


Tressaillant. 


Tressailli . 


Je tressaille. 


Jelressaillis, 


190 




THIRD CONJ 


UGATION. 






Avoir. 


Ayant. 


Eu. 


J'ai 


J'eus. 


130 


Ravoir. 










191 


Choir. 




Chu. 






191 


Dechoir. 




Dechu, 


Je dechois. 


Je dechus. 


191 


Echoir. 


Echeant. 


Echu. 


11 echoit. 


B echut. 


191 


Falloir. 




Fallu. 


11 faut. 


II fallut 


179 


Mouvoir. 


Mouvant. 


Mu. 


Je meus 


Je mus. 


192 


Promouvoir. 




Promu . 




Je promus . * 


192 


Pleuvoir. 


Pleuvant. 


Phi. 


Bpleut. 


U plut. 


193 


Pouvoir. 


Pouvant. 


Pu. 


Je puis. 


Je pus. 


193 


Savoir. 


3achant. 


Su. 


Je sais. 


Je sus. 


193 


Seoir.* 


Seyant. 




11 sied. 




193 


Seoir.* 


Seant. 


Sis. 






193 


Asseoir. 


Asseyant. 


Assis. 


J'assieds. 


J'assis. 


194 


Surseoir. 




Sursis. 


Jesursois. 


Je sursis. 


195 


Voir. 


Voyant . 


Vu. 


Je vois. 


Je vis . 


194 


Prevoir. 


Prevoyant. 


Prevu. 


Je prevois. 


Je preVis . 


195 


Pourvoir. 


Pour voyant. 


Pourvu . 


Je pourvois. 


Je pourvus. 


195 


Valoir. 


Valant. 


Valu. 


Je vaux. 


Je valus . 


195 


Vouloir. 


Voulant . 


Voulu. 


Je veux. 


Je voulus. 


195 



N. B. 



The forms marked with an asterisk are obsolete. 

19* 



212 



OF IRREGULAR AND DETECTIVE VERBS. 



INFINITIVE. | 



PARTICIPLES. 



INDICATIVE. 



Present. \ Present. \ Past. 



Present. \ Preterit. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



Soudre. 

Resoudre. 

Absoudre. 

Dissoudre. 

Coudre. 

Souidre. 

Mettre. 

Moudre. 

Prendre. 

Rompre. 

Suivre. 

S'ensuivre. 

Vaincre. 

Battre. 

Etre. 

Vivre. 

Braire. 

Faire. 

Traire. 

Naitre. 

Renaitre. 

Paitre. 

Bruire. 

Luire. 

Nuire. 

Confjre. 

Suffire. 

Circoncire. 

Dire. 

Medire. 

Maudire. 

Ecrire. 

Lire. 

Rire. 

Frire. 

Boire. 

Clore, clorre 

Conclure. 

Exclure. 

Croire. 

Poindre. 



Solvant.* 

Resolvant. 

Absolvant. 

Dissolvant. 

Cousant. 

Mettant. 

Monlant. 

Prenant. 

Rompant. 

Suivant. 

S'ensuivant. 

Vainquant. 

Battant. 

Etant. 

Vivant. 

Fesant. 
Trayant. 

Naissant. 

Renaissant. 

Paissant. 

Bruyant. 

Luisant. 

Nuisant. 

Confisant. 

Suffisant. 

Circoncisant 

Disant. 

Medisant. 

Maudissant. 

Ecrivant. 

Lisant. 

Riant. 

Buvant. 

Concluant. 

Excluant. 

Croyant. 



Resous, resolu. 
Absous. 
Dissous 
Cousu. 

Mis. 

Moulu. 

Pris. 

Rompu. 

Suivi. 

Ensuivi. 

Vaincu. 

Battu. 

Ete. 

Vecu. 

Fait. 
Trait. 

Ne. 

Pu. 

Lui. 

Nui. 

Confit. 

Suffi. 

Circoncis. 

Dit. 

Medit. 

Maudit. 

Ecrit. 

Lu. 

Ri. 

Frit. 

Bu. 

CIos. 

Conclu. 

Exclu, or exclus. 

Cru. 



Je resous. 
J' absous. 
Je dissous. 
Je couds. 
II sourd. 
Je mets. 
Je mouds. 
Je prends. 
Je romps. 
Je suis. 
II s'ensuit. 
Je vaincs.* 
Je bats. 
Je suis. 
Jevis. 
II brait. 
Je fais. 
Je trais. 
Je nais. 
Je renais. 
Je pais. 

Je luis. 
Je nuis. 
Je confis. 
Je suffis. 
Je circoncis 
Je dis. 
Je medis. 
Je maudis. 
J' ecris. 
Je lis. 
Jeris. 
Je fris. 
Je bois. 
Je clos. 
Je conclus. 
J' exclus. 
Je crois. 
II point. 



Je resolu s. 



Je cossis. 

Je mis. 
Je moulus. 
Je pris. 
Je rompis. 
Je suivis. 
II s'ensuivit. 
Je vainquis. 
Je battis. 
Je fns. 
Je vecus. 

Jefis. 

Je naquis. 
Je renaquis. 



Je nuisis. 
Je confis. 
Je suffis. 
Je circoncis. 
Je dis. 
Je medis. 
Je maudis. 
J' ecrivis. 
Je lus. 
Je ris. 

Je bus. 

Je conclus. 
J' exclus. 
Je crus. 



196 
196 
196 
197 
197 
197 
197 

m 

19S 
199 
200 
200 
200 
201 
136 
201 
202 
202 
'203 
203 
203 
•204 
204 
20 i 
204 
203 
205 
205 
205 
205 
205 
206 
206 
207 
207 
207 
208 
203 
20S 
209 
2Cr? 



N. B. The derivatives which are not in this Table, will be found with 
the primitivesj to which we have given references. 



FORMATION OF THE VERBS. 

From the Synoptical French Grammar, by Professor Mouls. 
[This table is used with great advantage in schools, to write verbs.] 



213 



Verbs ending in 


Form 


THE PRESENT OF THE INDICATIVE. 


THE PRETERIT DEFINITE. 




by 

CHANGING. 


INTO. 


INTO. 


Er. (a) 

Alter. 


er. 


e, es, e. ons, ez, ent. 


ai, as, a. ames, ates, erent. 




je vais, vas, va. allons, allez, vont. 


j'allai, &c. 


Yer. 


yer. 


ie, ies, ie. yons, yez, ient. 


yai, yas, &c. 


Jr. (b) 


ir. 


is, is, it. issons, issez, issent. 


is, is, it. imes, ites, irent. 


Dormir. 


rair. 


s, s, t. mons, mez, ment. 


mis, &c. 


Servir. (c) 


vir. 


s, s, t. vons, vez, vent. 


vis, &c. 


Sentir. (d) 


tir. 


ts, ts, t. tons, tez, tent. 


tis, &c. 


Vetir. 


tir. 


s, s, t. tons, tez, tent. 


tis, &c. 


Vrir, Frir 


ir. 


e, es, e. ons, ez, ent. 


is, is, it. imes, Ites, irent. 


Cueillir. 


ir. 


do. do. 


do. 


Saillir. (e) 


ir. 


is, is, it. issons, issez, issent. 


do. 


Faillir. (f) 
Bouillir. 




(obsolete.) 


je faillis, &c. 




je bous-bous, bout, bouillons-llez-lent. 


je bouillis, &c. 


Hair. 




je hais, hais, hait. havssons, &c. 


je hais, &c. Imrent 


Enir. 


enir. 


iens, iens, ient. enons, enez, iennent. 


ins, ins, int. inmes, tntes, 


Querir. 
Fuir. 


€rir. 


iers, iers, iert. erons, erez, ierent" 


is, &c. 




je fuis, fuis, fuit. fuyons, fuyez, fuient. 


(caret.) 


Ourir. 


ir. 


s, s, t. ons, ez, ent. 


us, us, ut times, utes, urent. 


Mourir. 




je meurs, eurs, eurt. ourons, ourez, eurent. 


do. 


Voir. 




je vois, vois, voit. voyons, voyez, voient. 


je vis, &c. 


Avoir. 




j'ai, as, a. avons, avez, ont. 


j'eus, &c. 


Savoir. 


avoir. 


ais, ais, ait. avons, avez, avent. 


us, &c. 


Cevoir, Devoir. 


evoir. 


ois, ois, oit. evons, evez, oivent. 


do. 


Pleuvoir. 




il pleut. 


il plut 


Ouvoir. (g) 


ouvoir. 


eux, eux, eut. ouvons, ouvez, euvent. 


us, &c. 


Valoir. 


loir. 


ux, ux, ut. Ions, lez, lent. 


lus, &c. 


Falloir. 




il faut. 


il fallut 


Vouloir. 


ouloir. 


eux, eux, eut. oulons, oulez, eulent. 


oulus, &c. 


Choir, (h) 


oir. 


ois, ois, oit. oyons, oyez, oient. 
ieds, ieds, ied. eyons. eyez, eyent 


us, us, &c. 


Seoir. (i) 


eoir. 


is, is, it. imes, ites, irent. 


Surseoir. 




je surseois-ois-oft-oyons-oyez-oient. 


je sursis, &c. 


Dre. 


dre. 


ds.ds, d. dons, dez, dent. 


dis, &c. 


Endre. 


dre. 


ds, ds, d. dons, dez, dent. 


dis, dis, &c. 


Prendre. 


dre. 


ds, ds, d. ons, ez, nent. 


je pris, &e. 


Ein-Ain-Oindre. 


indre. 


ins, ins, int. ignons, ignez, ignent. 


ignis, &c. 


Aitre. (j) 


aitre. 


ais, ai3, ait. aissons, aissez, aissent. 


us, &c. 


Aincre. 


ere. 


cs,cs,c. quons, quez, quent. 


quis, &c. 


Attre. 


ttre. 


is, ts, t. ttons, ttez, ttent. 


ttis, &c. 


Mettre. 


ttre. 


ts, ts, t. ttons. ttez, ttent. 


je mis, &c. 


Etre. 




je suis, es, est. sommes, etes, sont. 


je fus, &c. 


Croitre. 


tre. 


s, s, t. ssons, ssez, ssent. 


je eras, &c. 


Aire, (k) 


aire. 


ais, ais, ait. aisons, aisez, sent. 


us, &c. 


Traire. 




je trais, trais, trait, tiuyons, trayez, ent. 


(caret.) 


Ire. (1) 


ire- 


is, is, it. isona, isez, isent. 


is, &c. 


Lire. 


ire. 


is, &c. do. 


us, &c. 


Crire. 


re. 


s, s, t. vons, vez, vent. 


vis, &c. 


Frire. (m) 


ire. 


is, is, it. 


is, &c. 


Rire. 


re. 


s, s, t. ons, ez, ent. 


s, s, t. mes, tes, rent 


Croire. 


oire. 


ois. ois, oit. oyons, oyez, oier.t. 


je crus, &c. 


Eoire. 


oire. 


do. uvons, uvez, oivent. 


us, &c. 


Rompre. 


re. 


s, s, t. ons, ez, ent. 


is, &c. 


Clore. (n) 


re. 


s, s, t. (caret.) sent. 


(caret.) 


Soudre. 


udre. 


us, us, ut. lvons, Ivez, Ivent. 


lus, &c. 


Coudre. 


dre. 


d3, ds, d. sons, sez, sent. 


sis, &c. 


Moudre 


dre. 


ds, ds, d. Ions, lez, moulent. 


lus, &c. 


Ure. 


re. 


s, s, t. ons, ez, ent. 


s. s, t. mes, tes, rent. 


Uivre. 


vre. 


s, s, t. vons, vez, vent. 


vis, &c. 


Uire. (o) 


re. 


s, s, t. sons, sez, sent. 


sis, &c. 


Vivre. 


vre. 


s, s. t. vons, vez, vent. 


je vecus, &c. 



N. B. No change is to be made in the tenses preceded by je or il. 

(a) Verbs in gcr retain e before a or o, as je songeais, songeons. Verbs in cer change c into c_ before 
oro, as effatjant, SrTacjons. Verbs in Her, eter, double 1 or t before e mute, as j'appelle, il jette. (b) 
Gesir, to lie, il gtt, ilsgisent.— Ouir,fols, ois, oit. oyons, oyez, oient, pret. def j'ou'is, past part. our. Sel- 
dom used except in the participle. Fleurir makes florissant in the present participle ; and in the 
imperfect je florissais, when used metaphorically, as, empire Jlorissant, Rome florissait; but fleurir, 
to blossom, is regular, (c) Asservir makes in the present, j'asscrvis, asservis, asservit. asservissons, 
&c. (d) Neuter verbs in tir, change tir into s, s, t. tons, tez, tent,se repentir, dementir, areconjuga- 
tcd in the same manner, but active verbs change ir into is, is, it. issons, &c. compaiir, retentir, 
though neiifer, follow this rule, (a) Assaillir, and saillir to projeet, are conjugated like verbs ending 
in cueillir; saillir has only the third person and the gerunds, (f) Defaillir, to decay or to faint, ha3 
only (in the present) defaillons, defailkz. (%) Pouvoir, to be able, je peux or je puis and puis-je 
only, in the interrogations. (Ii) Choir is used only in the infinitive. Deohoir, to decay, has no imper- 
fect indie. Echoir, to fall, to expire, no imperfect indicative, (used only in the third person.) (i) Se- 
oir, to become, present indicative, il sied, lis sieent. (j) Paitre, to graze, no preterit definite, but 



214 FORMATION OF THE VERBS. 

repaitre, to feed., is regular. Naitre, to be born, renaitre, to be born again, make in the preterit, naquis, 
xenaquis. (k) Faire (and its deriv.)je fais, fais, fait, fesons, faites, font, pret-deffis. (1) Dire, to say, 
jedis, dis, dit. disons, dites, disent. Redire, as dire. Maud ire, je mauilis, maudis, maudit, maudissons, 
maudissez, maudissent. (m) Frire, to fry, no imperfect. Preterit definite like the present. (Future and 
cond. regular) imperative fris, it may be conjugated throughout with faire, viz. Je fais frire, etc. (n) 
Clore or clorre, to close, je clos, tu clos, il clot Fut. and cond. regular imperative clos. Declare, like 
clore. (o) Luire and reluire. Preterit definite not used. 
£r3= Y is generally changed into i before e mute, as envoyer j'envoic. Croire, il? croient, &c. 
The imperfect of the indicative is formed from the first plural person of the present, by changing 
ens into ais, ais, ait. ions, iez, atent. J'etais, I was, is the only exception to this rule. 
The future absolute is formed from the present of the infinitive by changing 

er into erai. ir into irai. voir into verrai. re into rai. 

yer into ierai. ourir into ourrai. avoir into aurai. 

enir into iendrai. cevoir, devoir, into cevrai, devrai. 

querir into qutrrai, aloir into audrai. 
cueillir into } choir into cherral. 

cueiilerai. 5 seoir into sicrai. 

EXCEPTIONS, aller, future, firai. eiwoyer, fenverrai. saillir, (to project.) il saillera. 
fa 1 loir, ilfaudra. prevoir,je prevoirai. pouvoir, je pourrai. pleuvoir, il pleuvra. mouvoir, je mou* 
vrai. surseoir, j>'e surseoirai. vou loir, je voud rai. etre.je serai, faire, je ferai. 

Ed"* The second person, third, &c are to be formed from the first by changing rai into ras, ra. 
tons, rez, ront. 

The Conditional is formed from the first person of the future by changing rai into rais, raU, 
rait, rions, riez, raient. 

The Imperative has no first person in the singular. The 2d person of the singular, the 1st and 2d 
of the plural, are alike with the corresponding per. of the pres. ind. except in the imperative of verbs 
ending in er, vrir, frir, cueillir, which drop the s in the imperative — viz. tu paries, imp. parte; tu 
couvres, imp. couvre; tu souflres, imp. souffre; tu cueilles, imp. cueille; the third person like the cor- 
responding of the present of the subjunctive. 

EXCEPTIONS. (.See Avoir and Etre. 
aller, savoir, vouloir, 

Imperative, aille- sache, veuille- 

Plural, allons-ez- sachons-ez-ent. veuillons-ez-ent. 

aillent. 
The Present of the SuBjrrNCTrvE is formed from the 3d plural person of the present of the in- 
dicative, by changing ent into e, es, e, tor the singular. The 1st and 2d person of the plural like the 
corresponding of the imperfect, and the 3d like the 3d of the present 
EXCEPTIONS. (See Avoir and Etre.) 
aller. faire. valoir. 

Subj. que j'aille-es-e. fasse-es-e. vaille-es-e. 

allions-iez-aillent. fassions-iez-assent valions-iez-ent 

prevaloir. pouvoir. 6avoir. 

Subj. prevale-es-e. puisse-es-e. sache-es-e. 

prev alions-iez-ent. puissions-iez-ent sachions-iez-ent 

seoir, to befit. vouloir. falloir. 

Subj. qu'il siee. veuille-es-e. qu'il faille. 

voulions-iez-veuillent. 
The Imperfect of the Subjunctive is formed from the preterit def. by changing ai into one, 
asses, at. assions, assiez, assent, s into sse, sses, t. ssions, ssiez, ssent. 

The Present Participle will be formed from the first plural person of the present of the indica- 
tive, by changing ons into ant. 

EXCEPTIONS. 
etre. avoir. savoir. seoir. (to sit.) echoir. 

etant. ayant sachant. seant. echeant 

The Past Participle may be formed from the preterit def. by changing ai into e, is into i, fria 
into frit, vris into vert, ins into enu, dis* into du, isis into il, gnis into nt, us into u. No change is 
to be made in the preterits ending in pris, quis. 

EXCEPTIONS. 
(The feminine of the participle is formed by adding e.) 





Benir 




mourir. 


vetir. 


seoir. 


voir. 


Past part 


Beni or 


benit.t 


mort 


vetu. 


sis. 


vu. 




Battre. 




circoncire. 


confire. 


croitre. 


clore. 


Past part. 


Battu. 




circoncis. 


confit. 


crus. 


clos. 




Coudre. 




etre. 


ecrire. 


dire. 


frire. 


Past part. 


Cousu. 




ete. 


ecrit. 


dit. 


frit. 




Faire. 




inclure.I 


mettre. 


naztre. 


nuire. 


Past part. 


Fait. 




inclus. 


mis. 


ne. 


nui. 




Mettre. 




rompre. 


resoudre. 


traire. 


vaincre. 




Mis. 




rompu. 


resolu.% 


trait. 


vain-cu. 


Ed" The derivatires have the same exceptions. 







* Only in the verbs ending in dre, like repondre. 
t Benit is used only for things, as, eau benite, pain benit. 
I Conclure makes conclu. Exclure past part, exclus or exclu. 

§ Resoudre makes also resous, resoute, in the sense of resolved into. Dissondre and absowire, 
past part disaous, dissoute, obsous, absoute. 



OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 215 

CHAP. VI. 

OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 

Prepositions, which are so called, from being prefixed 
to the nouns which they govern, serve to connect words 
with one another, and to show the relation between them. 
Thus, in this phrase, le fruit de Varbre, the fruit of the 
tree, de expresses the relation between fruit and arbre. 
Likewise in this, utile a Vhomme, useful to man ; d forms 
the relation between the noun homme and the adjective 
utile. De and d are prepositions, and the word to which 
they are prefixed, is called their regimen. 

There are different kinds of prepositions. 

Some are used — to denote place, as : 
Chez. II est chez lui, he is at home. 
Dans. II se promene dans le jardin, he is walking in 

the garden. 
Devant. 27 est toujours devant mes yeux, he is always 

before my eyes. 
Derriere. II ne regarde jamais derriere lui, he never 

looks behind him. 
Parmi. Que de fous parmi les hommes ! how many 

fools among men ! 
Sous. La taupe vit sous terre, the mole lives under 

ground. 
Sur. II a le chapeau^ sur la tete, he has his hat on (his 

head.) 
Vers. Uaimant se tourne vers le nord, the loadstone 

points towards the north. 

EXERCISE ON THESE PREPOSITIONS. 

"We find less real happiness in an elevated condition than in 
Oil de 2 bonheur 1 2 f . 1 

a middling state. One is never truly peaceful but at 

moyen 2 1 veritdblement tranquille que 

home. He walked before me to serve me as a guide. 

soi marcher pour de * 

There was a delightful grove behind his house. Among 

ind-2 2 bosquet m. 1. 



216 OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 

Some — to mark order, as : 
Avant. La nouvelle est arrivee avant le courrier, the 

news is come before the courier. 
Apres. II est trop vain pour marcher apres les autres, 

he is too proud to walk after other people. 
Entre. Elle a son enfant entre les bras, she holds her 

child in (for between) her arms. 
Depuis. Depuis la creation jusqu'd nous, from the 

creation to the present time. 
Des. Des son enfance, from his infancy ; des sa source, 

from its source.f 



Some — to denote union, as : 
Avec. II faut savoir avec qui on se lie, we ought to 
know with whom we associate. 



(so many) different nations, there is not one that has not a 
tant de 2 \ y en avoir subj-1 

religious worship. Nature displays her riches with mag- 

fa culte m. 1 art. deployer 

nificence under the torrid zone. Eternal snows 

torride 3 f. 1 de art. 3 5 f. pi. 4 on 1 

(are to be seen) on the summit of the Alps. Towards the north, 

voir ind-1 2 sornmct 

nature assumes a gloomy and wild aspect. 

art. triste 2 sauvage 3 aspect m. I. 

t EXERCISE. 
We (were up) before day-light, (in order to) enjoy 

se lever ind-6 art. * pour de 

the magnificent spectacle of the rising sun. After such great 

magnifque 2 — m. 1 levant 2 1 de si 

faults, it only remained for us to repair them (as 

faute f. pi. ne r ester ind-2 * que reparer 

well as we could.) Between those two mountains runs a deep 
de notre mieux est profond 3 

hollow road. Many very astonishing events 

et creux2 c/ieminm. 1 * de art. 2 4 3 

(have taken place) within these ten years. From my earliest 

il se passer ind-4 1 depuis * art. tendre 

infancv I have had an abhorrence of lying. 

* horreur art. mensonge m. 



OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 217 

Durant. Durant la guerre, during the war : durant 

Vete, during the summer. 
Pendant. Pendant Vhiver, in winter; pendant la 

paix, in time of peace. This preposition denotes a 

duration more limited than durant. 
Outre. Outre des qualites aimables, il faut encore, &c. 

besides amiable qualities, there ought still, &c. 
Suivant. Je me deciderai suivant les circonstances, 

I shall determine according to circumstances. 
Selon. Le sage se conduit selon les mazimes de la 

raison, a wise man acts according to the dictates of 

reason.^ 

Some — to express opposition, as '• 

Contre. Je plaide contre lui, I plead against him. 

Malgre. II Va fait malgre moi, he has done it in 
spite of me. 

Nonobstant. Nonobstant ce qrfon lui a dit, notwith- 
standing what has been said to him.*[f 

t EXERCISE. 
With wit, politeness, and some (readiness to 

de art. pr. art. peu de prevenance 

oblige), one generally succeeds in the world. "We are fit 

reussir on propre 

for meditation during winter. {In the course of) that siege, 
a art. f. pendant siege m. 

the commandant of the city made some very successful 

ind-3 de art. heureux 2 

sallies. Besides the exterior advantages of figure and 

sortie f. pi. 1. 2 1 art. 

the graces of deportment, she possesses an excellent hearty a 

art. maintien m. avoir 2 1 

correct judgment, and a sensible soul. Always act 
sain 2 jugement 1 2 1 se conduire 

according to the maxims which I have given you. 

* f. pi. inculquer f. pi. 

IT EXERCISE. ~" 

We cannot long act {contrary to) our own character ; 

savoir coyl<5l-\ agir contre * 

notwithstanding all the pains we take to disguise it, it 

que pour 

shows itself, and betrays us on many occasions. In 

se montrer trahir en Men de art. • 



218 OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 

Some — to express privation, or separation, as : 

Sans. Des troupes sans chef, troops without com- 
manders. 

Excepte. Excepte quelques malheureux, except some 
wretches. 

Hors. Tout est perdu hors Vhonneur, all is lost save 
honour. 

Hormis. Tous sont entres hormis mon frere, they are 
all come in except my brother, f 



Some — to denote the end, as : 

Envers. II est charitable envers les pauvres, he is cha- 
ritable to the poor. 

Touchant. II a ecrit touchant cette affaire, he has 
written respecting- that business. 

Pour. II travaille pour le bien public, he labours for 
the public good.*!! 

vain we dissemble ; in spite of ourselves, we are known at 

* avoir beau f aire on nous connait a 

last. 
la longue. 

t EXERCISE. 
{Had it not been for) your care, I should have been ig- 
sans pi. un 

norant all my life. All the philosophers of antiquity, 

art. 
except a few, have held the world to be eternal. All 

tres-petit nombre croire * * 

laid down their arms, except two regiments, who pre- 

mettre bas * art. 
f erred (making their way) through the enemy. Every 

se f aire jour au-travers de pi. 

thing is absurd and ridiculous in that work, except a chapter 
or two. 

If EXERCISE. 
I have written to you concerning that business, in which I 

d laquelle 
take the most lively interest ; and as I know your benevo- 

vif connaitre bienveil- 

lence towards the unfortunate, I (make not the least doubt) 
lance f. malheureux ne douter nullement 



OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 219 

Others — to mark the cause and means, as : 
Par. II Va flechi par ses prieres, he has softened him 

by his entreaties. 
Moyennant. II reussira moyennant vos avis, he will 

succeed by means of your counsels. 
Attendu. II ne peut partir, attendu les vents contraires, 

he cannot sail on account of contrary winds.;]: 

The use of the prepositions, — d, — de, — en, is very 

extensive. 

A is generally used to express several relations, as des- 
tination, tendency, place, time, situation, &c. being 
often a substitute for various other prepositions; 
ex.: — destination -to: alter a Londres, to go to Lon- 
don. — Tendency -to, toward : courir a sa perte, to 
hasten to one's ruin. — Aim -at, for: aspirer a la 
gloire, to aspire to glory. — Residence -at, in : etre a 
Rome, to be at Rome. — Time -at : a midi, at twelve 
o'clock. — Concern -on : a. ce sujet, on this subject. — 
Manner -with: supplier a mains jointes, to entreat 
earnestly. — Means -with : peindre a Vhuile, to paint 
in, or with oil ; -with : bas d-trois fils, three thread- 
stockings, that is, with three threads. — Situation -at, 

that yoa (will carefully attend) (to it,) (not so much) for the 

ne donner tous vos soins subj-1 y moins 
satisfaction of obliging me, as for the pleasure of justifying 

in f- 1 justifier inf- 1 

innocence and confounding calumny, 
art. pr. confondre art. f. 

* EXERCISE. 
Is there any man that has never been softened by tears 
aucun subj-1 fiechir art. 

or disarmed by submission 2 Through the precautions 

ni desarmer art. 

which we took, we avoided the rooks of that dangerous 

que ind-3 ind-3 ecueilra.pl. 2 

coast. Owing to the bad state of my father's health, I shall 
cote f. 1 2 1 

not travel this year. 
voyager annee f. 

20 



220 OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 

with : etre a son aise, to be at ease. — Purpose for : une 
table a manger, a dining table. — Suitableness -for, to r 
homme a reussir, a man likely to succeed : — Desert : 
crime a nepas pardonner, a crime not tobe forgiven, &c. 



De is generally used to express separation, extraction, 
possession, appertenance, cause, shift, result, &c., and 
supplies the place of several prepositions, as — from : 

. je viens de France, I come from France; (Sun bout 
d V autre, from one end to the other. — Of: le palais du 
roi, the palace of the king; les faculties de fame, the 
faculties of the soul ; un homme d' esprit, a man of wit. 
In a partitive sense — of: moitie de, quart de, &c., the 
half of, the fourth of, &c. : it is used for par — by : il 
est aime de tout le monde, he is beloved by everybody; 
for — through, or by, &c. ; mourir de faim, de soif to 
die of hunger, of thirst: — on, upon, with: vivre de 
fruits, to live upon fruit. — On account of, or for: sau- 
ter de joie, to leap for joy.!" 

t EXERCISE ON THE PREPOSITION d. 

Fathers ! give good counsels, and still better 

de encore 3 pr. meilleur 1 

examples to your children. A good minister only aims 

2 ne aspirer 

at the glory of serving his country well. When we were 
que a inf-1 2 pays 3 1 ind-2 

in the country, we devoted the morning to 

a campagne f. consacrer ind-2 matinee f. art. 

study, we walked at noon, and at three or four 

se promener ind-2 midi 

o'clock we went a hunting, or fishing. Michael 

Jieure pi. ind-2 art. chasse f. pr. art. peche f. Michel- 

Angelo has painted (a great deal) in fresco. It is a bed with 
— Ange beaucoup art. fresque f. ce lit m. 

ivory posts _ and mahogany feet. That man, with his 
colonne d'ivoire pr. pied d 'acajou * art. 

gloomy looks and surly behaviour, seems 

sombre 2 regard m. 1 pr. art. brusque 2 maintien m. 1 ne semble 
fit only to serve as a scarecrow. 
propre que de * epouvantail. 



OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 221 

En serves to mark the relations of time, place, situation, 
&c. and is variously expressed, as, c 1 etait en hiver, it 
was during winter ; etre en Angleterre, to be in Eng- 
land ; alter en Italie, to go into Italy ; elle est en bonne 
sante, she is in good health ; il vaut mieux etre en 
paiz, qu'en guerre, it is better to be at peace than at 
war; il V a fait en haine de lui,h.e did it out of hatred 



IT EXERCISE ON THE PREPOSITION de. 
I come from London, where 1 have spent a week very 
oil passe huit jours 

agreeably. From one end of the horizon to the other, the 

bout m. m. 

sky was covered with thick black clouds. 

del m. epais 2 et noir 3 nuage m. pi. 1 

The marble of Paros is not finer than that which we get 

qui nous vient 
from Carrara. Montaigne, Mad. de Sevigne, and La Fontaine, 

Carrare. 
were writers of truly original genius. One half 

ind-2 de art. ecrivain un 2 3 1 moilie f. 

of the terrestrial globe is covered with water, and above a 
terreslre 2 globe m. 1 plus de 

(third part) of the rest is uninhabited, either through extreme 
tiers m. inhabite ou par un 2 

heat, or through excessive cold. In that happy 

chaleur f . 1 un = 2 froid in. 1 

retreat, we lived on the milk of our flocks, and the delicious 
asile m. ind-2 brebis pr. 2 

fruits of our orchards. 
1 verger m. pi. 

' t EXERCISE ON THE PREPOSITION en. 

He had for a (long while) lived in France; the 

3 * depuis 1 * long-temps 2 vivre ind-2 
troubles which agitated that fine kingdom obliged him to 

ind-4 royaume m. ind-4 de 

retire to Switzerland, whence he soon after (set off) 

se retirer Suisse d'oil 3 1 2 se rendre ind-4 

for Italy. We were at peace, and enjoyed all 

ind-2 pron. en gouter ind-2 art. 

its blessings, when ambition rekindled the flames of 

* charme m. art. rallumer ind-3 feu s. 

war, and forced us to put our frontiers in a state 
art. ind-3 de mettre frontier e f. pi. 



OF THE ADVERB. 

CHAP. VII. 
OF THE ADVERB. 

The adverb is a word which, accompanies verbs, ad- 
jectives, or even other adverbs, to express their manner, 
or circumstances. 

Remark. There are adjectives which are sometimes 
used as adverbs, as, il chante juste, he sings well ; elle 
chante faux, she sings out of tune ; Us ne voient pas 
clair, they do not see clear ; cette fieur sent bon, this 
flower has a good smell, &c. The adjectives, juste, faux, 
clair, and bon, here supply the place of adverbs. 

Adverbs are of different kinds. 

The most numerous are those which express manner, 
and are formed from adjectives by the following method : 

Rule I. When the adjective ends, in the masculine, 
with a vowel, the adverb is formed by adding ment ; as, 
modeste-ment, modestly ; poli-ment, politely; ingenn-ment, 
ingenuously, &c. 

Exceptions. Impuni makes impunement, and traitre, 
traitreusement. 

The following six take e close before -ment, instead of 
the emute in the adjective. 

aveuglement blindly eonformement conformably 

commodement comrnodiously enormement enormously 
incommodement incommodiously opiniatrement obstinately 

Observe that the adverbs, 
follement foolishly bellement softly 

mollement effeminately nouvellement newly 

are to be considered as coming from the adjectives, fol, mel, bel, 
nouvel, and accordingly belong to the following rule. 

Rule II. When the adjective ends with a conso- 
nant, in the masculine, the adverb is formed from the 
feminine termination, by adding ment ; as, grand 

of defence. The savage is almost continually at war : he can- 

presque toujours 
not remain at rest. He has acted, on this occasion, like 

en repos dans en 

a great man. 
* 






OF THE ADVERB. 223 

grandement, greatly; franc, franchement, frankly; 
naif, naivement, artlessly, &c. 

Exceptions. 1st. Gentil, makes gentiment, prettily. 

2nd. The following eight adverbs, 

communement commonly importunement importunately 

confinement confusedly obscurcment obscurely 

diffusement diffusedly precisement precisely 

expressement expressly profondement deeply 

take before ment the e close instead of the e mute, in 
the feminine of the adjectives from which they are 
derived : 

Rem. The six following adverbs are not derived 
from adjectives. 

comment how profusement lavishly 

incessamment presently nuilamment by night 

notamment especially sciemment knowingly 

3rd. Adjectives ending in -nt, form their adverbs by 
changing -ni into -mment, as consta-nt, consta-mment, 
constantly ; eloque-nt, eloque-mment. Except lent and 
present, the only two of this class, that follow the se- 
cond general rule, making lentement and presentement. 

Rem. Most adverbs denoting manner, and a few 
others, have the three degrees of comparison, as, pro- 
fondement, aussi, plus, or moins profondement, forty 
bien, or tres-profondement, and le plus profondement. 

The following degrees of comparison are irregular. 

POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. 

bien well mieux belter le mieux the best 

mal bad pis worse le pis the worst 

peu little moinsIT less le moins the least 

EXERCISE ON THESE ADVERBS. 
Bourdaloue and Masillon have both spoken very 

Vun et I'autre 
eloquently on evangelical truths ; but the former has prin- 

art. evangelique 2 1 
cipally (proposed to himself) to convince the mind ; the latter 

se proposer de convaincre 

has generally had in view to touch the heart. Several of 

en vue de art. 

la Bruyere's characters are as finely drawn as they are deli- 
2 1 finement trace * 

20* 



OF 



224 OF THE ADVERB. 

There are likewise various other sorts of adverbs: 

Affirmation, I as j Certes, certainly: out, yes. 
Consent, — Soil, be it so ; volontiers, willingly. 

Doubt, — Peut-etre, perhaps. 

Denial, I — I non, ne, ne pas, ne point, no, not.f 

" /~v j f Premieremenl, first ; secondement, 2dly, &c. 

uraer, or 1 jy aoora -^ at fi rst; ensuite, apres, afterwards; 
' f auparavant, before. 

C Oil, where ; id, here ; la, there ; de-ga, on this 
Place, or] side ; de la, on that side ; par-tout, every 
Distance, j where; pres, proche, near, nigh; loin, far, 

L &c.t 

cately expressed. Buffon is one of the best writers of the last 

century : he thinks deeply, describes forcibly, and expresses 

Steele m. 1 peindre fortement 

himself (with dignity.) Corneille and Racine are the two best 

noblement 
French tragic poets ; the pieces of the former are strongly, 

3 tragiqueZ If. 2 

but incorrectly written ; those of the latter are more regularly 

3 1 

beautiful, more purely expressed, and more delicately conceived. 

beau pense. 

EXERCISE ON THE ADVERBS OF AFFIRMATION, &c. 
Certainly, either I mistake, or the business passed (in 

ou se tromper se passer ind-4 

that manner.) Do you think that he listens willingly to this 

ainsi ecouter 

proposal 7 ? Have you ever read in Racine the famous scene of 

f. 
Phaedra's delirium 1 Yes, I have, and I own it is one 
Phedre 2 art. delire m. 1 la lue avouer que ce 

of the finest of the French theatre. Perhaps you will discover, 

2 m. 1 
on a second perusal of la Fontaine's fables, beauties 

dans lecture f. 2 art. 1 de art. f. pi. 

which you did not perceive at first. Will you have some 1 
que avoir aperpues a art. f. * en 

No. Will you not have some 1 The man who (is willing) to 
* vouloir * 

do good is not stopped by any obstacle. I will pay him 
* art. arrele aucun lui 

what I owe, but not all at once. 
ce que lui non pas a art. fois f. 



OF THE ADVERB. 



225 



Of time < 



Present. 
Past. 

Future. 

Indeterminate. 



SMaintenant, now : a, present, at 
present ; actuellement, this mo- 
ment, &c. 
Hier, yesterday; avant-hier, the 
day before yesterday; autre- 
fois, formerly, &e. 
Demain, to-morrow ; apres-de- 
main, the day after to-morrow, 
&c. 

f Souvent, often ; d* ordinaire, ge- 
J nerally; quelquefois, some- 
times ; matin, early ; tot, soon ; 
^ tard, late, &C.1T 



t EXERCISE ON THE ADVERBS OF ORDER, &c. 

We ought first to avoid doing evil ; afterwards we 
* falloir ind-1 * ae inf-1 art. * 

ought to do good. Read books of instruction /rs£, and 

* art. 1 art. 3 4 2 

then you may proceed to those of entertainment. If 

* passer ind-7 agrement 

you will go, settle first what is to be done. 

vouloir s'en alter regler auparavant falloir * * inf-1 

The painter had (brought together) in the same picture several 

rassembler un tableau 

different objects: here, a troop of Bacchants; there, a troop of 

2 1 Bacchante 

young people ; here, a sacrifice ; there, a disputation of philoso- 

gens dispute 

phers. Sesostris carried his conquests farther than Alexander 

pousser conquite ne 

did afterwards. Call upon your cousin ; he lives near here. 
ind-4 depuis Passer chez loger 2 ici 1 

I cannot see that, if I be not near it. When he knew 

ind-1 auprcs * Quand savoir ind-3 
where he was, he began to fear the consequence of his 

ind-2 commencer ind-3 suite 

imprudence. Contemplate {at a distance) lofty mountains, if 

de loin art. haut f. 

you wish to behold prospects ever varied and ever new. 

vouloir * decouvrir de art. site m. 



IT EXERCISE ON THE ADVERBS OF TIME. 

I have finished the work you prescribed me; what do 

que 



achever 



ordonner ind-6 



226 OF THE ADVERB. 

r 



Quantity. 

OF<J 

Comparison. 



CPeu, little; assez, enough; trop, too 
as ) much ; beaucoup, much, very much; 

( tant, so much, &c. 
as \ P ius > more 5 moins, less ; «W55i, so ; au~ 

\ tant, as much, &c.t 



you wish me to do now ? Formerly, education 

vouloir 1 que je * subj-1 3 2 
was neglected ; it is now (very much) attended to ; it is (to 

on 3 beaucoup 2 s'occuper en 1 falloir 
be hoped) that new views will soon (be adopted.) They 

esperer on 4 2 adopter ind-7 1 de 3. Ot 

grieved (at it) yesterday ; now, they laugh (at it;) 

s y affiiger ind-2 e?t aujourd'hui rire en 

to-morrow, it will no longer (be thought) of. It is one of 

on plus penser ind-7 y 

those accidents which it is sometimes impossible to avoid. The 

de 
dew incommoded me (very much;) I shall not {in future) 
serein m. ind-4 desormais 

walk so late. Rude and coarse criticism 

se promener Malhonnete 2 grossier 3 un f . 1 

generally (does greater injury) to the person who indulges 

nuire plus se permettre 

himself in it, than to him who is the object (of it.) 
* celle en 



t EXERCISE ON THE ADVERBS OF QUANTITY, &c. 

There are many people who have pretensions; but very 
beaucoup de * * a 

few who have such as are well founded. To embellish a 

en sub-1 * * * * defonde f. pi. * 2 

subject too much, frequently betrays a want of judgment and 

3 1 souvent etre faute 

taste. One very often experiences disgust in the midst of 

trouver art. ennui a 
the most riotous pleasures. She is a giddy and thoughtless 

bruyant 2 1 Ce leger 2 inconsequent 2 

woman, who speaks much and reflects little. She has so much 
1 refechir 

kindness, that it is impossible not to love her. These stuffs 
de de etoffe f. 

are beautiful; consequently they are dear. This book has 
aussi couter cher. 



OF CONJUNCTIONS. 227 

CHAP. VIII. 

OF CONJUNCTIONS. 

The conjunction is a word which serves to connect 
words, or sentences, as, II pleure et rit en meme temps, 
he cries and laughs at the same time ; the word et unites 
the first sentence, il pleure, with the second, il rit. Like- 
wise in Pierre et Paul rient, Peter and Paul laugh ; the 
word et unites these two sentences into one, Pierre rit 
and Paul rit. 

There are different kinds of conjunctions. 

To unite two words under the same affirmation, or 
under the same negation, et is used for the affirmation, 
and ni, neither, nor, for the negation. 

To denote an alternative, or distinction, ou, either, or ; 
soit, que, whether, or ; tantot, sometimes, &c. 

To restrict an idea ; sinon, but, except ; quoique, en- 
core que, though, although ; a moins que, unless, till.f 



merit ; but there are others as good. If he has done that, 
du en * de 

I can do (as much.) What I say to you (about it) is meant 

en autant en * 

less to give you pain, than to apprize you of the lan- 

pour /aire de art. avertir pro- 

guage that is used. She is six years younger than her bro- 
pos pi. on tenir avoir de moins 

ther. Nobody is more interested than you are . (in the 

ne * a ce que reussir 

success) of the affair. You do not offer enough for this garden : 
subj-1 2 * 1 offrir de 

give something more. The more ignorant we are, the less we 

de * 1 4 on 2 3 * 

(believe ourselves so.) 
croire Vetre. 



t EXERCISE ON THESE CONJUNCTIONS. 

Gold and silver are metals less useful than iron, 
art art. de art. art. 



228 OF CONJUNCTIONS. 

To express opposition, mais, but ; cependant, yet, ne- 
vertheless ; neanmoins, for all that, however ; pourtant, 
however, though; toutefois, bien que, although. 

To express a condition; si, if; sinon que, except that; 
pourvu que, provided that ; a condition que, on condition 
that. 

To express consent ; d la verite, indeed ; d la bonne 
heure, very well. 

For explanation ; savoir, c' est-d-dire, viz. that is to 
say; comme, as.f 



To listen with joy to a slanderer, and to applaud him, is to 
* medisant * lui ce * 

cherish the serpent who stings, that he may sting more 

rechauffer piquer afinque plus 

effectually. I like neither flatterers nor the wicked. Those 
surcment flatteur pi. 

who have never suffered, know nothing; they know neither 
savoir connaitre 

good nor evil. You may choose either a happy 
art. Men pi. art. mat pi. avoir a choisir de 

mediocrity, or a sphere more elevated, but exposed to many 

f. de f. bien de 

dangers. He is an inconsistent man ; he is sometimes of 
art. Ce inconsequent 2 1 tantbt 

one opinion, and sometimes of another. I have (nothing more) 

avis ne autre chose 

to say to you, only that I will have it so. I shall not yet 

sinon que vouloir * * encore 

proceed to the perusal of the authors of the second class, unless 

lecture f. ordre m. 

you advise me to do so. 

ne conseiller subj-1 * * le 



+ EXERCISE. 

The serpent bites ; it is only a bite ; but from this bite 

ce ne que morsure 
the venom communicates itself to the whole body ; the slanderer 



speaks; it is but a word; but this word resounds every 

ne que parole f. retentir 

where. (That is) certainly a superb picture ; nevertheless, there 
Voild tableau 



OF CONJUNCTIONS. 229 

To express relation, or parity ; comme, as, ainsi, thus, 
so; de meme, as, just as; ainsi que, as; autant que, as 
much as ; si que, as, &c. 

To express augmentation, dJailleurs, besides, more- 
over; outre que, besides that; deplus, au surplus, be- 
sides, furthermore. 

For diminution, au moins, du moins, pour le moins, at 
least. 

To express the cause, or the reason of a thing ; car, for ; 
comme, as; parce que, because; puisque, since; pour que, 
that, in order that, &c.J 



is some incorrectness in the design. Although Homer, accord- 

incorrection pi. dessin 

ing to Horace, slumbers (at times,) he is never- 

sommeiller sub-1 quelquefois en 2 3 ne 1 pas 
theless the first of all poets. You will succeed, provided 
moins art. reussir pourvu 

you act with vigour. We have within us two faculties 

que agir sub-1 en 

that are. seldom united, viz. imagination and judgment. 
* * art. 



t EXERCISE. 

The most beautiful flowers last but a moment: thus hu- 

durer ne que art. 2 

man life passes away. The (greatest part) of mankind 

4 3 1 * plupart f. art. homme pi. 

have, like plants, hidden qualities that chance 

pi. art. de art. cache 2 propriete f. 1 art. hasard 

discovers. Mad. de Sevigne's letters are mo- 

faire decouvrir 2 art. f. 1 de art. 

dels of elegance, simplicity, and taste ; besides, they are 

pr. pr. 

replete with interesting anecdotes. Nothing is more enter- 
plein de 2 f . 1 * de amu~ 

tain ing than history; besides, nothing is more instructive. 
sant art. * de 

Circumstances show us to others, and still 

art. occasion pi. faire connaxtre encore 

more to ourselves. I shall always advise you to take the 

conseiller de 



230 OF CONJUNCTIONS. 

To draw a conclusion ; or, now ; done, then ; par con- 
sequent, consequently; e'est pourquoi, therefore. 

To express a circumstance; quand, lorsque, when; 
pendant que, tandis que, &c. whilst, while ; tant que, as 
long as ; depuis que, ever since ; avant que, before ; des- 
que, aussi-totque, d 1 abordque, as soon as ; d-peine, hardly, 
scarcely; apres que, after that; enfin, in fine, finally, to 
conclude, &c. 

To express a transition; car, for; en effet, indeed, in 
effect ; au reste, besides, otherwise ; a propos, now I 
think of it; apres tout, after all.f 

ancients as your guides j at least, quit but seldom 

pour * pr. s'ecarter de ne que 

the way which they have traced for you. We must, at 

route f. que trade * * falloir 

least, know the general principles of a language, before (we 

2 1 langue f. de 

take upon ourselves) to teach it. Certain people hate 

se meter de * enseigner f. gens art. 

grandeur, because it lowers and humiliates them, and 

— 4t. pron. rabaisser pron. 

makes them feel the privation of the advantages which 
que elle leur Men pi. 

they covet. 
aimer. 

t EXERCISE. 

We ought to love what is amiable: now, virtue is 

* falloir ind-1 * art. 

amiable ; therefore we ought to love virtue. We ought to 

* * * falloir * 

practise what the Gospel commands us; now it commands 

evangile m. 
us, not only to forgive our enemies, but also to love 

non de pardonner a, encore de 

them. Desprcaux was extremely particular in not 

de la plus grand exactitude a 
coming \aXe,whe?i he was invited to dinner ; he said that 

inf-1 trop ind-2 ind-2 

all the faults of those who (are waited for) present themselves 

defaut se faire attendre 

to those who wait for them. The pride which possesses us, 
attendre * posseder 



OF CONJUNCTIONS. 231 

The conjunction que is always placed between two 
ideas, both necessary to complete the sense, as, II est tres- 
important que tout le monde soit instruit, it is of great 
importance that every body should be well instructed. 
It differs from the relative pronoun que, as it can never 
be converted into lequel, laquelle. The conjunction que 
is generally repeated before every member of a period. T 



visible as it is, escapes our eyes, while it manifests itself 
tout que a 

to the eyes of the public, and displeases every one. 

choquer art. esprit pi. 

After -we had examined that singular effect, we (inquired into) 
ind-5 2 1 rechercher ind-3 

its causes. We had hardly done, when he came in. Pride 
en ind-2 finir que entrer 

counterbalances all our imperfections ; for, whether it hides 
contre-peser misere pi. ou cacher 

them, or whether it discovers them, it glories in knowing them. 

si se glorifler de inf-1. 

None but an Englishman can (be a judge) of Shak- 
II rCy a que qui subj-1 juger 

speare ; for, what foreigner is sufficiently versed in the English 

language to discover the sublime beauties of that author 1 
langue f.pour 2 1 



V EXERCISE. 

(As long as I live,) this image will be before my eyes ; 

tout ma vie — f. peint 

and, if ever the gods permit me to reign, I shall not forget, 

faire 
after so terrible an example, that a king is not 

(pas not expressed) 
worthy to govern nor happy in his power, (but in 

de commander et n'est puissance f. qu'- 

proportion as) he subjects it to reason. I am very glad to 
autant que soumettre art. de 

see that you do not love flattery, and that one (runs no risk) 

ne hasarder Hen 
in speaking to you with sincerity. 
a inf-1 

21 



232 



OF INTERJECTIONS. 



CHAP. IX. 



OF INTERJECTIONS. 



Interjections are words, which serve to express the 
sudden emotions of the soul. The only point to be at- 
tended to, is not to place them between words which cus- 
tom has made inseparable. There are interjections for 
every feeling, viz. 



Of 



pain ahi, aie! ouf! ah! 

grief helas! mon Dieu, &c. 

fear ha ! he ! 

joy ah ! bon, bon ! o ! 

aversion fi ! fi done ! oh, oh ! 

disgust pouah, pouah ! 

indignation fbin de. 

imprecation peste de, la peste de. 

disbelief chansons, tarare. 

surprise ouais! 

astonishment oh ! bon Dieu ! misericorde ! peste \ 

warning gare ! hem! hola, ho ! 

checking tout beau ! hola. 

encouraging alerte ! allons ! 9a, courage ! 

applauding bravo, vivat ! 

encoring bis, bis. 

calling hola ! ho ! hem, hem ! 

derision oh ! eh ! zest ! oh ! oh ! oh ! 

silence chut ! pais ! st ! 



PART II. 



THE SYNTAX, 

OR 

WORDS CONSIDERED IN THEIR CONSTRUCTION. 

CHAP. I. 

§ I. 

OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 

There are some substantives which are never used 
in the plural; such are — 1. The names of metals, con- 
sidered in their original state ; as, Vor, gold, le platine, 
platina. 2. The names of virtues and vice ; as, la chas- 
tete, chastity, Vivrognerie, drunkenness. 4. Some words 
of a physical or moral nature; as, Voule, hearing, Vodo- 
rat, smelling, le sang, blood, le sommeil, sleep, la paw 
vrete, poverty. 4. The infinitive of verbs and adject- 
ives used substantively, together with some other words, 
which cannot be reduced to any particular class. 

Others, on the contrary, which likewise cannot be re- 
duced to any particular class, are never used in the sin- 
gular; as, annates, annals ; ancetres, ancestors, mouchettes, 
snuffers, &c. 



§ II. 

OF COMPOUND NOUNS. 

Of the formation of their plural. 

1. When a noun is compounded of a substantive and 
an adjective, they both take the sign of the plural ; as, 
un gentilhomme, a nobleman; des ge?itilshommes, noble- 
men. 

2. When a noun is compounded of two substantives, 
united by a preposition, the first only takes the sign of 
the plural; as, arc-en-ciel t a rainbow; des arcs-en-ciel t 
rainbows. 



234 SYNTAX OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 

3. When a noun is compounded of a preposition, or 
verb, and a substantive, the substantive alone is put in 
the plural ; as, un entresol, (a low room between two 
floors,) des entresols ; un garde-fou (rails on bridges,) 
des garde-fous. 

Remark. There is a small number of substantives 
composed of a verb and an adverb ; as, un passe-partout, 
a master or general key ; or of a verb repeated ; as, 
passe-passe, sleight of hand : they never take the sign of 
the plural. 



EXERCISE ON SUBSTANTIVE AND COMPOUND 

NOUNS. 

Gold is the most pure, the most precious, the most ductile, 
art. parfait 

and, after platina, the heaviest of all metals. Chastity is an 

pesant art. 

obligation of all times, all ages, and all conditions. 

* art. pr, art. pr. art. etat m. pi. art. 

Intoxication, which proceeds from beer, is of longer duration 
ivresse . venir art. * * 

than that which proceeds from wine. It is the sense of 

art. Ce art. 

feeling, which teaches to guard against the errors of sight 
toucher apprendre se garaniir de art. 

Sleep is the image of death. Early learn 

art. art. de bonne-heure 2 apprendre 1 

to distinguish truth from falsehood. That is more bitter 
— guer art. vrai art. faux amer 

than wormwood. Dignity of mind was 

de art. absinthe art. Elevation art. sentiment m. pi. ind-2 
formerly the (distinguishing mark of) noblemen. One of 

ce qui * distinguer ind-2 art. 

the buttresses of the vault has fallen. He is always 

arc-boutant m. pi. tomber 

making {cock and bull stories.') The Tartars always form 
fait de art. coq-a-V ane m. pi. Tariare etre 

the scouts of an army. The fish-carriers did 

avant-courier m. pi. chasse-maree m. pi. 

not arrive in time. This door is only fastened with a 

ind-3 a ne que fermer a, * art. 

latch; and all (the persons) in the house have each their 
loquetm. * ceux de 

hey. 
passe-partout m. 



OF THE ARTICLE. 235 

CHAP. II. 

OF THE ARTICLE. 

I i. 

1. The difficulty attendant on rendering into French 
the a or an, which precedes a substantive when it fol- 
lows the verb to be, will easily be removed by examin- 
ing whether that substantive be restricted by a particu- 
lar idea; if it be not restricted, the a or an is not ex- 
pressed in French ; thus, I am a Frenchman, 1 am a 
prince, must be translated by je suis Frangais, je suis 
prince. But if it be restricted, then the a or an must 
be expressed by the word un placed before the substan- 
tive, as, J am a Frenchman of an illustrious family, I 
am a very unfortunate prince, must be translated by je 
suis un Frangais d'une illustre maison, je suis un prince 
tres-malheureux. 

2. When the verb etre is preceded by the demonstra- 
tive ce, in phrases of this kind, un is always required be- 
fore the substantive, as, Jestun tresor, &c. 

3. The French do not use the article before sub- 
stantives, expressing the quality of a preceding noun : 
though, in cases of this kind, the English usually em- 
ploy the article the, and still more frequently a, or an ; 
as, Telemaque, fits dJUlysse, roi aVItaque, Telemachus, 
the son of Ulysses, king of Ithaca; le Due d'York, 
prince du sang, the Duke of York, a prince of the 
blood. 

t EXERCISE ON THE ARTICLE. 
I am a Frenchman and a merchant ; after having (been at) 
negotiant inf-1 parcouru 

the most famous (trading towns) in the Levant, my commercial 

= echelle f. pi. de — m. les affaires 
concerns have brought me here. I am an unhappy 

de mon commerce conduire 

Frenchman, who, a striking example of the vicissitudes of 
* memorable 2 1 — 

fortune, seek an asylum where I may end my days 

art. chercher asile m. puissejinir 

21* 



236 SYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. 

$2. 

Without entering more minutely into this subject, the 
following comparative table, in which the same words 
are exhibited, according to circumstances, both with and 
without the article, in conjunction with the phrases 
which have been inserted at the end of this grammar, 
will, it is presumed, be considered as a sufficient illus- 
tration of custom.^! 

in peace. He was a man of uncommon probity and of 

Ce un rare 2 f. 1 un 

tried virtue : (as a) reward for the services he had 

eprouve 2 1 pour le recompenser de que 

rendered to the church and state, the king has made him a 

m. pi. eglise. pr. art. 

bishop. Neoptolemus had hardly told me that he was a Greek, 
eveque. Neoptoleme eut apeinedit 

when I (cried out :) O enchanting words, after so many 
que s' eerier ind-3 doux parole f. pi. dc 

years of silence and unceasing pain ! O my son, what 

sans consolation 2 pr. 1 
misfortune, what storm, or rather what propitious wind has 
malheur m. tempcte f. plutbt favorable 2 1 

brought you hither to end my woes % He replied, 

conduire pour mal ? m. pi. rcpondre ind-3 

I am of the island of Scyros, I am returning thither ; (I am 

He retourner y on 

said) (to be) the son of Achilles. 
dit que ind-1. 

IT COMPARATIVE TABLE. 

WITH THE ARTICLE. WITHOUT THE ARTICLE. 

The writings of Cicero are full The writings of Cicero are full 

of the soundest 2 ideas 1. of sound 2 ideas 1. 

Divest yourself of the preju- Have no prejudice (with regard 

se defaire prejuge to) this question. 

dices of childhood. sur 

The different kinds of animals There are different kinds of 

that are upon the earth. animals upon the earth. 

He enters into a detail of the He enters into a long detail of 

rules of a good grammar. frivolous 2 rules 1. 

He affects circumlocutions. He affects long 1 circumlocu- 

chercher de detour. tions 2 in order to explain 

the simplest 2 things 1. 



SYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. 



237 



WITH THE ARTICLE. 



WITHOUT THE ARTICLE. 



He loads his memory with the 

verses of Virgil and the 

phrases of Cicero. 
Essays supported by strong 2 

discours soulenu. 

expressions 1 
He has collected precepts of 
recueillir sur 

morality. 

mceurspl. 
Make use of the tokens we 

se servir " signe (dont) 

agreed upon.* 

etre convenu. 
The choice of studies, proper, 

&c. 
Knowledge has always been 
Connaissance pi. 

the object of the esteem, the 

praise, and the admiration of 

eloge pi. 

men. 
Tht riches of the mind can only 

(be acquired) by study. 

ne que s'acquerir. 
The gifts of fortune are un- 
certain. 

fragiles. 
The connexion of proofs 

encharnement preuve 

makes them please and 
qu'elles 

persuade. 
It is by meditation upon what 

we read, that we acquire 

fresh 2 knowledge 1. 

connaissance pi. 
The advantages of memory. 

The memory of facts is the 

most showy. 
brillant. 
The aim of good masters 

should be to cultivate the 

devoir ind-1 de 



He loads his memory with in- 
sipid 3 verses 1 and phrases 2. 

Essays supported by lively 1 
vive 
expressions 2. 
A * collection of precepts in 
recueil sur 

morals. 

We are obliged to use some ex- 
terior 2 signs 1, in order to 
make ourselves understood. 
nous entendre 

He has made a choice of books 
which are, &c. 

It is an object of esteem, of 

Ce 
praise, and admiration. 



There is in Peru a prodigious 
le Perou 
abundance of useless^ riches 1. 
Gifts of fortune. 
Bien 

There is in this book an admi- 
rable connexion of solid 2 
proofs 1. 



It is by meditation that we ac- 
quire fresh 1 knowledge 2. 
nouveau. 

There are different kinds of 

memory. 
He has only a memory of 

facts. 

He has an air of pedantry 
ton m. mattre 



338 SYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. 



WITH THE ARTICLE. WITHOUT THE ARTICLE. 

mind and reason of their pu- that shocks you at first sight. 

pils. abord 

The taste of mankind is liable Society of chosen 2 men 1. 
homme pi. 

to great changes. 

He has do need of the lessons He has no need of lessons. 

you wish to give him. avoir besoin 

France, Spain, England, &c. Kingdom of France, of Spain, 

of England, &c. 

The isle of Japan. Island of Candia. 

He comes from China. He comes from Poland. 

He arrives from America. He arrives from Italy. 

The extent of Persia. He is gone to Persia. 

en 

He is returned from the East He is returned/row Spain, from 

Indies, from Asia, &c. Persia, &c. 

He lives in Peru, in Japan, in He lives in Italy, in France, 

a in London, in Avignon, &c. 

the Indies, in Jamaica, &c. a a 

The politeness of France, &c. The fashions of France. 

The circumference of England. The horses of England. 

The interest of Spain. The wines of Spain. 

The invention of printing is at- The empire of Germany is di- 

tributed to Germany. vided into a great number of 

states. 

He comes from French Flan- He comes from Flanders. 

ders. 

§ III. 
ON MEASURE, WEIGHT, &C. 

1. The English make use of a, or an, before nouns 
of measure, weight, and purchase ; as, wheat is sold for 
a crown a bushel ; butter sells for sixpence a pound ; wine 
sold yesterday for forty crowns a hogshead, His more 
than a groat a bottle. But the French make use of the 
article le, la, as, le ble se vend un ecu le boisseau; It 
beurre se vend six sous la livre ; le vin se vendit hier 
quarante ecus le muid, Jest plus de quatre sous la bou- 
teille. 

2. When speaking of time, a or an is expressed in 
French by the preposition par, as, so much a week, tant 
par semaine. 



SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 239 

3. In English, a is sometimes put between the pro- 
noun which expresses admiration, and the substantive 
that accompanies it, as, what a beauty ! but, in French, 
the un is never expressed in similar cases, as, quelle 
beaute ! 

4. In English, when the adverbs more and less are 
repeated to express a comparison, they must be pre- 
ceded by the article, as, the more difficult a thing is, 
the more honourable it is. But, in French, the article 
is omitted, as plus une chose est difficile, plus elle est 
honor able.f 



CHAP. III. 

OF THE ADJECTIVE. 



It has been said (p. 97), that an adjective agrees in 
gender and number with the substantive which it quali- 
fies; from this rule, however, must be excepted nu, 
bare, and demi, half, when placed before a substantive, 
and feu, late, when before the article or a pronominal 

t EXERCISE ON MEASURE, &c. 

Corn sells for eight shillings a bushel. Veal and 
art. ble m. se vendre * schelling boisseau art. veau 

mutton cost ten pence a pound. This lace is sold at 
art. couter sou livre f. f. se vendre * 

half a guinea an ell. The best French wines are sold at 
demi 2 1 f. aune de France 2 1 ind-1 

from twelve, to fifteen shillings a bottle. My father goes to 

bouteille f. v a en 

Ireland four or five times a year. He gives his son seven 
Irlande fois an 

shillings a day. It (is necessary,) if you desire to 

falloir 
(improve fast) that you should take a lesson three times a 

/aire des pr ogres rapides preniez * 

week. Themore I contemplate those precious remains of anti- 

== reste m. pi. art. 
quity, the more I am struck with wonder. What a beautiful 
= frapp e de etonnement 

morning ! come, let us go and walk in the fields. 

matinee f. se promener champ m. pi. 



240 SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 

adjective, as, il va nu-pieds, he goes barefoot; je sms 
d vous dans une demi-heure, I will be with you in half 
an hour ; feu la reine, the late queen ; feu ma mere, 
my late mother. But the agreement takes place, if nu 
and demi be placed after the substantive, and feu be- 
tween the article or pronominal adjective and the sub- 
stantive, as, il a les pieds nus, his feet are bare ; je suis 
d vous dans une heure et demie, I will be with you in 
an hour and a half; la feu e reine, mafeue mere. 

2. An adjective frequently serves to qualify two or 
more substantives, expressing either persons, or things 
of different genders. 

If it be used to qualify more than two substantives, 
it must agree with them ; for, either these substantives 
perform the office of subject, as, la grammaire, la 
logique, ei la rhetorique, methodiquement enseignees, 
ne Joublient guere, grammar, logic, and rhetoric, when 
taught with method, are seldom forgotten ; or they 
constitute the regimen, as, c'est un homme oVune valeur, 
d*une vertu, et d!une fidelite, eprouvees, he is a man of 
tried courage, virtue, and fidelity. 

If it be used to qualify only two substantives, the 
substantive of persons must be distinguished from the 
substantive of things ; with the first, the rules of 
agreement are to be observed in all cases : with the 
second, custom allows, when the substantives form the 
regimen, to make the adjective agree with the last 
only; as, elle avoit les yeux et la bouche ouverte. 
Nevertheless, modern grammarians prefer the agree- 
ment, even in this case. 

3. With respect to phrases like the following, les 
langues Anglaise et Francaise sont fort cultivees, 
though they are in opposition to the rules of grammar, 
yet, it is allowable to use them. However, in strict 
propriety, it seems better to say, la langue Francaise 
et V Anglaise sont tres-cultivees.\ 

t EXERCISE ON THE ADJECTIVE. 

He ran through the streets like a madman, bare-foot and 
ind-2 * rue f. pi. 



SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 241 

II. 

DIFFERENCE OF CONSTRUCTION BETWEEN THE ENGLISH 
AND FRENCH LANGUAGES. 

1. In English, the substantive of measure is placed 
before the substantive, or adjective expressing the dimen- 
sions, as, a tower two hundred feet high, or in height. 
In French, the word which expresses dimension, is 
placed first, if it be an adjective, and the preposition de 
be added to it as a regimen, as une tour haute de deux 
cents pieds. But, if it be a substantive, or an adjective 
used substantively, it is placed after, with the preposition 
de, either before the noun of measure, or of dimension, 
as : une tour de deux cents pieds de haut, or de hauteur. 
This last mode is the most elegant. 

bare-headed. His legs were bare. Give me 

tete it * art. jambe, f. 2 avoir 1 

half a guinea, and then you (will only owe) me a guinea 

ne devoir plus que 
and a half. I shall be at home in half an hour. Come 

chez-moi dans 
before half past one. The late queen was idolized. The 

2 une heure et 1 2 1 ind-2 adore 

late queen was universally regretted. His impetuosity and 
ind-3 
courage, long restrained, soon surmounted all obsta- 

pron. enchame ind-3 art. 

cles. The imagination and genius of Ariosto, although ir- 

art. VArioste quoique 

regular in their course, yet interest, (hurry along,) and 

marche neanmoins attacher entrazner 
captivate the reader, who can never be tired of admiring them. 

lecteur se lasser inf-1 

There are in Gessner's idylls sentiments and a 

2 art. idylle 1 de art. 

grace altogether affecting. The good taste of the Egyptians, 

tout-d-fait touchant 
(from that time) made them love solidity and unadorned 

des-lors ind-3 leur art. = toutnu2 

regularity. In those climates, the dry and the rainy mon- 

= 1 sec pluvieux mous- 

soons divide the year. 
son f. pi. se diviser annce. 



242 SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 

2. The English manner of expressing dimensions, is 
to use the verb to be, as, the vjalls of Algiers are twelve 
feet thick, and thirty feet high; the French, in general, 
make use of the verb avoir, when there are two con- 
structions : as, les murs rf Alger ont douze pieds d'epais- 
seur, et trente de hauteur ; or, les murs d 1 Alger ont douze 
pieds d'epaisseur sur trente de hauteur. This second 
mode of expression is most generally adopted. 

3. In comparative sentences, to express difference, 
the English sentence often runs thus : she is taller than 
her sister by the whole head. The French, in this man- 
ner ; elle est plus grande que sa sazur de toute la tete.j 



t EXERCISE ON THE DIFFERENCE OF CONSTRUC- 
TION. 
This trunk, which is six feet long, is very convenient. You 
coffre m. commode 

will be stopped in your march by a river three hundred feet broad. 

arrete f. 

This observatory, which is twelve hundred feet high, is very pro- 
per for knowing the true position of the stars. It is a terrace 

inf-1 astre m. pi. ce terrace f. 

a hundred and eighty feet broad, and twelve hundred 

large 
feet long. The walls of our garden are twenty feet high 

mur m. pi. 
and three broad. It is one of the finest stones that was 

on ait 
ever seen : it is twenty feet long and six thick. This 

jamais vues longueur epaisseur. 

ditch is nine feet six inches deep, and six feet 

fosse m. pouce m. pi. profondeur f. 

broad. My son is taller than yours by lioo inches. 



REGIMEN OF THE ADJECTIVES. 

Several adjectives have a regimen ; some require 
the preposition de, and others the preposition d before a 
noun, or a verb, which is then called the regimen or 
government of the adjective. 



SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVES. 243 

EXAMPLES.. 

Digne de recompense, Worthy of reward. 

Utile a Vhomme, Useful to man. 

Digne de regner, Worthy of reigning. 

Content de son sort, de vivre, &c. Satisfied with his lot, with living 

Beau a voir, bon a manger, Fine to the sight, good for eat- 

ing. 

Apre au gmw, a-yide dChonneur, Eager after gain, greedy of ho- 
nour. 

Propre a la guerre, Fit for war. 

Recompense is the government of the adjective digne, 
as it is joined to that adjective by the word de: Vhomme 
is the government of the adjective utile, because it is 
joined to that adjective by the word d, and so of the rest. 

EXERCISE ON THE REGIMEN OF THE ADJECTIVES. 

Virtuous men are always worthy of esteem. A weak 
art. Vertueux 2 1 toujours estime f. faible 2 

mind is liable to many contradictions. A heart free from 

1 m. sujet biendes — f. pi. cosurm. libre de 

cares enjoys the greatest possible felicity. Voltaire was 

s0mm.pi. jouitde 1 — 3 =f. 2 — fut 

always greedy of praise, and insatiable of glory. Rousseau, 

avide louangef.jA. — = — 

endowed with a strong and fiery imagination, was all his 

doue d,e fort 2 bouillant 3 — f . 1 

(life-time) subject to frequent fits of misanthropy, and 

vie f. enclin a de — acces m. pi. = 

liable to all the variations attendant upon it. 
sujet — f. pi. qui en sont la suite. 

PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES ON THE ARTICLE AND 
THE ADJECTIVES. 



THE FAULTS OF INFANCY. 

defaut m. pi. art. enfance. 

The amiable Louisa and her young brother Charles were 
Louise — ind 2 

gentle, humane, and sensible. To the most interesting 
doux sensible spirituel interessant 2 art. 

person, Louisa joined all the modesty, the pleasing ingenu- 
figure f. 1 ind-2 - = f. heureux inge- x 

ousness and artless graces of her sex ; and Charles, the 
nuite f. naif 9 art. — f. sexe m. 

22 



244 SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVES- 

vivacity, the fire, and the manly gracefulness of his 

= f. " feu m. male agrement m. pi. 

But these advantages, the precious gifts of nature, 

avantagem.pl. * =3 don m. pi. art. — f. 
were obscured by great defects. They were both 

ind-2 un peu obscurci de defautm.pl. ind-2 fun et 

inclined to idleness, and liable to fits of sullenness 
V autre enclin art. paresse f. sujets des acces bouderie f. 
and ill humour when they were contradicted. Faults are 
de * h m. lorsque contredit art. Defaut 

diseases of the soul, the cure (of which) is the work 

des maladies guerison f. 2 dont 1 ouvrage 

of time, 
art. m. 

In good dispositions, it is generally the fruit of the deve- 
les dmes bien nees elle d 'ordinaire — m. deve- 

lopment of reason, and the desire of pleasing. Though 
loppementm. art. de m. inf-1 Quoique 

their parents were persuaded (of this,) they employed, 

— sub-2 — de3 en\ employer ind-3 

to hasten it, an expedient, which succeeded. If they 
pour hater 2 la 1 moyen m. leur reussir ind-3 * 2 

were satisfied with them, contentment and joy were 
ind-2 1 content de art. satisfaction f. art. f. 

painted in their countenances; if dissatisfied, they 

peint sur figure f. pi. * en etaient-ils mecontent 

did not scold. but they received them with a sorrow- 

* les gronder ind-2 ind-2 triste 2 

ful air, a dejected countenance, and every sign of 

regard 1 abattu 2 maintien 1 ious art. signe m. pi. 

chagrin and trouble. Louisa and Charles were natu- 

art. — m. dea.rt. douleur natu- 

rally kind and feeling; they could not long support 

rellement bon sensible ne pouvaient long-temps resister a 

the idea of having afflicted such tender parents. They felt 

idee inf-1 affiige des si tendre 2 — 1 ind-2 

their error, burst into tears and asked pardon. All was 

fautef. fondre en larme 1. pi. — m. 2 3 

immediately forgotten, and satisfaction again smiled 
aussi-tot 1 oubHe art. contentement m. renaitre ind-2 

around. It was by this means that these amiable 

autour d'eux Cefut moyen sing, que 

children soon became models of docility, com- 

bientbt 2 devenir 1 des modele m. pi. de 

plaisance and application. 
-— de — 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 



CHAP. IV. 



245 



OF THE PRONOUNS. 

a 

OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

Of the Place of Personal Pronouns. — -See p. 102. 
There is no difficulty in. placing personal pronouns, 
when they act as subjects : the person who speaks al- 
ways names himself last, and the person addressed is 
generally named first. 

EXAMPLES. 
Vous et moi, nous irons a la You and I will go into the 

campagne, country. 

Nous irons ce soir a la prome- Will you take a walk this even- 
nade,vous, voire frere, etmoi,K ing, you, your brother, and I. 

Rule. The pronouns il and Us always represent a 
substantive masculine, il, if it be singular ; and Us, if 
it be plural : and elle and elles, on the contrary, repre- 



1T EXERCISE. 
My sister and I were walking by the last rays of 

nous * ind-2 a, rayons m. pi. 

the setting sun, and we were saying, what a mild splendour 

couchant 2 1 * disions eclat m. 

does it still spread over all nature ! In the long 

* 2 pas 3 5 ne repand 1 art. 

winter evenings, my father, my brothers, and I, used 
de 2 5oireef.pl. 1 nous pas- 

(to spend) two hours in the library, and to read there, 

ser ind-2 bibliotheque f. nous lisions y 

(in order to) (unbend our minds) from the serious studies of the 

pour se delasser = 2 1 

day, those amiable poets who interest most the heart, by the 

2 1 le plus 

charms of a lively imagination, and make us love truth, by 

riant 2 1 art. en 

disguising it under the mask of an ingenious fiction. 

deguiser inf-3 trait m. pi. =2 f. 1 

You and your friend shall accompany me to the museum, 
— pagner musee m. 

where we shall study nature in her three kingdoms. 
ou regne m. pi. 



246 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 

sent a substantive feminine, elle, if it be singular ; dies, 
if plural. 

Thus in speaking of the rose ; we should say, elle a 
un parfum exquis, aussi est-elle lafleur la plus recher- 
chee, it has an exquisite fragrance, and is indeed the 
choicest of flowers ; because rose is feminine and singu- 
lar ; and in speaking of several ladies : elles out autant 
de modestie que de beaute, a" esprit et de grace, they have 
as much modesty as they have beauty, wit, and accom- 
plishments ; because dames is feminine and plural.f 

With respect to pronouns, when used as a regimen, 
custom has established the following rules : 

Rule I. The pronouns me, le, se, leur, le, la, les, y, 
and en, are generally placed before verbs, as are nous, 
vous, and lui, when without a preposition. 

EXAMPLES. 
11 me (Lit he tells me Jelui parte I speak to him 

Je le vois I see him J'y songerai I will think of it 

Je les ecoute I listen to thenrt J' en suis ravi I am delighted at it 

t EXERCISE. 
(Look at) that magnificent building; it unites grace to 

Regarder —fique bdtiment m. reunir art. grace f. 

beauty, and elegance to simplicity. Ignorance is 

art. =f. art. — f. art. =f. — f. 

jealous, presumptuous, and vain : it sees difficulties in 

presomptueux — ne de =f. pi. a 

nothing, (is surprised) at nothing, and stops at nothing. 
Hen ne s'etonner de ne s'arreter a 

Let us gather these roses ; Heavens ! what a sweet fragrance 

cueillir del ! quel * parfum 

they exhale ! Never judge from appearances ; they are often 

— ler sur art. f. 

deceitful; the wise man examines them, and does not decide 
* * se decider 

upon them till he has had time to fix his judgment. 

d'apres f. que lorsque art. m. de fixer 

t EXERCISE. 
(As soon as) he had explained to us the maxims of So- 

Des que expliquer ind-5 * So- 

crates, he said : you see that it is not without reason he 

crate ind-3 ce que on le 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 247 

Rule II. The pronouns moi, toi, soi, nous, vous, lui, 
eux, elle, and elles, are placed after verbs, when they are 
preceded by a preposition. 

EXAMPLES. 

Cela depend de moi, That depends on me. 

Je pense a toi, I think of thee. 

On s'occupe Prop de soi, We are too attentive to ourselves. 

Que dites-vous d'eux % What do you say of them 1 



Rule III. In imperative phrases, when affirmative, 
moi, toi, nous, vous, lui, leur, eux, elle, elles, le, la, les, y, 
and en, are placed after verbs; but, with a negation, 

(is looked upon) as truly wise. He was continually saying to 

regarde un vrai ind-2 * 

me : yet a little patience, and you will disarm even envy 

de desarmer * art, 

itself. You have, no doubt, (some foundation) for reproaching 

etre sans doute fonde a inf-1 

him with his faults : but is there (any man) on earth that 
lui * quelqu'un art. qui 

is exempt (from them?) To please her, you must never 
subj-1 en Pour lui * 

flatter her. To abandon one's self to metaphysical abstrac- 
ts metaphysique 2 — 
tions, is to plunge into an unfathomable abyss. 
1 ce * se jeter sans fond 2 abime m. 1. 

IT EXERCISE. 

My father loved me so tenderly, that he thought of none 

ind-2 penser ind-2 a ne 

but me, (was wholly taken up) with me, and saw none but me 

que ne s'occuper ind-2 que de ind-2 

in the universe. If you wish to obtain that favour, you must 

de * 

speak to him himself. It depended on you to excel 

ind-2 de de Vemporter sur 

your rivals, but you would not. Philip, father of 

le vouloir ind-4 Philippe 2 

Alexander, being advised to expel from his dominions 

comme on conseilloAt a 1 de chasser flat m. pi. 

a man, who (had been speaking) ill of him; I shall take carenot 

parler ind-6 se garder Men * 

to do that, said he, he would go and slander me every where. 
* * en ind-3 * medire de 

22* 



248 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 

me, te, se, nous, vous, lui, leur, le, la, les, y, and en, are 
placed before verbs. 

EXAMPLES. 

Dites-moi Tell me Ne me ditespas Do not tell me 

Bonnez-m'en Give me half Ne m'en don- Do not give me 

la moitie of it nez point any 

Songez-y se- Think of it se- Ny songez-pas Do not think of 

rieusement riously it 

Rem. If the pronouns me, te, moi, toi, intervene be- 
twixt an imperative and an infinitive, me, te, are used 
when the imperative is without a regimen direct. 

EXAMPLES. 
Venez me parler, Come and speak to me. 

Va te faire coiffer, Go and get thy hair dressed. 

But moi, toi, are used if the imperative have a regi- 
men direct. 

EXAMPLES. 

Laissez-moi faire, Let me do it. 

Fais-toi coiffer, Get thy hair dressed. 

2. If moi, toi, when placed after the imperative, be fol- 
lowed by the pronoun en, they are changed into me, te. 

EXAMPLES. 
Donnez-m'en, Give me some. Retourne-fen, Go back. 

3. When there are two imperatives joined together 
by the conjunctions et, ou, it is most elegant to place the 
second pronoun before the verb. 

EXAMPLES. 
Polissez-le sans cesse et le repo- Polish and repolish it continu- 

lissez, ally. 

Gardez~les, ou les renvoyez,i Keep them or send them back. 

t EXERCISE. 

Listen to me, do not condemn me without a hearing. 

ecouter* * m'ecouter. 

Complain, thou hast just cause of complaint : however, do 

se plaindre un sujet plainte 

not complain too bitterly of the injustice of mankind. Give 

amerement art. homme pi. 

some. Do not give any. Think (of it.) Do not think of it. 



CONSTRUCTION OF THE PRONOUNS, 



249 




CONSTRUCTION OF THE PRONOUNS. 



ME, TE, SE NOUS, VOUS, LE, LA, .LES, LUI, LEUR, Y, EN. 





TO ME. 


TO THEE. 


TO HIM, 
TO HER. 


TO us. 


TO YOU. 


TO THEM. 


THERE. 


I give this 
pine apple 




Je te donne 


Je lui don- 




Je vous 


Je leur don- 






cet ananas. 


ne, etc. 




donne, etc. 


ne, etc. 




Thou givest 


Tu me le 




Tu le lui 


Tu nous le 




Tu le leur 




it 


donnes. 




donnes. 


donnes. 




donnes. 




He, she 


11, elle me 


11, elle te 


11, elle lui 


11, elle nous 


II. elle vous- 
donne, etc. 


11, elle leur 
donne, etc. 




gives a 


donne une 


donne, etc. 


donne, etc. 


donne, etc. 




prune. 
Ve give it. 


prune. 


Nous te la 


Nous la lui 




Nous vous 


Nous la 








donnons. 


donnons. 




la donnons. 


leur, etc. 




You give 


Vous me les 




Vous les lui 


Vous nous 




Vous les 




them. 


donnez. 




donnez. 


les donnez. 




leur, etc. 




They give 


lis m'en 


lis t'en 


lis lui en 


lis nous en 


lis vou9 en 


H leur en, 




some. 


donnent. 


donnent. 


donnent. 


donnent. 


donnent. 


etc. 




With a com- 
pound tense. 
1 have 


















Je t'ai ap- 


Je lui ai ap- 




Je vous ai, 


Je leur ai, 


J'y ai, etc. 


brought 




porte du 


porte, etc. 




etc. 


etc. 




some pie 




pate 












This lady 


Cette dame 


Cette dame 


Cette dame 


Cette dame 


Cette dame 


Cette dame 


Cette dama 


has brought 


me l'a ap- 


te l'a, etc. 


le lui, etc. 


nous l'a, 


vous l'a, 


le leur a, 


Py. 


it. 


porte. 






etc. 


etc. 


etc. 




Ve have 




Nous t'en 


Nous lui en 




Nous vous 


Nous leur 


Nous y an 


brought 




avons ap- 


a% r ons, etc. 




en avons, 


en avons, 


etc. 


some. 




porte. 


Interrogatively. 


etc. 


etc. 




Do I bring 




Te porte-je 


Lui porte-je 




Vous porte- 


Leur porte- 


Y poi te-je, 


any oil? 




de 1'huile ? 


de, etc. 




je de, etc. 


je, etc. 


etc 


Doest thou 


Me Pappor- 




La lui ap- 


Nous Pap- 




La leur, 


L'y, etc. 


bring it ? 


tes-tu ? 




portes-tu. 


portes-tu? 




etc. 




Does she 


M'en appor- 


T'en, etc. 


Lui en , etc. 


Nous en, 


Vous en, 


Leur en, 


Y en, etc. 


bring some ? 


te-t-elle ? 






etc. 


etc. 


etc. 




Does he 


Me Pappor- 


Te Pap- 


Le lui, etc. 


Nous Pap- 


Vous Pap- 


Le leur, 


L'y, etc 


bring it? 


te-t-il ? 


portet-il? 




porte-t-il ? 


porte t-il? 


etc. 




Does this 


Ce mons. 


Ce mons. 


Ce mons. lui 


Ce mons. 


Ce mons. 


Ce mons. 


Cemons. y 


gentleman 
Bring any? 
I shall not 


m'en ap- 


t'en, etc. 


en, etc. 


nous en etc. 


vous en, 


leur en, 


en, etc.. 


porte-t-il. 




Negatively. 


etc. 


etc. 






Je ne t'en- 


Je ne lui, 




Je ne vous, 


Je ne leur, 


Je n'y. stc 


send the 




verrai pas 
Je bouillon. 


etc. 




etc. 


etc. 




broth. 














He will not 


11 ne me 


11 ne te 1', 


11 ne le lui, 


11 ne nous, 


11 ne vous, 


11 ne le leur, 


11 no Py 


send it. 


l'enverra 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


We will not 


pas. 


Nous ne t'- 


Nous ne lui, 




Nous ne 


Nous ne 


Nous n v, 


send the 




en verrons 


etc. 




vous, etc. 


leur, etc 


etc. 


rhubarb. 




pas la rhu- 












You will not 


Vous ne me 


barbe. 


Vous ne la 


Vous ne 




Vous ne la 


Vous ne .'v. 


send it. 


l'enverrez 




lui, etc. 


nous, etc. 




leur, etc. 


etc. 


They will 


lis ne me 


lis ne te 


lis ne leg 


11 ne nous 


lis ne vous 


Us nc les 


Us ne les y 


not send 


les enver- 


lea, etc. 


lui, etc. 


les, etc. 


les, etc. 


leur, etc. 


etc. 


them. 


ront pas ? 




Negatively <$* Interrog. 








Shall I not 




Ne t'en ver- 


Ne lui en- 




Ne vous, 


Ne leur, 


N'y, etc. 


send the 




rai-je pas le 


verrai-je, 




etc. 


etc. 




boiled meat? 




bouilli ? 


etc. 










Will he not 


Ne me Pen- 


Ne te, etc. 


Ne le lui, 


Ne nous 


Ne vous, 


Ne le leur, 


Ne l'y, etc. 


send it ? 


verra-t-il 
pas ? 




etc. 


l'enverra, 
etc. 


etc. 


etc. 




Will she not 


Ne m'en ap- 


Ne t'en, etc. 


Ne lui en, 


Ne nous en, 


Ne vous en, 


Ne leur en, 


N'y en, etc 


bring some ? 


portera-t- 
elle pas ? 




etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. 




With a eom- 
















pound tense. 
















SfeaH I not 




Ne te Pau- 


Ne le lui, 




Ne vous, 


Ne le leur, 




have given 




rai-je pas 


etc. 




etc. 


etc. 




it? 




donne? 












Shall I not 




Ne t'en au- 


Ne lui en, 




Ne vous en, 


Ne leur, en 




have given 




rai-je pas 


etc. 




etc. 


etc. 




some? 




donne ? 


Imperative. 








Bring the 


Apporte- 
moil'oseille 




Apporte-lui 


Apporte- 




Apporte- 


Apporlcs, i , 


sorrel. 




etc. 


nous, etc. 




leur, etc. 


etc. 


Bring it. 


Apporte-la- 




Apporte-la- 


Apporte-la- 




Apporte-Ia- 


Apporte l'y. 




moi. 




lui. 


nous. 




leur. 




Do not 


Ne me Tap 




Ne la Id, 


Ne nous P- 




Ne la leur, 


Ne l'y, etc. 


bring it. 


porte pas. 




etc. 


apporte.etc. 




etc. 




Bring some. 


Apporte- 




Apporte-lui 


Apporte- 




Apporte- 


Apportes-y 




m'en. 




en. 


nous en. 




leur en. 


en. 


Do not 


Ne m'en ap- 




Ne lui en, 


Ne nous en, 




Ne leur en, 


N'y en, 


bring any. 


porte pas. 




etc. 


etc. 




etc. 


etc. 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 251 

Rule IV. When several pronouns accompany a verb, 
me, te, se, nous, vous, must be placed first ; le, la, les, be- 
fore lui, leur ; and y before en, which is always the last. 

EXAMPLES. 
Pretez-moi ce livre ; je vous le Lend me that book ; I will re- 
rendrai demain ; si vous me turn it to you to-morrow ; if 
lerefusez,je saurai m^enpas- you refuse me, I can make 
ser, shift without it. 

Aurez-vous la force de le leur "Will you have resolution 
dire ? enough to mention it to them % 

II n'apas voulu vous y mener, He would not take you there. 
Je vous y en porterai, I will bring you some there. 

Exception. In an imperative sentence, when affirm- 
ative, le, la, les, are always placed first, as, donnez-le-moi, 
give it me, offrez-la-lui, offer it to him ; con&uisez-les-y, 
conduct them thither ; and moi is placed after y, as, me- 
nez-y-moi, carry me thither ; but nous will precede y, as, 
menez-nous-y, take us thither.J 

Repeat to them continually, that, without honesty, one can never 
succeed in the world. Do not repeat to them continually the 
same things. Acknowledge him as your master, and obey 

reconnoitre pour 

him. Tread upon that spider and kill it. 

lui marcher araigne f. ecraser 

t EXERCISE. 
You wish to make a present to your sister. (There is) a 
vouloir * Voild 

beautiful fan; you should present her with it. 

eventail m. devoir cond-2 offrir lui * 

(How many) people are there (destitute of) merit and without oc- 
que de gens * * sans 

cupation, (who would be mere nothings) in society, did not 

ne tenir a rien cond-1 art. si art. 

gaming introduce them {into it.) I shall speak to them 

jeu m. introduire ind-2 y 

{about it,) and give you a faithful account of it. It" 

en je rendre ind-7 exact 2 compte m. 1 

is certain that old Geronte has refused his daughter to Va- 

art. 
lere ; but because he does not give her to him, it does not fol- 

s'en 
law that he will give her to you. 
suivre 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 

Remark. The word meme is sometimes added to the 
pronouns moi, toi, soi, nous, vous, eux, lui, elle, elles, to 
specify the person, or thing spoken of. 

EXAMPLES. 
lis se sont perdus eux-memes, They have ruined themselves. 
he monde estime bien des choses The world prizes many things 

qui, en ellcs-memes, sont fort which, in themselves, are 

meprisables, worthless. 



II. 

OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. P. 113. 

The relative pronouns are qui, que, dont, lequel, &c. 
see p. 113. 

Rule I. Qui, when a relative, is always of the num- 
ber, gender, and person of its antecedent. 
EXAMPLES. 

Moi qui suis son fits, I who am his son. 

Toi qui es sijeune, Thou who art so young. 

Venfant quijoue, The child who plays. 

Nous qui etudions, "We who study. 

Vous qui riez, You who laugh. 

Les livres qui instruisent, The books which instruct. 

In the first example, qui is singular, and of the first 
person, because the pronoun moi is in the singular, and 
of the first person. In the second, it is singular, and of 
the second person, for a similar reason, &c.H 

IT EXERCISE. 

I who did not suspect (so much) falsehood, cun- 

* soupgonner ind-2 tant de faussete f. pr. ruse 

ning, and pernd) r , in a man whom I loved, blindly follow- 
f. pr. =f. ind-2 aveuglement je sui- 

ed his counsels. Thou who art candour and innocence 
vre ind-3 conseil m. art. = f. art. — f. 

itself, trust not too lightly. The great empire of the Egyp- 
memete confie legerement — m. — 

tians, which, was (as it were) detached from all others, was 
tien ind-3 comme dttache art. 

not of long duration. We who know the value of time 

dureef. connaitre prixm. art. 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 253 

Rule II. Que, when a relative, is of the number and 
gender of its antecedent. 

EXAMPLES. 

Cest moi que Von demande t It is I whom they ask for. 

C'est toi qvlon appelle, It is thou whom they call. 

La femme que je vois si Men The woman whom I see so well 

parte, dressed. 

Cest nous que vous offensez, It is we whom you offend. 

Cest vous que je cherche, It is you I am seeking. 

Les dames que vous voyez, The ladies whom you see.t 

Dont sometimes represents dequi, duquel, de laquelle, 
desquels, desquelles, and even de quoi. 

EXAMPLES. 
Vhomme dont vous parlez est The man of whom you are 
parti, speaking is gone. 

ought to make a good use (of it,) instead of wasting 

nous devoir ind-1 * emploi m. au lieu perdre 

it in idleness and frivolity. What ! is it you, my 

dans art. oisivete f. art. inutilite f. Quoi ce 
daughter, who (would wish) that I (should love) you less 1 The 

vouloir con-1 que sub-2 

greatest men, who were the ornament and glory of Greece, 

ind-4 ornement art. = f. art. Grece f. 

Homer, Pythagoras, Plato, even Lycurgus and Solon, went 
Homere — gore Platon, meme — gue — ind-3 

to learn wisdom in Egypt. 

* apprendre art. sagesse f. en Egypte. 

t EXERCISE. 
I whom, temptation surrounded on every side 

art. seduction f. environner ind-% detout partf.ipl. 
fell into the snare. It is thou whom the public voice 

je tombai dans piege m. Ce 2 f . 1 

calls to that employ. A power which terror and 

appeler place f. puissance f. art. = f. art. 

force have founded, cannot be of long duration. It is we whom 
— f . fonde f. ne pent duree f. 

they persecute with unexampled rage. You whom 

Von poursuivre avec une sans exemple 2 fureur f. 1 
every body respects, hasten to (come forward.) (Every 
tout le monde respecter se hater de paraitre Tout 

thing) in the universe alters and perishes ; but the writings 

dans univers m. batterer perir ecrit m. pi, 

which genius has dictated, shall be immortal, 
art. genie m. dicte m. pi. — tel. 



254 SYNTAX GF THE PRONOUNS. 

La tour dont nous apercevons les The tower whose battlement* 
creneaux doit etre tres-elevee, we perceive must be very high, 

Ce do7itje vous ai parte V autre What I was speaking to you of 
jour n'a pas reussi, the other day did not succeed. 

Observe 1. — That qui, que, and dont, may equally 
apply to persons and things ; but qui, preceded by a pre- 
position, can never apply to things ; in this case, lequel, 
duquel, auquel, &c. must be used. 

2. — Lequel, laquelle, &c. apply both to persons and 
things; but — quoi applies only to things. 

The adverb ou is likewise employed as a relative pro- 
noun, for dans lequel, auquel, dans laquelle, &c. 
EXAMPLES. 

Voila le but ou it tend, That is the object he has in view. 

Ce sont des affaires, ou je suis Those are affairs with which I 
embarrasse, am perplexed. 

Remark. Ou admits the prepositions de and par. 

EXAMPLES. 

Voila une chose d'ou depend le That is an affair on which the 
bonheur public, public happiness depends. 

Tels sont les lieux par ou il a These are the places through 
passed which he passed. 

t EXERCISE. 
Persons of ordinary condition have not the same 

art. personne f. pi. commun2 — f . 1 mime 

need of being cautioned against the clangers to which 

besoinm. inf-1 precautionne f. pi. contre eewciZm.pl. 

elevation and authority expose those who are des- 

art. — f. art. autorite f. exposer ceux des- 

tined to govern mankind. The protection on which 

tine m. pi. gouverner art. homme pi. — f. sur — 

he relied has been too weak. That after which a true 

compter ind-2 faible Ce apres vrai 

philosopher sighs most ardently, is to spread that 

— phe m. soupirer art. ardemment de ripandre 

sentiment of universal benevolence which should unite and 

— m. — set 2 bienveillance f. 1 devrait unir 

(bring together) all men. These are conditions without 

rapprocher art. Ce sont des sans 

which the thing would not have been concluded. Nature, 

faitf. art. — f . 
of whose secrets we (are ignorant,) will be always a 

1 art. — m. pi. 4 2 ignorer 3 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 265 

6 III. 

OF PRONOUNS ABSOLUTE. p. 114. 

Seep. 114, the pronouns absolute, qui, que, quoi, quel, 
lequel. 

Qui signifies quel komme, what man; quelle per sonne, 
what person. 

EXAMPLES. 
Qui vous a dit cela ? Who told you that 1 

J'ignore qui a fail cela, I don't know who did that. 

Que signifies quelle chose, what thing. 
EXAMPLES. 
Que dit-on? What do they sayl 

Je ne sais qu'en penser, I don't know what to think of it. 

Quoi has the signification of que. 
EXAMPLES. 
A quoi s 'occupe-t-on ? What are they engaged in 1 

Dites-moi en quoi je puis vous Tell me how I can serve you. 
servir, 

Rem. If que, or quoi, be followed by an adjective, it 
requires the preposition de before that adjective. 

EXAMPLES. 
Que dit-on de nouveau ? What news is there 1 

Quoi de plus instructif et de What is more instructive and 
plus amusant ? IT amusing 1 

source of conjecture to mankind. That of which we 

— f. 3 — f. pi. 4 pour 1 art. Iwmme 2 Ce 

complain most bitterly is not always what affects us 

se plaindre amerement ce qui affecter 

the most. The only moments in which his soul still 

seul — m. pi. encore 2 

expands to pleasure, are those which he devotes to 
s'ouvrirl art. ceux consacrer art. 

study. The mountains from whence gold (is extracted) 

etude f. f. pi. oulart. or 3 tire 2 

are not in general fruitful. The different countries through 

* en — infertile pi. — pays m. pi. par 

which he has passed have furnished his pencil with ro- 

passe fourni a pinceau m. de art. 

mantic and picturesque scenes. 
— tique 2 pittoresque 3 — 1. 

IT EXERCISE. ~~ 

Who will not agree that life has few real pleasures 
convenir art. f. pen de vrai 

23 



256 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 

In interrogations, or after a verb, quel is used to ask 
the name, or qualities of a person, or thing. 

EXAMPLES. 
Quel homme est-ce ? What man is it 1 

Quel temps f ait-ill What weather is if? 

Je ne sais quel homme c'est, I don't know what man it is. 

II salt quel parti prendre, He knows what steps to pursue. 

The adverb oil, it has been already seen, is employed 
as a relative pronoun ; it is likewise used as a kind of 
absolute pronoun. 

Ou represents en quel endroit, in what place, or d 
quoi, to what. 

EXAMPLES. 
Ou allez-vous ? Where are you going 1 

Ou cela nous menera-t-il ? Where will that take us 1 

J'ignore ou Von me conduit, I don't know where they are ta- 

king me. 
Iln'apas prevuoucetle conduite He did not foresee where such 
le mencrait, conduct would lead him. 

Remark I. When ou is preceded by the preposition 
He, it marks the place, or cause, spoken of. 
EXAMPLES. 

D'ou vient-il ? Where does he come from 1 

D'ou sa haine procede-t-elle ? Whence proceeds his hatred 1 

and many dreadful pains'? (Some one) entered se- 

beaucoup d'affreux 2 peine f. pi. 1 On entra se- 

eretly ; guess who it was. What have you read in that 
eretement deviner * * 
book that can have excited in your soul emotion and 

m. qui puisse parte. art. — f. 

enthusiasm'? I know not what to think (of it.) At what 
art. enthousiasme m. savoir * 

did you find them occupied 1 There is in that dis- 

avez trouves occupe m. pi. dis- 

course I know not what which appears to me designing. What 
cours m. savoir sembler * insidieux. 

have you remarked good, beautiful, and sublime in Homer 1 

remarque pr. pr. pr. 

What more brilliant, and, at the same time, more false, than 

pr. brillant en * mime pr. 

the expressions of a man, who has (a great deal) of wit, but 

— beaucoup esprit qui 

wants judgment 1 
manque dejugement ? 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 257 

Voila d'ou il vient, It was there he came from. 

Le mat me vient d'ou fatten- The evil proceeds from that 
dais mon remede, quarter whence I had expect- 

ed a remedy. 

Remark II. Ou preceded by the preposition par, sig- 
nifies through what place, or by what means. 

EXAMPLES. 

Par oil avez-vous passe ? Which way did you come 1 

Par ou me tirerai-je d 1 affaire 1 Which way shall I extricate 

myself? 
Voila far ou fai passe, This is the way I came. 

Je ne saispar ou je me tirerai I don't know which way I shall 
d' affaire, extricate myself. 

By the manner in which these pronouns are employ- 
ed, it will be seen they are only interrogative, when at 
the beginning of a sentence, and, consequently, the most 
proper name for them is that of pronouns absolute.^ 



t EXERCISE. 

What grace what delicacy, what harmony, what co- 

grace f. delicatesse f. = f. co- 

louring, what beautiful lines in Racine ! What then 

loris m. vers m. — 1 done 3 

must have been that extraordinary man, to whom seven cities 
doit 2 = 2 — 

contested the glory of having given birth 1 He does 
se sont dispute — f. avoir donne art. jour m. * 

not know what model to follow. I have told you what 

savoir modele m. * suivre 

man it is. Which of those ladies do you think the 

ce f. do/mes f . * 2 trouver 1 

most amiable 7 ? Choose which of those two pictures 

f. Choisir m. 4 5 6 tableau m. 7. 

you like best. Where am 1 1 He knows not 

1 aimer 2 art. mieux 3 en soyvoir 

whence he is. He is gone I don't know vjhere. Where 

en alle ne savoir De 

does he get that pride 1 (It is) from there he derives his 

lui vient orgueil m. Voila de tirer 

origin. {Which way) did you come'? (That is) (the 

origine. Par etes-vous arrive Voild par 

road) I came. 
ou venir ind-4. 



258 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 

OF DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. P. 115. 

Ce, cette, ces, are often joined to the adverbs of place, 
ci, here, and Id, there, in order to point out in a more 
precise manner the thing spoken of, the demonstrative 
pronoun is then placed before the substantive, and ci 
and Id after it. 

EXAMPLES. 
Ce livre-ci this book Cet homme-ld that man 

Cette Jleur-ci this flower Cesfemmes-ld those women 

Celui, celle, ceux, celles, are followed by the preposi- 
tion de, when placed before a substantive, and by a pro- 
noun relative, when placed before a verb. 

EXAMPLES. 

Les maladies de Vdme sont plus The disorders of the mind are 

dangereuses que celles du more dangerous than those of 

corps, the body. 

L'homme dontje vous at parte, The man of whom I spoke to 

est celui que vous voyez, you is he whom you see. 

De toutes les choses du monde, Of all the things in the world, 

c'est celle que faime le moins, it is that which I like least. 

Remark. The pronouns celui, celle, ceux, celles, 
when followed by a pronoun relative, are expressed in 
English, by the personal pronouns, he, she, they, or by 
that which, those which, such as, &c.T 



IT EXERCISE. 

The pleasures of the wise resemble in nothing those of 

ressembler 2 3 1 4 d 
a dissipated man. He that suffers himself to (be ruled) by 

dissipe 2 1 se laisse * dominer 

his passions, must renounce happiness. This stuff 

doit renoncer a art. bonheur m. etofe-ci f. 

will become you wonderfully. That action is worthy of 

* siera d merveille — f. -Id 

blame. This scene is calculated to interest all men, 

blame — f. -ci faite pour interesser art. 

but that cannot succeed. 
-Id ne saurait reussir. 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 259 

Celui-ci and celui-ld adopt the gender and number of 
the substantives whose place they supply. When op 
posed to each other, celui-ci marks the nearest object, 
and celui-ld the remotest. 

EXAMPLE. 

Celui-ci plait, mais celui-ld cap- This pleases, but that capti- 
ve, vates. 

Ci and Id coalesce with ce, and form two other de- 
monstrative pronouns, ceci and cela, the first of which 
signifies cette chose-ci. this object ; the second, cette chose- 
Id, that object. 

They may be used singly ; but when they are op- 
posed to each other, ceci expresses the nearest object, and 
cela the remotest. 

EXAMPLE. 

Je n'aime point ceci, donnez- I don't like this, give me that. 
moi cela, 

Remark. When cela is alone, and not opposed to the 
pronoun ceci, it refers, like this last, to an object pointed 
to. 

EXAMPLES. 

Que dites-vous de cela ? What do you say of that 1 

Cela est fort beau, t That is very handsome. 



t EXERCISE. 

(Here are) certainly two charming prospects ; this 

Voild certainement beau perspective f. pi. 

has something more cheerful, but many people 

quelque chose de riant Men de art. personne 

think that more striking and more majestic. The body 

f. pi. trouver imposant majestueux m. 

perishes, the soul is immortal ; yet all our cares are for 

perir f. — tel cependant soin 

that, while we neglect this. What means this ? That 

tandis que negliger veut dire 

is true. It is not that. This is low and mean, but that is 
Ce has rampant 

grand and sublime. 

23* 



360 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 

§ v. 

OF INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 
FIRST CLASS. 

Of those that are never joined to a Substantive. — p. 116. 

Quelqu'un means un, une, one. 

EXAMPLES. 
No-us attentions ties hommes, il We expect men, some one will 

enviendra quelqu'un, come. 

Plusieurs femmes m'o?it promts Several ladies have promised 

tie venir, il en viendra quel- me to come, some one of them 

qu'une, will come. 

Quelqu'un, taken absolutely and substantively, is of 
both genders, and means une personne, a person. 

EXAMPLE. 

J^ attends ici que 7 :u'un, I wait here for somebody. 

Quelques-uns signifies plusieurs dans un plus grand 
nombre, several out of a great number. 

EXAMPLES. 

Quelques-uns assurent, Some people affirm. 

Entre les nouvelles qxCil a tiebi- Among the reports he has cir- 

tees, il y en a quelques-unes culated, several are true. 

tie vraies, 

Quiconque, whoever, signifies quel que personne que ce 
soit, qui que ce soit, any person whatever. It takes no 
plural, and is never used but of persons. 

EXAMPLE. 

Ce discours s'adresse a quicon- This speech is addressed to 
que est coupable, whoever is guilty. 

Chacun, each, every one, is used either distributively, 
or collectively. It has no plural. 

Distributively, it means chaque personne, chaque chose, 
each person, or thing. It is then used likewise in the 
feminine, and requires the preposition de after it. 

EXAMPLES. 

Chacun de nous vit a sa mode, Each of us lives as he pleases. 
Voyez separement chacune de ces Look at each of these medals 
metiailles. separately. 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 261 

Collectively, it signifies toute personne, every person. 
EXAMPLE. 
Chacun a ses defauis,i Everybody has his faults. 

Autrui, means les autres personnes, other people : it 
only applies to persons, is never accompanied by an ad- 
jective, has no plural, and is never used in a sentence 
without being preceded by a preposition. 

EXAMPLE. 
La charite se rejouit du bonheur Charity rejoices in the happi- 

d'autrui, ness of others. 

Per sonne, which is always masculine and singular, 
means nul, qui que ce soit, nobody, whosoever. In this 
sense, it is preceded or followed by the negative ne, 
which is placed after personne, when this word stands 
before the verb; and before the verb, when personne 
stands after. The same observation applies to rien. 



t EXERCISE ON THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 

Can any one (be still ignorant) that it is from the 

Pourrait-il 2 1 ignorer encore ce des 

earliest infancy we ought to form the mind, the heart, and the 
tendre enfance f. on doit * former 
taste 1 Will not some one of these ladies be of the party 1 Some 

* f. partie f. 

people like to read (every thing new.) (These are) beautiful 
aimer toutes les nouveautes Voild de superbe 

pictures ; I could wish to buy some. Whoever has stu- 

tableau m. vouloir en * acheler 

died the principles of an art, knows that it (is only) (by length 
— pes — m. savoir ce rf est que a la 

of time) and by deep reflections, that he can succeed in 
longue deprofond reflexion f. reussir d 

making it his own. All the ladies at the ball were 

se 2 rendre 4 le 3 * propre 5. bal m. ind-2 

very finely dressed, and each differently. 

* superbement pare avait une parure difference . 

Every one should, for (the sake of) his own happiness, listen 
devrait pour * propre m. n'ecou- 

only to the voice of reason and of truth. What is the 
fer que * voix f. art. raison f. art. verite f. 

price of each of these medals 1 
prix m. f. medaille f. 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 

EXAMPLES. 

11 ne J "aut nuire a personne, We must injure nobody. 

Personne n'est assure de vivre Nobody is certain of living till 
jusqu'au lendemain, to-morrow. 

Rem. I. The negative is sometimes understood, as, y 
a-t-il quelqvJun ici 1 is there any "body here ? personne, 
nobody. Personne stands for il riy a personne, there is 
nobody here. 

Rem. II. In interrogative phrases without negation, 
or in those expressing doubt, personne signifies quelqvJun, 
anybody. 

EXAMPLES. 
Personne oserait-il nier ? Would any body dare deny 1 

Je doute que personne soib assez I doubt whether any body be 
hardi, bold enough. 

Rem. III. When personne is placed in the second 
member of a comparison, it means any body. 

EXAMPLE. 

Cette place lui convient mieux That place suits him better than 
qu'a personne, any body. 

Rien, nothing, which is masculine and singular, is 
used with, or without, a negation. When with a nega- 
tion, it means nulle chose, nothing. 

EXAMPLE. 
II ne s' attache a rien de solide, He applies himself to nothing 

fixed. 
When used without a negation, it means quelque chose, 
something. 

EXAMPLE. 

Je doute que rien soit plus pro- I doubt whether any thing be 
pre a f aire impression que, &c. more suited to make an im- 
pression than, &c. 

The negation is sometimes understood, que vous & 
coute cda ? rien, how much did you pa}'' for it ? nothing. 

It always requires the preposition de before the adjec- 
tive, or participle, that follows it, and then the verb is un- 
derstood, as is likewise the negation, as, rien de beau que 
le vrai, nothing is noble but truth. 1" 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 263 

SECOND CLASS. 

Of those which are always joined to a Substantive.-^. 1 1,8. 

*Quelque, some, signifies un, une, entre plusieurs, one 
out of several ; it is of both genders, and takes the num- 
ber of the substantive. 

EXAMPLE. 

Adressez-vous a quelque autre Apply to somebody else. 
personne, 

Chaque, each, every, which is of both genders, has 
no plural. 

EXAMPLE. 
Chaque pays a ses coutumes, Each country has its customs. 

Quelconque, aucun, any, quel que ce soit, whatever it 
be ; quel qu'il soit, whoever he be, is of both genders, 

IT EXERCISE. 

To most men the misfortunes of others are but 

Pour la plwpart de art. mal m. ne que 

a dream. Do not to others what you would not wish (to be 
* songe m. vouloir qu'on 

done to you.) No one knows whether he deserves love or 
vousfit savoir si est digne de de 

hatred. An egotist loves nobody, not even his own children ; 

egoiste pas mime propre 

in the whole universe he sees no one but himself. He is more 
dans * univers ne voit * que lui seul. 

than {anybody) worthy of the confidence (with which) the king 

digne confiance f. dont 

honours him. I doubt whether any one ever painted 

honor er que ait jamais peint art. 

nature in its amiable simplicity, better than the sentimental 
— f. — f. sensible 

Gessner. Has any body called on me this morning? 

— * 2 est-il venu 1 chez matin m. 

Nobody There was nothing but what was great in the de- 
ind-2 que * de * grand dans des- 

signs and works of the Egyptians. I doubt 

sein m. pi. art. ouvrage m. pi. — tiens 

whether there is any thing better calculated to exalt the 

que subj-1 2 1 plus propre 

soul, than the contemplation of the wonders of nature. 
- f. merveille f. art. — f. 



264 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 

and always is placed after a substantive; when used 
with a negative it is always singular. 

EXAMPLE. 

II ne veut se soumeitre a aucune He will submit to no authority 
autorite quelconque, whatever. 

Certain, signifies quelque, certain, some. In this 
sense it is used alike of persons and things ; but it is 
always placed before the substantive. 

EXAMPLE. 
J'ai out dire a certain homme, I have heard some man say. 
a un certain komme, 

Un, une, a, or an, when used indeterminately for 
quelque, certain, some person, or some thing, takes the 
gender of the substantive to which it is joined. 

EXAMPLES. 
Sai vu un Komme qui courait, I saw a man who was running. 
Je me suis promene dans une I walked in a large fine mea- 
grande et belle prairie } t dow. 

t EXERCISE ON THE SECOND CLASS. 

Some enlightened people among the Egyptians pre- 

eclaire 2 esprit m. pi. 1 parmi — tiens con- 

served the idea of a first being, whose attributes 

server ind-2 idee etre art. — but m. pi. 3 

they represented under various symbols ; this (is 

1 representer ind-2 2 different symbole m. c'est ce que 

proved) by the following inscription upon a temple, " I am 

prouve * * cette * — f. de — m. 

all that has been, is, and shall be : no mortal ever removed 
ce qui 3 mortel 2 1 lever ind-4 

the veil that covers me." Every nation has (in its turn) 

voile m. f. a, son lour 2 

shone on the theatre of the world. There is no reason whatever 
brille 1 m. raison f. 

that can bring him to it. Some figures appear monstrous 

puisse determiner — f. — trueux 

and deformed, considered separately, or too near; but, if they 

difforme f. pi. separement de prcs on 

are put in their proper light and place, the true point of 

les met * jour a leur — — m. 

view restores their beauty and grace. Yesterday I 

vue f. leur rendre * art. = f. art. — f. 2 

saw a lady remarkably beautiful. 

X tfune rare 2 beaute 1. 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 265 



THIRD CLASS. 

Of those which are sometimes joined to a Substantive, and 
sometimes not — page 119. 

Nul, and pas un, not any, not one, are employed ei- 
ther alone, or in conjunction with a substantive. They 
are accompanied by the negation, assume the feminine, 
but have no plural, and may be followed by the preposi- 
tion de. 

EXAMPLES. 

Nul de tons ceux qui y out ete Not one of those who went 

n'en est revenu, there has returned. 

Pas un ne croit cette nouvelle, Not one believes that intelli- 
gence. 

Je n'en ai nulle connaissance, I have no knowledge of it. 

II n'y a pas une seule personne There is not a single person that 

qui le croie. believes it. 

Aucun signifies nul, no, not any, when accompanied 
by a negation, and may be followed by the preposition de. 

EXAMPLE. 

Vous n'avez aucun moyen de You have no means of succeed- 
reussir dans cette affaire, ing in that affair. 

This pronoun is seldom employed in the plural, ex- 
cept before substantives, which, in some particular sense, 
are better employed in the plural. 

EXAMPLE. 
11 n 1 a fait aucunes dispositions, He has made no dispositions. 

Rem. Aucun may be employed without a negation in 
interrogative sentences, or those which express doubt, 
or exclusion. 

EXAMPLES. 
Aucun homme fut-il jamais plus Was ever any man more suc- 

heureux ? cessful 1 

On doutequ'aucunedeces affaires They doubt whether any of 

reussisse, those affairs will succeed. 

Le plus beau morceau d' ^eloquence The finest piece of eloquence 
quHly ait dans aucunelangue, that exists in any language, 
&C.1T &c. 

Autre, other, expresses a difference between two 



266 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 

objects, or between one and several; as, quelle autre 
chose souhaitez-vous de moi ? what else do you wish of 
me? 

Rem. Autre is sometimes used to express a person 
but indeterminate ; &s,faime mieuxque vous Vappreniez 
de tout autre que de moi, I had rather you learn it of any 
other person than me. 

Tin is sometimes opposed to autre ; in which case, 
these two words are preceded by the article, supply the 
place of the substantives to which they relate, adopt 
their gender and number, and form the pronouns Vun 
V autre, Vun et V autre, and ni Vun ni V autre. 

Vun V autre, each other, one another, applies both 
to persons and things : it takes both gender and num- 
ber, and requires the article before the two words of 
which it is composed, If there be any preposition, it 
must be placed before the last. When these two words 
are used in conjunction, they express a reciprocal rela- 
tion between several persons or things. 

EXAMPLE. 
11 f ant se secourir Vun V autre, We ought to assist each other. 

IT EXERCISE ON THE THIRD CLASS. 

No one likes (to see himself) as he is. No expression, no 
se voir tel que — f. 

truth of design and colouring, no strokes of genius in that 

f. dessein de coloris trait 

great work. He is as learned as any one. Not one of these 

ouvragem. savant 

engravings announces any great skill. None of his works 
gravure f. pi. annoncer un talent m. 

will descend to posterity. He is so ignorant, and at the same 
■passer art. = f . — en * meme 

time so obstinate, that he will not (be convinced) by any reason- 
temps obstine * se rendre a raison- 

ing. Did any man ever attain to such a pitch of 

nementra. jamais 2 parvenirl ce * comble m. 

glory ! I doubt whether there be in any science a more evi- 

= que subj-1 — f. plus In- 

dent principle. 

mineuz2 — pe m. 1. 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 267 

When used separately, they denote a difference. 
EXAMPLE. 

Les passions s'entendent les unes Our passions have a relation 
avec les autres ; si Von se laisse with each other : if we in- 
aller aux unes, on attire bien- dulge some, the others will 
tot les autres, soon follow. 

Rem. In the latter case Vun is used for the person or 
thing first mentioned, and V autre for the person or thing 
last spoken of. 

Hun et r autre, both; these two words mark union. 
They require the verb to be in the plural. 

EXAMPLE. 

Liune et V autre sont bonnes, Both are good. 

Ni Vun ni V autre, neither; these two words on the 
contrary mark separation. The verb must be in the 
plural. 

EXAMPLE. 
Ni Vun ni V autre n'ontfait leur Neither has done his duty. 
devoir,i 

t EXERCISE. 

Ask another. Would any other have been so 

Demander a * aurait-il eu * assez 

self-conceited as to think that his private opinion could 

dj amour propre * pour penser particulier 2 — f. 1 put 

counterbalance the public sentiment 1 Reason and faith 

balancer 2 opinion? f. 1 art. Raison f. art. foi f. 

equally demonstrate that we were created for another life. 

2 demontrer 1 creer ind-4 f. 

They speak ill of one another. The happiness of the people 

mal m. 

constitutes that of the prince ; their true interests are connected 
faire — m. interel m. lie 

with each other. Presumption and pride easily insinuate 
a pi. pi. art. Presomption f. art. orgueil 2 se glisser 
themselves into the heart ; if we allow one the entrance, 

1 m. Von y donne a 2 f '. 3 * entree 1 

it is much to (be feared) that we shall soon (abandon our- 

bien craindre on * bientbt 2 ne se livre 1 

selves) to the other. Both relate the same story, thougn 

rapporter fait m. 

neither believes it to be true. 
ne penser que * soit 
24 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 

Meme signifies qui rJest pas autre, which is not differ- 
ent. It is of both genders, and takes the plural. 

EXAMPLES. 

Cest le meme homme, It is the same man. 

La meme personne, The same person. 

Ce sont les memes raisons, They are the same reasons. 

Ce poeme est le meme que celui This poem is the same that I 
dontje vous ai parte, was mentioning to you. 

Tel means pareil, semblable, de meme, such, like, si- 
milar. It takes both genders and both numbers. 

EXAMPLES. 
Un telprojet ne saurait reussir, Such a scheme cannot succeed. 
11 nhj a pas de lets animaux, de There are no such animals, no 
telles coutumes, such customs. 

When used alone, it either preserves its proper signi- 
fication, or it expresses a person indeterminately. 

EXAMPLES. 
Vous ne sauriez me persuader You cannot persuade me of 

Hen de tel, any such thing. 

Tel fait des liberalites, qui ne The same man is liberal in giv- 

paie pas ses dettes, ing, who does not pay his debts. 

Plusieurs, several, which is plural and of both gen- 
ders, is used alike of persons and of things. When 
united to a substantive, or relating to it, it signifies an 
indeterminate number, without relation to another. 

EXAMPLES. 
Plusieurs motifs font determine, Severalreasonsdeterminedhim. 
Je crois cela pour plusieurs rai- I believe that for several rea- 

sons, sons. 

But it is likewise used as a part of a greater number. 

EXAMPLE. 

Parmi un si grand nombre de Out of so great a number of 
gens, il y en eut plusieurs qui persons, several objected to 
s'y opposerent, it. 

When plusieurs is employed absolutely as a substan- 
tive, it always means plusieurs personnes, several per- 
sons. 

EXAMPLE. 
Plusieurs aiment mieux mourir Many would rather die than 

que deperdre leur reputation, forfeit their character. 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 269 

Tout is used either alone, or with a substantive. 
When employed alone, it signifies toutes choses, all 
things ; toute sorte de choses, every kind of things. 

EXAMPLE. 

Tout nous abandonne au moment Every thing forsakes us at the 
de la mort ; il ne nous resle moment of death ; we retain 
que nos bonnes ceuvres, nothing but our good works. 

When united to a substantive, it is used either collec- 
tively, or distributively. 

Considered collectively, tout signifies the totality of a 
thing, and is then followed by the article. 

EXAMPLES. 
Tout Vunivers, The whole universe. 

Tous les corps celestes^ All the celestial bodies. 

Considered distributively, tout signifies chaque, each; 
in this case, it is not accompanied by the article. 

EXAMPLE. 
Tout Men est desirable ,t Every good is desirable. 

t EXERCISE. 

Does he always maintain the same principles 1 Yes, they are 
* soutenir — pe Qui ce 

absolutely the same. That general is the same that commanded 
— ment pi. — — der 

last year. Such a conduct is inexplicable. There 

art. dernier 2 annee f . 1 2 1 conduite f. — 

are no such customs in this country. I never heard 

de cmdumes f. pays m. ai enlendu dire 

(any thing) similar. The same man sows who often reaps 

Hen de * * semer recueillir 

nothing. I this morning received several letters. Among those 

1 3 matin 4 ind-4 2 lettre f. pi. 

manuscripts, there are several much esteemed. Many 

— crits qu'on beaucoup 2 estime 1 

by endeavouring to injure others, injure themselves more 

en s'efforcer de nuire a art. se nuire a 

than they think. All is in God and God is in all. The whole 

ne penser en 

course of his life has been distinguished by generous actions. 
cours m. f. marque des =2 f. 1. 

Every vice is odious. 
— -m. 



270 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 

FOURTH CLASS. 

Of those which are followed by que. — P. 120. 

Qui, que, whoever, is only said of persons, and signi- 
fies quelque personne que, whatever person ; it requires 
the verb following to be in the subjunctive. 
EXAMPLES. 

Qui que ce soil qui ait fait ccla } Whoever has done that, is a 

c'est un habile homme, man of talent. 

Qui que je sois, Whoever I may be. 

Qui que g'ait He, Whoever it may have been. 

Qui que c'eiit ete, Whoever it might have been. 

Qui que ce puisse etre, Whoever it may be. 

When qui que, followed by ce soit, is used with a ne- 
gative, it signifies aucune personne, nobody ; as, je riy 
trouve qui que ce soit, I find nobody there. 

Quoi que, whatever it be, is only used of things, and 
signifies quelque chose que, whatever thing ; it requires 
also the verb following to be in the subjunctive. 

EXAMPLES 

Quoi que ce soit qu'il fasse, ou Whatever he does or says, he 

quHl dise, on se defie de lui, is distrusted. 

Quoi que vous disiez,je leferai, Whatever you may say, I will 

do it. 

Rem. When quoi que, followed by ce soit, is used 
with a negation, it signifies aucune chose, not any thing. 

EXAMPLE. 

Sans application, on ne pent re- Without application, it is im- 
ussir en quoi que ce soitj possible to succeed in any 

thing whatever. 



t EXERCISE ON THE FOURTH CLASS. 

Whoever has told you so, he is mistaken. _ Pas- 

ce soit qui le se tromper ind-4 Pas- 

senger, whoever thou be, contemplate with religious veneration 
sant contempler un = 2 respect m. 1. 

this monument erected by gratitude; it is the tomb 

— m. eleve art. reconnaissance f. ce tombeau m. 

of a just and benevolent man. How can he hope to be 
2 bienfaisant 3 1 Comment esperer de 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 271 

Quel que signifies de quelque sorte, de quelque espece 
que ce soit, of whatever sort, or kind it may be, when 
relating to things ; or, qui que ce soit, whoever it may 
be, when relating to persons. It takes both gender and 
number according to the person, or thing, it relates to, 
and requires the subjunctive. 

EXAMPLES. 
Quelles que soient vos affaires, Whatever business you may 

venez, have, come. 

Je n'en ezcepte personne, quel I except nobody, whoever he 

quHl soit, may be. 

Rem. Lequel que, whosoever, whichever, is also 
used; as, lequel des trois que vous choisissiez, peu wHim- 
porte, whichever of the three you choose, I care little. 

Quelque— que, of both genders, when united to a 
substantive, signifies quel que soit le, quelle que soit la, 
&c, whatever be the, &c. It has both numbers, and re- 
quires the subjunctive. 

EXAMPLES. 
Quelque raisonqu' on luiapvorte, Whatever reason is adduced, 
il n'en croit rien, he believes nothing about it. 

Qnelques efforts que vous fas- Whatever attempts you may 
siez, vous ne reussirez point, make, you will never succeed. 
When united to an adjective, it operates as an ad- 
verb, and signifies a quelque point que, however great 
a degree ; it then neither takes gender, nor number. 

EXAMPLES. 
Quelque belle quelle puisse elre However beautiful she may be, 
ellene doit pas etre vaine, she ought not to be vain. 

beloved who has regard for no one? Whatever he may do 

lui ne d'egards 
or say, he (will find it) very difficult to destroy pre- 

qu'il aura lien de la peine ditruire des pre- 

judices so deeply rooted. A mind vain, presumptuous, 

jugem. si profondement enracine — presomptueux, 

and inconsistent, will never succeed in any thing whatever. 

sans consisiance * reussir 

Whatever a frivolous world may think of you, never swerve 

frivole 2 monde 1 puisse se dctourner 

from the path of virtue. 

chemin m. art. f. 
24* 



272 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 

Quelque puissans quHls soient, However powerful they may 
je ne les crains point, be, I am not afraid of them. 

Tel que, such as, serves to mark a parity between 
objects by comparison. 

EXAMPLE. 

Oest un homme tel qu'il vous He is just such a man as you 
lefaut, want. 

Tout — que signifies quoique, encore que, though, 
quelque, however. On this occasion, tout is considered 
as an adverb, and is employed with adjectives of every 
kind, and even with some substantives. 

EXAMPLES. 

Tout artificieux quHls sont, je Artful as they are, I doubt 
doute que le public soit long- whether the public will be 
temps leur dupe, long their dupe. 

Toutefemme quelle est,i "Woman as she is. 

t EXERCISE. 
Let the laws be (what they may,) we must always 

Que 2 loi f. 4 subj-1 3 quel 1 il 

respect them. Whatever efforts you make, I doubt whether 
respecter — m. subj-1 que 

you will succeed. All men, however opposite they may 

* reussir subj-1 art. oppose * 

be, agree on that point. The man who descends into 

subj-1 s'accorder — m. ne rentrer en 

himself only to discover his defects, and correct them, likes 

que pour y demeler — m. se corriger en 

to see himself as he is. However surprising that phenomenon 

surprenant 2 pkenomenem. 3 
may be, it is not against the order of nature. Children as 

1 contre ordrem. art. 

they are, they behaved remarkably well. 

se cont conduits fort bien. 

A GENERAL EXERCISE ON THE PRONOUNS. 

The Evening Walk. 

du 2 soir 3 promenade/ 1. 

On a fine summer evening, my brother, my sister, and 

Dans de 2 soiree f. 1 

myself. (were walking) (by the side) of a wood 

moi nous nous promenions lelong bois m. qui n' est 



EXERCISE OF THE PRONOUNS. 273 

not far distant from the castle which we inhabit. We 

pas bien eloigne chateau ra. habiler 

(were contemplating) with rapture the majestic scenery 

contempler in-d-2 transport — tueux 2 scene f. 1. 

which nature exhibits at the approach of night, when we 

art. deployer approche f. art. nuit f. quand 

perceived at the foot of an ancient oak, a boy of a most 

apercevoir ind-3 d pied m. vieux chine m.enfant art. 2. 
interesting countenance. His beauty, his air of ingenu- 

interessant 3 art. figure f . 1 = f 1 — m. ingenu- 

ousness and candour, his gracefulness, struck us, and we 
ite de = grace pi. frapper ind-3 nous 

approached him. What ! alone here, my boy 1 said we ; 

approcher ind-3 en seul ici enfant Ivd dimes 

whence art thou 1 ? Whence comest thoul What art thou 
D'ou * 2 

doing here alone 1 I am not alone, answered he smiling, 
falsi 4 3 repondre ind-3 d'un air riant 

I am not alone ; but I was fatigued, and I (have seated myself) 

iri^S fatigue s' asseoir ind-4 

under the shade of this tree, while my mother is busy 

a ombre f. arbre m. iandis que occupe 

in gathering simples to give some relief to the 

a cueillir des — pour apporter soulagement m. 

pains which her aged father suffers. Ah ! (how many) 

douleur f. pi. 2 vieux 3 4 soufrir 1 que 

troubles my good mamma has ! How many troubles ! 
de peine f. pi. 2 3 maman 41 si 

Did you know them, there is not one of you that would not 

* connaitre ind-2 qui * 

be touched with pity, and who could refuse the tribute 

subj-2 de pitie * lui subj-2 un tribut 

of your tears. We said to him, lovely child, thy ingenu- 

* larme f. pi. ind-3 * aimable 

ousness, candour, innocence, (every thing,) interest us 

pro. == f. pro. — f. interesser 

in thy misfortunes and those of thy mother. Relate them to 
d malheur m. pi. d Raconter 2 * 

us ; whatever they be, fear not to afflict us. (Wo be) to 

1 srubj-1 de affiiger malheur 

whoever cannot feel for the misfortunes of others ! 

ne salt pas s 'attendrir sur malm.ipl. 

He immediately related the history of his mother, with an ex- 

2 aussitbt 1 ind-3 = 

pression, an artlessness, a grace, altogether affecting. Our 
f. naivete f. = f. tout-d-fait touchant f. s. 



274 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 

CHAP. V. 

OF THE VERB. 

Agreement of the Verb with the Subject. 

The subject is that of which something is affirmed, 
and may always be known by the answer to this ques- 
tion, qui est-ce qui? who, or what is it? as, Pierre 
vit, Peter lives; Voiseau vole, the bird flies; if it be 
asked, qui est-ce qui vit 1 who is it that lives 1 qui 
est-ce qui vole ? what is it that flies ? The answers 
Pierre and Voiseau, shew that Pierre and Voiseau are 
the subjects of the verbs vit and vole. 

Rule. The verb must be of the same number and 
person as its subject. 

hearts felt the liveliest emotions ; tears (trickled down 

eprouver ind-3 vif — f. nos colder 

our clieeks) and we gave him what little money we 
ind-3 lui * art. peu de argent que 

had about us. (In the mean time) the mother returned. 
ind-2 sur cependant revenir ind-3 

(As soon as) he saw her, he exclaimed, (make haste,) 

Des-que apercevoir s'ecrier accourir s. 

mamma, make haste ; see what these good little folks have 

s. ce que gens f. pi. 

given me; I have related to them thy misfortunes; they have 

m. 
been affected (by them,) and their sensibility (has not been 

touche m. pi. en = f. ne s'est pas 

satisfied) with shedding tears. See mamma, see what they 

borne a * des s. 

have given me. The mother was moved; she thanked us, 

ind-3 attendri f. remercier 
and said : generous feeling souls, the good action 

nous =2 et sensible 3 ante f. pi. 1 — f. 

which you (have just been doing) will not be lost. He who 

venez defaire perdu f. 

sees (every thing) and judges (every thing) will not let it go 
juger laisser * 

unrewarded. 
sans recompense. 



SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 275 

EXAMPLES. 

Je ris, I laugh. Nous parlons, We speak. 

Tu joues, Thouplayest. Vous plaisantez, You jest. 
II aime, He loves. lis sont fous, They are mad. 

La vertu est aimable, virtue is amiable. 

Ris is in the singular number, and the first person, 
because je, its subject, is in the singular, and the first 
person. Joues is in the singular, and the second person, 
as tu is in the singular, and the second person, &>c.^ 

Rem. I. When a verb has two subjects both singular, 
it is put in the plural. 

EXAMPLE. 
Mori pere et ma mere m'aiment My father and mother love me 

tendrement,i tenderly. 

Rem. II. When a verb relates to subjects of differ- 
ent persons, it agrees with the first, in preference to 
the other two, and with the second in preference to the 



IT EXERCISE ON THE VERB. 
The most free of all men is he who can be free even in 
libre art. celui meme 

slavery. Are we not often blind to our defects 1 

art. esclavage m. * s'aveugler ind-1 sur defaut 

All men (are inclined) to idleness, but the savages of 

art. tendre ind-1 art. sauvage art. 

hot countries are the laziest of all men. Do you think of 
chaud2pays 1 * 

imposing long on the credulity of the public"? Thou 

en imposer long-temps a =f. m. 

canst not deny that he is a great man. 
pouvoir nier ne sub-1. 



t EXERCISE. 

His uprightness and honesty, make him courted by 

droiture f. pron. honnetete faire rechercher de 

every body. Strength of body and of mind 

art. f. art. celle art. se 

meet not always together. A good heart and a noble soul 

rencontrer ensemble. m. beau f. 

are precious gifts of nature. 

de art. = 2 don m. pi. 1 art. — f. 



276 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 

third. The person addressed is named first, and the 
person addressing last. On this occasion, the pronoun 
plural nous, is generally placed before the verb, if the 
first person has been mentioned before, or the pronoun 
plural vous, if no first person has been mentioned. 
EXAMPLES. 

Vous, votre frere, el moi, nous You, your brother, and I, read 

lisons ensemble la brochure together the new pamphlet. 
nouvelle, 

Vous et votre ami, vous viendrez You and your friend will come 

avec moi,t with me. 

Rem. III. When a verb has the relative pronoun qui 
for its subject, it is put in the same number and person 
as the noun, or pronoun, to which qui relates. 

EXAMPLES. 

Est-ce moi qui ai dit cette nou- Is it I who told this news'? 

velle ? 
Est-ce nous qui Vavons voulu ? Is it we who desired it 1 
Ceux qui aiment sincerement la Those who sincerely love vir- 

vertu sont heureux,^ tue are happy. 

t EXERCISE. 
You, your friend, and I, have each a different opinion. In 
chacun 2 f . 1 

our childhood, you and I (were pleased) with playing together. 

enfance f. se flair e ind-2 a inf-1 

Neither I, nor (any one else,) has been able to understand 

ni ni d'autres ne pouvoir ind-4 * comprendre2 

(any thing) in that sentence. (Take good care) you and your bro-. 

ri en 1 a phrase f. se garder bien 
ther, not to (give way) to the impetuosity of your character. 
* de s'abandonner = caracttre m. 

IT EXERCISE. 
He that complains most of mankind, is not always he 
Celui se plaindre le plus art. homme ~pl. 
that (has most reason) to complain (of them.) You that wish 

etre le plusfonde en vouloir 

to enrich your mind with thoughts vigorously conceived and 
* enrichir esprit de f. pi. fortement congu f. pi. 

nobly expressed, read the works of Homer and Plato. 

noblement exprime ouvrage. 

N. B. See the exercises. (Page 252.) 



SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 277 

OF THE REGIMEN OF VERBS. 

A verb is active, when it will admit after it quelqvlun, 
or quelque chose ; and, the word, which is put after the 
verb, is called the regimen of that verb. Observe that 
this regimen may be known by asking the question, 
qvlest-ce que ? It is called direct, and may be either a 
noun, or a pronoun. 

Rule. When the regimen of the active verb is a 
noun, it is always placed after the verb ; when it is a 
pronoun, it is generally placed before it. 

EXAMPLE. 

Ma mere aime tons ses enfans, My mother loves all her children. 

Je vous aime, and not in English, J'aime votes, I love you, 

U m'aime, and not E aime moi, he loves me.t 

Besides this regimen direct, some active verbs may 
have a second, which is called indirect, and is marked 
by the words d or de. 

EXAMPLES. 
U a fait un present a sa sozur, He has made a present to his 

sister. 

t EXERCISE ON THE REGIMEN OF VERBS. 

He has discovered to all other nations his ambitious 
montrer art * peuplem.yl. = 2 

design of enslaving them, and has left us 

dessein m. 1 mettre dans Vesclavage inf-1 ne laisser 

no means of defending our liberty, but by endeavouring to 
aucun moyen inf-1 que en tacher inf-3 de 

overturn his new kingdom. Homer represents Nestor as him 
renverser royaume m. celui 

that restrained the ungovernable wrath of Achilles, the 

moderer ind-2 bouillant courroux m. 

pride of Agamemnon, the haughtiness of Ajax, and the impetuous 

jierte f. =2 

courage of Diomed. He dared not (lift up) his eyes, lest 
— m. 1 Diomede. oser ind-2 lever * art. de 

they should meet those of his friend, whose 

peur de * * rencontrer inf-1 

very silence condemned him. He caresses them, because 
art. meme 2 m. 1 ind-2 

he loves them. 



278 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 

II accuse son ami d 'imprudence } t He accuses his friend of im- 
prudence. 

The second regimen is known by the answer to these 
questions; a qui? to whom? a quoi? to what? dequil 
of whom? de quoi? of what? 

EXAMPLES. 

A qui a-t-il fait un present ? To whom did he make a present ? 

A sa sceur, To his sister. 

De quoi accuse-t-il son ami ? Of what does he accuse his friend? 

DHmprudence, Of imprudence. 

Passive verbs require de, or par, before the noun, or 
pronoun, that follows them. 

EXAMPLES. 

La souris est mangee par lechat, The mouse is eaten by the cat. 
Un enfant sage est aime de tout A good child is loved by every 
le monde, body. 

Rem. The French never use the word par, before 
Dieu, God; they say, les mechans seront funis de Dieu, 



t EXERCISE. 

In submitting to the yoke of Asia, Greece would have 

En subir inf-2 * joug m. art. art. 

thought virtue subjected to voluptuousness, the mind 
croire art. 2 assujettir inf-11 art. volupte f. 
to the body, and courage to a senseless force, which consisted 

art. insense 2 — f. 1 ind-2 

only in numbers. Three hundred Lacedemonians hast- 
ne que art. multitude f. s. — niens, courir 

ened to Thermopylae to certain death, content in dying, to 
ind-3 art. — piles pi. un assure 2 f. 1 en de 

have sacrificed to their country, an infinite number of barbarians, 

immoler pays m. 2 1 barbare 

and to have left to their countrymen the example of an unheard 
de laisser compatriote inoui% 

of bravery. You knew the importance which your parents 
* hardiesse f. 1 savoir ind-2 — f. que — 

attached to the success of that affair: why have you not 

ind-2 reussite f f. pourquoi 

hastened to announce it (to them 1) 

s'empresser ind-4 de f. 



SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 279 

which, in order to avoid making use of by, may be thus 
Englished; God will punish the wicked. 1" 

Some few neuter verbs have no regimen ; as, dormir, 
to sleep ; but many of them have a government. 

Rule. Some neuter verbs require a, others de, before 
their regimen. 

EXAMPLES. 
Tout genre d'ezccs nuit a la Every kind of excess is hurtful 

sante, to health. 

11 medit de tout le monde,1 He slanders every body. 

IT EXERCISE. 

The city of Troy was taken, plundered, and destroyed by the 
Troie prist saccage detruit 

confederate Greeks, 1148 years before the Christian eera: this 
confedere 2 1 avant 2 ere f. 1 

event has been celebrated by the two greatest poets of Greece 

art. 
and Italy. You will only be beloved, esteemed, and 

pr. art. 
courted by men, (in proportion as) you join the 

rechercher de que autant que joindre ind-7 

qualities of the heart to those of the mind. God pu- 
= f pi. pr. 3 fi- 

nished the Jews every time when, 

nir {passive voice ind-3 2) peuple Juif 1 toutes lesfois que 

deaf to the voice of the prophets, they fell into 

sourd f. prophete sing, torriber ind-3 dans 

idolatry and impiety, 
art. = art. = 

t EXERCISE. 
This sentiment has pleased the king and all the nation. 
a a 

In his retirement, he (has the full enjoyment) of the 

dans retraite f. jouir tout 

faculties of his soul. To slander (any one) is to assassinate 
= f. pi. * medire de quelqu'un c'est* 

him in cold blood. The honest man seldom (permits himself) 
de 2 sang 1 rarement 2 sc permettre 1 

to jest, because he knows the most 

de * art. plaisanterie f. pi. parce que savoir que 

innocent jests may sometimes hurt the reputation. It is 

f. pi. * pouvoir quelquefois nuire a f. ce 

inly in retirement that one truly enjoys one's self. 

u que art. on v entablement 2 jouir 1 de soi. 

25 



380 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 

Reflected verbs have for their regimen the personal 
pronouns me, te, se, nous, and vous, and this regimen is 
sometimes direct, and sometimes indirect. 



OF THE NATURE AND USE OF MOODS AND TENSES. 

Of the Indicative. 
The indicative is that mood which simply declares and 
affirms a thing. It contains eight tenses, viz. the pre- 
sent, the imperfect, the preterit definite, the preterit inde- 
finite, the preterit anterior, the pluperfect, the future sim- 
ple, and the future anterior. 

The present marks that a thing is now passing, that is, 
either existing, or doing. 

EXAMPLES. 
Jaime, I love. llsjouent, They play. 

The imperfect expresses a present with respect to 
something past. 

EXAMPLE. 
J'entrais au moment ou vous I came in at the moment you 
sortiez, were going out. 

Or it expresses something past, but habitual, without 
fixing the time of its duration. 

EXAMPLE. 
Cesar etait un habile general, Caesar was an able general. 

The preterit definite marks that a thing took place at 
a time completely past. 

EXAMPLE. 
J' ecrivis Mer a Rome, I wrote yesterday to Rome. 

The preterit indefinite expresses a thing as having 
taken place at a time which is neither precise, nor de- 
terminate. 

His work has pleased every one, because it unites 

ouvrage m. a art. monde joindre 

to real utility, the charms of style, and the beau- 

un 2 =f. 1 agrement m. -pi. art. m. sing, 

ties of sentiment. 
art. pi. 



SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 281 

EXAMPLE. 

H m?a fait un vrai plaisir en He has given me real pleasure 
venant me voir, by coming to see me. 

Or at a time which is not absolutely past. 

EXAMPLE. 

J'ai vu cette semaine beaucoup de I have seen many people this 
monde,Z week. 

t EXERCISE ON THE INDICATIVE. 

My sister is in her chamber, where she (is occupied) in reading 
ou s'occuper a inf-1 

ancient history, the study (of which) pleases her extremely, 
art. 2 1 2 dont 1 lui infiniment 

Benefits bestowed are (so many) trophies 

art. Bienfait que on repandre ind-1 de art. tropheequeon 

erected in the heart of those whose felicity (has been 
s'eriger ind-1 1 art. = f . 4 on 2 /aire 

promoted) (by them.) The great Corneille was busy in his 
ind-1 3 * — occupe 

study tracing the plan of one of his tragedies, when a ser- 
cabinet a inf-1 — m. = Mo- 

vant, terrified, came to tell him that his house was 

mestique m. tout effraye ind-3 * lui * art. 3 prendre 

on fire : go and find my wife, replied he : I do 

d ind-6 2 * art. 1 * trouver repondre ind-3 

not understand household concerns. Some Hunga- 

entendre rien a art. affaire pi. du menage m. de art. Hon- 
rian noblemen revolted from the Emperor Sigismund; 

grots 2 seigneur 1 se revolter ind-3 contre = — mond 

this prince heard it, and marched boldly against 

apprendre ind-3 fierement au-devant de 

them : which, among you, said he (to them,) will lay hands 
Centre ind-3 mettre 1 art. f. 

upon his king first 1 If there be one bold enough 
sing. 3 4 art. 2 en un hardi 2 1 

let him advance. This noble firmness struck the rebels 

enimposer a seditieux 
(with awe,) who returned immediately to their duty. I have 

* rentrer aussi-tot dans le devoir 

travelled through almost all Europe, and I have visited the 
voyager dans art. — f. 

most celebrated places in Asia and Africa ; if, on the one 

— bre 2 lieu 1 de art. Asie pr. art. Afrique de * 
hand, I admired the master-pieces of art, of every kind, which 
cote m. ind-4 chefs-de-ceuvre art. en tout genre 



282 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 

The preterit anterior expresses that a thing had taken 
place immediately before a time which is passed, and 
this tense is either definite, or indefinite. There is the 
same difference between its two forms, as between the 
two preterits, definite and indefinite. 
EXAMPLES. 
J'eus dine hier a midi, I had dined yesterday at twelve. 

Quand feus dine hier, midi When I had dined yesterday, it 

sonna, struck twelve. 

J'ai eu dejeune ce matin a dix I had done breakfast this morn- 

heures, ing at ten o'clock. 

The pluperfect is that past tense which expresses a 
thing as having taken place at any period antecedent to 
the time when another thing happened ; or it expresses 
a thing habitually done before another. 

EXAMPLES. 

J'avais soupe quand il entra, I had supped when he came in. 

Lorsque fetais a la campagne, When I was in the country, as 
desquefavaisdejeune,fallais, soon as I had breakfasted, I 
a la chasse, used to go a hunting. 

The future absolute, is that tense which expresses that 
an action or event will take place at a time which does 
not yet exist. 

EXAMPLE. 
Jfirai demain a la campagne, I shall go to-morrow into the 

country. 

The future anterior is the tense which expresses that 
at a time when a thing will take place, another thing 
will have already taken place. 

EXAMPLE. 

Quand faurai fini, je sortirai,^ When I have done, I shall go 

out. 



the protection of enlightened governments has produced, on 

art. 2 1 fairi naitre 

the other, I shed tears, (on seeing) the ravages of ig- 

ind-4 de art. sur — art 

norance and barbarism. 

pr. art. barbarie f. 



SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 283 

OF THE CONDITIONAL. 

The conditional is the mood which affirms on condi- 
tions ; it has two tenses, the present and the past. 

The present of the conditional is that tense which 
expresses that a thing would take place on certain con- 
ditions. 

EXAMPLE. 
Je feraisvotre affaire avant peu, I would settle your business be- 
st elle dependait uniquementde fore long, if it only depended 
moi, upon me. 

The past of the conditional is that tense which ex- 
presses that a thing would have taken place at a time 
which no longer exists, dependant on certain conditions. 

EXAMPLE. 
Saurais, ou j'eusse fait votre I would have settled your bu- 
affaire, si vous m'en aviez, ou siness, if you had mentioned 
m'en eussiez parte J it to me. 

IT EXERCISE ON THE PRETERIT ANTERIOR, &c. 
I had done yesterday, at noon. I (went out) (as soon as) I 
finir midi sortir ind-4 des-que 

had dined. As soon as Caesar had crossed the Rubicon, he had 

passer — 

no longer to deliberate ; he (was obliged) to conquer or to die. 
plus devoir ind-2 * vaincre * 

1 had finished the task that you had imposed upon me, when 

tache f. imposer f. * 

you came in. Those who had contributed most to his elevation 

— buerleplus 
to the throne of his ancestors, were those who laboured with 
sur travailler 

the most eagerness to precipitate him (from it.) I shall 
de acharnement en ne point 

shortly go into the country, where I intend to (collect 

tarder a a campagne se proposer de herbo- 

plants,) (in order to) (make myself perfect) in the knowledge 
riser inf-1 pour se perfectionner 

of botany. When I have done reading the di- 

art. botanique f. achever ind-8 de inf-1 

vine writings of Homer and Virgil, and my mind has imbib- 

2 ecrit m. 1 pr. que se pe- 
ed their beauties, I shall read the other epic poets. 
netrer ind-8 de ind-7 2 1 

25* 



384 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 



OF THE IMPERATIVE. 



The imperative is that mood which commands, ex- 
horts, entreats, or reproves. It is a present with re- 
spect to the injunction, and a future with respect to the 
thing enjoined. 

In many verbs a compound of the imperative may be 
used to express an injunction to have a thing done pre- 
viously to another, as, ayez dine avant que je revienne, 
have dined before I return. J 



t EXERCISE ON THE CONDITIONAL. 

What would not be the felicity of man, if he always sought 
Quel * — f. chercher ind-2 

his happiness in himself 7 I shall be glad to see you harmo- 

uni pi. 
nious, happy, and comfortable. A dupe to my imagination, I 

tranquille * de 

should have (been bewildered) (but for) you in my search 

s'egarer sans * art. recherche f. 

after truth. Inquire whether he would have consented to 
de art. s* informer si consentir 

those conditions, in case he had thought himself able 

dans art. que se croire subj-4 capable 

to fulfil them. 
de remplir. 



t EXERCISE ON THE IMPERATIVE. 

Be not fond of praise ; but seek virtue, which 

sing. passionne pour art. louange f. art. 

procures it. Let us remember that unless virtue guide 

attirer se souvenir a moins que art. ne 

us, our choice must be wrong. Let us not be deceived by 

devoir ind-1 mauvais. se laisser prendre a 

the first appearances of things ; but let us take time to 

art. se donner art. de 

fix our judgment. Arbiters of the destinies of men, do 

Arbitre — nee art. art. 

good if you wish to be happy j do good, if you wish that your 
bien vouloir * 

memory should be honoured ; do good, if you wish that 
subj-1 art, 



SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 285 

OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

The subjunctive, is that mood which expresses a sub- 
ordination to what precedes. With this dependance it 
forms a sense, and none without. Je voudrais qu'il lut, 
forms sense, but qutil lut, alone and unconnected, does 
not. 

This mood contains four tenses, the present or future, 
the imperfect, the preterit, and the pluperfect. 

The present and the future of the subjunctive can only 
be distinguished by the sense ; in this phrase, il faut que 
je vous sois bien attache pour venir vousvoir parle temps 
quHl fait, I must have a great esteem for you to come 
and see you in such weather as this ; je sois, expresses a 
present time ; but in this, je ne crois pas que vous obte- 
niez cela de lui, I do not think you will obtain that of 
him, vous obteniez expresses a future, and stands for vous 
obtiendrez. 

The imperfect, the preterit, and the pluperfect of the 
subjunctive express also a past, or future, according to 
circumstances: in this phrase, soupgonniez-vous qu'il ne 
le fit pas, did you suspect he would not do it, fit ex- 
presses a past; but in this, je desirerais qu'il vit du 
monde, I wish him to see company, vit marks a future. IT 



heaven should open to you its eternal gates. Never forget that 

sub-1 2 forte f. 1 

the truly free man is he, who, superior to all fears, and 

veritablement 2 3 1 degage de f-s. 

all desires, is subject only to the gods and to reason, 
pr. m-s. soumis ne que art. f. 



IT EXERCISE ON THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Men must be (very much) blinded by their pas- 

art. 3 il 1 g"tie2subj-l bien aveugle 

sions, not to acknowledge that they ought to (love 

2 pour 1 devoir ind-1 * 

one another) as parts of a whole ; and as (the members 

s'entr' aimer art. tout 2 



SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 
OF THE INFINITIVE. 

The infinitive is that mood which affirms indetermi- 
nately without either number, or person. 

It denotes of itself, neither present, past, nor future, 
except when it follows other verbs. The present al- 
ways expresses a present, relative to the preceding 
verb ; as, je le vois, je le vis, je le verrai venir, I see, 
I saw, I shall see him come. The past always ex- 
presses a past, relative to the verb that precedes it, je 
crois, je croyais V avoir vu venir, I think, I thought 
that I had seen him coming. To express a future, the 



of our body) (would do) if (every one) had a particular vitality. 

I chacun ind-2 s« 2 vie 1 

You asked him to come with us ; but I doubt whether he 

frier ind-4 de que 

will have that complaisance. I could not persuade myself that 

subj-1 ind-2 

he was so vain as to aspire to that place. Though every 

subj-2 assez * pour — f. 

body says so, I do not believe that he is gone to Rome. 

subj-1 le subj-3 

(Is it possible) that he should let slip so good an oppor- 

se pouvoir laisser subj-3 echapper beau occasi- 

tunity of acquiring immortal glory 1 I could have wished 
on f. un 2 1 

that he had availed himself of his abode in the country, to 

profiler subj-4 sejour a campagne pour 

perfect himself in the study of philosophy. 
se perfectionner art. = f. 



t EXERCISE ON THE INFINITIVE. 

We only shut our eyes to truth, because we fear to 

ne * art. art. que parce que de 

see ourselves as we are. We were yet far from the castle, 

2 nous 1 tel que ind-2 encore 

when one .of our friends came to join us. I did not think I 
ind-3 * ind-2 * 

was to* set out so soon. He promises every day that he 
devoir* art. pi. de * 

will amend, but I do not rely upon his promises. 
* se corriger compter promesse f. pi. 



SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 287 

infinitive must be preceded by the infinitive of the verb 
devoir ; as, je croyais devoir y aller, I thought I was to 
go there. 

Remark. The infinitive also expresses a future after 
the verbs permettre, esperer, compter, s'attendre, and 
menacer ; as, il promet de venir (qvlil viendra.) he pro- 
mises to come (that he will come;) il menace de Jy 
rendre (qvJil s'y rendra,) he threatens to go (that he will 
go) there. f 



OF THE PARTICIPLE. 

The participle is a part of the verb which partakes 
of the properties both of a verb and an adjective; of a 
verb, as it has its signification and regimen, of an adjec- 
tive, as it expresses the quality of a person, or thing. 

There are two participles, the participle present, and 
the participle past. 

OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 

The participle present always terminates in ant; as, 
aimant, finissant, recevant, rendant. 

They talk of a secret expedition ; he hopes to be (in it.) He 
on 2 — f . 1 * en 

relies upon seeing you very soon, to terminate 

compter * inf-1 au premier jour pour 

amicably his affair with you. You expected to take a 

a I 'amiable s'attendre ind-2 faire 

journey this year ; but your father has changed his mind. 

voyage m. de * avis 

He threatens to punish us severely, if we (fall again) into the 

de severement retomber 

same error. 
faute. 

EXERCISE ON THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 
That mountain being very high, and thus commanding a 
eleve ainsi dominersur 

vast extent of country, was very well calculated for our 
grande etendue pays ind-2 * propre a 






288 SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 

Rule. The participle present remains unchanged, 
and takes neither gender nor number when it ex- 
presses an action, as, une montagne, or des montagnes 
dominant sur des plaines immenses, a mountain, or 
mountains commanding immense plains; un homme, 
des hommes, une femme, des femmes lisant, parlant, 
mar chant, a man, men, a woman, women reading, 
speaking, walking. But when, like an adjective, it 
expresses simply a quality, it takes both the gender 
and number of its substantive ; as, un homme obligeant, 
an obliging man; une femme obligeante, an obliging 
woman ; des tableaux parlans, speaking portraits ; la 
religion dominante, the established religion ; a la nuit 
tomb ante, at night fall. 

What grammarians call gerund, is nothing but the 
participle present, to which the word en is prefixed; 
on se forme V esprit en lisant de bons livres, we form our 
minds by reading good books. 



observations. This woman is of good disposition, obliging 

caractere m. 
every one, whenever she (has it in her power.) They go 
tout le monde quand le pouvoir 

cringing before the great, that they may be insolent to their 
ramper devant pi. afin de * * inf-1 pi. avec 
equals. The state of pure nature is that of the savage living in the 
egal 
desert, but living in his family.knowing his children, loving them, 

famille fconnaitre 
(making use) of speech, and (making himself understood.) 

user art. parole se /aire entendre 

An agreeable languor imperceptibly (laying hold) of my 

2 langueur f. 1 insensiblement s'emparer 
senses, suspended the activity of my soul, and I fell (asleep.) 
sens suspendre ind-3 s'endormir 

Time is a real blunderer, placing, replacing, ordering, 
ind-3 art. vrai brouillon rnettre remettre ranger 

disordering, impressing, erasing, approaching, removing, and 
deranger imprinter effacer approcher eloigner 
making all things, good and bad ; and almost always (impossi- 
rendre f. pi. presque 

ble to be known again.) 
meconnaissable. 



SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 289 

OF THE PARTICIPLE PAST. 

The participle past has various terminations ; as, aime, 
Jl?ii, regie, ouvert, dissous, &c. 

This participle may either agree with its subject, or 
its regimen. 



AGREEMENT OF THE PARTICIPLE PAST WITH 
ITS SUBJECT. 

Rule I. The participle past, when accompanied by 
the auxiliary verb etre, agrees with its subject in gender 
and number. 

EXAMPLE. 

Monfrere est tombe, My brother is fallen. 

Mesfreres sont tombes, My brothers are fallen. 

Ma securest tombec, My sister is fallen. 

Mes saws sont tombees, My sisters are fallen. 

La nuit sera bientot passee, The night will soon be over. 

Les spectacles sont frequentes, The theatres are frequented. 

Cette fieur est fort recherchee, T his flower is much sought after. 

Us sont fort eslimes, They are very much esteemed. 



EXERCISE ON THE PARTICIPLE PAST. 

Fire-arms were not known to the ancients. Ishmael, 

art. arme-d-feu f. pi. ind -5 connu de lsmael 

the son of Abraham, is known among the Arabs, as (the man) 

* — parmi Arabe celui 

from whence they sprung, and circumcision has remained 

etre sorti art. f. etre demeure 

(among them) as the mark of their origin. Heaven is that 

leur f. art. 

permanent city, (into which) the just are to be received after 
— 2 cite f. 1 oil pi. devoir * apres 

this life. In Abraham's time, the threatenings of the true 

de 2 art. 1 menace f. pi. 

God was dreaded by Pharaoh, king of Egypt; but, in the time 

ind-2 redoule, de Pharaon 
of Moses, all nations were corrupted, and the world, which 

Mo'ise art. f. perverti 

God has made to manifest his power, was become a temple 

pour pouvoir m. devenu 

of idols. That dreadful crisis which threatened the state with 
terrible 2 arise f. 1 ind-4 de 



290 SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 

Rule II. The participle past, when it follows the 
verb avoir, never agrees with its subject. 

Monfrere a ecrit, My brother has written. 

Mesfreres ont ecrit, My brothers have written. 

Ma sceur a ecrit, My sister has written. 

Mes sceurs ont ecrit, My sisters have written. 

Les Amazones cnt acquis de la The Amazons have acquired 

celebrite, celebrity. 

J'ai contraint les soldats a mar- I have forced the soldiers to 

cher, march. 

Remark. The participle of the verb etre, and of all 
the neuter verbs which are conjugated with the auxiliary- 
verb avoir, never vary, as, il or eUe a ete, he, or she has 
been ; Us or elles ont ete, they have been ; il or elle a 
dormi, he, or she has slept ; Us or elles ont nui, they 
have annoyed. TF 

instant destruction, was happily soon over. She is 

prochain2 f . 1 ind- 3 heureusement passe 

come to bring us all kinds of refreshments. The sciences 

* sorte f. sing, rafraichissement f. 

have always been protected by enlightened governments. 
protege art. eclair e 2 1 

IT EXERCISE. 

The Romans successively triumphed over the most 

Romain successivement 2 ind-4 1 de 

warlike nations. Lampridius relates that Adrian erected 
belliqueux 2 1 raconter Adrien elever 

to Jesus Christ some temples, which (were still 
ind-6 de art. on encore 2 

to be seen) in his time. Happy those princes who have 
voir ind-2 1 de art. 

never (made use) of their power but to do good! We 

user pouvoir que pour art. Hen 

have spent the whole day in tormenting ourselves. One 

pur nee f. a inf-1 2 nous 1 

has seldom seen a great stock of good sense in a man of 

rarement fonds m. sens a 

imagination. The errors of Descartes proved very useful 

— = beaucoup servir 

to Newton. 
ind-4 



SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 291 

AGREEMENT OF THE PARTICIPLE PAST WITH ITS 
REGIMEN. 

Rule I. The participle past always agrees with its 
regimen direct, when that regimen is placed before the 
participle, whether the auxiliary verb that accompanies 
it be avoir, or etre. 

EXAMPLES. 

Les ecoliers que fai eus, ont The pupils, whom I have had, 
. fait de grands pr ogres, have made rapid progress. 

Lucrece s'est tuee, Lucretia has killed herself. 

JTai renvoye les livres que vous I have sent back the books 

m'aviezprUes, which you had lent me. 

Que de soins je me suis dowries I What pains I have taken ! 

Quelle affaire avez-vous entre- What business have you under- 

prise ? taken 1 

Quand la race de Cain sefut When the race of Cain had 

multiplee, multiplied. 

Ce yeux que rtont emus ni soupirs Those eyes which neither sighs 

ni terreur, nor terror have moved. 

Le Dieu Mercure est un de ceuz The God Mercury is one of 

que les anciens ont le plusmul- those whom the ancients have 

tiplies, m ultiplied the most. 

EXERCISE ON THE AGREEMENT OP THE PARTI- 
CIPLE PAST WITH ITS REGIMEN. 

All the letters which I have received, confirm that import- 
f. pi. confirmer 

ant news. The agitated life which I have led till 

2 s. 1 agite 2 f . 1 mener jusqu'a 

now, makes me sigh for retirement. The difficulties 

present soupirer apres art. retraite f. f. pi. 

which the academies (have proposed to one another) do not 

sefaire ind-4 
seem easy to (be resolved.) The sciences which you have 
paraxtre aise resoudre f. pi. 

studied, will prove infinitely useful (to you.) The death which 

etre f. 

Lucretia {gave herself) has (made her immortal.) The 

se donner ind-4 immortaliser ind-4 

cities which those nations have (puilt for themselves) are 

ville f. pi. peuple se batir ind-4 

but a collection of huts. The persons whom you have m- 

ne que amas m. chaumicre f. pi. 

26 



SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 

Rem. The regimen which precedes the participle is, 
either one of these pronouns, que, me, te, se, le, la, les, 
nous, and vous, or a noun sometimes joined to the pro- 
noun quel, sometimes preceded hy the word of quantity, 
combien, or que, signifying combien, how much, as may 
be seen in the examples already given, f 

Rule II. The participle past never agrees with its re- 
gimen, either when that participle is without regimen 
direct, or when, having a regimen direct, that regimen 
is placed after it. 



structed appear to me possessed of reason and taste. Nothing 

plein pr. 

can equal the ardour of the troops which I h&veseen (setting off.) 

egaler f. pi. inf-1 

The chimeras which she has got in her head, (are beyond) 
chimere f. pi. se mettre * art. passer 

all belief. "What measures have I not taken! What fortunes 
croyance f. demarches f. pi. /aire f. pi. 

has not this revolution ruined! What tears has she not shed; 
renter ser Que de f. pi. verser 

what sighs has she not heaved ! The Amazons (made themselves) 

m. pi. pousser f pi. se rendre md-4 

famous by their courage. The city of London has (made itself,) 
c'elebre f. 

by its commerce, the metropolis of the universe. I have thought 

— m — le f. croire 

her agitated by the furies. This day is one of those which they 

== m. pi. 

have consecrated to tears. The language in which Cicero and 

consacrer art. langue f. * Ciceron 

Virgil have written, will live in their works. I could have wished 
par ouvrage * vouloir 

to avoid entering into those details, but I thought them neces- 
* eviter d'entrer — m. croire ind-4 

sary. The tribunes demanded of Clodius the execution of 

tribun m. pi. ind-3 a 
the promises which the consul Valerius had given them, 
f. /aire leur. 

t EXERCISE. 
The persons whose visit you had announced to me, are not 
f. pi. 1 art. f . 5 2 4 * 3 



SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 



293 



EXAMPLES. 



La lettre donije vous ai parle, 



La perte et les profits auxquels 
il a participe, 

Les academies se sontfait des ob- 
jections, 

Vous avez instruit ces personnes 
a, dessiner, 

Lucrece s'est donne la morLK 



The letter which I have men- 
tioned to you. 

The loss and profits which he 
has shared. 

The academies have proposed 
objections to one another. 

You have taught these persons 
to draw. 

Lucretia has put a period to her 
existence. 

Rule III. The participle past takes neither gender 
nor number, when the participle and the auxiliary verb to 
which it is joined are used impersonally, nor when that 
participle is followed by a verb, which governs the pro- 
nouns, or pronouns preceding it. 

EXAMPLES. 

I<es chaleurs excessives quHl a The excessive heats, which we 



ezcessives 
fait cet ete, ont beaucottp nui 
a la recolle, 

Quelle facheuse aventure vous 
est-il arrive ? 

La maison que fai fait bdlir, 

Imitez les verlus que vous avez 

entendn louer, 
Les mathemaliques que vous rCa- 

vezpas voulu que f etudiasse, 



have had this summer, have 
done great injury to the corn. 

What unpleasant adventure 
have you met with 1 

The house which I have order- 
ed to be built. 

Imitate the virtues which you 
have heard praised. 

The mathematics which you 
would not permit me to study. 



come. Men built themselves cities. The Amazons 

art. sebdtir ind-4 de art. 

acquired great celebrity. I have forced the soldiers 

ind-4 beaucoup de = contraindre 

to march. That woman has bestowed on herself line gowns. 

sedonner * * de 

Letters and writing were invented to represent 

art. 4 art. ecriture 5 on 1 a 2 3 pour peindre 

speech. She has cut two (of her) fingers. Titus has made 

art. se couper * doigt m. pi. rendre 

his wife mistress of his riches. I have given myself (a great deal) 

Men bien 

of trouble. Commerce has made this city flourishing. 

art. peine f. art. m. rendre f. fiorissant 

They have made an appointment. 

se donner * rendez-vous. 



294 SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 

Elle s'est laisse seduire, She has suffered herself to be 

seduced. 

Remark. To make a right application of the second 
part of this rule, we ought to examine whether we can 
put the regimen immediately after the participle. As we 
cannot say; J'ai fait la maison, vous avez entendu les 
vertus, vous n' 'avez pas voulu les mathematiqv.es, it fol- 
lows that the regimen belongs to the second verb. Some- 
times, however, the regimen may relate either to the par- 
ticiple, or to the following verb, according to the mean- 
ing of the speaker. Thus, Je Vai vu peindre, means, J 
saw her picture drawn; but Je Vai vue peindre, signi- 
fies, I saw her painting. 

Sometimes it happens likewise, that, in sentences 
which seem to resemble each other, the regimen in one 
belongs to the participle, and in the other, to the verb 
which follows it. For instance, this question, Avez-vous 
entendu chanter la nouvelle actrice ? Have you heard 
the new actress sing ? should be thus answered, Oui je 
Vai entendue chanter, yes, I have: but this question, Avez- 
vous entendu chanter la nouvelle ariette ? Have you 
heard the new song? must be answered, Oui,je Vai en- 
tendu chanter, yes, I have.t 

t EXERCISE. ' 

The great changes which (have takenplace) in admi- 
changement y avoir ind-4 art. 

nistration, have astonished many people. The heavy rains 
Men des personnes grand pluie 

which we have had in the spring, have been the cause 
f. pi. * il /aire ind-4 

of many diseases. The scarcity which there was last 

maladie f. pi. disette f. ind-4 art. dernier 2 

winter, has afforded the opportunity of doing much good. What 

1 donner occasion inf-1 bien 

news has reached you 1 How many imprudent steps 

est-il venu Que de faux demarche f. pi. 

were taken on that occasion ! How man}'- large ships have 
il s'est faire en gros il se 

been built in England within these fifty years ! The figures 
construire ind-4 depuis * — 

which you have learned to draw are of great beauty. "We 
apprendre dessiner un * 



SYNTAX OF THE ADVERB. 295 

CHAP. VI. 
OF THE ADVERBS. 

Situation of the Adverbs. 

Rule I. In the simple tenses, the adverb is generally 
placed after the verb ; and, in the compound tenses, be- 
tween the auxiliary and the participle. 

EXAMPLES. 

Vhomme le plus eclair e est ordi- The man who is most learned 

nairement celui qui pense le is generally he who thinks 

plus modestement de lui-meme, most modestly of himself. 

Avez-vous jamais vu un pedant Have you ever seen a pedant 

plus absurde et plus vain ? more absurd and more vainl 

Compound adverbs, and those which have preserved 
the regimen of the adjectives from which they are de- 
rived, are placed always after the verb, as, 
EXAMPLES. 

C'est a la mode, That is fashionable. 

11 a agi consequemment, He has acted consistently. 

Adverbs which denote time in an indeterminate man- 
ner are likewise placed after the verb. 
EXAMPLES. 

11 eiit fallu se lever plus matin, It would have been necessary 

to rise earlier. 
On a vu cela autrefois, That has been seen formerly. 

Exceptions. 1. Adverbs of order, rank, and those 
which express a determinate time, are placed either be- 
fore, or after the verb. 



ought never to swerve from the good path which we 

falloir ind-1 * s' 'eloigner route f. on 

'have begun to follow. The measures, which you advised 

mesure f. pi. conseiller ind-4 

me to adopt, have not succeeded. The rule which I have be- 

de prendre reussir regie f. 

gun to explain, seems to me very easy to (be understood.) You 

expliquer sembler saisir 

see that I have not (been mistaken) respecting the affairs which 

se tromper ind-4 
I h&& foreseen you would have in hand. 
prevoir que * * 

26* 



296 SYNTAX OF THE ADVERB. 

EXAMPLES. 
Nous devons premierement /aire We ought, first, to do our duty; 

notre devoir ; secondement, secondly, enjoy lawful plea- 

chercher les plaisirs permis, sures. 

Aujourd'hui il fait beau; il To-day, it is fine ; it will rain 

pleuvra peut-etre demain, perhaps to-morrow. 

2. These adverbs, comment, oil, oVou, par oil, com- 
bien, pourquoi, quand, used with, or without interroga- 
tion, are always placed before the verb which they 
modify. 

EXAMPLES. 
Comment vousportez-vous ? How do you do % 
Ou allez-vous ? Where are you going % [it. 

11 ne sait comment s'y prendre, He does not know how to set about 

Rule II. The adverb is always placed before the ad- 
jective which it modifies. 

EXAMPLE. 
Vest une fernme fort belle, tres She is a woman very beautiful, 

sensible, et infiniment sage, of great sensibility, and in- 

finitely prudent. 

Rule III. Adverbs of quantity and comparison, and 
the three adverbs of time, souvent, toujours, jamais, are 
placed before the other adverbs. 

EXAMPLES. 
Si poliment, fort poUment, So politely, very politely. 

Tres-heureusement, Very happily. 

Le plus adroitement, The most skilful. 

lis ne seront jamais etroitement They never will be intimately 

unis, united. 

llssont toujours ensemble, They are always together. 

C'est souvent a Vimproviste qu'il He often comes unexpectedly. 

arrive, 

Souvent may, however, be preceded by an adverb of 
quantity, or comparison, as, si souvent, assez souvent, fort 
souvent, plus souvent, moins souvent, trop souvent. 

Rem. When adverbs of quantity and comparison meet 
together in a sentence, the following is the order which 
custom has established. 

Si peu Bien peu Beaucoup * trop Tant mieux 

Trop peu Bien plus Beaucoup plus Tant pis, 

Tres-peu Bien davantage Beaucoup moins &c. 

* Beaucoup is not, as the English much, susceptible of being modified by 
any adverb preceding, thus, tres-beaucoup, trop beaucoup, &c. would be bar 



SYNTAX OF THE CONJUNCTIONS. 297 

When bien stands before another adverb, it means 
very, much, &c. as in the preceding and following ex- 
amples. 

Bien assez, Quite enough. Frapper bien fort, To strike very hard. 
Bienmoins, Much less. Bien lard, Very late. 

But when it is placed after the adverb, it signifies 
well; as, 

Asscz Men, Pretty well. Fort bien, Very well. 

Moins Men, Not so well. Aussi bien, As well. 

These rules have been sufficiently exemplified, p. 143. 



CHAP. VII. 

OF THE CONJUNCTIONS. 

The conjunction que serves to complete a comparison ; 
it is elliptically used to express a restriction, when placed 
after ne, and it generally gives grace, energy, and pre- 
cision to sentences. 

EXAMPLE. 



QOE 



expressing com- ["£&**£{ A ™ is lar ? er «•» 
panstm } f Europe . 4 f Ear0 P e - 



Onne parle que ) They talk of nothing 

for rien que I de la nouvelle £ but the new victo- 

f victoire. ) ry. 

( CLuHl vive, pour i May he live, for I 

-je souhaite que < je souhaite qa'il} wish that he may 

( vive. j live. 

-a moins que C Cela ne finira ) There will be no 
-a,vant que } pas qu'iZ ne m- > end to it, unless he 
-s<ms que f ew%e. ) come. 

des que ( Gtu'iZ fasse le ) //" he commits the 

Is, > "le 



— aussitot que < moindre exces, > least excess, he u 
— si, or quand f i£ es£ malade. ) ill. 

fauHlperde, ou^ whetUr he ins Qr 
-*«* que <! qut^fl^5on ^ loseg his la ^ suit he 

I proces,c>eaun,r is a ruine d man. 

^ homme rume. J 

-jusau>dcewe{ A ^i e * ^ il \ Wait till he comes. 



SYNTAX OF THE CONJUNCTIONS. 

— comme Mtchant qu'iZ es£. Wicked as he is. 

que <( due Dim es£ i How great is the Al- 

grand ! ) mighty ! 



combien ! 



i Glue je hais les ) How much, I hate the 
I mechans ! $ wicked ! 



Another frequent use of this conjunction is, to save the 
repetition of comme, parceque, puisque, quand, quoique, 
si, &c. when to phrases beginning with these words, 
others are added under the same regimen, by means of 
the conjunction et ; as, 

Si Von aimait son pays, et qu'o?i If we loved our country, and 
en desirdt sincerement la sincerely wished its glory, 
gloire, on se conduirait de ma- we should act so as, &c. 
niere, &c.t 



EXERCISE ON THE CONJUNCTIONS. 

We have every thing to fear from his wisdom, even more 

encore 
than from his power. What men style greatness, glory, 

Ce que art. appeler 

power, profound policy, is in the eyes of God only misery, 

profond politique f. a 
weakness, aad vanity. May they understand, at last, that without 

comprendre 
internal peace there is no happiness. May she 

avec soi-meme 2 art. 1 point de 

be as happy as she deserves to be ! Never write before you 

dele 
have thoroughly examined the subject which you pro- 

sows toutes ses faces 2 1 se 

pose to treat. Let him but hear the least noise, his terrified 
proposer de traiter * bruit effraye 2 

imagination presents to him nothing but monsters. Do 

f . 1 * * ne que de art. 

not sift _ this question, till I can (be your guide.) 

approfondir ne subj-1 vous mettre surla voie 

Do not go out till your brother comes in. Why does he not 

ne rentrer * 
(take advantage) of his youth 3 (in order to) acquire the know- 
profiter pour con- 

ledge he wants 1 

naissance pi. dont avoir besoin ? 






SYNTAX OF THE CONJUNCTIONS. 299 
GOVERNMENT OF CONJUNCTIONS. 

The conjunctions which unite sentences to one ano- 
ther are followed either by the i?ifinitive, the indicative, 
or the subjunctive. 

Those that are followed by an infinitive, are, 

1. Such as are distinguished from prepositions, only 
by being followed by a verb ; as, 

11 faut se reposer apres avoir One ought to rest after having 
travaille, laboured. 

2. Those which have the preposition de after them ; 
as, 

Jl travaille afin de vous sur- He works that he may surpass 
passer,^ you. 

t EXERCISE. 

Full as he was of his prejudices, he would not acknowledge 
Rempli ind-2 prejuge ind-3 convenir de 

(any thing.) Full of self-love (as he is,) expect nothing 

rien petri 13 2 de 

good (from him.) How beautiful is that cultivated nature ! 

en 16 5 2 4 3 

How, by the care of man, is it brilliantly and richly adorned ! 
par f. pompeusement orne 

Had profound philosophers presided at the formation of 
si * de ind-6 a art. 

languages, and had they carefully examined the elements of 
langue avec soin subj-4 — m. art. 

speech, not only in their relations (to one another,) but also 
discours non entr'euz encore 

in themselves, it is not (to be doubted,) that languages 

en m. douleux art. ne 

would present principles more simple, and at the 

offrir subj-2 de art. 
same time, more luminous. 

IT EXERCISE ON THE GOVERNMENT OF CON- 
JUNCTIONS. 
They were going to spend a few days in town, 

ne * ind-2 * passer * quelques a art. 

only that they might return with more pleasure to 

que pour * * se retrouver inf-1 dans 

their charming solitude. Many persons work only (in order to) 

ne que afin de 
acquire consideration and riches, but the honest 

de art. pr. art. 2 et 



300 SYNTAX OF THE CONJUNCTIONS. 

Conjunctions that govern the indicative, 

bienentendu que, autant que, puisque, peut-etre que, 

a condition que, non plus que, lorsque, comme, 

a la charge que, outre que, pendant que, comme si, 

de meme que, parce que, tandis que, quand, 

ainsi que, attendu que, durant que, pourquoi, 

aussi bien que, vu que, tant que, comment, &c. 

They are followed by the indicative, because the prin- 
cipal sentence, which they unite with that which is inci- 
dental, expresses the affirmation in a direct, positive, and 
independent manner. 

The use of the six following conjunctions, 

si non que, de sorte que, tellement que, 

si ce n'est que, en sorte que, de maniere que, 

varies according to the meaning expressed by the prin- 
cipal sentence. 

EXAMPLE OF THE INDICATIVE. EXAMPLE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Je ne lui ai repondu autre chose, Je ne vcux autre chose, si non 

si non que j 'avais execute ses que vous travailliez avec plus 

ordres. d'ardeur. 

I made him no other answer, I desire nothing else, but that 

bub that I had executed his you would study with greater 

orders. ardour. 

The indicative is required in the first sentence, by the 
\eibfai repondu expressing a positive affirmation, and 
the subjunctive in the second, because je veux expresses 
a compound, or desire, f 

humane man spends (so much) time in study, only 

sensible 3 1 ne employer tant de a, art. que 

to be useful to his fellow-creatures. I reveal to you the 
pour semblables. devoiler 

plot which your enemies have concerted in secret, 
tramef. ourdir art. tenebres f. -pi. 

in order to warn you against their artifices. 
premunir 

t EXERCISE. 
When you have a more extensive knowledge of geometry 
ind-7 2 1 art. f. 

and algebra, I shall give you a few lessons in astro- 

pr. art. algebre f. * quelque de 

nomy, and optics. Form your mind, heart, and taste 
pr. optique pron. pron. 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 301 

The conjunctions which govern the subjunctive are, 
soit que, jusqu'a ce que, suppose que, afin que, 

sans que, encore que, au cas que, de peur que, 

pour que, a moins que, avant que, de crainte que, 

quoique, pourvu que, non pas que, &c. &c. 

They require the subjunctive, as they always imply 
doubt, desire, ignorance.;); 

while you are still young. Do not keep truth a prisoner, 
encore retenir art. * captive 

though you should (draw upon you) a cloud of enemies. 

quand devoir cond-1 s'attirer nuee f. 

I will give you this fine picture upon condition that you 

tableau in. d 
keep it as a testimony of my friendship. 

conserver ind-7. temoignage m. 

t EXERCISE. 
You know too well the value of time, to make 

connaitre prix m. art. pour que etre 2 

it necessary to tell you to (make a good use of ) it. Study only 
il 1 de de bien employer 

great models, lest those which are but middling 

art. de peur que * mediocre ne 

should spoil your taste, before it be entirely formed. I 

gdter subj-1 
(make not the least doubt) that your method will succeed, 

ne douter nullement f. ne * subj-1 

provided it be well known. Several phenomena of nature are 

f. art. 

easy (to be explained,) supposing the principle of universal 

(by the active) art. 2 

gravitation to be true, 
f. 1 * 

PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES ON THE NINE PARTS 
OF SPEECH. 

THE GOOD MOTHER. 

What a fine morning ! said the amiable Charlotte to her 

matinee f. ind-3 

brother George. Come, let us go into the garden and enjoy 

sing. * inf-1 

the magnificent sight of rich and abundant nature. 

de 2 spectacle m. 1 une 2 fertile 3 1 

We will gather there the freshest and sweetest flowers. 

cueillir y frais 2 art. adv. odorant 3 f. pi. 1 



302 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 

We will make a nosegay, which we will offer to mamma. You 
bouquet m. maman sing, 

know she loves flowers. This attention will give her plea- 
savoir que art. /aire lui 

sure. Ah ! brother, it will obtain us a smile, a caress, perhaps 

mon f. valoir sourire m. f. 

even a kiss. Ah! sister, replied George, your pro- 

baiser m. ma repondre ind-3 sing, pro- 

posal delights me ; let us run, let us fly, that we may offer 
jet enchanter courir voter ajln de * * 

her (when she rises) this tribute of our gratitude and our love. 
lui a son lever hommage — pr. 

Full of this idea, Charlotte and George hastened 
plein se hater ind-3 de se rendre 

into the garden. Charlotte gathered violets, jessamine, 

ind-3 de art. pr. art. 

and young rose-buds, which (had but just begun) 

pr. de 2 bouton m.l necommencer que ind-2 

to open their purple cups, while George prepared 

enlr'ouvrir de pourpre 2 calice 1 ind-2 

green sprigs of myrtle and thyme, intended 

de art. verdoyant 2 jet m. 1 myrte pr. thym destine 

to support the flowers. Never had these amiable children 

soutenir 1 ind-2 3 » 2 

worked with (so much) zeal and ardour. Satisfaction and 
travailler tant de zele pr. art. f. art. 

pleasure beamed in all their features, sparkled in their 

m. etre ind-2 peint trait m. petiller 

eyes, and added still to their beauty. 

While they (were employing themselves) (in this manner,) 
s'occuper ind-2 ainsi 

their mother, who had seen them in the garden, came to join 

ind-3 * joindre 
them. (As soon as) they perceived her, they flew to her, and 
des que ind-3 " ind-3 elle 

said: Ah! mamma, how glad we are to see you! how 
lui que aise 3 I 2 de 

impatient we were) for this pleasure ! In the 

quHl tardait a notre impatience d'avoir ce 

pleasing expectation (of it) we (were preparing) this nosegay for 
doux attentei. * ■ ind-2 

you. What satisfaction should we have had in presenting 

f. ne pas a offrir 

it to you ! Look at these rose-buds, these violets, this jessamine, 

voir * 
this myrtle, and this thyme. Well, we designed them for you. 
Ehlbien, destiner ind-2 * 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 303 

These flowers, coming from us, would have been dear to you. 

cher 
When you wore them, you would have said : My children 

En * porter inf-3 

(were thinking) of me whilst I slept. I am always as 

s'occuper ind-2 dormir ind-2 

present to their minds as to their hearts. They love me, and it 
sing. sing. ce 

is by giving me every day new proofs of their affection, 

en art. pi. de preuvef. 

that they acknowledge the care I have taken of them 

reconnoitre soin m. pi. que 

in their childhood, and all the marks of tenderness I am un- 

que ne 

ceasingly giving them. 
cesser de inf-1 leur. 

My dear children, replied the mother, embracing 

repondre ind-3 en embrasser 

them, how charming you render all my days ! your grati- 

qucl charme repondre sur * 

iude, your tenderness, your attention to me, make me forget 



pi. pour eublier 

la 



my former misfortunes, and yield my heart again to the soft 

ancien malheur m. rouvrir 

impressions of pleasure. May Heaven continue 

f. art. Pouvoir subj-1 art. continuer 

to bless my labour ! May it be your guide and your support 
d,e soin Pouvoir — soutien 

in the career which (will soon be opened) to you ! may it 

carrier e f. oiler ind-1 s'ouvrir devant 

complete , its kindness by preserving you from the 

mettre le comblc a bienfait pi. en garantir inf-3 de 

dangers to which you cannot fail to be soon exposed ! 

* ne pas tarder ind-7 * 
Alas ! I shudder (at them) beforehand, my dear children ; the 

fremir en d'avance 

moment is come when you must enter the world. Your 

oil devoir dons 

persons, your birth, and your fortune, call you there, and 
figure sing. naissance appeler y 

ensure you a distinguished rank (in it;) I cannot always be your 
assurer 2 m. 1 y ind-7 

guide. Young and inexperienced, you will find yourselves 

sans experience oiler ind-1 inf-1 
surrounded by every kind of temptation. (Every thing,) 
entoure sortc f. seduction. Tout 

even vice, presents itself there under an agreeable 

jusque a art. m. offrir y sous * de art. 2 

27 



304 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 

form, and almost alwa) r s in the shape of pleasure, which has 
pi. 1 sous image art. 

(so many) attractions for youth. They will try to 

tant de attrait f. art. jeunesse f. On chercher 

mislead you, to corrupt you ; they (will make use of) artifice, 
egarer employer art. 

raillery, and even ridicule, and, if necessary, they 
art. = meme art. - — il est 

will assume even the mask of virtue. If you abandon 
prendre jusque a masque m. art. se laisser 

yourselves to first impressions, you are lost. The poison of 
alter art. 

example will insinuate itself into your hearts, will corrupt the 

se glisser alterer 

innocence and purity (of them,) and will substitute violent 

en dea.r\.dechirant2 

passions for the mild affections which have hitherto formed your 
f. pi. 1 a doux /aire 

happiness. 
Do not imagine, my dear children, that in placing before your 
croire en mettre sous 

eyes a picture of the dangers of the world, my intention 

art. tableau m. 
is to prohibit you every kind of pleasure. God forbid. 
subj-1 de inter di v e espece f. a neplaire 

Pleasure is necessary to man ; without it, our ex- 
subj-1 art. art. lui 

istence would be dreadful ; (and therefore) Providence, ever 

affreux aussi art. f. 

attentive to our wants, has multiplied the sources of it, both 

besoin -t-elle 
in and out of ourselves. But, in tasting the pleasures of 

en nous nous en g outer 

the world, never (abandon yourselves) (to them.) Take care 

se livrer y Avoir 

that they do not govern you : know how to quit them the mo- 

dominer savoir * * de 

ment the) r have acquired (too much) sway over you. It is 

que prendre ind-7 trap de empire Ce 

the only way to enjoy with delight that exquisite pleasure 

moyen de volupte de delicieux 2 1 

which we can only find in ourselves, and which has its source 

en 
in an upright and pure conscience. Ah ! why cannot I give 
dans droit 2 3 f. 1 que 

you all my experience 1 Why cannot you, like me, read the 

dans 



PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 305 

depths of the heart 1 With what astonishment would you often 

abime sing. pi. 

see chagrin, agitation, and trouble, disguised under the 

art. — m. art. art. — m. deguise sous 

appearance of joy and tranquillity ; hatred and 

apparence pi. art. pr. art. calmc art. f. art. 

env}- concealed under the air of confidence and friend- 

f. cache art. confiance f. pr. art. 

ship ; indifference and selfishness, affecting the most lively 

art. ego'isme vif 

interest; the most dreadful and perfidious plots 

2 art. adv. 3 tramef. pl.l 

contrived deliberately in the dark; in a word, the most 

oicrdi de sangfroid et tenebres f. pi. en 

odious vices endeavouring to show themselves under the 

2 art. 1 s'efforcer de 

features of (their opposite) virtues ! In the world there 

traits qui leur etre oppose 2 art. 1 
is but one (moving principle ;) that is, self-interest. To 
ne que seul mobile in. ce art. personnel 2 1 C'est a 

that every action refers, every thing tends to that as 

lui que art. pi. se rapporter lui 

to its end. I know very well, my dear children, that your 

fin f. savoir 

hearts will not be infected by this vice. The sentiments of 

de 
universal benevolence with which I (have always) 

2 bienveillance 1 * ne point cesser ind-4 de 

inspired you, and of which I have seen you give (so many) 
inf-1 tant de 

proofs, (remove already every fear) (I might have) upon that 
■preuve rassurer d'avance me sur 

subject : but will you not yield to other vices not less danger- 
point m. de non 

ous 1 Cruel idea ! terrible uncertainty ! If this misfortune 

f. affreux f. 

were to happen, ah ! my dear children, instead of being 

* * arriver ind-2 
the joy and consolation of my life, you would be the torment, 

art. f. 
the shame, and the disgrace (of it.) You would poison my 

honle f. opprobre en empoisonner 

days, and you would plunge a dagger into the very bosom 

porter art. viort f. meme 2 sein m. 1 

which gave you life. But whither is my tenderness for you 

ind-3 art. ou * 

hurrying me 1 No, my children, no, I have nothing to fear; 
emporter Non 



( 306 ) 
PART III. 

IDIOMS, 

OR 

WORDS CONSIDERED IN THEIR PARTICULAR 
RULES. 



CHAP. I. 

OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 

The substantive performs three functions in language, 
that of the subject, the regimen, or the apostrophe. 

The substantive is the subject, whenever it is that ot 
which something is affirmed. When we say, V oiseau 
vole, the bird flies ; le. lion ne vole pas, the lion does not 
fly ; the substantives oiseau and lion are subjects ; be- 
cause it is affirmed of the first that it flies, and of the se- 
cond that it does not fly. 

It is to the substantive as the subject that every thing 
relates in a sentence. In the following, un homme juste 

you love me (too much) to wish to afflict me so cruelly ; and 

trop pour vouloir * 
I shall have the pleasure, (as long as) I live, of seeing you walk 

tant que ind-7 
in the ways of honour and virtue. 

sender art. pr. art. 

EXERCISE ON THE SUBSTANTIVE. 

1. A king, who is inaccessible to men, is inaccessible to truth 
also, and passes his life in a ferocious 2 inhuman 3 grandeur 1: 
as he is continually afraid of being deceived, he always 2 una- 
voidably 3 is 1 and deserves to be so; besides, he is at the mercy 
of slanderers and tale-bearers, a base 2 malicious 3 tribe, 1 who 
feed on venom, and invent mischief rather than cease to injure. 

2. The good which a man does, is never lost; if men forget it, 
Goal remembers and rewards it. 

(1.) Is inaccessible also, l'est aussi ; ferocious, sauvage ; inhuman,et farouche; 
as he is afraid, craignant ; is, l'est ; to be so, de 1'etre ; besides, de plus ; tale- 
bearers, rapporteur ; tribe, nation ; feed upon, se nourrir de ; mischief, mal; 
to injure, de nuire. 

(2.) Good, bien ; a man, on; remember, s'en souvenir. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 307 

tt ferme rfest ebranle, ni par les clameurs d'une populace 
injuste, ni par les menaces d'unjier tyran; quand mime 
le monde brise s' ecroulerait, il en ser ait frapp e, maisnon 
pas emu, the adjectives juste and ferme modify the sub- 
ject homme, and all the rest modify un homme juste et 
ferme. 

The substantive is the regimen, when governed, either 
by another substantive, by an adjective, by a verb, or by 
a preposition, as, 

laloideDieu, the law of God. aimer son pro- to love one's 

chain, neighbour. 

utile a Vhomme, useful to man. chez son pere, at his father's. 

In French, a substantive cannot be governed by ano- 
ther substantive, but by the help of a preposition ; such 
as de, as, la diffkulte de V entreprise, the difficulty of the 
undertaking; or a, or pour, as, V abandon a ses passions, 
the giving way to one's passions ; le gout pour leplaisir, 
the love of pleasure. 

General Rule. When two substantives are found 
together, the one governing, the other governed, the 
former is generally placed first. 

EXAMPLE. 

La beaute des sentimens, la vio- The beauty of sentiments, the 
lence des passions, la grandeur violence of passions, the gran- 
ges evenemens et les suecesmi- deur of events, and the prodi- 
raculeux des grandes epees des gious successes of the huge 
heros, tout cela m'entraine com- swords of heroes, all these 
me une petite file. — Sevigne. transport me like a little girl. 

Remark. This order is not followed — 1. When, in 
English, two substantives are joined by an s and an 
apostrophe, placed after the first, thus, 's, as, the king's 
palace. 2. When the two English substantives form a 
compound word, as, silk-stockings.^ 

IT EXERCISE. 

1. The silence of the night, the calmness of the sea, the trem- 
bling 2 light 1 of the moon diffused over the surface of the 

(1.) Trembling, tremblant ; diffused, repandu ; dim, sombre; bespangled, 
aarseme ; with, de ; heighten, rehausser : scene, spectacle. 

27* 



308 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 

The substantive is an apostrophe, whenever it is the 
object addressed ; as, rois, peuples, terrc, mer, et vous, 
cieux, ecoutez-moi ! In this sentence, the substantives 
rois, peuples, terre, mer, and cieux, form an apostrophe. 

N. B. It is only in highly oratorical language, that 
the address is thus directed to inanimate, or absent ob- 
jects, f 



water, and the dim azure of the sky bespangled with glittering 2 
stars 1, served to heighten the beauty of the scene. 

2. Nothing was heard but the warbling of birds, or the soft 
breath of the zephyrs sporting in the branches of the trees, or the 
murmurs of a lucid rill falling from the rocks, or the songs of the 
young swains who attended Apollo. 

3. A smiling boy was, at the same time, caressing a lap-dog, 
which is his mother's favourite, because it pleases the child. 

4. There are several gold and silver mines in this beautiful 
country ; but the inhabitants, simple, and happy in their simpli- 
city, do not even deign to * reckon gold and silver among their 
riches. 



(2.) Nothing but, on ne plus que ; breath, haleine ; sporting, qui se jouer, 
ind-3 : branches, rameaux ; lucidrill, eau claire ; falling, (which fell ;) sioains, 
berger ; attended, suivre, ind-2. 

(3.) Smiling boy, enfant d'un air riant ; teas caressing, caresser, ind-2; lap- 
dog, bichon; pleases, amuser. (4.) Reckon, compter 



t EXAMPLE OF A BEAUTIFUL APOSTROPHE. 
O Hippias ! Hippias ! I shall never see thee again !* O my 
dear Hippias ! it is I, cruel and * void of compassion, who taught 
thee to despise death. Cruel Gods ! ye prolonged my life, only 
that I might see the death of Hippias ! O my dear child, whom 
I had brought up with so much care, I shall see thee no more. 
O dear shade, summon me to the banks of the Styx, the light 
grows hateful to me ; it is thou only, my dear Hippias, whom I 
wish to see again. Hippias! Hippias! O my dear Hippias! I 
live but to pay the last duty to thy ashes. 



Never, ne plus ; void of compassion, moi impitoyable ; taught, apprendre, 
ind-1 ; prolonged, prolonger. ind-1 ; only that I might, pour me faire ; brought 
up, nourrir, ind-4 ; with so much care, et qui me -outer, ind-4, tant de soins ; 
shade, ombre ; summon, appeler ; to, sur ; banks, rive ; groivs hateful, ctre 
odieux ; Hive but to, ne vivre encore que pour ; pay, rendre ; ashes^ cendre. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 309 

CHAP. II. 
OF THE ARTICLE. 

General Principle. The article is to be used be- 
fore all substantives common, taken in a determinate 
sense, unless there be another word performing the same 
office ; but it is not to be used before those that are taken 
in an indeterminate sense. 

CASES IN WHICH THE ARTICLE IS TO BE USED. 

Rule I. The article necessarily accompanies all sub- 
stantives common, which denote a whole species of 
things, or determinate things. 

EXAMPLES. 
L'homme se repent trop souvent Man too often feeds on chi- 
de cMmeres, . meras. 
Les homines a imagination sont Men of fanciful dispositions are 

toujours malketireux, always unhappy. 

L'homme dontvous parlez est The man you speak of is very 
trls-insiruit, learned. 

In the first example, the word homme is taken in its 
fullest sense; it denotes a collective universality. In 
the second, les hommes a imagination, denotes a particu- 
lar class only. In the third, V homme denotes but one 
individual, being restricted by the incidental proposition, 
dont vous parlez. 

Remark. In English, the article is not used before 
substantives taken in a general sense, as, Men of genius, 
women of sound under standing. \ 



t EXERCISE ON THE ARTICLE. 

1. The moment elegance, the most visible image of fine taste, 
appears, it is universally admired: men differ respecting the 
other constituent parts of * beauty, but they all unite without he- 
sitation in acknowledging the power of elegance. 

2. Men of superior genius 2, while 1 they * see 3 the rest of 

(1.) Themoment, du moment que ; fine, delicat ; appears, se montrer ; is, 
elle est ; respecting, sur ; constituent, (which constitute ;) hesitation, hesiter ; 
in, pour. 

(2.) While, tanclis que ; struggling, se tourmenter; obvious, qui s'offrent 
d'elle memes ; glance, its penetrent en un instant ; lightning, foudre, f. ; 
through, traverse ; track, espace ; that, qu'on; be measured, me, surer. 



310 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 

Rule II. The article is put before substantives em- 
ployed in the sense of an extract, or denoting only a 
part of a species ; but it is omitted, if they be preceded 
by an adjective, or a word of quantity. 

EXAMPLES. 
Du pain et de l'eau me feraient Some bread and water would 

plaisir, please me. 

Je vis hier des savans quinepen- I yesterday saw some learned 
sent pas comme vous, men, who do not think as you 

do. 
Veila de beaux tableaux, There are beautiful pictures. 

J'acketai hicr beaucoup de li- I bought yesterday many books. 

vres, 
Clue de \ivres fachetai hier! How many books I bought 

yesterday ! 

Remark. Among the words of quantity must be 
reckoned plus, moins, pas, point, and jamais. 

EXAMPLES. 
Jl rfy cut jamais plus de lumi- There never was more learn- 

eres, ing. 

Jl y a moins dliabitans a Paris There are fewer inhabitants in 

qvJa Londres, Paris than in London. 

Je ne manqitepas d'amis, I do not want for friends. 

Exceptions. Bien is the only word of quantity 
which is followed by the article. 

EXAMPLES. 

11 a bien de V esprit, He has a great deal of wit. 

EUe a bien de la grace, She is very graceful. 

Remark. The sense of extract is marked in En- 
glish by the word some, or any, either expressed or 
understood, which answers to quelques, a particular 
adjective, and consequently to du, de la, de l\ des, 
which are elegantly used instead of quelque, quelques, 

mankind painfully * struggling to comprehend obvious 2 truths 1, 
glance themselves * through * the most remote 2 consequences 1, 
like lightning through a track that cannot be measured. 

3. The man who lives under an habitual 2 sense 1 of the di- 
vine 2 presence 1, preserves a perpetual cheerfulness of temper, 
and enjoys, every moment, the satisfaction of thinking himself * 
in company with the dearest and best of friends. 

(3.) Under, dans; sense, conviction ; preserves, conserver; perpetual, 
constant; cheerfulness, gaite ; temper, caractere; enjoys, jouir oe ; QJ 
thinking, se croire ; in, dans, art. ; with, de. 



I 



OF THE IRREGULAR ARTICLE. 311 

These expressions : des petits-maitres, des sages-fem- 
mes, des petits-pdtes, &c. are not exceptions to this rule, 
because, in cases of this kind, the substantives are so 
united with the adjectives, as to form but one and the 
same word. We should likewise say; le propre des 
belles actions, les sentimens des anciens philosophes, &c. ; 
because, in expressions of this kind, the substantives are 
taken in a general sense. 1" 

IT EXERCISE. 

1. We could not cast our eyes on either shore, without seeing 
opulent cities, country houses agreeably situated, lands yearly 2 
covered 1 with a golden 2 harvest 1, meadows abounding in flocks 
and herds, husbandmen bending under the weight of the fruits, 
and shepherds who made 1 the echoes 5 around them 6 repeat 2 
the sweet sounds 3 of their pipes and flutes 4. 

2. Provence and Languedoc produce oranges, levions,figs, olives, 
almonds, chestnuts, peaches, apricots, and grapes of an uncommon 
sweetness. 

3. The man who has never seen this pure light, is as * blind as 
one who is born blind: he dies without having seen any thing ; 
at most, he perceives nothing but glimmering and false lights, vain 
shadows and phantoms that have no reality. 

4. Among the Romans, those who were convicted of having 
used illicit or unworthy meatus to obtain an employ, were excluded 
from it for ever. 

5. Those who govern are like the celestial 2 bodies 1, which 
have great splendour and no rest. 

6. What beauty, sweetness, modesty, and at the same time what 
nobleness and greatness of soul ! 

7. Themistocles, in order to ruin Aristides, made use oimany 
artifices, which would have covered him with infamy in the eyes 
of posterity, had 1 not 4 the eminent services 2 which he ren- 
dered his country 3 blotted out 5 that stain. 

(1.) Could, pouvoir, inrt-2 ; our, art. ; either, les deux; seeing, apercevoir: 
yearly, tous les ans ; covered with, qui se couvrir de, ind-2 ; abounding in, 
remplis de ; flocks and herds, troupeau ; bending, qui etaient accables ; weight, 
poids ; shepherds, bergers ; pipes, chalumeau ; the echoes, aux echos ; around 
them, d'alentour. 

(3.) WJw is born blind, aveugle-ne ; without having, n'avoir jamais, inf-3 ; 
any thing, rien ; at most, tout au plus ; perceives nothing from, apercevoir 
ne que ; glimmering, sombre ; lights, lueur ; no reality, rien de reel. 

(4.) Used, employer ; illicit or unworthy means, moyen illicite, onvoiein- 
digne, pi. ; were, ind-2; from it, en. 

(5.) Great, beaucoup de ; splendour, eclat ; no rest, (that have no rest) repos. 

(6.) Wliat, que de. (7.) Ruin, perdre ; made use of many, employer 

bien; artifices, manoeuvres ; covered, cond-3; with, de ; infamy, opprobre ; 
in, a; had, si ; rendered, ind-3, a; blotted out, effacer, cond-3: stain, tache. 






312 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 

Rule III. The article is put before proper names of 
countries, regions, rivers, winds, and mountains. 

EXAMPLES. 
La France a les Pyrenees et la France is bounded on the south 
Mediterranee an sud, la Suis- by the Pyrenees and the Me- 
se et la Savoie a Vest, les diterranean, on the east by 
Pays-Bas au nord, et V ocean Switzerland and Savoy, on 
a Vouest. the north by the Nether- 

lands, and on the west by the 
ocean. 
ha Tamise, le Phone, Vaquilon, The Thames, the Rhone, the 
les Alpes, le Ca?ital, north wind, the Alps, the 

Cantal. 

Rem. By apposition we find the words: le mont 
Parnasse, le mont Valerien, &c. le fieuve Don, &c. 
But, we should say, la montagne de Tar are, &c. la 
riviere de Seine, &c. though never, le fieuve du Rhone, 
but simply, le Rhone.] 

8. The consequences of great passions are blindness of mind 
and depravity of heart. 

9. Noblemen should never forget that their high birth imposes 
great duties on * them. 



(8.) Of mind, of heart, de, art. 

(9.) Noblemen, gcntilhomme ; should, devoir, ind-]. 

t EXERCISE. 

1. Europe is bounded on the north by the Frozen Ocean; on 
the south by the Mediterranean Sea, which separates it from 
Africa; on the east by the continent of Asia; on the west by 
the Atlantic Ocean. It contains the following 2 states 1: on 
the north, Norway, Sweden, Denmark, and Russia ; in the mid- 
dle, Poland, Prussia, Germany, the United Provinces, the Nether- 
lands, France, Switzerland, Bohemia, Hungary, the British Jslcs ; 
on the South, Spain, Portugal, Italy, Turkey in Europe. 

2. The principal rivers in Europe, are, the Wolga, the Don or 
Tana'is, and the Borislhenes, or Nieper, in Muscovy ; the Danube t 

(1.) Bounded, borne; on. a; frozen ocean, mer glacial, f. ; south, sud or 
midi ; Mediterranean sea, Mediterranee, f. ; east, est or orient ; west, ouest 
or Occident; Norte ay, &c, SEE P. 70.; British Isles, lies Britanniques ; 
Turkey in, Turquie de. 

(2.) Muscovy, Moscovie ; Vistula, Vistule, f. ; Loire, f. ; Seine, f. ; Rhone, 
m. ; Garonne, i. ; Ebro, Ebre ; Tagus, Tage, m. ; Thames, Tamise, f. ; Severn, 
Saver ne, f. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 3l3 

Exceptions. The article is not used before the 
names of countries : 

1. When those countries have the names of their ca- 
pitals, as Naples est un pays delicieux, Naples is a de- 
lightful country. 

2. When these are governed by the preposition an, 
as, il est en France, he is in France ; il est en Fspagne, 
he is in Spain. 

3. When those names are governed by some prece- 
ding noun, and have the sense of an adjective, as, vins de 
France, French wines ; noblesse rf Angleterre, the En- 
glish nobility. 

4. When speaking of those countries as of places we 
come from, as, je viens de France, I come from France; 
f arrive d Italie,! am just arrived from Italy. However, 
when speaking of the four parts of the world, the pre- 
sent practice favours the use of the article, as, je viens de 
V Amerique, f arrive de V Asie.\ 

the Rhine, and the Elbe, in Germany; the Vistula, or Wczel, in 
Poland; the Loire, the Seine, the Rhone, and the Garonne, in 
France ; the Ebro, the Tagus, and the Douro, in Spain ; the Po, 
in Italy ; the Thames, and the Severn, in England; and the Shan- 
non, in Ireland. 

3. The principal mountains in Europe, are the Daarne Fields, 
between Norway and Sweden ; Mount Crapel, between Poland 
and Hungary; the Pyrenean Mountains, between France and 
Spain; the Alps, which divide France and Germany from Italy. 

4. The bleak north wind never blows here, and the heat of 
summer is tempered by the cooling 2 zephyrs 1, which arrive to 
refresh the air towards the middle of the day. 



(3.) Pyrenean Mountains, Pyrenees. 

(4.) Bleak; rigoureux ; north wind, aqiTilon ; Aecrt, ardeur; cooling, refrat- 
chissant; arrive, venir ; to refresh, adoucir. 

t EXERCISE. 

1. Naples may be called a paradise, from its beauty and ferti- 
lity. From this country 2 some suppose 1 Virgil took the model 
of the Elysian 2 Fields 1. _ 

2. I have been a * prisoner in Egypt, as a * Phoenician; 

(l.) From, a cause de ; from this country, que e'est 12, ou ; some suppose, 
quelquespersonnes penser. 
(2.) Prisoner, captif; under that name, e'est sous cenom que (both aljke.) 



314 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 

The article is also used before the names of countries, 
either distant, or little known, la Chine, China: le Jap on, 
Japan; le Mexique, Mexico; and before those which 
have been formed from common nouns: le Havre, le 
Perche, la Fleche, &c. 

Remark. In English, the article is generally omitted 
before the names of countries. 



CASES IN WHICH THE ARTICLE IS NOT USED. 

Rule I. The article is omitted before nouns common, 
when, in using them, nothing is said as to the extent of 
their signification. 

EXAMPLES.- 
Le sage rfa ni amour ?whaine, The wise man has neither love 

nor hatred. 
Bs ont renverse religion, mo- They have overturned religion, 
rale, gouvernement, sciences, morality, government, scien- 
beaux-arts, en un mot, tout ce ces, fine arts, in a word, every 
qui fait la gloire et la force thing which constitutes the 
<Tun Etat, glory and strength of a state. 

Hence the article is not employed before nouns. 

1. When they are in the form of a title, or an address. 

EXAMPLES. 
Preface, Preface. II demeure He lives in 

Livre premier , Book the 1st. Rue Piccadilly, Piccadilly, 
Chapitre dix, Chap, the 10th. Quartier St. James, St. James's. 

2. When they are governed by the preposition en. 

EXAMPLES. 

Regarder en pitie, to look with pity. Vivre en Roi, to live as a king. 

under that name I have long suffered, and under that name I 
have been set at liberty. 

3. He has received French and Spanish wines, Italian silks, 
Provence oil, and English wool. 

4. We set sail from Holland for the Cape of Good Hope. 

5. I was but just arrived from Russia, when I had the misfor- 
tune to lose my father. 

6. I had set oEfrom America, when my brother arrived there. 

(4.) Set sail, partir ; for, pour se rendre. 

(5.) I was but just, ne faire que de. (6.) Setoff, partir ; there, j. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 315 

3. When they are joined to the verbs avoir, or faire, 
with which they form only one idea. 

EXAMPLES. 

Avoir peur, To be afraid. Faire pitie, To excite pity. 

4. When they are used as an apostrophe, or inter- 
jection. 

EXAMPLE. 

Courage, soldats, iencz fermc, . Courage, soldiers, stand firm. 

5. When they serve to qualify a noun, or pronoun. 

EXAMPLES. 

II est quelqnefois plus qiChovi- He is sometimes more than 

me, man. 

Son AUesse Royale le Dice His Royal highness the Duke of 

oVYork, Prince die sang, &c. York, Prince of the blood. 

6. The article is not put before the substantive begin- 
ning an incidental sentence, which is opposed to what 
has been said. 

EXAMPLES. 

Tous les peuples de la terre ont All the nations of the earth 

une idee plus ou moins deve- have an idea more or less 

loppee d'un Eire-Supreme ; clear of a Supreme Being; 

preuve evidente que le peche an evident proof that original 

originel rta pas tout-a-fait sin has not totally obscured 

obscurci V cntendement. the understanding. 

7. When they are governed by the words genre, 
espece, sorle, or terms of this kind. 

iT EXERCISE. 

1. The highways are bordered with laurels, pomegranates, jes- 
samines, and other trees which * are * always green, and always 
in bloom. The mountains are covered with flocks, which yield 
a fine wool, in great request among all the known 2 nations 1 
(of the world.*) 

2. The fleets of Solomon, under -the conduct of the Phoeni- 
cians, made frequent voyages to the land of Ophir and Tharsis, 
(of the kingdom of Sophala, in Ethiopia,) whence they returned 
at the end of three years, laden with gold, silver, ivory, precious2 
stones 1, and tither kinds of merchandise. 

3. Cosily furniture 2 is not allowed there 1, nor magnificent 
attire, nor sumptuous feasts, nor gilded palaces. 

(1.) Highways, chemin ; with, de ; pomegranates, grenadier ; in bloom, 
fleuri ; yield,iouT\m ; icool. laine, pi. ; in great request, recherche ; among, de, 

(2.) Made, ind-2; end, bout ; laden, charge. 

(3.) Is not allowed there, on n'y souffre ni ; furniture, meuble ; costly, pr6- 
cieux ; attire, ornement ; feasts, repas. 

28 



316 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 



Sorte de fruit, 
Genre d'ouvrage, 



EXAMPLES. 

A sort of Bo.nde de voleurs, 



Monceav. d'argent 



fruit. 
A kind of 

work. 
A heap of 

money. 



Pile de livres, 



A troop of 

robbers. 
A pile of 

books. 
A pack of 

doe:s. 



Meute de chiens 

&c. 

Rule II. The article is not used, either before nouns 
preceded by the pronominal adjectives mon, ton, son, 
notre, voire, leur, ce, nul, aucun, chaque, tout, (used for 
chaque,) certain, plusieurs, tel, or before those which are 
preceded by a cardinal number without any relation 
whatever. 

EXAMPLES. 

Nos mceurs mettent le prix a nos Our manners fix the value of 

richesses, our riches. 

Toute nation a ses lois, Each nation has its laws. 

Cent ignorans, doivent-ils Vem- Are a hundred blockheads to 

porter sur un Jtovime inslruit? be preferred to one learned 

man 1 



4. "We contemplated with pleasure the extensive fields covered 
with yellow ears of corn, the * rich gifts of bounteous Ceres. 

5. He was in a kind of ecstasy, when he perceived us. 

6. In the most corrupt age, he lived and died a wise man* 

7. Are you surprised that the worthiest 2 men 1 are but men, 
and betray remains of the weakness of humanity, amid the in- 
numerable 2 snares 1 and difficulties which * are * inseparable 
frorn royalty'? 

8. He excited our pity, when we saw him after his disgrace. 

9. Hear then, O nations full of valour ! and you, O chiefs, so 
wise and so united ! hearwhat I have * to * offer to you. 

10. Out of this cavern issued, from time to time, a black 2 
thick 3 smoke 1, which made a sort of night at mid-day. 



t EXERCISE. 
1. That good father was happy in his children, and his children 
were happy in him. 

(4.) Extensive, vaste ; fields, campagne ; ears, epi ; bounteous, fecond. 

(5.) In akindof, comme en. <6.) Age, siecle. 

(7.) That, de ce que ; worthy, estimable; hut, encore; betray, montrer; 
remains, reste ; snares, piege ; difficulties, ernbarras. 

(8.) He excited our pity, il nous fit pitie. (9.) Hear, ecouter. 

(10.) Out of, de; issued, sortir ; thick, et e"pais ; smoke, fumee; mid-day, 
milieu du jour. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 



317 



Rule III. Proper names of deities, men, animals, 
towns, and particular places, do not take the article. 
EXAMPLES. 

God has made heaven and 

earth. 
Jupiter was the first of the 

gods. 
Bucephalus was Alexander's 

horse. 



Dieu a cree le del et la terre, 

le premier des 
'Alex- 



Jupiter etait 

dieux, 
B uccphale etait le cheval 

andre, 
Rome est -one ville d'une grande 

beauie. 



Rome is a city of great beauty. 



Exceptions. Proper names, however, take the arti- 
cle, when used in a limited sense. 
EXAMPLES. 
The God of Le Buccphale, Alexander's 



Le Dieu des Chre- 
tiens, 
Le Dieu de paix, 



Le Jupiter 
mere 



VHo- 



Christians. 
The God of 

peace. 
Homer's Ju- 
piter. 



d' J 'Alexandre, 
UAndenne 

Rome, 
La Rome Mo- 
derate, 



Bucephalus. 
Ancient Rome. 

Modern Rome. 



N. B. In imitation of the Italians, the French use the 
article before the names of several painters and poets of 
that nation, by an elliptical mode of expression, the words 
peintre, poete, or seigneur, being understood.! 



2. Those imitative 2 sounds 1 are common to all languages, 
and form, as it were, their * real basis. 

3. Every man has his foibles, his moments of ill * humour, 
even his irregularities. 

4. Each plant has virtues peculiar to it, the knowledge 2 of 
which 1 could not but be infinitely useful. 

5. In all his instructions, he is careful to remember that gram- 
mar, logic, and rhetoric, are three sisters, that ought never to be 
disjoined. 

(2.) Common, fondu ; to, dans ; and form as it were, et ils en sont conime ; 
real, fondamentale. 

(4.) Peculiar, qui sont propres ; to it, lui ; could, cond-1 ; not but, ne que. 

(5.) He is careful to remember, ne point perdre de vue ; ought, on devoir, 
ind-1 ; to be disjoined, separer. 

t EXERCISE. 

1. Jupiter, son of Saturn and Cybele, or Ops, after having ex- 

C1-) Expelled, chasser ; divided, enpartager; inheritance, heritage 



318 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE, 

CHAP. III. 

OF THE ADJECTIVE, 

I. 

OF THE ADJECTIVE WITH THE ARTICLE. 

Rule I. Adjectives used substantively, are like sub- 
stantives common, accompanied by the article, if the oc- 
casion require it. 

EXAMPLE. 

Les fous inventent les modes, et Fools invent fashions, and wise 
les sages s'y conferment ,1T men conform to them. 



pelled his father from the throne, divided the paternal * inherit- 
ance with his two brothers, Neptune and Pluto. 

2. On a dispute at a feast of the gods, between Juno, Pallas, 
and Venus, for the pre-eminence of beauty, Jupiter, not being able 
to bring them to aD agreement, referred the decision to Paris, a 
shepherd of Mount Ida, with directions that a golden apple 
should be given to the fairest. Paris assigned to Venus 2 the 
golden * prize 1. 

3. God said : let there * be 2 light 1, and there * was 2 light 1. 

4. The Apollo di Belvidere, and the Venus di Medicis, are va- 
luable 2 remains 1 of antiquity. 

5. May and September are the two finest months in the year in 
the south of France. 

6. The God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, was the only true 
God. 



(2.) On, dans; at a feast, qu'il y eut a un festin ; being able, pouroir ; t& 
bring to an agreement, accorder; referred, renvoyer ; directions, ordre ; 
that a golden, &c. to give a golden apple to; assigned, adjuger. 

(4.) Di Belvidere, Belveder; di, de ; valuable, precieux. 

(6.) Only, seul. 

IT EXERCISE. 

1. Were the learned of antiquity to come to life again, they 
would be much astonished at the extent of our knowledge. 

2. The ignorant have, in a * large stock of presumption, what 
they want in real knowledge, and that is the reason they are ad- 
mired by fools. 

(1.) Were the, si les ; to come again, revenir, ind-2 ; life, monde ; at, de ; 
knowledge, connaissance, pi. 

(2.) Large stock, forte dose ; they want, il leur manquer ; knowledge, sci- 
ence ; the reason, ce qui fait que ; they are &c. the fools admire them. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE. 319 

Rule II. When a noun is accompanied by two ad- 
jectives, expressing opposite qualities, the article must be 
repeated before each adjective. 

examples: 

Les vieux et les nouveaax soU The old and the newly raised 

dots soiti remplis d'ardcur, soldiers are full of ardour. 

U faut frequenter la bonne com- We ought to frequent good and 
pagnie et.fuir la mauvaise, shun bad company. 

Rem. But if those qualities be nearly similar, the ar- 
ticle is not repeated, as, Le sage et pieux Fenelon ; — if 
merely different, it is perhaps better to repeat it, as, Le 
sensible et V ingenieux Fenelon. 

N. B. In French the substantive must be joined to 
the first adjective, when governed by different words, f 

Rule III. The article is used before the adjective 
which is joined to a proper name, either to express its 
quality, or to distinguish the person spoken of from those 
who might bear the same name. 

EXAMPLES. 
Le sublime Bossuct, Le vertueux Fenelon, Le tendre Racine. 
The sublime Bossuet. The virtuous Fenelon. The tender Racine. 
Louis le Gros, Louis le Juste, Louis le Grand, 

Louis the Fat. Louis the Just. Louis the Great. 

Rem. If the adjective, which is joined to a proper 
name, precede that name, it expresses a quality, which 
may be common to many ; if it follow, it expresses a 
distinguishing quality. Thus — Le savant Varron ; and 
Varron le savant ; do not convey the same meaning : in 
the first example, Varron merely obtains the quality of 

t EXERCISE. 

1. The ancient 1 and modern 3 writers 2 are not agreed upon 
that point. 

2. The wise man preserves the same tranquillity of mind in 
good or bad fortune. 

3. The man who is jealous of his reputation frequents good 
and shuns bad company. 

4. Grand and vigorous thoughts were always the ofFspring of 
genius. 

(1.) Writers, auteur ; are agreed, s'accorder. (2.) The wise man, le sage. 
(4.) Vigorous, fort ; offspring, fruit. 

28* 



320 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE. 

savant; in the second, Varron is distinguished for his 
learning from all of the same name.J 

Rule IV. When a superlative relative precedes a 
substantive, the article serves for both ; if it follow, the 
article must be repeated before each. 

EXAMPLES. 
Lesplus habiles gem font quelquefois les plus grandest antes, or 
Les gens les plus habiles font quelquefois les J 'antes les plus grandes. 
The ablest men sometimes commit the grossest blunders.? 



II. 
THE PLACE OF ADJECTIVES. 

Rule I. Pronominal and numerical adjectives pre- 
cede their substantive, as do generally the following six- 
teen, beau, bon, brave, cher, chetif, grand, gros, jeune f 

t EXERCISE. 

1. The great Corneille astonishes by beauties of the first order, 
and by faults of the worst taste. If the tender Racine does not 
often rise so high, at least, he is always equal, and possesses the 
art of always interesting the heart. 

2. The more we read the fables of the good and artless La Fon- 
taine, the more we are convinced they are a book for all ages, 
and the manual of the man of taste. 

3. It was only under the reign of Louis the Just, (XIII.) that 
good taste began to show itself in France : but it was under that 
of Louis the Great that it was carried to perfection. 



(1.) By par des ; order, ordre ; is ahcays equal, se soutenir ; possesses, avoir. 
(2.) The more we, plus on ; artless, simple ; are convinced, on se convaincre ; 
they are, que c'est ; a, le ; for, de ; manual, manuel. 
(3.) Only, ne que ; carried, porter a. 

IT EXERCISE. 

1. It has been said of the Telemachus of the virtuous Fenelon, 
that it is the most useful 2 present 1 the muses have made to man- 
kind ; for, could the happiness of man be produced by a poem, it 
would be by that. 

2. The smoothest 2 waters 1 often conceal the most dangerous 2 
gulfs 1. 

(1.) It has been said, on a dit, present, don que; have made, subi-3; coutf, 
(if the, &c. could, ind-2 ;) be produced by, naitre de ; would be, naiur, etmd-i- 
(2.) Smoothest, tranquille. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE. 321 

mauvais, mechant, meilleur, moindre, petit, saint, vieux, 
and vrai, when taken in their literal sense. 

EXAMPLES. 
Mon pere, My father. Plusieurs officiers, Several officers. 

Quel homme, What man. Grand homme, Great man. 
Vieille femme, Old woman. Six arbres, Six trees. 

Dix guintes, 10 guineas. Chetive mine, Mean look. 

Exception 1. The pronoun quelconque. 
EXAMPLE. 
D'une maniere quelconque, In whatever manner. 

2. Adjectives of number, joined to proper names, pro- 
nouns, and substantives, as quotations. 

EXAMPLES. 
George Trois, George Hid. Chapitre dix, Chapter 10th. 
LvA dixieme, He the tenth. Page trente, Page the 30th. 

3. The above sixteen adjectives, when connected by a 
conjunction with another adjective, which is to be placed 
after the substantive. 

EXERCISE ON THE PLACE OF ADJECTIVES. 

1. There have been ages, when a great man was a sort of pro- 
digy produced by a mistake of nature. 

•2. In almost all nations, the great geniuses that have adorned 
them were contemporaries. 

3. Young people, says Horace, are supple to the enticements of 
vice, lavish, presumptuous, and equally impetuous and light in 
their passions ; old people, on the contrary, are covetous, dilatory, 
timid, ever alarmed about the future, always complaining, hard 
to please, panegyrists of times past, censors of the present, and 
great givers of advice. 

4. What man was ever satisfied with his condition, and dissa- 
tisfied with his abilities'? 

5. Thirty chambers which have a communication one with an- 
other, and each of them an iron door, with six huge bolts, are the 
places where he shuts himself up. 

(1.) Ages, des siScles; when, ou ; produced, enfanter. 

(2.) In, chez ; nations, peuple ; adorned, illustrer, ind-4. 

(3.) People, gens ; supple, souple ; lavish, prodigue ; impetuous, vif ; old, 
f. pi. (the following adjectives in. pi.) covetous, avare ; dilatory, temporiseur ; 
about, sur; complaining, plaintif; hard, difficile; please, contenter ; times, 
sing. (4.) Dissatisfied, mecontent ; abilities, esprit. 

(5.) Have a communication, communiquer ; each of them, dont chacun avoir ; 
huge, gros ; bolts, verrou ; places, lieu, sing. ; shuts himself, se renfermer. 



322 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE. 

EXAMPLE. 

Cest unefcmme grande et Hen She is a tall well-made woman. 
faile, 

Rem. In English, two, or even several adjectives, 
may qualify a substantive, without a conjunction : bat 
in French, this is generally required, as, Jest un homme 
aimable et poli, he is an amiable well-behaved man ; ex- 
cept when custom allows the substantives to be placed 
between two adjectives ; as, Jest un grand homme sec, he 
is a tall thin man. 

Rule II. Adjectives formed from the participle pre- 
sent of verbs, are, generally, placed after the substantive; 
ouvrage divertissant, entertaining work ; and from the 
participle past, always ; figure arrondie, round figure ; 
those expressing — form, table ovale, oval table ; — colour, 
maison blanche, white house; — taste, herbe amere, bitter 
herb; — sound, orgue harmonieux, harmonious organ; — 
action, procureur actif, active attorney; — effect, coutume 
abusive, custom founded in abuse ; — arrangement, ordre 
grammatical, grammatical order ; — species, qualite oc- 
culte, occult quality ; — nation, generosite Anglaise, En- 
glish generosity ; — those ending in -esque, -il, -ule, -ic, 
-ique, -in: 

Style burlesque, Burlesque style. Bien public, Public wel- 
fare. 

Jargon pueril, Childish jargon. Ris sardonique, Sardonic 

grin. 

Femme credule, Credulous wo- Voix enfantine, Childish 
man. voice. 

but in this, custom is the best guide.f 

t EXERCISE. 

1. An affected simplicity is a refined imposture. 

2. The smiling images of Theocritus, Virgil, and Gessner, ex- 
cite in the soul a soft sensibility. 

3. In that antique palace are to be seen neither wreathed co- 
lumns, nor gilded wainscots, nor -valuable basso-relievoes, nor 

(1.) Refined, delicat. (2.) Smiling, riant ; excite, porter ; soft, doux. 

(3.) Are to be seen, on ne voit ; wreathed, torse ; wainscots, lambris ; basso- 
relievoes, bas relief; ceilings, plafond ; curiously, artistement ; had existence, 
exister. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE. 323 

Rule III. Although it may seem that adjectives 
expressing moral qualities are placed indifferently be- 
fore or after the substantive ; yet taste and a correct ear 
will assign them their proper situation. 

In conversation, or in a broken, loose style, it may be 
indifferent to say femme aimable, or aimable femme ; 
talens sublimes, or sublimes talens, &c. ; but in the dig- 
nified style, the place of the adjective may, in a variety 
of instances, affect the beauty of a sentence.:): 



III. 

REGIMEN of adjectives. 

Rule. A noun may be governed by two adjectives, 
provided these do not require different regimens, as: 

ceilings curiously painted, nor grotesque figures of animals, 
which never had existence but in the imagination of a child or a 
madman. 

4. If human life is exposed to many troubles, it is also suscepti- 
ble of many pleasures. 

5. A ridiculous man is seldom so by halves. 

6. Spanish manners have, at first sight, something harsh and 
uncivilized. 

7. French urbanity has become a proverb among foreign na- 
tions. 

(4.) Many, bien de ; troubles, peine. (5.) So, le ; by halves, S. demi. 

(6.) Spanish, Espagnol ; manners, mceurs ; at first, sight au premier abord ; 
uncivilized, sauvage. 
(7.) Become, passer en ; among, chez. 

* EXERCISE. 

1. An amiable woman gives to every thing she says an inex- 
pressible grace ; the more we hear, the more we wish to hear her. 

2. The majestic eloquence of Bossuet is like a river, which 
carries away every thing in its rapid course. 

3. The sublime compositions of Rubens have made 1 an English 
traveller 3 say 2, that this famous painter was born in Flanders, 
through a mistake of nature. 



(1.) Give to, repandre sur ; we, on. 

(2.) River, fleuve ; carries away, entrainer; its rapid course, la rapidite de 
son cours. 
(3.) Say, dire £; famous, celebre; through, par; mistake, meprise. 



324 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE. 

Cet homme est utile et cher a sa famille, that man is 
useful and dear to his family. But it would be incor- 
rect to say : Cet homme est utile et cheri de sa famille, 
that man is useful and beloved by his family ; because 
the adjective utile does not govern the preposition de.H 



IV. 

ADJECTIVES OF NUMBER. 

Unieme is used only after vingt, trente, quarante, 
cinquante, soixante, quatre-vingt, cent, and mille. C 'est 
la vingt-et unieme fois, it is the twenty-first time ; see 
page 101. 

Cent, in the plural, takes 5, except when followed by 
another noun of number, as, 

lis etaicnt deux cents, They were two hundred. 

Trots cents hommes, Three hundred men. 

Us etaieni deux cent dix. They were two hundred and ten. 

Vingt, in quatre-vingt, and six-vingt, also takes s, 
when followed by a substantive, as, 
Quatre-vingts homines, Eighty men. 

Six-vingts abricots, Six score apricots. 

But it takes no s, when followed by another term ex- 
pressing number, quatre-vingt-unarbres, quatre-vingt-dix 
homm.es. 

The ordinal numbers, collective and distributive, 
always take the sign of the plural : les premieres dou- 

1T EXERCISE ON THE REGIMEN OF ADJECTIVES. 

1. A young man, whose actions are all regulated by honour, 
and whose only aim is perfection in every thing, is beloved and 
courted by every body. 

2. Cardinal Richelieu was all his life-time feared and haiedby 
the great whom he had humbled. 

3. A young lady, mild, polite, and delicate, who sees in the 
advantages of birth, riches, wit, and beauty, nothing but incite- 
ments to virtue, is very certain of being beloved and esteemed by 
every body. 

(1.) Actions are regulated by honour, l'honneur dirige les actions ; whose 
only aim is, qui ne se propose que ; courted, recherche. 

(2.) Young lady, demoiselle ; delicate, decent ; nothing but, ne que ; incite- 
ments, encouragement ; certain, assure. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE. 325 

\S zaines, the first dozens; les quatre cinquiemes, the four 
fifths. 

For dates, the French write mil, as mil sept cent-qua- 
tre-vingt-dix-neuf, one thousand seven hundred and 
ninety -nine, &c. seep. 102. 

Rem. Cent and mille are used indefinitely, as, 

U luifit cent caresses j. He showed him a hundred marks 

of kindness. 
^Faites-lui mille amities de rad Present him for me a thousand 
partj compliments. 

The?French say, le onze, du onze, au o?ize, sur les onze 
'^heures, sur les une heure, pronouncing the words onze 
and wie.'.as if they were written with an h aspirated. 

The cardinal numbers are used for the ordinal. 

1. In reckoning time, that is, the hour of the day, the 
day of the month, the year of an era, as, il est trois heures, 
it is three o'clock : le vingt de Mars, the twentieth of 



t EXERCISE ON THE ADJECTIVES OF NUMBER. 

1. It was the thirty-first year after so glorious a peace, when 
the war broke out again with a fury of which history offers few 
examples. 

2. There were only three hundred, and in spite of their inferi- 
ority in numbers,* they attacked the enemy, beat and dispersed 
them. 

3. He has sold his country house for* two thousand five hundred 
and fifty pounds. 

4. Choose out of your nursery eighty fruit trees, and ninety 
dwarf-trees, divide them into dozens, and put in the two first 
dozens of each sort, those whose fruits are most esteemed. 

5. When Louis the Fourteenth made his entry into Strasbourg, 
the Swiss deputies having come to pay their respects to him.Le 
Tellier, archbishop of Rheims, who saw among them the bishop 
of Basle, said to one near him: That bishop is apparently some 
miserable character. — How, replied the other, he has a hundred 
thousand livres a year. — Oh! oh! said the archbishop, he is then 
a respectable man; and showed him a thousand civilities. 



(1.) Year, annee : when, que ; broke out again, se rallumer. 

(2.) Only, ne que-; in spite of, malgre. (3.) Pounds, livre sterling. 

(4.) Out of, dans; nursery, pepiniere ; fruit trees, pied d'arbre fruitier; 
dwarf-trees, arbre nain. 

(5.) Swiss, (of the Swiss ;) pay, presenter; respect, hommage, pi. ; one near 
him, son voisin ; that bishop, &c. e'est un miserable apparemment que cet 
eveque ; a year, de rente ; showed, faire ; civilities, caresse. 



* < <> ^ ^ 

326 PARTICULAR RULES OE THE PRONOUNS. >? {3 , 

March; ZW mil sept cent dix, &c. See pages 101, 102.V.«T<^ 

3. In speaking of the order of sovereigns, as, Louis 
seize, George trois ; except the first two of the series, as, 
Henri premier, George Second. Quint for cinq is only 
said of the Empereur Charles-quint, and the Pape Sizte- 
quint.% 



^7 tc^e/i****^ 6e^ t 




CHAP. IV. 

OF THE PRONOUNS. 

1. 

OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

I. 

Office of Personal Pronouns. 
The personal pronouns have the three characteristics 
of the substantive, that is, subject, regimen, and apostro- 
phe; but with this difference, that some always form the 
subject ; two only are used as an apostrophe : some al- 
ways form the regimen, and lastly, others are sometimes 
the subject and sometimes the regimen. 

X EXERCISE. 

1. They made in the parish and in the neighbouring places a 
collection which produced a hundred, and twenty-one guineas. 

2. William, surnamed the Conqueror, king of England, and 
duke of Normandy, was one of the greatest generals of the ele- 
venth century; he was born at Falaise, and was the natural son 
of Robert, duke of Normandy, and of Arlotte, a furrier's daugh- 
ter. 

3. Make haste; it will soon be ten o'clock. We shall have a 
good deal of difficulty to arrive in time. 

4. The winter was so severe in one thousand seven hundred and 
nine, that there was but one olive tree that resisted it,* in a plain 
where there had been more than ten thousand. 

5. It was the twenty-first of January, one thousand seven hun- 
dred and ninety-three, that the unhappy Louis the sixteenth was 
led to the scaffold. 



(1.) They, on ; neighbouring places, voisinage, sing. ; collection, qu§t.e. 
(2.) William, Guillaume ; furrier, fourreur. 

(3.) Make haste, se depecher ; will be, ind-1 ; a good deal of difficulty, bien 
tela peine; in, a. (4.) Severe, rude; 6«f ; neque; had been, ind-2. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 327 

Je, tw, il, and Us, are always the subject; these four 
pronouns cannot be separated from the verb which they 
govern, but by personal pronouns acting as a regimen, 
or by the negative ne. 

EXAMPLES. 
Je ne lui en veux rien dire, I will say nothing to him about 

it. 
Tu en apprendras des nouvelles, Thou wilt hear news of it. 
H nous raconta son histoire, He told us his history. 

lis sont survenus a Vimproviste, They are come unexpectedly. 

The two acting as an apostrophe are toi and vous, 
whether they stand alone, or are preceded by the inter- 
jection 6 ; as, toi, 6 toi : vous, 6 vous.% 

Me, te, »e, leur, le, la, les, y, and en, are always used 
as a regimen : — direct, when acted upon by the verb : 
— indirect, when referable to the prepositions d or de, 
(see p. 273, 274.) They always precede the verb, ex- 
cept in the imperative when affirmative ; and can never 

IT EXERCISE ON PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

1. The better to bear the irksomeness of captivity and solitude, 
i" sought for books ; for /was overwhelmed with melancholy, 
fur want of some knowledge to cherish and support my mind. 

2. Since thou art more obdurate and unjust than thy father, 
mayest thou suffer evils more lasting and more cruel than his ! 

3. What! s&y they, do not men die fast enough without destroy- 
ing each other'? Life is so short, and yet it seems that it appears 
too long to them. Are they sent into the world to tear each other 
in pieces, and to make themselves wretched? 

4. O thou, my son, my dear son, ease my heart : restore me 
what is dearer to me than my life. Restore to me my lost son, 
and restore thyself to thyself. 

5. O ye, who hear me with so much attention, believe not that 
I despise men: no, no, I am sensible how glorious it is to toil to 
make them virtuous and happy ■ but this toil is full of anxieties 
and dangers. 

(1.) To bear, supporter ; irksomenes/t, ennui ; overwhelmed with, accabl€ 
de : for want, faute ; to cherish, qui put nourrir ; support, soutenir. 

(2.) Obdurate, dur ; mayest, pouvoir, subj-1 ; lasting, long. 

(3.) Diefast enough, etre assez mortel ; destroying each other, se donner 
encore une roort precipitee ; sent into, sur ; world, terre ; tear in pieces, ae 
declarer ; make themselves, se renire. 

(4.) Ease, soulager ; restore, rendre ; lost, (whom I have lost,) perdre. 

(5.) i" am sensible, savoir ; glorious, grand ; to toil, travailler a ; toils, travail ; 
anxiety, inquietude. 

29 



328 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

be separated from it by any other word, except tout, rien, 
and jamais, which may intervene before an infinitive. 

EXAMPLES. 

Cest Uur tout refuser, It is refusing them every thing. 

Ccstne me rien permettre, It is allowing me nothing. 

11 a jure de ne lui jamais par- He has sworn he would never 
donner, pardon him. 

Me, te, se, form a regimen sometimes direct, and 
sometimes indirect ; — direct, when they represent moi, 
toi, soi; — indirect, when they supply the place of d moi, 
d toi, d soi. 

EXAMPLES. 
Vous me soupgonnez mat a pro- You suspect me unjustly. 

pos, 
Je t'cn remercie, I thank thee for it. 

Use perd de gaite de cazur. He ruins himself out of wan- 

tonness. 
Vous me donnez mi sage conseil, You give me prudent advice. 
Je te donne cela, I give thee that. 

11 se donne Men du mouvement, He is an active stirring man. 

Leur is always indirect, as it stands for d eux, or d 
dies. 

EXAMPLES. 
Je leur representai le tort, quHls, I represented to them the hrju- 

ou qu'elles se fesaie?it,t ry they did themselves. 

EXERCISE. 

1. He has been speaking to them with such energy, as has as- 
tonished them. 

2. Women ought to be very circumspect ; for a mere appear- 
ance is sometimes more prejudicial to them than a real fault. 

3. He comes up to me with a smiling countenance, and press- 
ing my hand, says : My friend, I expect you to-morrow at my 
house.* 

4. He said to me: Wilt thou torment thyself incessantly for 
advantages, the enjoyment 2 of which 1 could not render thee 
more happy 1 Cast thy eyes round thee: see how every thing 

(1.) Such energy as, une force qui. 

(2.) Mere, simple ; more prejudicial, faire plus de tort. 

(3.) Comes up— icith, aborder— de ; pressing, serrer; my hand, la main ; 
says, il me dit ; at my house, chez moi. 

(4.) Incessantly, sans cesse ; advantages, des biens ; could, savoir, cond-1 ; 
east, porter ; thy, art ; smiles, sourire. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 329 

he, la, Us, are always direct ; as, 

ie le vois,je la vois, I for I je vois lui,je vois elle. 

je les vois, j — \je vois e\ix,je vois elles. 

But y and en are always indirect j as, 



for 



je n'eniends rien a cela. 
voulez-vous de ceux % 



un pen une certaine somme, 
or quantite d'argent. 



Je n'y entends rien, 

ces fruits soTit bons, en vou- 
lez-vous? 

avez-vous regu de V argent ? 
— oui, j'en ai regu. 

Though seeming to perform the function of regimen 
direct, in this last and other phrases of the same kind, 
it is obvious that there is in the word en an ellipsis, 
which may be readily supplied. See p. 1084 

smiles at thee, and seems to invite thee to prefer a retired and tran- 
quil life to the tumultuous pleasures of a vain 2 world 1. 

5. The ambitious man * agitates, torments, and destroys him- 
self, to obtain the places or the honours to which he aspires; and 
when he has obtained them, he is still not satisfied. 



(5.) Destroys, consumer ; to, pour. 



* EXERCISE. 

1. I have known him since his childhood, and I always loved 
him on account of the goodness of his character. 

2. This woman is always occupied in doing good works: you 
see her constantly consoling the unhappy, relieving the poor, re- 
-eonciling enemies, and promoting the happiness of every one 
around her. 

3. The more you live with men, the more you will be con- 
vinced that it is necessary to know them well before you * form 
a connexion with them. 

4. Enjoy the pleasures of the world, I consent to it; but never 
give yourself up to them. 

5. I shall never consent to that foolish scheme ; do not mention 
it any * more. 

6. Have you received some copies of the new work 1 Yes, I 
have, (received some.) 

(1.) Have known, connaitre, ind-1 ; loved, ind-4 ; on account, sicause ; the 
goodness of his, (his good.) 

(2.) In, a ; works, oeuvres, f. pi. ; constantly, sans cesse ; consoling, &c 
inf-1 ; relieving, assister ; promoting, faire; every one around her, tout ce 
qui l'environne. 

(3.) Live, ind-7 ; be convinced, se convaincre ; be/ore, avant de ; form a con- 
nexion, vous tier. 

(4.) Enjoy, jouir de ; give yourself up, se livrer. 

<5.) Scheme, enterprise ; mention, parler de. (6.) Copies, exemplaire. 



330 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

The pronouns, which are sometimes the subject and 
sometimes the regimen, are nous, vous, moi, toi, lui, die, 
tux, elles. 

Nous and vous are the subject in, nous aimons, vous 
aimez ; the regimen direct in, Us nous aiment, Us vous 
aimenl ; and indirect in, Us nous parlent, Us vous par- 
lent. 

In general, moi, toi, are only the subject by apposi- 
tion, or reduplication, whether they precede, or follow 
the verb, as, 

Moi, doni il deckire la reputation, I, whose reputation he is asper- 
se ne lui ai jamais rendu que sing, always did him acts oi 
de bans offices, kindness. 

Toi, qui fais tant le brave, t% Wouldst thou, who pretendest 
oserais, &c. to be so brave, dare, &c. 

Je pretends, moi, I do maintain, I. 

Tu dis done, toi, Thoa sayest then, thou. 

Rem. Sometimes the personal pronouns je and tu 

are not expressed, but understood, as, 

Mci, trahir le mcilleur de mes I, betray my best friend ! 

amis I 
Faire une lachete, toi ! Thou, be guilty of such base- 

ness ! 
that is, je voudrais, &c. tu pourrais, &c. 

They are likewise the subject, when they are placed 
in a kind of apposition expressed by ce and il in imper- 
sonal verbs, as, qui fut bien aise? cefutmoi; ce ne peut 
etre que toi ; que vous reste-t-il? — moi. 

After a conjunction, they are either the subject, or 
regimen, according to the nature of the phrase, as, nous 
yetions, mon pere et moi; il ne craint ni ioini moi. 

In phrases which are not imperative, toi and moi can 
only be the object by apposition before or after the 
verb, as, voudriez-vous me perdre, moi, voire allie, &c. 
toi, je te soupgonnerais de perjidie ! 

After a preposition, they alone can be employed, as, 
vous servirez-vous de moi ? selon moi, vous avez raison ; 
il est fdche contre toi. 

What has just been remarked of toi and moi, is 
applicable to lai, but with this difference, that lui can 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 331 

only be the object after ne — que signifying only, or in 
distributive phrases, as, 

N^aimez que lui, je ne le trouve That you should like only him, 
pas mauvais ; mais tie me I do not disapprove, but do 
haissez pas, not hate me. 

So, protegez nous, lui, a cause de, &c. et moi, parce 
que, &c. we may likewise say by apposition, aimez-le, 
lui qui, &c. 

Eux is employed in the same manner as lui, but dif- 
fers from it in this, that it cannot be the regimen indi- 
rect, except after a preposition, as, parliez-vous a" eux ? 
est-ce a eux que vous parlez ? 

Rem. Lui and eux may be the subject in distributive 
phrases without being in apposition, as, 

Mes freres et mon cousin irfont My brothers and cousin assist- 
secouru; eux m'ont relevc, et ed me; they took me up, and 
lui m' a pause, he dressed my wounds. 

The natural office of elle and elles, is to form the sub- 
ject ; however, they are susceptible of all the other uses 
just mentioned, except that they cannot be the regimen 
indirect, unless preceded by a preposition, as, c' est a elles 
que je parle.\ 

t EXERCISE. 

1. In the education of youth, we should propose to ourselves to 
cultivate, to polish their understanding, and thus to enable them 
to fill with dignity the different stations assigned them; but, 
above all, we ought to instruct them in that religious worship 
which God requires of them. 

2. What ! you would suffer yourself to be overwhelmed by 
adversity ! 

3. // stoop to the man who has imbrued his hands in the blood 
of his king! 

4. Thou! take that undertaking upon thyself? Canst * thou 
think of it. 



(1.) Youth, jeunes gens; should, devoir, ind-1; to cultivate, (to them ;) to 
polish, (tothem,)orner ; understanding, V esprit; enable, disposer ; stations, 
place, (which are) assigned, (to) them ; worship, culte ; requires, demanded. 

(2.) Suffer yourself, se laisser, cond-1 ; to be overwhelmed, abattre. 

(3.) Stoop to, s'abaisser devant, subj-1 ; imbrued, souiller ; in, de. 

(4.) Take upon thyself, se charger, cond-1 ; of it, y. 

29* 



332 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

II. 

ON THE PRONOUN SOI. 

Soi is generally accompanied by a preposition, and is 
used in phrases, where there is an indeterminate pro- 
noun, either expressed or understood: on doit rarement 
parler desoi; il est esseniiel de prendre garde d soi. 



5. Your two brothers and mine take charge of the enterprise; 
they find the money, and he will manage the work. 

6. It is I who have engaged him to undertake this journey. 

7. It is thou who hast brought this misfortune on thyself. 

8. When you are at Rome, write to me as often as you can, 
and give me an account of every thing that can interest me. 

9. He told it to thee thyself. 

10. Fortune, like a traveller, shifts from inn to inn : if she 
lodges to-day with me, to-morrow, perhaps, she will lodge vnth 
thee. 

11. Whom dost thou think we were talking of? — it was of 
thee. 

12. Descartes deserves immortal praise, because it is he who 
nas made reason 2 triumph 1 over authority in philosophy. 

13. He is dissatisfied with himself. 

14. She is never satisfied with hepself. 

15. The indiscreet often betray themselves. 

16. Saumaise, speaking of the English authors, said, that ne 
had learned more fvomthem than from any other. 

17. To love a person, is to render him. on every occasion, all 
the services in our power, and to afford him, in society, every 
comfort that depends upon us. 



(5.) Take charge, se chai-ger ; find, fournir; money, fonds, pi. ; manage, 
conduire, ind-1. 

(6.) Undertake, faire ; journey, voyage. 

(7.) Hast brought on thyself, s'attirer, ind-4. 

(8.) Are. ind-7 ; can, ind-7 ; give, faire ; an account, le detail. 

(9.) Told, dire, ind-4. 

(10.) Shifts from inn to inn, changer d'auberge ; with, chez ; she will 
lodge, ce etre. 

(11.) Were talking, parler. subj-2. 

(12.) Triumph over, triompher de. 

(13.) Is dissatisfied with, se deplaire, 

(14.) Satisfied with, content de. 

(15.) Betray, se trahir. 

(17.) In our power, dont on etre capable ; afford, procurer a ; comfort, agr»- 
ment ; depends upon, dependre de. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 333 

In this case, it is the regimen indirect ; but it may be 
employed without a preposition. 

1. With the verb etre, as, En cherchant a tromper 
les autres, Jest souvent soi qui! on tromjpe, or on est sou- 
vent trompe soi-meme, in attempting to deceive others, 
we frequently deceive ourselves. In this situation it is 
the subject. 

2. After ne que, or by opposition, as, 

2V ; 'aimer que soi, c'est n'elre bon To love only ourselves, is be- 

d rien, ing good for very little. 

Penser ainsi, c'est s'aveuglcr soi- To think in this manner, is to 

mime, blind one's-self. 

It is in these examples the regimen ; but when de soi 
and en soi are used in a definitive sense in speaking of 
things, they mean de sa nature, and dans sa nature.^ 



III. 

cases where the pronouns elle, elUs, eux, lui, leur, 

MAY APPLY TO THINGS. 

The personal pronouns elle and elles, when the regi- 
men, generally apply to persons only. Thus, in speak- 



t EXERCISE ON THE PRONOUN soi. 

1. To excuse in one' s-self ihe follies which one cannot excuse 
in others, is to prefer being a fool one's-self to seeing others so. 

2. To be too much dissatisfied with ourselves, is a weakness; 
but to be too much satisfied {with ourselves) is (a) folly. * 

3. We ought to despise no one : how often have we needed the 
assistance of one more insignificant than ourselves? 

4. If we did not attend so much to ourselves, there would be 
ess egotism in the world. 

5. Vice is odious in itself. 

6. The loadstone attracts iron (to itself.) 



(1.) Follies, sottises; others, autrui; prefer, aimer mieux ; fool, sot; to 
seeing, que de voir ; so, tel. 

(3.) We ought, falloir, ind-1 ; how often, combien de fois ; we, on; needed 
Vie assistance, n'avoir pas besoin ; insignificant, petit. 

(4.) We, on ; attended to, s'occuper de ; egotis7n, ego'isme. 

(6.) Loadstone, aimant. 



334 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

ing of a woman, we must say, Je in! approchai oVelle, je 
m'assis pres d'elle; but, in speaking of a table, Je m 'en 
approchai, je ??i 1 assis aupres. 

However, with the prepositions avec, apres, a, de, 
your, en, &c. they may be applied to things. Thus it 
is correct to say of a river, 

Cette riviere est si rapide, quand That river is so rapid when it 

elle dehor de, quelle cntraine overflows, that it carries 

avec elle tout ce qu'elle ren- away every thing it meets 

contre ; elle ne laisse apres with in its course ; it leaves 

elle que du sable et des cail- nothing behind but sand and 

loux, pebbles. 

— of an enemy's army, 

Nous marchdmes a elle, We marched up to it. 

— of things, reasons, truth, &c. as, 

Ces choses sont bonnes d'elles- These things are good in them- 

memes, selves. 

Jaime la vtrite au point que je I love truth to that degree, that 

sacrificerais tout pour elle, I would sacrifice every thing 

for it. 

Ces raisons sont solides en elles- Those reasons are solid in 

mimes, themselves. 

After the verb etre, they are applied only to persons, 
and likewise when they are followed by the relatives 
qui and que, as, C 'est d elle, c'est d? elles que je parle, 
c 'est elle-meme quivient. 

The same may be said of the pronoun eux, which is 
also generally applied to persons only, yet custom al- 
lows us to say, 

Ce chien et ces oiseaux font tout This dog and these birds are 
mon plaisir ; je n'aime qu'eux; my only pleasure, I love no- 
eux seuls sont mon amusement ; thing but them; they alone 
je nesouge qu'a eux, are my diversion : I think of 

nothing else. 

Lui and leur are generally applied to persons, but are 
sometimes used in speaking of animals, plants, and even 
inanimate objects, as, 

Ces chevaux sont rendus, faites- Those horses are exhausted, 

leur donner un peu de vin, give them a little wine. 

Ces orangers vontperir, si on ne Those orange-trees will die un- 

leur donne de Veau, less they have a little water. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 335 

Ces murs sont trial fails, on ne Those walls are not skilfully 
leur a pas donne assez de built, they are not sufficiently 
talus, sloped upward. 

Upon these previous observations then may be found- 
ed the following 

Rule. The pronouns elle, elles, euz, lui, and leur, 
ought never to be applied to things, except when cus- 
tom does not allow them to be replaced by the pronouns 
y and en.] 

"Texercise. 

1. Virtue is the first of blessings ; it is from it alone we are to 
expect happiness. 

2. The labyrinth had been built upon the lake Maeris, and they 
had given it a prospect proportioned to its grandeur. 

3. Mountains are frequented on account of the air one breathes 
on them : how many people are indebted to them for the recovery 
of their health 1 

4. War brings in its train numberless evils. 

5. It is a delicate 2 affair 1 which must not be too deeply inves- 
tigated, it must be lightly passed over. 

6. I have had my house repaired, and have given it quite * a 
new appearance. 

7. Those trees are too much loaded ; strip them of part of their 
fruit. 

8. This book cost me a great deal, but I am indebted to it for 
my knowledge. 

9. Self-love is captious ; we, however, take it for our * guide ; 
to it are all our actions directed, and from it we take counsel. 

10. These arguments, although very solid in themselves, yet 
made no impression upon him, so powerful a chain is habit. 

11. These reasons convinced me, and by them I formed my 
decision. 

12. I leave you the care of that bird ; do not forget to give it 
water. 

(1.) Blessings, bien ; are, devoir. 

(2.) Had been built, on batir, ind-6 ; prospect, vue. 

(3.) On account, a cause ; breathes, respirer ; on them, y ; are indebtedfor, 
devoir . recovery, retablissement. 

(4.) Brings, entrainer; in its train, avec elle ; numberless, bien de. 

(5. Affair, mature ; must, ind-1 ; be deeply investigated, approfondir, inf-1 ; 
be passed, glisser; over, dessus. 

(6.) Have had, faire, ind-4 ,- appearance, air. 

(7.) Strip, 6terj of part, une partie. 

(8.) A great deal, cher ; knowledge, instruction. 

(9.) We, (it is it that we ;) to it (it is to it that we direct all, &c. ;) direct, 
rapporter ; from it, (and it is from it that, &c.) 

(10.) No, ne aucun ; so strong, &c. (so much habit is a, &c.) habit, habitude. 

(11.) Andfrom, (and it is from them that ;) by, d'aprfcs ; formedmy decision, 
Be decider. 



336 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

IV. 

DIFFICULTY RESPECTING THE PRONOUN It EXPLAINED. 

he, la, les, are sometimes pronouns, and sometimes 
articles. The article is always followed by a noun, le 
roi, la reine, les hommes ; whereas the pronoun is always 
joined to a verb, je le connais,je larespecte,je les estime. 

The pronoun le may supply the place of a substantive, 
or an adjective, or even of a member of a sentence. 

There is no difficulty, when it relates to a whole 
member of a sentence; it is then always put in the 
masculine singular, as, 

On doit s'accommoder a Vhu- We ought to accommodate our- 
meur des metres aidant qu'on selves to the temper of others 
le peut,% as much as we can. 



Nor is there any difficulty when le supplies the place 
of a substantive ; it then always takes the gender and 
number of that substantive, as, Madame, etes-vous la 
mere de cet enfant? — Ou, je la suis. Madame, are you 
the mother of that child? — Yes, I am. Mesdames, 
etes-vous les parentes dont Monsieur rrCa parlel — Oui, 
nous les sommes. 

Rem. Though the word relating to the following 
questions, is not expressed in English, yet it must 

§ EXERCISE. 

1. The laws of nature and decency oblige us equally to defend 
the honour and interest of our parents, when we can do it without 
injustice. 

2. We ought not to condemn, after their death, those that have 
not been condemned during their life. 



(1.) Decency, bienseance. 

(2.) We ought, falloir ; condemned, le. 






PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 337 

always be so in French : this word is le, which takes 
either gender, or number, according to its relation. TI 
It only remains, therefore, to lay down the following 
Rule. The pronoun le takes neither gender nor num- 
ber, when occupying the place of an adjective. 

EXAMPLES. 

Madame, etes-vous enrhumeel — Oui, je le suis. 
Mesdames, etes-vous contentes de ce disoours'J — Oui, nous le 
sommes, 

Y eut-il jamais une femme plus malheureuse que jele suis*? 

Rem. This rule is observed, when the substantives 
are used adjectively, as, 

Madame, etes-vous mere'? — Oui, je le suis. 
Mesdames, etes-vous parentes 1 — Oui, nous le sommes. 
Elle est rille, et le sera toute sa vie. 
But not if the adjectives be used substantively, as, 
Madame, etes-vous la malade 1 — Oui, je la suis: 
Therefore this question ; Etes-vous Jille de M. le due ? 
is to be answered, Oui, je le suis ; but this, Etes-vous la 
Jille de M. le due ? — Oui, je la suis.f 

TT EXERCISE. 

1. Is thatyour idea? — Can you doubt that it is 1 

2. Are you Mrs. Such-a-one 1 — Yes, I am. 

3. Are those your servants 1 — Yes, they are. 

(1.) Idea, pensee ; that it is, ce etre, subj-1. 

(2.) Mrs., Madame ; such-a-one, untel. (3.) Those, cela; they, ce. 

t EXERCISE. 

1. Ladies, are you glad to have seen the new piece 1 — Yes, we 
are. 

2. I, a * slave! I, born to command! alas! it is but too true 
that I am so. 

3. She was jealous of her authority, and she ought to be so. 

4. Was there ever a girl more unhappy, and treated with more 
ridicule than I ami 

5. You have found me amiable : why have I ceased to appear 
so to you 1 

6. Have we ever been so quiet as we are 1 

7. Madam, are you married? — Yes, lam, 

8. Madam, are you the bride 1 — Yes, I am, 



(1.) Ladies, Mesdames. (2.) Slave, esclave ; but, ne que. 

(3.) Ought, devoir, ind-2. (4.) With more ridicule, plus ridiculement. 



338 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

The same rule is likewise observed with the article 
placed before 'plus, or moins, and an adjective. It takes 
neither gender nor number, when there is no compari- 
son, as, 

Lalune ne nous eclair e pas au- The moon does not give us so 
tant que le soleil, meme quand much light as the sun, even 
elle est le plus brillante, when it shines brightest. 

But it takes them when there is comparison, as, 

De toutes les planetes, lalune est Of all the planets, the moon is 
la plus brillante pour nous,t the most brilliant to as. 

V. 

REPETITION OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

Rule I. Pronouns expressing the first and second 
persons, when the subject, must be repeated before all the 
verbs, if those verbs are in different tenses ; it is always 
even better to repeat them, when the verbs are in the 
same tense. 

EXAMPLES. 
Je soutiens el je soutiendrai tou- I maintain, and (I) will always 

jours, maintain. 

Vous dites, et vous avez toujours You say, and (you) have al- 

dit, Ways said. 

Accalle de douleur, je m'tcriai Overwhelmed with sorrow, I 

etje dis, exclaimed and (I) said. 

Nous nous promenions surle haut We were walking upon the 

du rocker, etnous voyions sous summit of the rock, and we 

nos pieds, &c. saw under our feet, &c. 

t EXERCISE. 

1. This father could not bring himself to condemn his child- 
ren, even when they were most guilty. 

2. This woman has the art of shedding tears, even when she is 
least afflicted. 

3. Out *of so many criminals, only the most guilty should be 
punished. 

4. Although that woman displays more fortitude than the 
others, she is not, on that account, the least distressed. 

(1.) Could, ind-2; bring himself , se resoudre. 
(2.) Shedding, repandre de ; even when, dans le temps meme que. 
(3.) Only the most, &c. (one must punish only the most guilty ;) only, ne que. 
(4.) Displays, montrer ; fortitude, fermete; on that account, pour cela; 
distressed, afflige. 






PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 339 

In all cases these pronouns must be repeated, though 
the tenses of the verbs do not change, if the first of these 
is followed by a regimen, as, 

Vous aimerez le Seigneur voire You shall love the Lord your 
Dieu, et vous observercz sa God, and (you shall) observe 
loij'tt his law. 

Rule II. The pronouns of the third person, when 
they form the subject, are hardly ever repeated before 
verbs, except when those verbs are in different tenses. 

EXAMPLES. 
La bonne grace ne gate rien; A graceful manner spoils no- 

elle ajoute a la beaule, releve thing: it adds to beauty, 

la modestie, et y donne du lus- heightens modesty, and gives 

tre, it lustre, 

II n'a jamais rien valu, et ne He never was good for any 

vaudra jamais rien, thing, and never will be. 

II est arrive ce matin, et il re- He arrived this morning, and 

partira ce soir, (he) will set off again this 

evening. 

However, perspicuity requires the repetition of the 
pronoun, when the second verb is preceded by a long 
incidental phrase, as — II fond sur son ennemi, et apres 

IT EXERCISE ON THE REPETITION OF THE PER- 
SONAL PRONOUN. 

1. My dear child, /love you, and /shall never cease to love 
you: but it is that very love that I have for you which obliges 
me to correct you for your faults, and to punish you when you 
deserve it. 

2. /heard and admired these words, which comforted me a 
little, but my mind was not sufficiently at liberty to make him a 
reply. 

3. Thou, art young, and doubtless tkou aimest at the glory of 
surpassing thy comrades. 

4. God has said : you shall love your enemies, bless those that 
curse you, do good to those that persecute you, and pray for those 
who slander you. What a difference between this morality and 
that of philosophers ! 

(I.) Correct for, reprendre de. 

(2.) Heard, ecouter, inrl-2; words, discours, sin?. ; my minds <fec. (I had not 
the mind. &c.) sufficiently at libertn. assez libre ; to make a reply, repondre a. 
(3.) Aimest at, aspirer a ; surf „ssing, 1'emporter, <vc. 
(4.) Slander, calomnier; between, de ; and that, acelle. 

30 



340 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

V avoir saisi cCune main victorieuse, il le renverse, com- 
me le cruel aquilon abat les tendres moissons qui dorent 
la campagnej 

Rule III. Any personal pronoun, when the subject 
must be repeated before verbs, when passing from an 
affirmation to a negation, and vice versa, or when the 
verbs are joined by any conjunction, except et and ni. 

EXAMPLES. 
11 vent et il ne vent pas, He will and he will not. 

11 donne d'excellens principes, He lays down excellent princi- 
parce qu'il sait que lesprogres pies, because he knows that 
ulterieurs en dependent, upon them depends all further 

progress. 
11 donne et rcpoit, He gives and receives. 

11 ne donne ni ne regoit,t He neither gives nor receives. 

f EXERCISE. 

1. He took the strongest cities, conquered the most consider- 
able provinces, and overturned the most powerful empires. 

2. He takes a hatchet, completely cuts down the mast which 
was already broken, throws it into the sea, jumps upon it amidst 
the furious billows, calls me by my name, and encourages me to 
follow him. 

3. He marshals the soldiers, marches at their head, advances 
in good order towards the enemy, attacks and breaks them, and, 
after having entirely routed them, (he) cuts them to pieces. 

(1.) Overturned, renverser. 

(2.) Completely cuts down, achever de couper ; jumps upon it, s'elancer 
dessus ; billows, onde. 

(30 Marshals, ranger en bataille ; breaks, renverser ; entirely routed, 
achever de mettre en desordre ; cuts, tailler. 

i EXERCISE. 

1. It is inconceivable how whimsical she is; from one moment 
to another she will and she will not. 

2. The Jews are forbidden to work on the sabbath ; they are 
as it * were * locked in slumber ; they light no fire, and carry no 
water. 

3. For nearly a week she has neither eaten nor drunk. 

4. The soldier was not repressed by authority, but stopped 
from satiety and shame. 



(1.) (She is of a whimsical cast inconceivable) whimsical cast, bizarrerie, f. 

(20 (It is forbidden to,) forbidden, defendre ; sabbath, jour du sabbat; 
locked, enchaine ; slumber, repos ; light, allumer. 

(3.) For, depuis; nearly, pies de ; a week, huit jours; has eaten.. ..drunk, 
ind-1 (4.) Repressed, reprirner ; stopped, s'arrgter, ind-3 ;from, par. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 341 

Rule IV. Pronouns, when they form the regimen, 

repeated before any verb. 

EXAMPLE. 

Videe de ses malheurs In pour- The idea of his misfortunes 
suit, le tourmente el Vacca- pursues (him,) torments 
ble, (him,) and overwhelms him. 

21 nous ennuie et nous obsede He wearies (us) and besets us 
sans cesse, unceasingly. 

Exception. It is not repeated before such compound 
verbs as express the repetition of the same action, when 
the verbs are in the same tense, as, 

Je vous k dis et redis, il le fait et refait sans cesse.1T 



VI. 



RELATION OF THE PRONOUNS OF THE THIRD PERSON TO 
A NOUN AS EXPRESSED BEFORE. 

Rule. The pronouns of the third person, il, Us, elle, 
tiles, le, la, les, must always relate to a noun, whether 
subject or regimen, taken only in a definite sense, before 
expressed in the same tense, but they must not be ap- 
plied to a subject and regimen at the same time. 

EXAMPLE. 

La rose est la reine des fieurs, The rose is the queen of flow- 
aussi est-elle Vemhicme de la ers; therefore it is the em- 
beaute, blem of beauty. 



IT EXERCISE. 

1. It is taste that selects the expressions, that combines, ar- 
ranges, and varies them, so as to produce the greatest effect. 

2. Horace answered his stupid critics not so much to instruct 
them, as to expose their ignorance, and let them see that they did 
not even know what poetry was. 

3. Man embellishes nature itself; he cultivates, extends, and 
polishes it. 

(1.) So as to, de maniere S ce qu'elles, subj-1. 

(2.) Stupid, sot; not so muck, moins ;asto, que pour; show, (to them,) their, 
&c. let see, faire entendre; was, c'etaitqne 



342 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

Vaime l'ananas; il est exquis, I like the pine-apple; it is de- 
licious. 

But the two following sentences would be equivocal ; 

Racine a imile Euripide, en Racine has imitated Euripides 
tout ce qu'il a de plus beau in all that he has most beau- 
danssa Phedre, tiful in his Phedra. 

Le Ugat publia une sentence The legate published a sen- 
d' inter dit ; il dura trois mois, tence of interdiction; it last- 
ed three months. 

As in the first of these two sentences il may relate, 
either to Racine or to Euripides, and from the con- 
struction of the second sentence, il cannot, as it should, 
relate to interdit. Again, it is not altogether correct, 
to say, 

Nulle paix pour Vimpie ; il\& No peace for the wicked: he 
cherche, elleforit, seeks it. it flies. 

Because, from the construction, the pronouns la and 
die seem to be used for nulle paix, whereas the mean- 
ing requires that the}'' should supply the place of the 
substantive paix, in the affirmative. ^[ 

IT EXERCISE. 

1. Poetry embraces all sorts of subjects ; it takes in every 
thing that is most brilliant in history; it enters the fields of 
philosophy ; it soars to the skies ; it plunges into the abyss: it 
penetrates to the dead; it makes the universe its domain ; and 
if this world be not sufficient, it creates new ones, which it em- 
bellishes with enchanting abodes, which it peoples with a thou- 
sand various inhabitants. 

2. Egypt aimed at greatness; and wished to * strike the eye 
at a distance, always pleasing it by the justness of proportion. 

3. Egypt, satisfied with its own territory, where every thing 
was in abundance, thought not of conquests ; it extended itself 
in another manner, by sending colonies to every part of the globe, 
and with them civilization and laws. 



(1.) Subjects, matiere ; takes in, se charger de ; that is, y avoir de ; (in) the 
fields, soars to, s'elancer dans; plunges, s'enfoncer; to, chez; (its domain 
of the universe ;) be sufficient, suffire ; ones, monde ; enchanting, enchante ; 
abodes, demeure ; various, divers. 

(2.) Greatness, grand ; icished, vouloir; eye, pi. ; at a distance, dansl'eloi 
gnement ; (in) pleasing, contenter. 

(3.) Was in abundance, abonder ; thought of, songer a; in, de ; by, en ; 
to, par ; part of the globe, terre. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 343 

II. 

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 

Explanation, of some difficulties attendant on the use of 
the possessive pronouns. 

The possessive pronouns son, sa, ses, four, fours, relate 
either to pronouns, to things personified, or simply to 
things. If they relate to persons, or things personified, 
their place can never be supplied by others : but if they 
relate to things, the following rules must be observed. 
The possessive pronouns are always employed, 
L When the object to which they relate is either 
named, or designated by a personal pronoun in the same 
member of a phrase. 

EXAMPLES. 
L'Angleterre etend son com- England extends her commerce 

mercepar touie la terre, over the whole globe. 

Elle envoie ses jlottes dans tontes She sends her fleets into every 
les mers, part of the ocean. 

2. Before a noun, when qualified even by a single ad- 
jective, unless the noun form the regimen. 

EXAMPLE. 
Ses ressources immenses sont Her immense resources are m- 
inepuisables, exhaustible. 

3. After every preposition. 

EXAMPLE. 
Oest par sa position, jointe a la It is by her situation, joined to 
sagesse de son gottvernement, the wisdom of her govern- 
qu'elle reunit dans son sein de ment, that she unites such 
si grands avantages, vast advantages within her- 

self. 



4. The Messiah is expected by the Hebrews; he comes and 
calls the Gentiles, as it had been announced by the prophecies; 
the people that acknowledge him as come, is incorporated with 
the people that expected him, without a single moment of inter- 
ruption. 

(4.) Gentiles, Gentil ; (the prophecies had announced it ;) acknowledges, re- 
connaitre ; with, a: without, sans qu'il y ait; single, seul. 

30* 



344 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

4. Before ail words which can govern the preposition 
de. 

EXAMPLES. 
Sou parlcmcni est te sanctuaire Her parliament is the seat of 

de la, plus sage politique, the wisest policy. 

Son roi n'a de pouvoir que pour Her king possesses power only 
faire le Hen, to do good. 

On all other occasions, the article, with the pronoun 
en, placed immediately before the verb, must be substi 
tuted. 

EXAMPLE. 
Totd enfin contribuc a m'en In short, every thing conspires 
faire aimer le sejour ; fen to make me love that resi- 
admire surtout Yexacte po- denee : I particularly admire 
lice, en mtme temps que ies the strictness of her police, 
lots m'en paraisscnt extreme- at the same time when her 
ment sagesj laws appear to me extremely 

wise. 

t EXERCISE ON THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 

1. A new custom was a phenomenon in Egypt : for which rea- 
son, there never was a people that preserved so long its customs, 
its laws, and even its ceremonies. 

2. Solomon abandons himself to the love of women: his un- 
derstanding declines, Ms heart weakens, and his piety degene- 
rates into idolatry. 

3. That superb temple was upon the summit of a hill: Us 
columns were of Parian marble, and its gates of gold. 

4. Laocoon is one of the finest statues in France : not only the 
whole, but all its features, even the least, are admirable. 

5. The Thames is a magnificent river : its channel is so wide 
and so deep below London-bridge, that several thousands of ves- 
sels lie at their ease in it. 

G. This fine country is justly admired by foreigners: its cli- 
mate is delightful, its soil fruitful, its laws wise, and its govern- 
ment just and moderate. 

7. The trees of that orchard have sun enough, yet its fruits are 
but indifferent. 



(1.) Phenomenon, prodige ; for which reason, aussi ; a. de; preserved, subj-3. 
(2.) Understanding, esprit ; declines, baisser ; weakens, s : affaiblir. 
(3.) Summit, liaut ; hill, colli ne ; Parian, de Paros. 
(4.) In, qu'il y ait en ; the ichole, l'ensemble ; even, jusqu'a. 
(5.) Magnificent, superbe ; channel lit ; below, au dessous de ; lie at, etre 
a; their, art. ; in it, y. (6.) Justly, avec raison ; soil, sol. 

(7.) Have sun enough. Itre bien expose ; but indifferent, assez inauvais. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 345 

Again, when there exists any doubt whether the pos- 
sessive pronoun ought to be used, or not, before a noun 
that is the regimen, the following is the 

Rule. The article, not the possessive pronoun, must 
be put before a noun forming the regimen, when a pro- 
noun which is either subject, or regimen, sufficiently 
supplies the place of that possessive, or when there is 
no sort of ambiguity. 

EXAMPLES. 
J'ai mal a la tete, I have the head-ache. 

llfcmdrait lui couper \&jambe } It would be necessary to take 

off his leg. 
Ce cheval a pris le mors aux That horse has run away. 
dents,t 

8. The Seine has its source in Burgundy, its mouth is at 
Havre-de-Grace. 

9. The pyramids of Egypt astonish, both by the enormity of 
their bulk, and the justness of their proportions. 

10. Egypt alone could erect monuments for posterity ; its obe- 
lisks are to this day, as well for their beauty as for their height, 
the principal ornaments of Rome. 

11. History and geography throw mutual light on each other; 
a * perfect knowledge of them ought to enter into the plan of 
good education. 

OS.) Mouth, embouchure ; Havre, le Havre. 
(9.) Both, egalement et ; bulk, masse; and, et par. 

(10.) Egypt alone could, il n'appartenait qu'a l'Egypte de ; erect, elever ; to 
this day, encore aujourd'hui; as well for, autant par ; height, hauteur. 
(11.) Throw mutual light, &c. s'eclairer l'une par l'autre ; of them, (their.) 

i EXERCISE. 

1. During the whole winter he has had bad eyes. 

2. I had a fall yesterday, and hurt my back and head. 

3. It would be better for a man to lose his life than forfeit * his 
honour by a criminal 2 action 1. 

4. In this bloody battle, he received a wound by a shot in his 
right arm, and another in his left leg : by dint of care his arm 
was saved, but it was necessary to amputate his leg. 

(1.) Has had bad, avoir mal a. 

(2.) Had afall, se laissertombcr ; hurt, se faire mal a; back, reins, pi. 

(3.) Would be better, valoir mieux, cond-l. 

(4.) A wound by a shot, un coup de feu; in, a: by dint, 3 force; his arm, 
Sec. (they saved the arm to him ;) was necessary, falloir, ind-3 ; to * amputate,' 
to him. 



346 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

But should either the personal pronoun, or circum- 
stances, not remove all ambiguity, then the possessive 
pronoun must be joined to the noun, as, 

Je vols que ma jambe s'enjle, I see that my leg is swelling. 

II lui donna sa main a baiser, He gave him his hand to kiss. 

Elle a donne hardiment son bras She courageously presented 

au chirurgien,^ her arm to the surgeon. 

Ma, not la, because I may also see the leg of another 
person swelling. 

Rem. 1. Although verbs which are conjugated with 
two pronouns of the same person generally remove 
every kind of amphibology, yet custom authorizes some 
familiar expressions, in which the possessive pronoun 
seems to be redundant, as, 

II se tient ferme sur ses pieds, He stands firm upon his feet. 
Je Vai vu, de mes propres yeux. I have seen it with my own eyes. 

2. When speaking of an habitual complaint, the pos- 
sessive pronoun is properly used, as, 
Sa migraine Va repris, His head-ache is returned. 

The possessive pronouns are subject to the same rules 
as the article ; they must therefore be repeated before all 
substantives which are either subject or regimen, and be- 
fore adjectives which express different qualities, as, 

Son plre, sa mere, et ses freres His father, mother, and bro- 

sont de relour, thers are come back. 

Je lui oA montre mes plus beaux I have shown him my finest and 

et mes plus vilains habits, my ugliest dresses. 

IT EXERCISE. 

1. In this interview, they made each other presents ; she gave 
him her portrait, and he gave her his finest diamond. 

2. A young surgeon preparing to bleed the great Conde, this 
prince said to him, smiling, do not you tremble to bleed me 1 I, 
my lord, no, certainly ; it is not I, it is you who ought to trem- 
ble. The prince, charmed with the reply, immediately gave 
him his arm. 



(1.) Interview, entrevue ; made each other, se faire mutuellement, 

(2.) Preparing, se disposer ; bleed, saigner ; smiling, d'un air riant ; it is, 

not I, (it is not me;) it is you, (it is to you.;) who ought to, de ; reply, re- 

partie. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 347 

This rule, which is seldom observed in English, is 
common in French to all pronominal adjectives, f 



III. 

RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Qui, when it is the subject, may very properly relate 
both to persons and things. 

EXAMPLES. 
L'homme qui joue perd so?i The man who games loses his 

temps, time. 

Le livre qui plait le plus, rfest The book which pleases most is 

pas toujours leplus utile, not always the most useful. 

But when it is the regimen, it can only be used of 
persons, or of things personified, whether the regimen 
be direct, or indirect. 

EXAMPLES. 
Quand on est delicat el sage He who is wise and discriminate 

dans ses gouts, on ne s'at- in his choice, does not form 

tache pas, sans savoir qui Von an attachment, without know- 

aime, ing the person he loves. 

t EXERCISE. 

1. Whatever he may do, he always finds himself safe. 

2. Can you still doubt the truth of what I tell you 1 Would you 
ask a stronger proof than that I give you, it is that I heard it, yes, 
heard it with my own ears. 

3. My gout does not allow me a moment's repose. 

4. It is in vain that I exhort you to work and study : your idle- 
ness, that cruel disease under * which you labour, renders useless 
all the exhortations of friendship. 

5. If you wish to be beloved, fail not to perform the promises 
you have just made. 

6. In the retreat that I have chosen for myself, my study and 
my garden are my greatest delight. 

7. He brought me into his laboratory, and showed me his large 
and small vessels. 



(1.) Finds himself ', se retrouver; safe, sur ses jambes. 
(2.) Can, conr'-l ; doubt, douter de ; ask, exiger. 
(3.) Allow, laisser. 

(4.) It is in vain that I, je avoir beau ; you labour, vous travailler. 
(5.) Fail not, ne pas manquer ; perform, remplir ; have just made, venirde 
faire. 
(6.) For myself (tome;) study, cabinet; are, faire; greatest, plus cher, 
(7.) Brought, mener ; laboratory, laboratpire ; vessels, vaisseaq, 



348 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

L'homme a qui appartient ce The man to whom this fine 

beau jar din est tres-riche, garden belongs is very rich. 

La femme de qui vous parlez, The woman of whom you are 

speaking. 

Rem. When the regimen indirect is expressed by 
the preposition de, then dont should be preferred to de 
qui. It is better to say : la femme dont vous parlez ; 
however, when the verb expresses a kind of transfer or 
conveyance, de qui must be used, as, 

Celui de qui je tiens cette nou- The person from whom I had 
velle, that intelligence. 

Rule I. Qui must not be separated from its antece- 
dent, when that antecedent is a noun. 

EXAMPLE, 

Un jeune homme qui est docile A young man who is obedient 
aux coiiseils qu'on lui donne, to the advice that is given 
el qui aims a en recevoir, him, and who loves to re- 
aura infailliblement du me- ceive this, will infallibly have 
rile, merit. 

Rem. In some phrases qui may be separated from 
the substantive, by several words : that is, when the 
sense obliges us to refer it to that substantive, as, 

II a fallu, avant toute chose, vous faire lire dans l'ecriture 
sainte, Vhistoire da peuple de Dieu, qui fait le fondement de la 
religion. 

This sentence is very correct, because, as du peuple 
determines the kind of history, and de Dieu the kind of 
people, the mind necessarily goes back to the substan- 
tive histoire, to which it refers the incidental phrase. 

Qui may likewise be separated from its antecedent, 
when this antecedent is a pronoun used as the regimen 
direct, as, 

11 1 a Irouva qui pleurait a chaudes He found her crying bitterly. 

larmes, 
Je le vois qui joue, I see him playing. 

Because, in this case, the true place of the pronoun is 
before the verb, and it is the same as saying, il trouva 
elle qui pleurait, &c. je vois lui qui joue. Also in these 
kinds of sentences, which are real gallicisms, 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 349 

Ceux-la ne sont pas les plus Those are not the most un- 
malheureux, qui se plaignent happy who complain the 
le plus,t most. 

Rule II. The relative qui must always have a refer- 
ence to a noun taken in a determinate sense. 

EXAMPLES. 

L'homme est un animal raisonnable, qui, &c. II me regut avec 
une politesse, qui, &e. 

But we cannot say, Vhomme est animal raisonnable, 
qui, &c. II me regut avec politesse, qui, &c. 

Rem. Though in many phrases, the determinate na- 
ture of the nouns is not expressed, yet it is clearly under- 
stood. Thus, all these phrases are correct : 

11 rta point de livre, qui ne soit He has not a book that is not of 

de son choix, his own selecting. 

Y a-t-il ville dans le royaume Is there a city in the kingdom 

qui soit plus favor isee? that is more favoured 1 

II se conduit en homme qui con- He behaves himself like a man 

nalt le monde, who knows the world. 

t EXERCISE. 

1. A young man who loves vanity of dress, like a woman, is 
unworthy of wisdom and glory; glory is only due to a.hea.rt that 
knows how * to * suffer pain and trample upon pleasure. 

2. Thyself, O my son, my dear son, thoa * thyself that now 
enjoyest a youth so cheerful and so full of pleasure, remember 
that this delightful age is but a flower which will be 1 withered 3 
almost as soon 2 as blown. 

3. Men pass away like flowers, which open in * the morning, 
and at night are withered and trampled under foot. 

4. You must have a man that loves nothing but truth and you, 
that will speak the truth in spite of you, that will force all your 
intrenchments ; and this necessary character is the very man 
whom you have sent into exile. 

5. We perceived him waiting for us, quietly seated under the 
shade of a tree. 

(1.) Vanity of dress, a se parer vaineraent ; trample upon, fouler aux pieds. 

(2.) Cheerful, vif ; full of, feconde en ; remember, se souvenir ; delightful, 
bel ; withered, secher ; blown, eclore. 

(3.) Open, s'epanouir; and, (which;) at night, le soir; withered, fletrir ; 
under, a ; foot, art. pi. 

(4.) You must have, il vous falloir ; nothing but, ne que ; will speak, will 
force, subj-1; intrenchments, retranchement ; character, homme; men, 
meme ; sent into exile, exiler. 

(5.) Waiting for, (who waited,) attendre ; under, 5. 



350 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

11 est accable de maux, qui ne He is overwhelmed with mis- 

lui laissent pas un instant de fortunes, that do not allow 

repos, him a moment's rest. 

Cest line sorte de fruit, qui ne It is a sort of fruit that does not 

murit pas en Europe, ripen in Europe. 

From the translation of all the above examples, it is 
evident that livre, ville, maux, are really determinate, 
the meaning being: il ria pas un livre qui, &c. y a-t-il 
une ville qui, &c.T 

Que relates both to persons and things. It is always 
the regimen direct, and cannot subsist without an ante- 
cedent expressed, which it generally follows. L'homme 
que je vols, la peche que je mange. We say, generally, 
because, in some instances, it may be separated from the 
antecedent by several words: that is, when the mind ne- 
cessarily goes back to that antecedent, as in this sentence 
of Flechier's, 

Qu'est-ce qu'une armee ? — c'estun corps anime d'une infinite de 
passions differ entes, qu'ww homme habile fait mouvoir pour la de- 
fense de la patrie. 

Rem. There are instances where que is apparently 

TT EXERCISE. 

1. He received us with such goodness, civility, and grace, as 
charmed as, and made us forget all we had suffered. 

2. There is no city in the world where there are more riches 
and a greater population. 

3. Is there a man can say, I shall live till to-morrow 1 

4. He has no friend but would make for him every kind of 
sacrifice. 

5. He is surrounded by enemies, who are continually observing 
him, and would be very glad to delect him in a fault. 

6. In his retreat, he lives like a philosopher, who knows man- 
kind and mistrusts them. 

7. The pine-apple is a sort of fruit that in Europe ripens only 
in hot-houses. 

8. That man is a sort of pedant, who takes words for ideas, and 
facts confusedly heaped together for knowledge. 

(1.) Such— as, un— qui ; civility, politesse. (2.^ There are, subj. 

(3.) Man, (who ;) can, subj. (4.)_ But, qui ne ; would make, subj-2. 

(6.) Like a, en ; philosopher, sage ; mistrusts, se defier de. 
(7.) Pine-apple, ananas ; hot-hemses, serre chaude. 
(8.) Heaped together, entasser; knowledge, savcir. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 351 

used as regimen indirect for a qui, or dont, as : Gest d 
vows que je parte ; c 1 est de lui que je parte ; de lafaqon 
que f ai dit la chose. But in this case, que is a con- 
junction.! 

Lequel and dont relate both to persons and things. 
But lequel ought never to be used either as a subject, or 
object, except te avoid ambiguity ; for, whenever the sense 
is evident, qui or que must be used. 

Lequel, with the preposition de, is either followed, or 
preceded by a noun, which it unites to the principal sen- 
tence. If it be followed, dont is preferable to duquel, 
both for persons and things. Thus : 

La Tamise dont le lit, and not, de laquelle. 
Le prince dont la protection, and not, duquel. 

If lequel be preceded by the noun, we can only make 
use of duquel when speaking of things, as, la Tamise, 
dans le lit de laquelle ; and it is always better to use it 
when speaking of persons, as, le prince d la protection 
duquel; de qui would not be so well. 

With the preposition d auquel, when speaking of 

+ EXERCISE. 

1. The God whom the Hebrews and Christians have always 
served, has nothing in common with the deities full of imper- 
fection and even of vice worshipped by the rest of the world. 

2. The Epic poem is not the panegyric of a hero who is pro- 
posed as a * pattern, but the recital of great and illustrious ac- 
tions, which are exhibited for imitation. 

3. The good whicJi we hope for * presents itself to us, and dis- 
appears like an empty dream, which vanishes when we awake : 
to teach as, that the very things which we think we hold fast in 
our hands, may slip away in an instant. 

4. Plato says, that, in writing, we ought to hide ourselves, to 
disappear, to make the world forget us, that we may present no- 
thing but the truths we wish to impress. 



(1.) (That the rest of the world worshipped.) 

(2. Is proposed, on propose ; as, pour ; pattern, module ; is exhibited, on 
donner ; imitation, exemple. 

(3.) Good, bien; disappears, s'envoler; empty, vain; vanishes, &c. le 
reveil fait evanouir ; we * holdfast, tenir le mieux ; in our hands * ; slip away, 
nous &chapper. 

(4.) We, on; to make the world forget, se faire onblier ; that we may pre- 
sent but, pour ne produire que; wish, vouloir; imjaress, persuader. 

31 



352 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

things, as, les places aux-quelles il aspire, but we ought 
to prefer d qui, when speaking of persons, as, 

Les rois a qui on doit obeir. 

Auxquels would not do so well. 

So the relative qui, preceded by a preposition, never 
relates to things, but to persons only.J 

Quoi only relates to things. It is placed after the 
word to which it relates, but is always preceded by a 
preposition, and is generally followed by the subject of 
the phrase with which it is connected, as, 

La chose a quoi onpense ; voila les conditions sans quoi la chose 
nepeut sefaire. 

To this mode of expression are to be preferred, 
lequel, duquel, auquel, as being much better ; for 
quoi is never used with any degree of propriety, but 

* EXERCISE. 

1. The grand principle on which the whole turns is, that all * 
the world is but one republic, of which God is the common father, 
and in which every nation forms, as it were, one great family. 

2. Homer, whose genius is grand and sublime like nature, is 
the greatest poet, and perhaps the most profound moralist of an- 
tiquity. 

3. The celebrated Zenobia, whose noble firmness 2 you have 
admired 1, preferred dying with the title of queen, rather * than 
accept the advantageous 2 offers 1 which Aurelian made her. 

4. The Alps, on the summit of which the astonished eye dis- 
covers perpetual snow and ice, present, at sun-set, the most strik 
ing and most magnificent spectacle. 

5. A king, to whose care we ow r e a good law, has done more foi 
his own glory, than if he had conquered the universe. 

6. The ambitious man * sees nothing but pleasure in the pos- 
session of the offices to which he aspires with so much eagerness, 
instead of seeing the trouble that is inseparable from them. 

7. Kings, whom religion makes it our duty to obey, are, upoi 
earth, the true representation of the providence of God. 



(1.) Turns, rouler; every, chaque; as it were, comme. 

(2.) Preferred, aimer mieux; than, que de. 

(4.) Perpetual, elernel ; snow, ice, pi ; sun-set, soleil couchant ; striking, 
imposant. (5.) Care, solicitude. 

(7.) (To) whom ; makes it our duty to, faire un devoir de ; representation, 
image. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 353 

when it relates to a vague and indefinite subject, such as 
ce, or Hen, as, 

Cest de quoi je m'occupe sans cesse. 

II n'y a rien a quoi je sois plus dispose. 
Oil, d'ou, par ou\ relate only to things. They are 
never used, but when the nouns, to which they refer, 
express some kind of motion, or rest, at least metapho- 
rically, as, 

Voild le but ou iltend, That is the end he aims at. 

Cest une chose d'ou depend le It is a thing upon which the 

bonheur public, public happiness depends. 

Les lieux par ou il a passe } The places through which he 

tf has passed. 



IV. 

ABSOLUTE PRONOUNS. 

Qui relates only to persons presenting but a vague 
indeterminate idea, as, 

IT EXERCISE. 

1. What a young man, who begins the world, ought principally 
to attend to, is not to give it a high opinion of his understanding, 
but to gain numerous friends by the qualities of his heart. 

2. A youth passed in idleness, effeminacy, and pleasure, lays 
up for * us nothing but sorrow and disgust in old age ; this, how- 
ever, is what we little think of when we are young. 

3. There is nothing -by which we are more affected than the loss 
of fortune, although, being frail and perishable by its nature, it 
cannot contribute to our happiness. 

4. A grove, in which I defy the burning heats of the dog-star, 
a retired valley, where I can meditate in peace, a high hill, vihcnce 
my eye extends over immense plains, are the places where I spend 
the happiest moments of my life. 



(1.) To what, cea quoi; begins, entrer dans; to attend, s'attacher ; it, y; 
opinion, idee ; understanding, esprit ; to gain, se faire ; numerous, beaucoup 
de. 

(2.) Idleness, inutility ; effeminacy, mollesse ; pleasure, volupte"; lays up, 
preparer ; of, eL; we, on. 

(3.) By, a; ice, on; affected, sensible ; frail, frele ; by, de; cannot, subj-1 ; 
our (the.) 

(4.) Grove, bosquet ; defy, braver ; burning heats, ardeur ; dog-star, cani- 
cule ; spend, passer. 



354 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

Ctui seraassez hardipour Vatta- Who will be bold enough to at- 
quer? tack him'? 

It is likewise used in the feminine, and in the plural, 
as, 

Glui est cette personne-Zd ? Who is that person 1 

Qui sont cesfemmes-ld? Who are those women 1 

Que and quoi relate to things only, as, 

QLuepouvaitlavalcurenceconi- What could valour do in that 

batfuneste ? fatal combat 1 

A quoi pensez-vous? What are you thinking of? 

Que is sometimes used for d quoi, de quoi, as, 

due sert la science sans la ver- What avails learning without 

tu ? virtue 1 

Clue sert a Vavare d' avoir des What use is it to the miser to 

tresors ? possess treasures 1 

that is, a quoi sert, &c. de quoi sert, &c. 

Quoi, when relating to a whole sentence, is the only 
authorized expression that can be used, as, 

La vie passe comme un songe ; c 'est cependant a quoi on ne pense 
gueres. 

Rem. Que and quoi require the preposition de before 
the adjective or substantive that follows them, as, 

Que dit-on de nouveau ? quoi de plus agreable 1 
Que d'inconsequences dans sa conduite 1 

Quel relates to both persons and things, as, 

Quel homme peut se prometlre un bonheur constant ? 
Quelle grace! quelle beaute! mais quelle modestiel 

Ou, aVou par oil, relate but to things.! 



t EXERCISE ON ABSOLUTE PRONOUNS. 

1. Who could ever persuade himself, did not daily experience 
convince us of it, that, out of a hundred persons, there are ninety 
who sacrifice, to the enjoyment of the present, all the best found- 
ed hopes of the future. 

2. Who would not love virtue for its own sake, could he se. ? t 
in all its beauty 1 

(1.) Did, si ; out of, sur ; future, avenir. 

(2.) Its own sake, elle-m^me ; could he, si on pouvoir, ind-2. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 355 

V. 

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Ce, joined to the verb etre, always governs this verb 
in the singular, except when it is followed by the third 
person plural. 

C'est moi, c'est toi, c'est lui, c'est nous, c'est vous. 

But in different cases we must say, 
Ce sont eux, ce sont elles, Sont-ce les Anglais, qui out- fait cela ? 
Ce fvLrentvosmicefresquL, Est-ee les Anglais que votes aimez? 
Fut-ce nos propres fils qui, Fut-ee nos propres fils que. 

Ce, when relating to a person, or thing mentioned 
before, supplies the place of il, or elle. Ce must al- 
ways be used, when the verb etre is followed by a sub- 
stantive, accompanied by the article, or the adjective un. 



3. He who does not know how * to apply himself in his youth, 
does not know what to do when arrived at maturity. 

4. He was a wise legislator, who, having given to. his country- 
men laws calculated to make them good and happy, made them 
swear not to violate any of those laws during his absence: after 
which, he went away, exiled himself from his country, and died 
poor in a foreign land. 

5. What people of antiquity ever had better laws than the Egyp- 
tians 1 What other nation ever undertook to erect monuments 
calculated to triumph over both time and barbarism'? 

6. What more instructive and entertaining than to read celebrat- 
ed authors in their own language 1 What beaut]/, what delicacy, 
and grace, which cannot be transcribed into a translation, are dis- 
covered in them ! 

7. When Menage had published his book on the Origin of the 
French language, Christina, queen of Sweden, said: " Menage 
is the most troublesome 3 man 1 in the world 2 : he cannot let 
one word 2 go 1 without its passport : he must know whence it 
comes, where it has passed through, and whither it is going." 

(3.) (To) what ; to do, s'oceuper ; when arrived, &c, dans l'age mfir. 

(4.) He, ce ; calculated, propre ; not to, (that they would not ;) went away, 
partir. (5.) Calculated to, fait pour; both, egalement ; over, de. 

(6.) Language, langue ; delicacy, finesse ; which cannot, qu'on ne peut ; be 
transcribed, faire passer ; translation, traduction ; are, &c. n'y decouvre-t-on 
pas. 

(7.) When, apres que ; Christina, Christine; troublesome, incommode ; the, 
de, art. ; cannot, ne saurait ; go, passer ; must, vouloir. 

31* 



356 PARTICULAR jtULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

EXAMPLES. 

Lisez Homere et Virgile : ce sont Read Homer and Virgil : they 

les plus grands poetes de Van- are the best poet£ of anti- 

tiquite, quity. 

La douceur, Vaffabilite et une Gentleness, affability, and a cer- 

certaine urbanite, distingucnt tain urbanity, distinguish the 

Vhomme qui vit duns le grand man that frequents polite com- 

raonde; ce sont la les marques pany \ these are marks by 

auzquelles on le reconnatt y which he may be known. 

Avez-vous lu Platen? e'est nn Have 3 r ou read Plato'? he is one 

des plus beaux genies de fan- of the greatest geniuses of an- 

tiquite, tiquity. 

But, when the verb etre is followed by an adjective, 
or by a substantive taken adjectively, il, or elle, must be 
used. 

EXAMPLES. 

Lisez Demosthene etCiceron ; ils Read Demosthenes and Cicero ; 

sont tres-eloquens, they are very eloquent. 

J*ai vu Vhbpital de Greenwich ; I have seen Greenwich Hospi- 

il est magnifique et digne tal; it is superb, and worthy 

d'une grande nation, of a great nation. 

Compteriez-vous sitrValere? ig- Would you rely upon Valere 1 

norez-vous qu'il est homme a, do you not know that he is a 

ne jamais revenir de ses pre- man who will never abandon 

mieres ide.es IX his first opinions 1 

Ce, followed by a relative pronoun, relates to things 
only. It is always masculine singular, as it only denotes 

X EXERCISE ON DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 

1. It is we who have drawn that misfortune upon * ourselves 
through our thoughtlessness and imprudence. 

2. It was the Egyptians that first observed the course of the 
stars, regulated the year, and invented arithmetic. 

& Peruse attentively Plato and Cicero: they are the two^?A{- 
Usophers of antiquity who have given us the most sound and lumi- 
nous ideas upon morality. 

4. If you are intended for the pulpit, read over and over again 
Bourdaloue and Massiilon: they are both very eloquent', but the 
aim of the former is to convince, and that of the latter to per- 
suade. 

(t.) Hate draum, s*attirer ; thoughtlessness, legerete. 
(2.) First, les premiers ; stars, astre. 
(3.) Peruse, lire ; sound, sain ; morality, morale. 

(4.) Are intended for, se destiner a; pulpit, cbaire; read over and over 
again, lire et relire sans cesse ; aim, but. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 357 

a vague object, which is not sufficiently specified to 
know its gender and number. 

EXAMPLE. 
Ce qui flatte est plus dangereux What flatters is more dangerous 
que ce qui offense, than what offends. 

Ce, joined to the relative pronouns, qui, que, dont, and 
quoi, has, in some instances, a construction peculiar to 
itself. Both ce and the relative pronoun that follows it, 
form, with the verb which they precede, the subject of 
another phrase, of which the verb is always etre. Now, 
etre may be followed by another verb, an adjective, or a 
noun. 

When etre then is followed by another verb, the de- 
monstrative ce must be repeated, as, 

Ce que faime le plus, c'est d'etre What I like most, is to be 
seul, alone. 

When followed by an adjective, the demonstrative is 
not repeated, as, 

Ce dont vous venez de me parler What you have been mention- 
est horrible, ing to me is horrid. 

When it is followed by a substantive, the demonstra- 
tive may either be repeated, or not, at pleasure, except in 
the case of a plural, or a personal pronoun. Thus, we 
may say, 
Ce que je dis, est la verite, or, What I say is the truth. 

c'est la verite, 

Though the former is best. But we must say, 

Ce qui m'indigne, ce sont les What provokes me, are the inju- 

injustices, qu'on ne cesse de ries which are continually 

faire, committed. 

Ce qui rt arr ache au sentiment What alleviates the grief that 

qui m'accable, c'est vous, oppresses me, is you. 

Most of these rules contribute to the elegance of the 
language. *1F 

1T EXERCISE. 
1. WhoX is astonishing is not always wliat is pleasing. 

(1.) Is astonishing, etonner ; is pleasing, plaire. 



358 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

There are two ways of employing celui. In the first 
it is followed by a noun, or pronoun, preceded by the 
preposition de. 

EXAMPLES. 
Celui de vaus qui, &c. Whichever of you that, &c. 

Cette niantre resserrMe a celle de That watch is like that of your 
votrefrere, brother. 

In the second, it is followed by qui, que, or dont, as, 

Celui qui ne pense qu'a luiseul, He who thinks of nobody but 
dispense les autres d'y penser, himself, excuses others from 

thinking of him. 
Voire nouvelle est phis sure que Your intelligence is more au- 
celle qu'oji debilait hier, thentic than that which was 

circulated yesterday. 

In these two cases it is applied both to persons and 
things. 

In the latter of these instances, celui is sometimes 
omitted, and this turn gives strength and elegance to the 
expression, as, 

Qui veut trop se /aire craindre, He who wishes to make him- 
se fail rarement aimer, self too much feared, seldom 
makes himself belo ved. 

2. What the miser thinks least of, is to enjoy his riches. 

3. What pleases us in the writings of the ancients, is to see that 
they have taken nature as a model, and that they have painted 
her with a noble simplicity. 

4. What that good king has done for the happiness of his peo- 
ple, deserves to be handed down to the latest posterity. 

5. What constitutes poetry is not the exact number and regular 
cadence of syllables : but it is the sentiment which animates 
every thing, the lively fictions, bold figures, and * beauty and 
variety of the imagery : it is the enthusiasm, fire, impetuosity, 
force, a something in the words and thoughts which nature 
alone can impart. 

6. What we justly admire in Shakspeare, are those characters 
always natural and" always well * sustained. 

7. Wlial keeps me attached to life, is you, my son, whose len- 
der age has still need of my care and advice. 

(2.) Wliat, (that to which ;) ?niser, avare. (3.) As a, pour. 

(4.) Deserves, etre digne ; to be handed doicn, etre transinis ; latest, la plus 
reculee 

(5.) Constitutes, fairo ; exact, fixe; lively, vif; imagery, image, pi.; a 
something, un je no, saisquoi ; words, parole; impart, dormer. 

(6.) We, on ; justly, avec justice ; natural, dans la nature ; sustained, sou- 
tenu. (7.) Keeps attached, attacher ; care, advice, pi. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 359 

Ceci and cela apply only to things ; however, in the 
familiar style, custom authorizes us to say, in speaking 
of one person individually, or of many collectively; 
cela est heureux ! cela croupit dans la fange ; cela est 
gueux etfier, &c.f 



CHAP. VI. 

PRONOUNS INDEFINITE. 



Though on may generally be considered as a mascu- 
line pronoun, as in the phrase, on n 1 est pas toujour s maitre 
de ses passions, there are however occasions in which 
it is evidently feminine, as, on n' est pas toujour s jeune et 
jolie : it may likewise be followed by a plural, as, on se 
battit en desesperes ; est-on des traltres ? 

This pronoun must be repeated before all the verbs 

t EXERCISE. 

1. Whichever of you shall be found to excel the others both in 
mind and body, shall be acknowledged king of the island. 

2. There are admirable pictures; these are after the manner of 
Rubens, and those after the manner of Van-Huysum. 

3. Why are the statues of the most celebrated modern sculp- 
tors, notwithstanding the perfection to which the arts have been 
carried, so much inferior to those of the ancients 1 

4. He whose soul, glowing, as it were, with divine fire, shall 
represent to himself the whole of nature, and shall breathe into 
objects that spirit of life which animates them, those affecting 
traits which delight and ravish us, will be a man of real genius. 

5. He that judges of others by himself, is liable to many mis- 
takes. 

6. He that is easily offended, discovers his weak side, and affords 
his enemies an opportunity of taking advantage of it. 

7. He who loves none but himself, deserves not to be beloved by 
others. 

(1.) Be found to excel the others, on juger vainqueur ; both in, et pour (re- 
peated.) 

(2.) There are, voila de ; picture, tableau; are after, etre dans ; manner, 
genre. 

(3.) Are, (to be placed before so much inferior ;) have been carried, (active 
voice,) with, on; inferior, au-dessous. 

(4.) Glowing with, enflamme de ; as it were, pour ainsi dire ; the whole of, 
tout; shall breathe into, repandre sur; affecting, to uchant ; delight, seduire ; 
real, vrai. (5.) By, d'apres ; liable, expose; mistake, meprise. 

(6.) Is offended, s'offenser ; weak side, faible ; affords, fournira; of taking 
advantage, profiter. 



360 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

of a sentence, and refer to one and the same subject. 
Thus, the sentence, 

On croit etre aime et ton ne nous aime pas. 
is incorrect ; it should be, 

On croit etre aime et Von ne Vest pas. 

Quiconque is generally masculine, however, it is femi- 
nine, when speaking of, or to females, as, quiconque de 
vous, Mesdames, &c. Though perhaps, celle de vous, 
&c. is preferable.^ 

Chacun, though always singular, may be followed, 
sometimes by son, sa, ses, and sometimes by leur, leurs, 
which, in many instances, is embarrassing. 

There is no difficulty in those phrases where chacun 
is not contrasted with a plural number ; for then son, 
sa, ses, must be used, as, 

Donnez a chacun sa part, Give to each his share. 

Que chacun songe a ses affaires, Let every one mind his own 

business. 

Rule. In phrases where chacun is contrasted with 
a plural to which it refers, son, sa, ses, must be em- 
ployed, when chacun is placed after the regimen ; but 

i EXERCISE ON PRONOUNS INDEFINITE. 

1. Do you sincerely think, said Emily to Lucilla, that when 
women are sensible and pretty, they are ignorant of * it : no, they 
know it very well ; but if they are watchful over their character, 
they are not proud of these advantages. 

2. We are not slaves, to receive such treatment. 

3. Do you know what they do here 1 They eat, they drink, they 
dance, they play, they walk, in a word, they kill time in the gayest 
manner possible. 

4. Whoever of you is bold enough to slander me, I will make 
him repent it. 

5. Whoever of you is attentive and discreet, shall receive a re- 
ward that will natter her. 



(1.) Sincerely, de bonne foi ; Emily, Emilie ; women, on ; they, on ; knoic, 
savoir ; watchful over, jaloux de ; character, reputation; are proud, s'enor- 
gueillir. (2.) We, on ; slaves, (des) esclavcs ; to receive, pour essuyerdc. 

(3.) They, on ; in the gayest manner, le plus gaiment ; possible, (that they 
can.) (4.) Is, ind-7 ; to slander, pour medire de ; it (of it.) 

(5) Js, ind-7; that wiU, fait pour. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 361 

leur, hurs, must be used, when chacun is placed before 
the regimen. 

EXAMPLES OF son, sa, ses. 
Remettez ces medailles chacune Return those medals each into 

en sa place, its proper place. 

Les hommes devraient s'airner, Men ought to love one another, 

chacun pour son pro pre inter et, each for his own interest. 

EXAMPLE OF leur, lews. 

Les hommes devraient avoir, Men ought for their own inle- 

chacun pour leur propre in- rest, to have an affection for 

teret, de V amour les uns pour each other. 

les autres, 

Rem. In phrases where chacun is contrasted with a 
plural, there are two senses, the collective and the distri- 
butive. When chacun is placed after the regimen, the 
collective sense expressed by the plural is finished ; and 
the distributive chacun acts separately the part of each 
individual : but when chacun precedes the regimen, the 
collective sense remaining incomplete, must be carried 
on to the end ; and then the pronoun which follows 
chacun is put in the plural, as, 
ha reine dit elie-meme auz deputes, qu'il etait temps qu'ils s'enre- 

touniassent chacun chez eux.V 

Per sonne, used as a pronoun, is always masculine ; 

IT EXERCISE. 

1. Go into my library, and pat the books which have been sent 
back to me, each into its place. 

2. They have all brought offerings to the temple, every one ac- 
cording; to his means and devotion. 

3. Thierry charged Uncelanus to carry his orders to the mu- 
tineers, and to make them retire each under his colours. 

4. Each of them has brought his offering, and fulfilled his re- 
ligious duty. 

5. Had Ronsard and Balzac each, in his manner of writing, a 
sufficient degree of merit to form after them any very great man 
in verse and in prose % 

6. After a day so usefully spent, we Avent back, each to our 
own home. 



(2.) Offerings, offrande. 

(3.) To carry, alter porter ; mu tineers, mutin : colours, drapeau. 
(4.) (They have brought each their, tec.) fulfilled, reraplir. 
(5.) Manner ofioriting.genre; a sufficient de'gree.a.ssez; merit,bon ; any,un. 
(6.) Bay, journee; went back, retourner ; to, chez ; oar own home, (proo. 
personal.) 



362 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

of course the adjective relating to it must be of that gen- 
der, as, 

Per sonne n'est aussi heureux Nobody is so happy as she. 
qu'elle, 

Hun et V autre require the verb they govern to be in 
the plural. See p. 267. 

Ni Vun ni V autre likewise generally govern the verb 
in the plural, when both may at the same time receive 
the action expressed by the verb ; however, the two fol- 
lowing modes 

Ni Vun ni V autre n'ontfait leur devoir, or 
Ni Vun ni V autre Ti'a fait son devoir, 

are authorized ; but whenever this action applies only 
to a single object, the verb must be in the singular, as, 

Ni Vun ni V autre rfest monpere ; ni Vun ni V autre ne sera nomme 
a cette ambassade. 

But when ni Vun ni V autre elegantly stand after the 
verb, the verb is always in the plural, as, 

lis ne sont morts ni Vun ni V autre A 

Tout, and rien, when the regimen direct, are placed 
after the verb, in simple tenses, and between the auxi- 
liary and the participle, in compound tenses, as, il 

7. Minds that possess any correctness, examine things with 
attention, in order to give a fair judgment of them; and they 
place each 2 of * them 1 in the rank it ought to occupy. 

(7.) Possess any, avoir de ; correctness, justesse ; give a fair judgment, 
juger avec connaissance ; place, mettre ; to occupy, avoir. 

t EXERCISE. 

1. Nobody is so severe, so virtuous in public, as some women 
who practise the least restraint in private. 

2. Nobody could be happier than she ; but as a consequence of 
that levity which you know she has, she has lost atl the advan- 
tages that she had received from nature and education. 

3. Racine and Fenelon will be always the delight of feeling 
minds : both 2 possessed 1 in the highest degree the art of ex- 
citing in us at pleasure the most tender and the most lively emo- 
tions. 

(1.) Some, aussi ; some, certain ; practise the least restraint, §tre le inoins 
retenu. 
(2.) Could, ind-2; the, un; levity, legfcrete, know she has. lui connaitre. 
(3.) Ahcays,dans tous les temps ; both.Yun et I'autre ; in the,au ; pleasure,gr£. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 363 

avoue tout; il ri avoue rien ; il a tout avoue; il n J a rien 
avoue. But when they form the regimen indirect, they 
are always placed after the verb, both in simple and in 
compound tenses, as, il rit de tout ; il ne se mile de rien ; 
il apense a tout ; il n 1 a pense d rien. 

Tout is sometimes used as an adverb, as, 
11 lid dit tout froidenient, He told him quite coolly. 

Sometimes also, it represents quoique, encore que, entie- 
rement, quelque, in which case the following rule must 
be observed, 

Rule. Tout before an adjective, or a substantive 
which is used adjectively, never takes either gender, or 
number, except when immediately followed by an ad- 
jective feminine, beginning with a consonant, or h aspi- 
rated, as, 

Les enfans, tout aimables quHls Children, amiable as they are. 

sont, 

lis sont tout interdits, They are quite disconcerted. 

La vertu tout austere qu'elle pa- Virtue, austere as it may ap- 

ratt, pear. 

Ces images tout amusantes qu'el- These images, entertaining as 

les sont, they may be. 

C'est une tete toute vide, It is quite a vacant head. 

Ces dames, toutes spirituelles These ladies, witty as they may 

qu'elles sont, be. 

Ces fieurs sont tout aussi frai- These flowers are quite as fresh 

ches qiie celles que vous avez, as those which you have. 

Ces dames sont, tout ainsi que These ladies, as well as you, 

vous, tout comme vous, belles are handsome, young, andin- 

jeuues ei spirituelles, genious. 

In this latter sense, tout is little more than a mere ex- 
pletive. § 



5. Balzac and Voiture enjoyed in their time great celebrity; 
but neither 2 has been read 1 since by good taste 1; the native 
and simple graces 3 are preferred 2 to the bombast of the former, 
and the affectation of the latter. 



(4.) Enjoyed, inrt-4 ; neither, ni 1'un ni l'autre ; has been read, (they read 
them no more ;) nu!i'ue, dn naturel; simple, de la simplicite ; are preferrecL 
(activo voice) depuis quele bon gout a fait preferer les, &c. ; bombast, bouf- 
fissure. 

32 



364 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 

Quelque — que, joined to a substantive, either alone, or 
accompanied by an adjective, takes the sign of the plural. 

EXAMPLES. 

Gluelques richesses que vous Whatever riches you may pos- 

ayez, sess. 

Gluelques bnnnes ceuvres que Whatever good actions you 

vous fassiez, may do. 

Gluelques pei?ies ajfreuses que However dreadful pains you 

vous eprouviez, may suffer. 

But, when joined to an adjective, separated from its 
substantive, it does not take the sign of the plural. 



§ EXERCISE. 

1. Children, amiable as they are, have, nevertheless, many 
faults which it is of importance to correct. 

2. The philosophers of antiquity, although very * enlightened, 
have given us but very confused ideas of the Deity, and very 
vague notions about the principal duties of the law of nature. 

3. Those flowers, inodorous as they are, are not the less es- 
teemed. 

4. Virtue, austere as it is, makes us enjoy real pleasures. 

5. Fables, although very * entertaining, yet 4 truly 5 interest 3 
us 2 only, when they convey instruction to us, under the disguise 
of an ingenious allegory. 

6. Although that absurd pedant is an incessant 2 scribbler 1, 
yet his head is altogether empty. 

7. Far be from us those maxims of flattery, that kings are born 
with talents, and that their favoured souls come out of God's 
hands completely wise and learned. 

8. Those fountains glide quite gently through a mead ena- 
melled with flowers. 

9. These peaches are quite as good as those of the south of 
France. 



(1.) Have nevertheless, ne laisser pas d'avoir ; faults, defaut; of import- 
ance, essentiel. (2.) Enlightened, eclaires qu'ils etaient; of nature, natureL 

(3.) Inodorous, inodore ; not, n'en. (4.) Enjoy, gouter de. 

(5.) Entertaining, amusantes qu'ellessont; truly, veritablement ; only,rte 
1 que 6 ; convey, offrir ; disguise, voile. 

(6.) Incessant, infatigable ; scribbler, ecrivailleur ; his head is, (he has not 
less the head :) not, n'en ; altogether, tout. 

(7.) Ear be. loin ; of, de, art. : are born, naitre ; tcith talents, habile j/o- 
xoured. privilegie ; come out, sortir ; learned, savant. 

(8.) Glide, couler ; gently, doucement; through a mead, surun gazon. 

(9.) South, midi. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 365 

EXAMPLES. 

Tous les hommes, quelque oppo- All men, however opposite they 

sts qu'ils soient, may be. 

*Ces actions, quelque belles qu'on Those actions, however bril- 

les trouve, liant they may be found. 

Quelque — que, and. quel que, joined to a substantive, 
(p. 120,) have the same meaning-, although they are not 
used indifferently for each other. If the pronoun 
stands before the substantive, we make use of quelque 
— que; as, 

Quelques richesses que vous ayez ; 
But, if the verb intervene, then we make use of quel 
que in two separate words, as, 

Quelles que soient les richesses que vous ayez.% 



IT EXERCISE. 

1. Whatever talents you may possess, whatever advantages you 
may have received from nature and education, with * whatever 
perfections you may be endowed, expect only the suffrage of a 
small number of men. 

2. However great services you may have rendered mankind, 
rather look for their ingratitude than their acknowledgments. 

3. Hovyever useful, however well written the works which you 
have published, yet think not that you will immediately reap the 
fruits of your labours; it is but by slow degrees that light intro- 
duces itself among men. The course of time is swift: but it 
seems to lag, when it brings reason and truth along with it. 

4. Whatever may be the obstacles which ignorance, prejudice, 
and envy oppose to the true principles of an art, yet we ought 
never to be deterred from propagating them : the sun does not 
cease to shine, because its light hurts the eyes of night-birds. 

5. Whatever be your birth, whatever your riches and dignities, 
remember that you are frustrating the views of Providence, if you 
do not make use of them for the good of mankind. 



(1.) Possess, avoir ; have received, tenir ; be endowed, posseder ; expect, ne 
s'attemire a ; but, que. 

(2.) Mankind, homme, pi.; rather look for, compter plutot; acknowledg- 
ments, reconnaissance, sing. 

(3.) Immediately, de suite ; reap, recueillir ; by slow degrees, aveclenteur ; 
among, chez ; swift, rapide ; to lag, se trainer; along with it, a sa suite. 

C4.) We, on, to be deterred, se rebuter; propagating, repandre; shine, 
gclairer ; its, the article ; hurts, blesser; night-birds, Giseau de nuit 

(5.) Are frustrating, frustrer. 



366 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB* 

CHAP. Y. 

OF THE VERB. 
AGREEMENT OF THE VERB WITH ITS SUBJECT. 

It has been observed that the verb which has two 
subjects, both singular, is put in the plural ; but to this 
rule there are the following 

EXCEPTIONS. 

1. A verb with two subjects, in the singular, is not 
put in the plural, when the two subjects are only joined 
together by the conjunctions, ou, comme, aussi-bien que, 
autant que, &c. 

EXAMPLES. 
La seduction, ou la terreur, Z'a Either persuasion, or terror, has 

entraine dans le parti des re- drawn him into the party of 

belles, - the rebels. 

Le roi, aussi-bien que son mi- The king, as well as his ini~ 

nisiere, veut le Men public, nistry, vnshes for the public 

good. 
Son honnetete, autant que son es- His honesty, as muchas his wit, 

prit, le fait recherchcr, makes him eourted. 

L'envie, comme V ambition, est Envy, like ambition, is a blind 

une passion aveugle, passion. 

2. The verb is likewise put in the singular, though 
preceded by plurals, either when there is an expression 
which collects all the substantives into one, such as, 
tout, ce, rien, &c. or when the conjunction mais is 
placed before the last substantive, and this is in the sin- 
gular. 

EXAMPLES. 

Biens, dignites, honneurs, tout Riches, dignities, honours, every 

disparait a la mort, thing vanishes at death. 

Jeux, conversations, spectacles, Games, conversations, shows, 

rien ne la distrait, nothing diverts her. 

Perfidies, noirceurs, incendies, Perfidies, enormities, confla- 

massacres, ce Vest la, qu'une grations, massacres, all this 



image, &c. is but a feeble representation, 

&c. 

Non-seulementtouies ses richesses Not only all his riches and 
ettous ses honneurs, mais toute honours, but all his virtue 
sa vertu s'evanouit,t vanishes. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 367 



OF THE COLLECTIVE PARTITIVE. 

The collectives general have nothing to distinguish 
them from substantives common, with regard to the laws 
of agreement ; but the collectives partitive apparently de- 
viate from those laws, in some instances. 

Rule. The verb, which relates to a collective parti- 
tive, is put in the plural, when that partitive is. followed 
by the preposition de and a plural ; but it is put in the 
singular, either when the partitive is followed by a regi- 
men singular, or when it expresses a determinate quan- 
tity, or lastly, when it presents an idea independent of the 
plural which follows it 

t EXERCISE ON THE VERB. 

i. Either fear or inability prevented them from moving. 

2. The fear of death, or rather the love of life, began to re- 
vive in his bosom. 

3. Alcibiades, as well as Plato, was among the disciples of So- 
crates.. . . 

4. Lycurgus, like Solon, was a wise legislator. 

5. Euripides, as much as Sophocles, contributed to the glory 
of the Athenians. 

6. Riches, dignities, honours, glory, pleasure, every thing 
loses its charms from the moment we possess it, because none of 
those things can fill the heart of man. 

7. The gentle zephyrs which preserved, in that place, not- 
withstanding the scorching heat of the sun, a delightful cool- 
ness : streams gliding with a sweet murmur, through meadows 
interspersed with amaranths and violets; a thousand springing 
flowers which enamelled carpets ever green ; a wood of those 
tufted trees that bear golden apples, and the blossom of which, 
renewed every season, yields the sweetest of all perfumes; the 
warbling of birds; the continual prospect of a fruitful country ; 
in a word, nothing of what till then had made him happy, could 
assuage the feelings of his grief. 



(I.) Inability, impuissance ; moving, remuer. 

<2.) Began to revive, se reveiller ; in, au fond de ; bosom, coeur. 

(3.) Among, aunombre de. 

(6.) We, on ; none, lien, those things, tout cela. 

<7.> Preserved, entretenir; scorching heat, ardenr ; interspersed with, par- 
semer de ; springing, naissant ; carpets, tapis ; tufted, touffu ; golden, (of 
gold;) renewed, (which renews,) se renouveler; (in) every season; yields, 
repandre ; prospect, spectacle; made, rendre^ assuage, l'arracher a; feel- 
ing, sentiment. 

32* 



368 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

EXAMPLES OF THE PLURAL. 

La plupart des hommes sont The greatest part of men are 
bien prompts dans leurs juge- very hasty in their judg- 
mens, ments. 

Bien des philosophes se sont Many philosophers have been 
trompes, mistaken. 

EXAMPLES OF THE SINGULAR. 

Une infinite de peuple est ac- An immense number of people 

courue, (regimen singular,) flocked together. 

La moitie des soldats a peri, One half of the soldiers has 

(determinate quantity,) perished. 

Le plus grand nombre des The greater number of the 

troupes a peri, (idea inde- troops has perished. 

pendent of the plural.) 

Thus, the substantives partitive, la plupart, une infi- 
nite, une foule, une nombre, la plus grande partie, une 
sorte, &c. and words signifying quantity, such as pen, 
beaucoup, assez, moins, plus, trop, tant, combien, and que 
used for combien, followed by a noun joined to them by 
the preposition de, have not the least influence on the 
verb, and consequently, it is not with them that the verb 
agrees,, but with the noun which follows them. 

Remark. The words infinite and la plupart, used by 
themselves, require the verb in the plural, as : une infi- 
nite pensent, la plupart sont d } avis.% 

t EXERCISE ON THE COLLECTIVE PARTITIVE. 

1. Many persons experience that human life is, every where, a 
state in which much is to be endured, and little to be enjoyed. 

2. Many poets think that poetry is the art of uniting pleasure 
with truth, by calling imagination to the help of reason. 

3. Few persons reflect that time, like money, may be lost by 
unseasonable avarice. 

4. So many years of familiarity were chains of iron which 
linked me to those men who beset me every hour. 

5. How many wise men * have thought that, to seclude one's 
self from the world, was to pull out the teeth of devouring ani- 



(1.) Much is, &c. (one has a great deal of pains, and little of real enjoy- 
ments.) (3.) Unseasonable, hors de propos. 

(4.) Familiarity, habitude; linked, tier ; beset, obseder. 

(5.) How many, que de ; to seclude one's self, se retirer; pull out of, arra- 
cher 3 ; to taJce away from, oter a. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 369 



PLACE OF THE SUBJECT WITH REGARD TO THE VERB. 

It has been seen that the subject of a verb is either a 
noun, or a pronoun, and that this subject must always 
be expressed in French. It remains to speak of the 
place of this subject with respect to the verb. 

Rule. The subject, whether a noun, or pronoun, is 
generally placed before the verb. 

L'ambition effrcnee de quelques The boundless ambition of a 

hommes, a, dans tous les few men has, in all ages, been 

temps, ete la vraie cause des the real cause of the revolu- 

r evolutions des etats, tions of empires. 

Quand nous nageor.s dans Va~ When we roll in plenty, we 

bondance, il est bien rare que seldom think of the miseries 

wous nous occxvpions des maux of others. 
d'autrui,^ 

mals, to take away from the wicked the use of his poniard, from 
calumny its poisons, and from envy its serpents! 

6. A company of young Phoenicians of uncommon beauty, clad 
in fine linen, whiter than snow, danced a * long while the dances 
of their own * country, then those of Egypt, and lastly, those of 
Greece. 

7. A troop of nymphs, crowned with flowers, whose lovely 
tresses flowed over their shoulders, and waved with the wind, 
swam in shoals behind her car. 

8. At the time of the invasion of Spain by the Moors, an in- 
numerable multitude of people retired into the Asturias, and there 
proclaimed Pelagius king. 

9. A third part of the enemy were left dead on the field of bat- 
tle ; the rest surrendered at discretion. 

10. The innumerable crowd of carriages which are to be seen 
in London during the winter, astonishes foreigners. 

(0.) Company, troupe; clad in, etvetu de ; linen, lin. 
(7.) Lovely, beau ; tresses, cheveu ; flowed, pendre ; waved, Hotter ; with, 
au gre de ; swam, nager ; shoals, foule ; car, char. 
(8.) Moors, Maure; retired, se retirer; Asturias, Asturies; Pelagius,¥6- 

(9.) A thirdpart, un tiers ; enemy, pi. ; surrendered, se rendre. 
(10.) Crowd, quantite; which are, (active voice, on.) 

IT EXERCISE. 
1. Youth is full of presumption, it expects every thing from 



(1.) Full of presumption, presomptueux ; expects, se promettre ; itself all 
sufficient, po avoir tout ; that it has, avoir. 



370 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 



EXCEPTIONS. 

1. In these interrogative phrases the question is made 
either with a pronoun, or a noun : if with a pronoun, 
this is always placed after the verb, as, 

Que dit-on ? irai-je a La campagne ? de qui parle-t-on? 

If with a noun, the noun is sometimes placed before, 
and sometimes after the verb ; it stands before, when the 
pronoun personal which answers to it, asks the ques- 
tion, as, 

Cetle nouvelle est-elle sure? les hommes se rendent-ils toujours a 
la raison ? 

It stands after, when a pronoun absolute, or an interro- 
gative adverb, placed at the beginning of the phrase, allow 
the suppression of the personal pronoun, as, 

Que dit voire avii ? a quoi s'occvpe voire fr ere ? ou demeure voire 
CGUsin ? 

Remark. In interrogative sentences, when the 
verb which precedes it, elle, on, ends with a vowel, the 

itself: although frail, it thinks itself all-sufficient, and that it has 
nothing to fear. 

2. Commerce is like certain springs ; if you attempt to * divert 
their course, you dry them up. 

3. It is enough that falsehood is falsehood, to be unworthy of 
a man who speaks in the * presence of God, and who is to sacri- 
fice every thing to truth. 

4. The ambition and avarice of man are the sources of hisun- 
happiness. 

5. They punished, in Crete, three vices which have remained 
unpunished in all other nations: ingratitude, dissimulation, and 
avarice. 

6. Like the Numidian lion, goaded by cruel hunger, and 
rushing upon a flock of feeble sheep, he tears, he slays, he wal- 
lows in blood. 



(2.) Springs, source ; attempt, vouloir ; dry up, faire tarir. 

(3.) It is enough, suffire ; falsehood, mensonge ; is, subj. ; in, en ; is to sa- 
crifice, doit. 

(5.) Punished, ind-2; have remained, etre ; in, chez. 

(6.) Like the, semblable a un ; Numidian, de Numidie ; goaded by, &c. 
(that cruel hunger goads) devorer ; rushing, (which rushes upon,) entrer 
dans ; tears, dechirer ; slays egorger ; icalloics, nager. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 371 

letter -t- is put between that verb and the pronoun, 
as, 

Arrive-t-il? viendra-t-elie ? aime-t-on les vauriens? 

When je stands after a verb, which ends with e mute, 
that e mute is changed into e acute as, aime-je 1 puisse- 
je ? But when the transposition of je after the verb be- 
comes harsh, euphony then requires another turn, so 
instead of cours-je ? dors-je ? which would be intole- 
rable, we must say, est-ce que je cours? est-ce que je 
dors ?\ 

2. Incidental sentences which express that we are 
quoting somebody's words, as, 

Je meurs innocent, a dit Louis I die innocent, said Louis XVI. 

XVI. 
Je le veux bien, dit-il, I am very willing, said he. 

4. Impersonal verbs, and these words, tel, ainsi, &c. 

11 est arrive, un grand malkeur, A great misfortune has happen- 
ed. 

+ EXERCISE. 

1. Have you forgotten all that Providence has done for you? 
how have you escaped the shafts of your enemies 1 how have you 
been preserved from the dangers which surrounded you on all 
sides ? could you be so blind as not to acknowledge and adore the 
all-powerful hand that has miraculously saved youl 

2. What will posterity say of you, it*, instead of devoting to 
the happiness of mankind the great talents which you have re- 
ceived from nature, you make use of them only to deceive and 
corrupt them. 

3. Do not the misfortunes which we experience often contribute 
to our * prosperity 1 

4. Why are the works of nature so perfect 1 Because each 
work is a whole, and because she labours upon an eternal plan, 
from which she never deviates. Why, on the contrary, are the 
productions of man so imperfect'? It is because the human mind 
being unable to create any thing, and incapable of embracing the 
universe at a single glance, can * produce only after having been 
enriched by experience and meditation. 

(1.) Escaped, echapper a ; shafts, trait ; preserved, garantir ; on all sides T 
de toutes parts ; so as, assez pour ; saved, conserver. 

(2.) Devoting, consacrer; mankind, homme, pi. ; deceive, egarer. 

(3.) Experience, eprouver ; contribute to, tourneren. 

(4) Because, c' est que ; and because, et que; being unable, ne pouvoir* 
incapable, (not being able ;) at, de ; glance, vue ; enriched, feconde. 



372 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

Tel etait V acharnement du sol- Such was the fury of the sol- 

dat, giie, &c. dier, that, &c. 

Ainsi finit cette. sanglanle tra- Thus ended that bloody tra- 

gedie,X gedy. 

4. When the subjunctive is used to express a wish, 
or for quand meme and a conditional, as, 

Puissent tons les peuples se con- May all nations be convinced 

vaincre de cette verile, of this truth. 

Dusse-je y perir,firai,^ Should I perish there, I will go. 

5. When the subject is followed by several words 
which are dependant upon it, and form an incidental 
sentence which, by its length, might obscure the rela- 
tion of the verb to the subject; perspicuity then requires 
that the subject should be displaced. 

Sometimes, however, this transposition of the subject 
is only the effect of taste, to avoid an inharmonious ca- 

t EXERCISE. 

1. True glory, said he, is founded in humanity ; whoever pre- 
fers his own glory to the feelings of humanity, is a monster of 
pride, and not a man. 

2. There have happened, for these * ten years, so many events 
exceeding all probability, that posterity will find it very difficult 
to credit tbem. 

3. Such v:as tliat incorruptible Phocion, who answered the de- 
puties of Alexander, who were telling him that this powerful 
monarch loved him as the only honest man : well, then 2, let him 
allow me 1 to be and to appear so. 

4. Thus ended, by the humiliation of Athens, that dreadful war 
of twenty-seven years, to * which ambition gave ri;,e,Avhich hatred 
made atrocious, and which was as fatal to the Greeks, as their 
ancient confederation had proved advantageous to them. 

(].) Is founded, ne se trouver pas hors de ; feelings, sentiment. 

(2.) There have happened for, il se passer depuis ; exceeding, hors de ; 
probability, vraisemblance ; will find very difficult, avoir bien de la peine ; to 
credit, ajouter foi a. 

(3.) Loved, cherir ; honest man. homme de bien ; well, ho ! ; to be so, d'etre 
tel ; appear so, le paraitre. 

(4.) Ended, se terminer ; gave rise, faire naitre ; made, rendre ; had proved, 
etre. 

? EXERCISE. 
1. The gods grant that you may never experience such misfor- 
tunes ! 

(1.) Grant, faire; experience, eprouverde. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 373 

dence : or it is used by an orator, who -wishes to rouse 
the attention of his hearers by a bold and unexpected 
turn.TT 



GOVERNMENT OE THE VERBS. 

When the regimen of a verb is a noun, it is generally 
placed after the verb: but to this rule there is one ex- 
ception, besides those which will hereafter be men- 
tioned. 

Exception. In an interrogative sentence, the regimen 
is placed before the verb, when this regimen is joined to 
an absolute pronoun. 

EXAMPLES. 
Quel objetvoyez-vous? What object do you see 1 ? 

A quelle science vous appliquez- To what science do you apply 

vous? yourself? 

De quelle affaire vous occupez- About what business are you 

vous ? employed 1 

Remark. In French, a verb can never have two re- 
gimens direct; therefore, when a verb has-^o regimens, 
both nouns, one of them must necessarily be preceded by 
a preposition. 

2. May you, O wise old man ! in a repose diversified by pleas- 
ing occupations, enjoy the past, lay hold of the present, and 
charm your latter days with the hope of eternal felicity. 

3. What is not in the power of the gods ! were you at the 
lowest depths, the power of Jupiter could draw you from thence : 
were you in Olympus, beholding the stars under your feet, Jupi- 
ter could plunge you to the bottom of the abyss, or precipitate 
you into the flames of gloomy Tartarus. 

4. There, through meadows enamelled with flowers, glide a 
thousand various rivulets, distributing every where their pure 
(and) limpid waters. 

5. Already, for the honour of France, there * had come into 
administration a man more distinguished for his understanding 
and virtues than for his dignities. 

(2.) Old man, vieillard ; lay hold of saisir ; with,de. 

(3.) is not in the power of, ne peuvent; were, subj-2; lowest depths, fond 
de l'abime ; power, puissance ; could, pouvoir, cond-1 ; Olympus, Olympe; 
stars, astre ; gloomy, noir ; Tartarus, Tartare. 

(4.) Tlirough, au milieu de ; icith, de ; glide, serpenter ; rivulets, ruisseau; 
distributing, (which distribute ;) their, une. 

(5.) Had come, etre entre ; administration, (of affairs;) for, par; under> 
standing, esprit. 



374 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

EXAMPLES. 

Donnez ce livre a voire fr ere, Give that book to your brother. 
On a accuse Ciceron tfimprw- Cicero has been accused of im- 
dence el de faiblesse, prudence and weakness. 

Though the natural order of the ideas seems to re- 
quire that the regimen direct be placed before the indi- 
rect, the perspicuity of the sentence does not allow it in 
all cases. 

Rule. When a verb has two regimens, the shorter is 
generally placed first ; but if they be of equal length, 
the regimen direct will precede the indirect. 

EXAMPLES. 
Les hypocrites s'eludienl a parer Hypocrites make it their study 
le vice des dehors de lavertu, to deck vice with the exte- 

rior of virtue. 
Les hypocrites s'etudicnt a parer Hypocrites make it their study 
des dehors de la vertu les to deck with the exterior of 
vices les plus honteux et les virtue the most shameful 
plus decries, and most odious vices. 

V ambition sacrifie le present a Ambition sacrifices the pre- 
Vavenir, mais la volupte sacri- sent to the future, but plea- 
fie l'avenir au present,^ sure sacrifices the future to 

the present. 

Rule. A noun may be governed at once by two 
verbs, provided those verbs do not require different regi- 
mens. 

EXAMPLES. 
On doit aimer et respecter les We ought to love and respect 

rois, kings. 

Ce general attaqua et prit la That general attacked and took 

ville, the city. 

t EXERCISE ON THE GOVERNMENT OF THE VERBS. 

1. Illustrious examples teach us, that God has hurled from 
their thrones princes who contemned his laws: he reduced to the 
condition of a beast the haughty Nebuchadnezzar, who wanted to 
usurp divine honours. 

2. Wretched is * the man who feeds his mind with chimeras. 

3. Our interest should prompt us to prefer virtue to vice, wis- 
dom to pleasure, and modesty to vanity. 

(I.) Illustrious, fameux ; teach, apprendre ; hurled, renverser ; haughty, 
superb e ; Nabuchodonosor ; wanted, vouloir. 
(2.) Feeds, repaitre. 
(3.) Should, devoir, ind-1 ; prompt, porter; pleasure, voluptfi. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 3?5 

But we must not say, 

Cei ojjicier attaqua et se r end-it That officer attacked and made 
maitre de la ville, himself master of the city. 

A different turn should be given to the sentence, by 
placing the noun after the first verb, and adding en be- 
fore the second, as, 

Cetojficieratlaqual&viWeets'en. That officer attacked the city, 
rendit maltreat and made himself master of 

it. 



OF THE USE PROPER, OR ACCIDENTAL, OF MOODS AND 

TENSES. 

Indicative. 
The present is used to express an existing state, as, 

Je suis id, I am here. 

An invariable state, as, 
Dieu est de toute eternile, God is from all eternity. 

A future near at hand, as, 

11 est demainfete, To-morrow is a holiday. 

Or even a preterit, when, to give a sort of animated 
picture, we relate a thing past as passing. Thus, we 
find in Racine, 

J'ai vu voire malkeureux fits I have seen your unhappy son 
travne par ses chevaux, dragged along by his horses. 

* EXERCISE. 

1. Luxury is like a torrent, which carries away, and overthrows 
every thing it meets. 

2. "Nothing can * resist the operation of time : it, at length, vm- 
dermines, alters, or destroys every thing. 

3. Among the Spartans, public education had two objects: the 
first, to harden their bodies by fatigue ; the second, to excite and 
nourish in their minds the love of their country, and an enthu- 
siasm for what is great. 

(1.) Carries away, enirainer ; overthrows, renverser ; every thing, tout ee 
que. 

(2.) Operation, action; at length, a lalongue ; undermines, miner. 

(3.) Among the Spartans, a Sparte ; to, de : harden, emlurcir ; by, a ; their, 
must be rendered by the article ; for what is great, des grandes choses. 

33 



376 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

But suddenly passing from the preterit to the pre- 
sent, the speaker adds, 
It veut les rappeler, et sa voix He calls oat to stop them, but 

les effraie, his voice frightens them. 

In English, the verb to be, is frequently used with 
the participle present, as, 

I am reading, I am translating, I shall be writing. 

This construction is not adopted in French ; and 
whenever found, it is to be translated in French simply 
by the verb, put in the tense expressed by the verb to 
be. Thus, I am reading, must be expressed by je lis ; 
I shall be writing, must be rendered fecrirai, &c!T 

The imperfect is used — 1. To denote the recurrency 
of an action at a time which is past, as, 
Quand fetais a Paris, j'allais When I was at Paris, I often 
souvent axix Champs Elysees, went to the Champs Elysees, 

1T EXERCISE ON THE PROPER USE OF MOODS, &c. 

1. He is in his chamber, where he is relaxing his mind from 
the fatigue of business, by some instructive and agreeable read- 
ing. 

2. Truth, eternal by its nature, is immutable as God himself. 

3. I never let a day pass without devoting an hour or two to 
reading the ancients. 

4. It is this week that the new piece comes out. 

5. The armies were in sight : nothing was heard on all sides 
but dreadful cries: the engagement began. Immediately a 
cloud of arrows darkens the air and covers the combatants ; no- 
thing is heard but doleful cries of the dying, or the clattering 
of the arms of those who fall in the conflict ; the earth groans 
beneath a heap of dead bodies, and rivers of blood stream every 
where ; there is nothing in this confused mass of men enraged 
against one another but slaughter, despair, revenge, and brutal 
fury. 

(1.) Is relaxing, delasser ; reading, lecture. 

(2.) By, de ; immutable, iinrauable. 

(3.) Let* ; devoting, consacrer ; reading, la lecture de. 

(4.) Come out, on dormer. 

(5.) Sight, presence ; nothing was, <fcc. on ne que, ind-2 ; the engagement 
began, on en venir aux mains, ind-3 ; cloud, nuee ; arrows, trait ; darkens, 
obscurcir -^ nothing is, &c. on ne plus que ; doleful plaintif ; clattering, bruit ; 
conflict, melee; groans, gemir, beneath, sous ; heap, monceau ; rivers, ruis- 
Beau ; stream, couler ; there is nothing in, &c. ce ne §tre dans ; mass, amas ; 
enraged, acharne ; but, que ; slaughter, massacre. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 377 

2. For a past which has some duration, especially in 
narrations, as, 

Rome etait d'abord gouvernee par Rome was at first governed 
des rois,t by kings. 

In French, the preterit definite and the preterit inde- 
finite, are not used indifferently. 

The preterit definite is used, when speaking of a 
time which is entirely past, and of which nothing re- 
mains, as, 

Je fis un voyage a Bath le mois I took a journey to Bath last 

dernier, month. 

J'ecrivis hier a Rome, I wrote yesterday to Rome. 

To authorize the use of this tense, there must be the 
interval of, at least, one day. It is the most used in the 
historic style, and for that reason called par fait his- 
torique. 

f EXERCISE ON THE USE OF THE IMPERFECT. 

1. "When I was at Paris, I went every morning to take a walk 
in the Champs Elysees, or the Bois de Boulogne : afterwards I 
came home, where I employed myself till dinner, either in read- 
ing or writing ; and, in the evening, I generally went for amuse- 
ment to the French Theatre or the Opera. 

2. When I was in the prime of life, like the light butterfly, I 
fluttered from object to object, without being able to settle to any 
thing: eager for pleasure, I seized every thing that had its ap- 
pearance : alas ! how far vms I then from foreseeing that I should 
deplore with so much bitterness the loss of that precious time. 

3. For a short time after Abraham, the knowledge of the true 
God still appeared in Palestine and Egypt. Melchisedec, king 
of Salem, was the priest of the Most High 2 God 1. Abimelech, 
king of Gerar, and his successor of the same na.ine^ feared God, 
swore by his name, and reverenced his power. But in Moses' 
time, the nations adored even beasts and reptiles. Every thing 
was God but God himself. 



(1.) Take a walk, se prouaener ; in, a.; came home, rentrer cbez sol ; was 
busy, s'occuper; reading, (by the verb;) for amusement, me delasser; 
French Theatre, Comedie Francaise. 

(2.) Prime of life, fleurde l'age ; butterfly, papillon; fluttered, voter; be- 
ing able, pouvoir ; settle, me fixer ; eager for, avide de ; had its appearance, 
m'en presentaitl'image ; how, que ; with so much bitterness, (so bitterly.) 

(3.) Swore, jurer ; reverenced, admirer; the nations, on; even, jusqu'S; 
but, excepte. 



378 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

The preterit indefinite is used either for a past inde- 
terminate, or for a past of which something still remains, 
as, 

J'ai voyage en Italie, I have travelled in Italy. 

J'ai dcjeune ce matin a Londres, I breakfasted this morning in 
et dine a Richmond,t London, and dined at Rich- 

mond. 

The preterit indefinite is sometimes used instead of a 
future just approaching, as, 

Avez-vous bientotjmi ? Have you soon done ? 

Oui, j'ai fori dans le moment, Yes, I shall have done in a 

IT moment. 

t EXERCISE ON THE PROPER USE OF THE PRE- 
TERIT. 

Amenophis conceived the design of making his son a conquer- 
or. He set about it, after the manner of the Egyptians, that is, 
with great ideas. All the children who were born on * the same 
day as Sesostris, were brought to court by order of the king: he 
Md them educated as his own children, and with the same care 
as Sesostris. When he was grown up, he made him serve his 
apprenticeship in a war against the Arabs: this young prince 
learned there to bear hunger and thirst, and subdued that nation, 
till then invincible. He afterwards attacked Lybia, and conquer- 
ed it. After these successes, he formed the project of subduing 
the whole world. In consequence of this,* he entered Ethiopia, 
which he made tributary. He continued his victories in Asia. 
Jerusalem was the first to feel the force of his arms: the rash 
Rehoboam could not resist him, and Sesostris carried away the 
riches of Solomon. He penetrated into the Indies, farther than 
Hercules and Bacchus, and farther than Alexander did after- 
ward. The Scythians obeyed him as far as the Tanais ; Arme- 
nia and Cappadocia icere subject to him. In a word, he extended 
his empire from the Ganges to the Danube. 

Making, faire de ; set about it, s'y prendre ; after, a ; ideas, pensee ; 
brought, amener ; had educated, faire elever ; grown up, grand ; made serve, 
fit faire; apprenticeship, apprentissage ; in, par; entered, entrer dans; 
made, rendre ; as far as, jusqu'a ; Cappadocia, Cappadoce. 

f EXERCISE. 
1. Enflamed with the desire of knowing mankind, I have tra- 
velled, not only among the most polished nations, but even 
among the most barbarous. I have observed them in the differ- 
ent degrees of civilization, from the state of simple nature to the 

(1.) W^th, de ; mankind, homme, pi. ; to, chez ; polished nations, peuple 
police; barbarous, nation sauvage ;from, depuis; simple, pur; to, jusqu'a; 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 379 

The two preterits anterior differ in the same manner 
as the two preceding preterits, but they are always ac- 
companied by a conjunction, or an adverb of time, as, 
Je suis sorti des que fai eu dine, I went out as soon as 1 had 

dined. 
Jeusfini hier a midi, I had done yesterday at noon. 

The 'pluperfect denotes that a thing took place before 
another, which had itself already taken place, as, 
Savais soupe quand il entrap I had supped when he came in. 

most perfect state of society, and wherever I went, the result was 
the same : that is to say, i have every where seen beings occu- 

Eied in drying up the different sources of happiness that nature 
ad plaeed within their reach. 

2. I have travelled this year in Italy, where I had an * opportu- 
nity of seeing several master-pieces of antiquity, and where I 
made a valuable collection of scarce medals. I there admired 
the perfection to which they have brought architecture, painting, 
and music ; but what pleased me most there, was the beauty of 
the climate of Naples. 

wherever I went, dans tons les pays ; the result was the same, (I had the same 
result ;) in drying up, a tarir ; within their reach, a leur portae. 

(2.) Opportunity, occasion; master-pieces, chefs d'osuvre; scarce, rare; 
pleased me most, faire le plus de plaisir ; was, ind-1. 

t EXERCISE. 

1. As soon as I had examined this phenomenon, I tried to find 
out its causes. 

2. As soon as we had crossed the river, we found ourselves in 
a wood where there was not a single foot-path traced. 

3. As soon as the great Sesostris had soMsfied his ambition by 
the conquest, of so many empires, he returned into Egypt, where 
he devoted the whole of the day to administering strict justice 
to his people, and, in the evening, he recreated himself by hold- 
ing conferences with the learned, or by conversing with the 
most upright people oi his kingdom. 

4. I had only received, like most of the grandees, an education 
in which I had imbibed nothing but sentiments of pride and in- 
sensibility; that is, they had done everything in their power, 

(1.) As soon as, des que ; tried to find out, en rechercher. 

(2.) Crossed, traverser ; found ourselves, se trouver engage ; foot-patli, 
6entier de. 

(3.) The whole of the day, jour entier ; admhiistemng, rendre, mf-1 ; strict, 
exact; recreated, delasser ; by holding conferences, as' entretenir ; upright, 
honnete ; people, gens. 

(4.) Grandee, grand; imbibed, puiser ; they, on; in their poicer, ce qu'on 
nouvoir ind-6 ; stifle, etouffer ; benevolent, bienfaisant. 

33* 



380 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

As the use of these different preterits is attended with 
some difficulty, the following analysis is added, in order 
more clearly to explain the manner in which they are 
used. 

We read in Marmontel the following extract ; 

Celicour, a I'dge de quinze Celicour, at the age of fif- 
ans, avait ete dans le monde ce teen, lead been in the world what 
qu'on appelle un petit pro dige. is called a little prodigy. 

The author employs the pluperfect, as he speaks of a 
period of time anterior to all those which he is going to 
mention. 

It fesait des vers les plus ga- He composed the most agree- 
lansdu monde; il n'y avait pas able love-sonnets imaginable; 
danslcvoisinageunejoliefemme there was not a pretty woman 
qu'il n'eitt celebree : e'etait dom- in the neighbourhood that he 
mage de laisser tant de talens had not celebrated: it was a 
enfouis dans une petite ville ; pity to let so many talents be 
Paris devait en etre le theatre. buried in a little town ; Paris 

was the theatre on which they 
ought to be exhibited. 
Here the author makes use of the imperfect, because 
he speaks of the habitual employment of Celicour. 

Et Von fit sibien,que sonpere And they contrived matters 
se resolut de Vy envoyer. so that his father determined to 

send him there. 

Now, the author passes to the preterit definite, because 
he is no longer speaking of what Celicour used to do, 
but what he did at a time past, and of which nothing re- 
mains. 

Ce fere etait un honnete This father was a good sort 

komme, qui aimait V esprit sans of man, who was fond cf wit, 

en avoir, et qui admirait, sans without having any, and ad- 

savoir pourquoi, tout ce qui ve- mired, without knowing why, 

nait de la capitate. 11 avait every thing that came from the 

meme des relations litteraires, metropolis. Nay, he even had 

et du nombre de ses correspond- some literary connexions, and 

ans etait un connaisseur nomme among his correspondents was 

M. de Fintac. a connoisseur of the name of 

Fintac. 

to stifle in me happy and benevolent dispositions which I had re- 
ceived from nature. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 381 

Here, again, the author resumes the form of the 
imperfect, as he is now speaking of the habitual state 
of Celicour's father in his little town, and because, in 
this passage, he merely relates what that father was 
doing, at a time past, which has no kind of relation to 
the present. 

Ce fat principalement a lui It was particularly to him that 
que Cclicour fut recommande, Celicour was recommended. 

The form of the preterit definite is now resumed, 
because this is an action passed, at a time of which no- 
thing is left, &c.| 

There is this difference between the two future 

t EXERCISE. 

1. God, who had' created his angels in holiness, would have 
their happiness depend upon themselves : they could ensure 
their felicity, by giving themselves willingly to their Creator; 
but they delighted in themselves, and not in God : immediately 
those spirits of light became spirits of darkness. 

2. There is a letter which Philocles has written to a friend of 
his, about his project of making himself king of Carpathus. I 
perused that letter, and it seemed to me to be the hand of Philo- 
cles. They had perfectly imitated his writing. This letter threw 
me into a strange surprise. I read it again and again, and. could 
not persuade myself that it teas written * by Philocles, when I 
recalled to my mind the affecting marks which he had given me 
of his disinterestedness and integrity. 

3. Those who had shown the greatest zeal for the state and my 
person, did not think themselves obliged to undeceive me, after 
so terrible an example. I myself was afraid lest truth should 
break through the cloud, and reach me in spite of all my flatter- 
ers. I fell within myself that it would have raised in me bitter 
remorse. My effeminacy, and the dominion which a treacherous 
minister had gained over me, threw me into a kind of despair of 
ever recovering my * liberty. 

(1.) Have their happiness depend, Cthat their happiness,) dependre, subj-2; 
could, pouvoir ; delighted in, se plaire en ; of light, lumineux ; darkness, 
tenebres. 

(2.) There is, voila ; about, sur ; Carpathus, Carpathie ; to be, de ; they, on ; 
again and again, sans cesse ; by, de ; when I recalled to, passer dans, inf-3 ; 
integrity, bonne foi. 

(3.) Did not think themselves obliged to, se croire dispense de ; was afraid 
lest, craindre que ; breakthrough, percer, subj-2; reach, parvenir jusqu'a; 
in spite of, malgre ; raised in, causer a ; effeminacy, moliesse ; dominion, 
ascendant; treacherous, perfide ; gained, prendre ; threw, plonger ; recover, 
ing, rentrer en. 



382 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

tenses, that the period of time expressed by the future 
absolute, may, or may not, be determined, as, 

J'irai a la campagne, or firai demain a la campagne, 
while, in the future anterior, the time is necessarily de- 
termined, as, 

J'auraijini, quand vous arriverezM 

CONDITIONAL. 

The conditional is used — 1. To express a wish, as, 

Que je serais, or, qtie faurais ete How glad I should be, or should 
content de rtussir dans cette have been, to succeed in that 
affaire ! affair. 

2. With si, if, whether, expressing a doubt, as, 
Demand-ez-lui s'il serait venu Ask him whether he would have 

avec nous suppose qu'il n'eiit come with us, had he not 
pas eu affaire, been busy. 

3. Before, or after the imperfect, or pluperfect of the 
indicative, preceded by si, as, 

Nous nous cpargnerionsbien des "We should spare ourselves 
peines, sinous savions modcrer much pain, did we know how 
nos desirs, to moderate our desires. 

IT EXERCISE. 

1. Remember that youth is but a flower, which will wither 
almost as soon as it * opens. Thou wilt see thyself gradually 
changed. Smiling graces, sweet pleasures, strength, health, and 
joy, will vanish like a pleasing dream; nothing but the sad re- 
membrance will be left thee. 

2. I shall next year take a journey into Greece, and I am pre- 
paring myself for it by reading the travels of the young Ana- 
ch arsis. 

3. When you have read the celebrated discourse of Bossueton 
Universal History, and studied in it the causes of the rise and fall 
of states, you will be less astonished at the revolutions more or 
less sudden, that modern empires have experienced, which ap- 
peared to you in the most flourishing state. 



(1.) Will loither, (will be almost as soon withered) secher ; opens, eclose ; 

gradually, insensiblement ; lively, riant ; pleasing, beau ; nothing will be left, 

fin'en rester. 
(2.) Take, faire ; for it, y; reading, lecture de ; (the travels, celui.) 
(3.) Have read, ind-8; and, que vous, ind-7; init,y; rise, grandeur ; /aW, 

chute ; sudden, subite ; (that have experienced the modern empires, which, 

&c.) appeared, ind-2. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 383 

Vous auriez ete plus heureux, si You would have been more 
vous aviez suivi vies conseils, happy, if you had followed 

my advice. 

4. With quand, used instead of si, quoique, or quand 
mime ; the verb preceded by quand is generally in one 
of the conditionals, as, 

Quand Vavare possederait tout Were the miser to possess all 
for du monde, il ne serait pas the gold in the world, still he 
encore content, would not be satisfied. 

5. Lastly, for various tenses of the indicative, as, 

Croiriez-vous votrefils ingrat ? Could you think your son un- 
grateful 1 

which means, croyez-vous, &c. 

Vanriez-vous soupconne d'un tel Could you have suspected him 
vice ? of such a vice % 

which means, Pavez-vous, &c. 

Quelle raison pour rait m'empi- What cause could prevent me 
cher d 'alter vous voir ? from coming to see you 1 

which means, quelle cause pourra, &c.f 



+ EXERCISE ON THE CONDITIONAL. 

1. If it were even possible for men. always to act conformably 
to equity, as it is the multitude that must judge their conduct, the 
wicked would always blame and contradict them from maligni- 
ty, and the good sometimes from mistake. 

2. What false steps I should have made but for you, at my en- 
trance into the world ! 

3. But for your counsels, I should have failed in this undertak- 
ing. 

4. How satisfied I should have been, if you had sooner inform- 
ed me of your happiness ! 

5. If we gave to infancy none but just and clear notions, there 
would not be by far so many false wits in the world. 

6. Had Alexander conquered the whole world, his ambition 



(1.) If even, quand m6me; were, cond-1 ; for men, (that men;) to act, 
eub-2; judge, juger de ; would blame, ind-7; contradict, croiser, ind-7. 
(2.) What, que de ; steps, demarche ; but for, sans. 

(3.) But for, sans ; failed, echouer. (4.) How, que. 

(5.) We, on ; there would not be by far so many, il y aurait bien nioins de. 
(6.) (When Alexander would have conquered;) straitened, trop al'etroit- 



384 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 



REMARK ON THE USE OF THE CONDITIONAL AND FUTURE. 

Foreigners are very apt to use the future, or the 
conditional, after si, when meaning suppose que. They 
say, 

J'irai demain a la campagne, s'il I shall go into the country to- 
fera beau, morrow,if the weather be fine 

Vous auriez vu le roi, si vous You would have seen the king 
seriez venu, if you had come. 

The impropriety of this construction will be obviated 
by attending to the following 

Rule. When a verb is preceded by si, meaning 
suppose que, the present is used instead of the future 
absolute ; the preterit indefinite instead of the future 
anterior ; the imperfect instead of the conditional pre- 
sent, and the pluperfect instead of the conditional past. 

EXAMPLES. 

J'irai demain a la campagne, s'il I shall go to-morrow into the 
fait beau, country,if it be fine weather. 

11 auraeu Vavantage, s'il asuivi He will have had the advan- 
ces conseils, tage,if he has followed your 

advice. 

Je serais content, si \e vous voyais I should be pleased, if I saw 
applique, you apply to study. 

J'aurais ete content, si je vous I should have been pleased, if 
avais vu applique, I had seen you attentive to 

your studies. 



would not have been satisfied ; he would still have found himself 
straitened in it. 

?. Could you believe him vain enough to aspire to that high 
degree of honour 1 

8. Could you ever have thought him capable of deserting the 
good cause, to go and side with rebels 1 

9. Would you renounce being useful to the present generation, 
because envy fastens on you % 



(8.) Deserting, abandonner ; to go and side with, pour se ranger sous lea 
drapeaux de. 
(9.) Renounce, renoncer a ; fastens, s'attacher ; on you, H vos pas 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 385 

Remark. This rule does not hold good, either when 
si is placed between two verbs, the first of which implies 
doubt, uncertainty, as, 

Je ne sais s'il viendra, 
Or, with the second conditional past, as, 
Vous m'eussiez trouve, si vous fussiez venu ce matin.t 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 

There are conjunctions which govern the indicative, 
(p. 300,) and others which govern the subjunctive, (p. 
301,) We call principal proposition the phrase which 
is followed by the conjunction, and incidental, or sub- 



t EXERCISE. 

1. A young man who is just entering; the career of letters, 
will conciliate the good will of the public, if he consider his first 
successes only as an encouragement to do better. 

2. That absurd criticism will have amused only fools or mali- 
cious people, * if attention has been paid to the spirit that per- 
vades the whole, and the manner in which it. is written. 

3. Life would possess many more sweets and charms, if men, 
instead of tearing one another to pieces, formed but one society 
of brethren. 

4. The Athenians would have found in the young Alcibiades 
the only man capable of ensuring their superiority in Greece, 
had not that vain thoughtless yeo\Ae forced him, by an unjust, or, 
at least, imprudent sentence, to banish himself from his country. 

5. I know not whether reason will soon triumph over prejudice 
and ignorance, but I am certain it will be the case sooner or 
later. 

6. Rome would have never attained that high degree of splen- 
dour and glory which astonishes us, had it not extended its con- 
quests as much by its policy as by its arms. 



(1.) Is just entering, debuter dans; career, carriere ; conciliate s'attirer; 
good will, bienveillance ; consider, regarder. 

(2.) Fools, sot; malicious, mechant; paid, faire ; pervades the whole, r6g- 
ner d'un bout aPautre ; in which, dont. 

(3.) Possess, avoir ; tearing one another to pieces, s'entredecliirer. 

(4.) Superiority, preponderance ; thoughtless, leger; sentence, condamna 
tion. (5.) Know, savoir ; it will be the case, cela Stre. 

(6.) Attained, parvenir a ; policy, politique. 



386 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

ordinate 'proposition, that which is placed after the con- 
junction. In this sentence, 

Je crois que nous ainiez djouer. 
Je crois is the principal proposition, and vous aimez a 
jouer is the subordinate proposition : que is the conjunc- 
tion that unites the two phrases. 

General Rule. The verb of the subordinate propo- 
sition must be put in the indicative, when the verb of the 
principal proposition expresses affirmation, in a direct, 
positive, and independent manner ; but it is put in the 
subjunctive, when that of the principal proposition ex- 
presses doubt, wish, or uncertainty. 

Je sais qiCil est surpris, I know he is surprised. 

Je crois qu'il vie?idra, I believe he will come. 

Je doute qxCil soit surpris, I doubt his being surprised. 

Je doute qio'il vienne, I doubt his coming. 

Je souhaite qiCil reussisse, I wish he may succeed. 

Je tremble qxCil ne succombe,% I tremble lest he should fail. 



IT EXERCISE ON THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

1. The glory which has been ascribed to the Egyptians, of 
being the most grateful of all men, shows that they were likewise 
the most sociable. 

2. In Egypt, when it was proved that the conduct of a dead 
man * had been bad, they condemned his memory, and he was 
denied burial. 

3. I am sure that by moderation, mildness, and politeness, you 
will disarm even * envy itself. 

4. The new philosophers say that colour is a sensation of the 
soul. 

5. I believe you are as honest a*nd disinterested as you seem to 
be. 

6. I doubt whether the Romans would ever have triumphed 
over the Gauls, if the different chiefs of this warlike people had 
not been disunited. 

7. I could wish that the love, which we ought to have for one 
another, were the principle of all our actions, as it is the basis of 
all virtues. 



(1.) Which has, &c. qu'on ; ascribed, donner; grateful, reconnaissant, 
sing.; men, peuple. (2.) Was denied, priver de ; burial, sepulture. 

(3.) By, avec ; politeness, konnetete. (5.) Seem to be, le paraitre. 

(6.) IVhether, que. 



PARTICULAR. RULES OF THE VERB. 387 

Do, did, will, loould, should, can, could, may, and 
might, are sometimes, with respect to the French lan- 
guage, simply signs of tenses, at others they are real 
verbs. 

There can be no difficulty about do and did ; these 
are mere expletives, denoting interrogation, negation, or 
merely emphasis, when they are joined to a verb. 

/ do love, J'aime. 

7" did love, J'aimais, or, j'aimai. 

Do I love ? Aime-je 1 

Did Hove? Aimais-je, or, aimai-jel 

I do not love, JeVaime pas. 

I did not love, Je n'aimais pas, or, je n'aimai pas. 

In all these cases they are not expressed in French. 
But when they are followed by a noun, or a pronoun, 
then they are real verbs, and mean,/&ire. 

Do me that favour, Faites-moi ce plaisir. 

He did it, II le fit. 

In short, by any thing else, except the verb with 
which they are necessarily connected, as, 

He did more than could have II fit plus qu'on n'eut pu espe- 
been expected, rer. 

Should is only a sign of the conditional, when it ex- 
presses a thing which may happen upon some condition. 

1 should like a country life, if my J'aimerais la vie champetre, si 
affairs would permit me to in- mes affaires me permettaient 
dulge my inclination, de suivre mon gout. 

But when it implies duty or obligation, it is a verb, 
and must be expressed by the verb devoir, as, 



8. Pear, lest it should be said that you feed upon chimeras, and 
that you take the shadow for the reality. 

9. The new philosophers will have colour to be a sensation of 
the soul. 

10. I will have you to be as honest and disinterested as you 
seem to be. 



(8.) It, on ne ; feed upon, se repaitre de. 

(9.) Will have, vouloir : colour to be, (that colour be.) 

34 



388 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

We should never swerve from the Nous ne devrions jamais nous 
path of virtue, ecarter du sentier de la vertu. 

Can, could, may, and might, are not so difficult as 
they appear at first sight ; because, in almost every in- 
stance, there is no impropriety in rendering them by 
the verb pouvoir. In general the first two imply a pow- 
er, a possibility, a capability, &c. and the others, a per- 
mission, probability, &c. 

Do, did, shall, will, &c. in English, are sometimes 
used elliptically in the answers to interrogative sen- 
tences. The French answer with the repetition of the 
verb, accompanied with a pronoun expressive of the idea 
of the interrogative sentence, as, 

Will you do your exercise to- Ferez-vous votre theme au- 
day ? — Yes", I will. jourd'hui 1 — Oui, je le ferai. 



RELATIONS BETWEEN THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 

Rule. When the first verb is in the imperfect, the 
preterit, or the pluperfect, and the second denotes a tem- 
porary action, this second verb is put in the imperfect, if 
we mean to express a present. 

EXAMPLE. 
Je croyais, fax cru, favais cru I thought, T have thought, I had 
que xous ehidiez lesmathema- thought that you were study- 
tiques, ing mathematics. 

— In the pluperfect, if we mean to express a past. 

EXAMPLE. 

11 m'assura quHl n' await jamais He assured me that he had ne- 

tant ri, ver laughed so much. 

— And in the present of the conditional, if we mean to 
express a future absolute. 

EXAMPLE. 

On rrCa dit que voire frere vien- I was told your brother would 
droit a Londres Vhiver fro- come to town next winter. 
chain, 
But, although the first verb may be in some of these 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 389 

tenses, yet the second is put in the present, when this 
second verb expresses a thing which is true at all times. 

EXAMPLE. 

Je vous disais, je vous ai dit, je I told you, I have told you, I 

vous avals dit, que la sante fait had told you, that health 

lafelicite du corps, et le savoir constitutes the happiness of 

■celle de Vame, the body, and knowledge that 

of the soul. 
Remark. In phrases where the imperfect is pre- 
ceded by que, it denotes, sometimes a past, sometimes 
a present, with respect to the preceding verb. It de- 
notes a past, when the verb which is joined to it by the 
conjunction que is in the present, or future. 

EXAMPLE. 
Vous savez, or vous saurez que le You know, or you must know, 
peuple Remain etait aussi that the Romans were a 
avide qu' ambitieuz^ people as covetous as they 

were ambitious. 

But it denotes a present, when the verb, which pre- 
cedes it, is in the imperfect, one of the preterits, or the 
pluperfect. 

EXAMPLE. 
On disait,on a dit, on avait dit It was said, it has been said, 
que Phocion etait le plus grand it had been said, that Pho- 
et le plus konnele homme de cion was the greatest and 
son temps, most upright man of his age. 

Dis qu'on eut appris a Athenes As soon as it was known at 
qu' Alcibiade etait a Lacedc- Athens that Alcibiades was 
mone, on se repentit de la pre- at Lacedemon, the Atheni- 
cipitation avec laqueUe <m ans repented of the preeipi- 
Vavait condamne, tation with which they had 

condemned him. 
Nevertheless, the imperfect denotes the past, in this 
last instance, when it signifies an action which was past 
before that which is expressed by the first verb. 

EXAMPLE. 
En lisant Vhistoire des temps In reading the history of heroic 
heroiques, vous devez avoir times, you must have re- 
remarque que ces homines marked that those men who 
dont on a fait des demi-dieux, have been made demi-gods, 
ctaient des chefs feroces et were ferocious and barbarous 
barbares, dignes a peine du chiefs, scarcely deserving the 
,t name of men. 



390 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

RELATIONS BETWEEN THE TENSES OF THE SUBJUNC- 
TIVE AND THOSE OF THE INDICATIVE. 

Rule I. When the verb of the principal propo- 
sition is in the present, or future, that of the subordi- 
nate proposition is put in the present of the subjunctive, 
to express a present, or future ; but in the preterit, to 
express a past. We say, 



t EXERCISE. 

1. I thought you were not ignorant that, to teach others the 
principles of an art or science, it is necessary to have experience 
and skill. 

2. I have been told that your sweetest occupation was to form 
your taste, your heart, and your understanding. 

3. Darius, in his flight, being * reduced to the necessity of 
drinking water muddy and infected by dead bodies, affirmed that 
he never had drunk with so much pleasure. 

4. Care has been taken to inculcate in me, from infancy, that 
1 should succeed in the world, only in proportion as I should join 
to the desire of pleasing, a great deal of gentleness and civility. 

5. Ovid has said, that study softens the manners and corrects 
every thing that is found in us rude and barbarous. 

6. You know that those pretended heroes, whom Pagan an- 
tiquity has made gods, were only barbarous and ferocious kings, 
who overran the earth, not so much to conquer as to ravage it, 
and who left every where traces of their fury and of their vices. 

7. It has been said of Pericles, that his eloquence was like a 
thunderbolt, which nothing could resist. 

8. As soon as Aristides had said, that the proposal of Themis- 
tocles was unjust, the whole people exclaimed, that they must not 
think of it any longer. 

9. Had you read the history of the early ages, you would know 
that Egypt was the most enlightened country in the universe, and 
the original spot * whence knowledge spread into Greece and the 
neighbouring countries. 



(1.) Were ignorant, ignorer; teach, instruire dans ; it is necessary, av oir 
besoin ; skill, habilete. (2.) Ihave, &c. (by the active voice) on. 

(3.) Flight, deroufe ; muddy, bourbenx ; affirmed, assurer. 

(4.) Care has, &c. (active voice) on avoir ; in me, me ; in proportion, antant ; 
civility, honnetete. (5.) Corrects, effacer ; is found, se trouver de. 

(6.) Overran, parcourir ; not so much, moins. 

(7.) It, on ; thunderbolt, foudre, in. ; (to) which. 

(5.) Exclaimed, s' eerier; they must, falloir. ind-5; of it, y; any longer, 
plus. 

(9.) Ages, temps ; the original spot ' whence, celui d'oii ; neighbouring, 
circonvoisin ; countries, lieu. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 



391 



M faut que celui qui parle se 
mette a la portee de celui qui 
Vecoute, 

11 voudra que votre frere soit de 
la partie, 

But we must say, 

Pour s'etre eleve a ce point de 
grandeur, ilfaut que Rome ait 
eii une suite non inter rompue 
de grands hommes, 



He that speaks should accom- 
modate himself to the under- 
standing of him that listens. 

He will wish your brother to be 
one of the party. 



To have risen to that pitch of 
grandeur, Rome must have 
had an uninterrupted succes- 
sion of great men. 



Exception. Though the first verb be in the present, 
or future, yet the second may be put in the imperfect, or 
pluperfect of the subjunctive, when some conditional ex- 
pression is introduced into the sentence. 

There is no man, whatever me- 



II n 'est point aVhomme, quelque 
merite quHl ait, qui ne fut 
tres-mortife, sHl savait tout 
ce qu'on pense de lu% 

Ou trouvera-t-on un homme qui 
ne fit la mcme faute, sHl etait 
expose aux memes tentations? 



Je doute que votre frere eut re- 
ussi sans votre assistance t 



rit he may have, that would 
not feel very much mortified, 
were he to know all that is 
thought of him. 

Where will you find the man 
who would not have commit- 
ted the same error, had he 
been exposed to the same 
temptations 1 

I doubt whether your brother 
would have succeeded, had 
it not been for your assist- 
ance. 



t EXERCISE. 

1. He who wishes to teach an art, must know- it thoroughly, 
he must give none but clear, preeise, and well-digested notions 
of it : he must instil them, one by one, into the minds of his pu- 
pils, and, above all, he must not overburden their memory with 
useless, or unimportant rules. 

2. He must yield to the force of truth, when they shall liave suf- 
fered it to appear in its real light. 

3. There is no work, however perfect people may suppose it, 
that would not be liable to criticism, if it were examined with 
severity, and in every point of view. 

(1.) It must (that he who, &c. know it;) he must, (not repeated,) que ; in- 
stil, faire entrer ; by, a ; overburden, surcharger ; unimportant, insignificant. 

(2.) (It must, ind-7, that he ;) yield, se rendre ; suffered, permettre ; it to 
appear, (that it appear ;) real light, vrai jour. 

(3.) Would be liable, preter, subj-2 ; with severity, a la rigueur ; in, sous ; 
point of view, face. 



34< 



392 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

Rule II. When the first verb is in the imperfect, 
either of the preterits, the pluperfect, or either of the con- 
ditionals, the second is put in the imperfect of the sub- 
junctive, if we mean to express a present, or future; but 
it is put in the pluperfect, if we wish to express a past. 

Je voulais, fai voulu, feus voulu, je voudrais, or feusse voulu 
que vous finissiez cette affaire. 

Je 'ne savais pas, je ?i , ai pas su } &c. que vous eussiez etudie les 
mathematiques. 

Remark. With the preterit indefinite the second verb 
is put in the present, if it expresses an action which is, 
or may be done at all times, as, 

Dieu a entoure les yeux de luni- God has surrounded the eyes 

quesfort minces, transparentes with very thin tunics, trans- 

au dehors, afin qu'on puisse parent on the outside, that 

voir dtravers, we may see through them. 

And in the preterit, if we mean to express a past, as, 

ft a fallu qu''A ait sollicite ses He must have been obliged to 
juges,M solicit his judges. 

4. I doubt whether his piece would have had the approbation 
of connoisseurs, if he had not determined to make in it the 
changes you judged necessary. 



(4.) Approbation, suffrage; had determined, se decider; in it, y; judged, 
ind-4. 



IT EXERCISE. 

1. Mr. de Turenne never would buy any thing on credit, of 
tradesmen, for fear, he used to say, they should lose a great part 
of their demand, if he happened to be killed. All the workmen 
who were employed about his house, had orders to bring in their 
bill, before he set out for the campaign, and they were regular- 
ly paid. 

2. It would be belter, for a man who truly loves himself, to lose 
his life, than to forfeit his honour by some base and shameful 
aciion. 

3. Lycurgus, in one of his laws, had forbidden to light home * 



(1.) Would, vouloir, ind-2; buy on credit, prendre a credit ; of, chez; hap- 
pened, venir ; were employed, travailler ; about, pour ; bills, memoire ; he } 
on ; set out for, se mettre en. 

(2.~) To lose, (that he would lose ;) /or/eiVternir. 

(3.) In, par; to light, que on eclairer, subj-2; that, afin que; reach their 
houses, se rendre chez eux ; getting intoxicated, s'enivrer. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 393 

In interrogative and negative sentences, the second 
verb is generally put in the subjunctive, as, 



est Vinsense qui tienne pour sur quHl vivra demazn ? 
Vous ne nous persuadiez pas que les choses p assent tourner si 
mat. 

The verb is likewise in the subjunctive after the su- 
perlative relative, and frequently after an impersonal 
verb, as, 

Le meilleur cortege qxCun prince puisse avoir, c'est le cceur deses 
sujeU. 

The subjunctive is elegantly used in elliptical phrases, 
where the principal proposition is omitted, as, 

Qu'il vive! (je souhaite qvJil,) May he live ! 

QuHl se soil oublie jusqu'd ce That he should have so far for- 

point! (je suis surpris qu'il.) gotten himself! 

Qui m'aime, me suive ! {je veux Whoever loves me let him fol- 

que celui qui,) low me. 

Heureux Vhomme qui peut, ne Happy the man that can, were 

fut-ce que dans sa vieillesse, it only in his old age, enjoy 

jouir de toute la force de sa the whole strength of his rea- 

raison ! (quand ce ?ie serait son. 

que,)f 

those who came from a feast in the evening, that the fear of not 
being able to reach their houses might prevent then from getting 
intoxicated. 

4. People used the bark of trees, or skins, to write upon, * be- 
fore paper vjas known. 

5. Go and * ask that old man ; for whom are you planting ? 
he will answer you : for the immortal gods, who have ordered both 
that I shotdd profit by the labour of those that have preceded 
me, and that those who should come after me, should profit by 
mine. 

(4.) People, on ; bark, gcorce ; skins, peau ; known, en usage. 
lb.) Have ordered, vouloir ; both, et; by, de. 

t EXERCISE. 

1. Is there any one who does not feel that nothing is more de- 
grading in a writer, than the pains he takes to express ordinary 
and common things in a singular and pompous style. 

2. Do you think that, in forming the republic of bees, God has 



(1.) Is degrading in, degrader ; in, de. (2.) Had in view, vouloir. 



394 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

Remark. The relative pronouns qui, que, quel, dont, 
and ou, govern the subjunctive in similar circumstances. J 



Further Observations upon the Conditional and 
Subjunctive. 

We have said the English auxiliaries should, icould, 
could, may, and might, are not always to be considered 
as essentially and necessarily appertaining to the con- 
ditional and subjunctive. Indeed it seldom happens 
that the French tenses are the same as the English, at 

not had in view to teach kings to govern with gentleness, and sub- 
jects to obey with love 1 

3. You will never be at peace, either with yourself or with 
others, unless you seriously endeavour to restrain your natural 
impetuosity. 

(S - ) Be at peace, avoir la paix; either, ni ; or, ni ; endeavour, s'appliquer. 

t EXERCISE. 

1. Who is the writer that does not sometimes experience mo- 
ments of sterility and languor 7 

2. There is not in the heart of man a good impulse that God 
does not produce. 

3. Choose a retreat where you may be quiet, a post whence you 
may defend yourself. 

4. The most flattering reward that a man can reap from his 
labours, is the esteem of an enlightened public. 

5. May he live, reign, and long constitute the happiness of a 
nation, which he loves, and by which he is adored ! 

6. That he should thus degrade himself, is what posterity will 
find very difficult to believe. 

7. A man just and firm is not shaken, either by the clamours 
of an inconsiderate mob, or by the threats of an imperious tyrant: 
though * the whole world were to fall into ruins, he would be 
struck by it, but not moved. 



<2.) Impulse, mouvement. (3.) May, pouvoir. 

(6.) {May he, repeated before every verb ;) constitute, faire ; which he loves, 
che"rir. 

(6.) Find difficult, avoir de la peine ; believe, se persuader. 

(7.) Is shaken, ebranler; inconsiderate, insense ; mob. populace ; imperious, 
fier; tcere, devoir ; to fall into ruins, s'fiorouler. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 395 

least in subordinate, though they may be in the princi- 
pal propositions. For instance, 

I wish you would come to-night, 
Cannot be translated by 

Je souhaite que vous viendriez ce soir, 
Eecause, " when the verb of the principal proposition is 
in the present, the verb of the subordinate proposition is 
put in the present of the subjunctive, if we mean to ex- 
press a future." Therefore we must say, 
Je souhaite que vous veniez. 
Or, " if the first verb is in either of the conditionals, 
the second must be in the imperfect of the subjunctive." 
For which reason we must also say, 

Je voudrais que vous vinssiez. (See Rule II.) 

Now, in the first example, que vous veniez is marked 

in the conjunction of the verb by that you may come, 

and in the second, que vous vinssiez, by, that you might 

come, neither of which is in the examples given. Again, 

II n\j a personne qui le croie. 

Cannot be translated by, there is nobody who may believe 
it, although may is the sign of the subjunctive in the 
meaning ; but the meaning is, 

There is nobody that believes it, or simply, nobody believes it. 



RELATIONS BETWEEN THE TENSES OF THE DIFFER- 
ENT MOODS. 

Remark. Our intention is not to give the relations 
which all the tenses bear to each other, but simply to 
mention some of the principal. 

Relations of the Indicative. 

To the imperfect are subjoined three tenses. 

( quand vous ecriviez 
Standard. — Je lisais 1 quand vous avez ecrit 
f quand vous ecrivites. 

The preterit anterior requires the preterit definite, as, 

quand f cus jini, vous entrdtes. 



396 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

To the pluperfect are subjoined the preterit definite, the 
preterit indefinite, the preterit anterior, and the imperfect. 

J* quand vous entrdtes 
{!„„„ „ n „ 7'„,^,-„7 j quand vous etes entre 

STANDARDS. — J aVUlS LU < * j r« . , - 

j quand vous futes entre 
\jquand vous entriez. 

To the preterit anterior indefinite is subjoined the pre- 
terit indefinite, as, quand fai eu dine, vous etes entre. 

In conjunction with si, for suppose que, the future ab- 
solute requires the present, and the future anterior, the 
preterit indefinite. 



Standard.- | ^ S 



sera parti, si vous Vavez voulu. 



Relations to the Conditional and of the Conditional. 

In conjunction with si, for suppose que, the conditional 
present is accompanied by the imperfect, and the first 
conditional past by the pluperfect, or by the second con- 
ditional past. 

C Vous partiriez, si je le voulais. 

Standards. — ■< Tr . , . i si je Vavais voulu 

j Vous seriez parti < - J - v „„„ „, „, 7 „, 
( r ( si je leusse voulu. 

The tenses of the conditional present, and of the two 
conditionals past, are likewise accompanied by themselves. 

C Qvsand Vavare possederait tout Vor du monde, 
il ne serait pas encore content. 
Standards. — <{ Quand Alexandre aurait conquis tout Vunivers, 
iln'auraitpas ete content. 

^ Vous fussiez parti, si je Veusse voulu. 

It has been observed that when two words are joined 
by the conjunction que, the second verb is put sometimes 
in the indicative and sometimes in the subjunctive. 



Relations of the Present and Future Absolute, of the In- 
dicative to the Tenses of their own Mood, and of the 
Conditional. 

These two tenses may be accompanied by all the 
tenses of the indicative and conditional. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 



39? 



Standard 



-\ 



On dit } m .„ 

On&iraY™ 



'vous partez aujourd'hui 

vous parlirez demain 

vous serez parti, quand, &c. 

vous partiez hier 

vous partites hier 

vous etes parti ce matin 

vous f vies parti hier, quand, &c. 

vous etiez parti hier, quand, &c. 

vonspartiriez aujourd'hui, si,&c. 

vous seriez parti hier, si, &c. 
^vous fussiez parti plus tot, si, &c. 



Remark. The same relation subsists when the sen- 
tence is negative ; except that for the present absolute of 
the indicative, the present of the subjunctive is substitu- 
ted. Instead of, on ne dit pas que vous partez aujourd'hui ; 
the genius of the French language requires that we 
should say, on ne dit pas que vous partiez aujourd'hui. 

The imperfect, the preterit definite, the preterit indefi- 
nite, and the pluperfect, are accompanied either by the 
imperfect, or by the pluperfect. 



C On disait 



^ On avait dit J 



que 



I vous partiez aujourd'hui 
vous etiez parti. 



The future anterior requires the preterit indefinite, as, 
on aura dit que vous avez menti. 

The conditional present may be accompanied by the 
present, the imperfect, the preterit indefinite, the pluper- 
fect, the future of the indicative, as well as by the three 
conditionals. 

qu'il se trompe 
qu'il se trompait 
qu'il s'est trompe 
qu'il s'etait trompe 
qu'il se trompera 
qu'il se tromperait, si, &c. 
qu'il se serait trompe, si, &c. 
L qu'il sefiit trompe, si, &c. 

The first conditional past may be accompanied by the 
imperfect, the pluperfect, as well as by the two other con- 
ditionals. 



Standards. — On croirait. 



398 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

CquHl tombait 

Standards.-^ auroit cru i *** ^aitfombe^ 
] qu hi ser ait tomb c 
{^qu'ilful tombe. 

The second conditional past may be accompanied by 
the same tenses. 

Principal Relations with the Subjunctive. 
To the present, the future absolute, and the future an- 
terior of the indicative, is generally subjoined the present 
of the subjunctive. 

C II veut ) 

Standard. — 1 II voudra > que vous partiez. 

( II aura voulu ) 

To the imperfect, the preterit definite, the preterit in- 
definite, the pluperfect, and the preterit anterior, may be 
subjoined the imperfect of the subjunctive. 
f Je voulais ~\ 

Je voulus 
Standard. — \ J 'ai voulu )> que vous partissiez. 

I J'avais voulu 
{^J'eus voulu J 

To the future anterior the preterit of the subjunctive, 
as : II aura voulu qu'il soit parti. 

The conditional present is accompanied either by the 
imperfect, or by the pluperfect of the subjunctive. 

o ( 7 . { vous partissiez. 

[standard. — < Je voudrais que { „ „ „ r r „„ • _ w - 
( I vous jusstez parti. 

To the first and second conditionals past is subjoined 

the pluperfect of the subjunctive. 

c i Jaurais voulu ) r . 

Standard.- { j,^ vmdu | que vous fussiez park. 

&c. &c. &c. &c. 

Of the Infinitive. 

The preposition to before an infinitive, is, according 
to circumstances, rendered either by pour, by a, or by 
de ; sometimes even, it is not expressed at all. 

When to means in order to, it is expressed in French, 
by pour, as, 
He came to speak tome, II vint pour me parler. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 399 

As for the other two cases, there is hardly any fixed 
rule to distinguish whether d or de is to be used ; the 
regimen which the preceding French verb requires ailer 
it is the only guide. Thus, 

He likes to play, will be expressed by il aime ajouer; ke told 
me to go, by il me dit d 1 oiler ; and he preferred dying, by il aima 
mieiix mourir. 

The participle present is used in English both as a 
'substantive and an adjective, and frequently instead of 
the present of the infinitive. 

His ruling passion is hunting, Sa passion dominante est la 

chasse. 

He is gone a walking, II est alle se promener. 

Prevent him from doing mis- Empechez-le de faire le mal. 

chief, 

There is a pleasure in silencing II y a plaisir a fermer la 

great talkers, bouche aux grands parleurs. 

It likewise takes almost every other preposition. In 
the first of the above examples it is translated by the 
substantive; in the second by the verbal adjective; and 
in the others by the present of the infinitive. But some- 
times it must be expressed by the relative qui, with the 
verb in the indicative, especially when a different mode 
might create any ambiguity in the sense ; as, 

1 met them riding post, Je les ai rencontres qui cou- 

raient laposte. 
Sometimes it must be expressed by the conjunction que, 
with the verb in the indicative, or in the subjunctive, as 
circumstances may require : this is when the participle 
present is preceded by a possessive pronoun, as, 

The fear of his coming vexed La crainte qu'ii ne vint nous 
us, tourmentait. 

2 doubt his being faithful, Je doute qu'il soit fidele, &c. 

It may be proper to observe that, in French, the prepo- 
sition en alone is followed by the participle present. All 
other prepositions require the present of the infinitive. 

Foreigners are apt to mistake in the use of the parti- 
ciple present, because they do not consider that, as it ex- 
presses an incidental proposition, it must evidently relate 
to the word which it restrains and modifies. 

Rule. The participle present always forming a phrase 
35 



400 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 

incidental and subordinate to another, must necessarily 
relate to the subject of the principal phrase, when it is 
not preceded by another noun, as in this sentence : 

Je ne puis vous accompagner a I cannot accompany you into 

la campagne, ayant des af- the country, having some 

f aires qui exigent ici ma pre- business that requires my 

sence, presence here. 

The participle present ayant relates to the subject je, 
since the subordinate proposition, formed by ayant, could 
have no kind of relation to the principal proposition, if 
it could not be resolved into this, farce que fai des af- 
faires qui, &c. But, in this sentence; 

Combien voyons-nous de gens, How many people do we see, 
qui, connaissant le prix du who, knowing the value of 
temps, le per dent mal-d-propos 1 time, waste it improperly ! 

Connaissant relates to the substantive gens, because 
this is the word which it restrains and modifies, a.nd 
because the relative qui, placed between that substan- 
tive as the regimen, and the participle present, obviates 
every kind of ambiguity. 

Remark 1. Two participles ought never to be used 
together without being united by a conjunction, as, &c. 

Cestun homme aimant et craig- He is a man loving and fearing 
nant Dieu, God. 

2. The relative en ought never to be put either before 
a participle present, or before a gerund. We cannot say : 

Je vous ai rends monfils enire les mains, en voulant faire quelque 
chose de bon. 

Because the sense would be ambiguous : for, the mean- 
ing is not : 

As I wish to do something good, or, as I wish to do well, I have 
put my son into your hands, 

But, 

J have put my son into your hands, as I wish to make something 
of him. 

We should say : Voulant en faire, &c. 
Likewise this sentence would be improper : 
Le prince tempere la rigueur du pouvoir, en en partageant les 



on account of the repetition of the word en, used in two 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 401 

different senses, viz., as a preposition and a relative. An- 
other turn must be then adopted, as, 

C'esl en partageant lesfonctions du pouveir, qu'wn, prince en 
temp ere la rigueur. 



CHAP. VI. 

OF PREPOSITIONS. 

The office of prepositions is to bring the two terms 
between which they are placed, into a state of relation. 
And that relation is generally expressed by their own 
signification, as, 

Avec, sur, pendant, dans, &c. 

But, d, de, and en, express it, either by their primitive 
and proper meaning, or figuratively, and by extension ; 
so that, in this last case, they are merely prepositions 
serving to unite the two terms ; whence it happens, that 
they often express, either the same relations that others 
do, or opposite relations. For instance, in these two sen- 
tences : 

Approchez-vous dufeu. Come near the fire. 

Eloignez-vous dufeu, Go from the fire. 

De merely establishes a relation between the two 
terms, without expressing in the first, the relation of ap- 
proximation, or in the second, the relation of distance- 
In order, therefore, to form a just idea of these three pro- 
positions, it is of importance to consider only their pri- 
mitive and proper signification. 

En and dans have nearly the same meaning ; but they 
differ in this, that the former is used in a more vague, 
the latter in a more determinate sense, as: 

J'etais en Angleterre, dans la province de Middlesex. 

From what has just been said, it follows then, that en, 
on account of its indeterminate nature, ought not to be 
followed by the article, except in a small number of 
phrases sanctioned by usage; such are, 

En la. presence de Dieu; en la grand 1 chambre du parlement ; 
en Y absence <Vun tel ; en Yannee mil huit cent dix-sept, &c. 

with respect to the expressions 

En Vhonneur, en Vage, it is better to say, a Vkonneur, a, Vdge. 



402 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 

Avant is a preposition in this phrase : 

Avant lejour, Before day-light. 

But it is an adverb in this : 

N'allez fas si avant, Do not go so forward. 

Some other prepositions are likewise occasionally ad- 
verbs. 

Autour and alentour, must not be confounded ; autour 
is a preposition, and alentour an adverb, thus ; 

Tons les grands etaient autour All the grandees stood round 

du trone, the throne. 

Le roi etait sur son trone, et les The king was upon the throne, 

grands etaient alentour, and the grandees stood round. 

Avant and auparavant are not used indifferently. 

Avant is followed by a regimen, as, 

Avant Paques, Before Easter. 

Avant ce temps, Before that time. 

Auparavant is followed by no regimen, as, 

Sivouspartez,venezmevoirau- If you set off, come and see me 
paravant, first. 

Pret a and pres de, are not the same expressions. 
Pret is an adjective : 

Je suis pret d faire ce que vous I am ready to do what you 
voudrez, please. 

But pres is a preposition : 

Mon ouvrage est pres d'etre My work is nearly finished. 
fini, 

Au travers and d tr avers differ in this ; the first is 
followed by the preposition de, the second is not, as, 

II se Jit jour au travers des en- He fought his way through the 

nemis, enemy. 

It se fit jour a travers les en- 

nemis, 

Avant denotes priority of time and order, as, 

U est arrive avant moi, l'article se met avant le nom. 
Devant is used for en presence, vis-d-vis, as, 
11 aparu devant le juge ; il loge devant Veglise. 
Remark. Devant is likewise a preposition marking 
order, and is the opposite of apres, as, 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 403 

Rale pas devant moi, He has precedence of me. 

Si vous etes presse, courez de- If you are in a hurry, run be- 
vaut, fore. 

THE USE OF THE ARTICLE WITH PREPOSITIONS. 

Some prepositions require the article before their re- 
gimen; others do not; and others again, sometimes 
admit, sometimes reject it. 

Rule I. The following prepositions, generally re- 
quire the article before the noun which they govern. 
avant, depuis, envers, nonobstanl, selon, 

apres, devant, excepte, parmi, suivant, 

chez, derriere, hors, pendant, touchant, 

dans, durant, hormis, pour, vers, 

avant Vaurore, chez It prince, envers les pauvres, 

apres la promenade, dans la maison, devanl Veglise, &c. 

There are however exceptions, as, 
avant lerme, avant diner, pour lit une paillasse, 

avant midi, apres diner, depuis minuit, &c. 

Rule II. A noun governed by the preposition en, is 
not, in general, preceded by the article, as, 

En ville, en campagne, en extase, en songe, en pieces, &c. 

Remark. L'armee est entree en campagne, means the 
army has taken the field ; but Mr. N. est alle a la cam- 
pagne, means Mr. N. is gone into the country. 

Rule III. These eleven prepositions, d, de, avec, 
contre, entre, malgre, outre, par, pour, sur, sans, some- 
times admit, sometimes reject the article, before their re- 
gimen. 

If the article is used in these phrases : 

Jouer sur le velours, 

St. Paul veul de la subordination entre la femme et le mart. 

Sans les passions, oil serait le merite ? 

It is suppressed in, 

Etre sur pied ; un peu de fagons ne gate rien entre mari et 
femme. 

Vivre sans passions, c'est vivre sans plaisirs, et sans peines. 

REPETITION OF THE PREPOSITION. 

Rule I. The prepositions de, d, and en, must be re- 
peated before all the nouns which they govern, as, 
35* 



404 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 



Voyons qui Vemportera de vous, 
de hii, ou de moi, 

Ette a de Vhonnetete, de la dou- 
ceur, des graces, et de Vesprit, 

La loi, que Dieu a gravee au 
fcrnd de mon cozur, mHnstruit 
de tout ce que je dots a Vau- 
teur de mon etre, au prochain, 
a moi-meme, 

En Asie, en Europe, en Afrique, 
etjusqu'en Amerique, on trouve 
le mime prejuge, 



Let us see which of us will ex- 
cel, you, he, or I. 

She has politeness, sweetness, 
grace, and abilities. 

The law which God has deeply 
engraven on my heart, in- 
structs me in every thing I 
owe to the author of my be- 
ing, to my neighbour, and to 
myself. 

In Asia, in Europe, in Africa, 
and even in America, we find 
the same prejudice. 

Rule II. The other prepositions, especially those 
consisting of two syllables, are generally repeated — 
before nouns, which have meanings totally different ; 
but seldom before nouns that are nearly synonymous. 

jRien n'est mains selon Dieu et 
selon le monde, 



Cette action est contre Vhonneur 
et contre toule espe.ce de prin- 
cipes, 
But we ought to say, 

II -perd sa jeunesse dans la mol- 
lesse et la volupte, 

Notre loi ne condamne personne 
sans V avoir entendu et ex- 
amine. 



Nothing is less according to 

God and according to the 

world. 
That action is contrary to 

honour, and to every kind of 

principle. 

He wastes his youth in effemi- 
nacy and pleasure. 

Our laws condemn nobody 
without having heard and ex- 
amined him. 



OF THE GOVERNMENT OF PREPOSITIONS. 

Some prepositions govern nouns without the help of 
another preposition, as, 

Devant lamaison, Before the house. 

Hormis son fr ere, Except his brother. 

Sans son epee, Without his sword, &c. 

Others require the help of the preposition de, as, 

Pres de la maison, Near the house. 

A Vinsu de son fr ere, Unknown to his brother. 

Au-dessus dupont, Above the bridge, &c. 

These four, jus que, par rapport, quant, and sauf, are 
followed by the preposition d, as, 

Jusqu'au mois prochain, Till the next month. 

Quant a moi } As for me, &c. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 405 

Practice alone can teach these different regimens. 
Rule. A noun may be governed by two preposi- 
tions, provided they do not require different regimens ; 
thus we say with propriety, 

Celui qui ecrit selon les circon- He who writes according to 
stances, pour et contre un circumstances, both for and 
parti, est un homme Men me- against a party, is a very con- 
prisable, temptible man. 

But it would be wrong to say, 

Celui qui ecrit en faveur et contre un parti, &c. 
because en faveur requires the preposition de. 

Rule. Prepositions which, with their regimen, express 
a circumstance, are generally placed as nearly as possible 
to the word to which that circumstance relates, as, 

On voit des personnes qui, avec We see persons who, with a 
beaucoup d'esprit, commetient great deal of wit, commit 
de tres-grandes fautes, very great faults. 

J'ai envoy e a la poste les lettres I have sent to the post-office the 
que vous avez ecrites, letters which you have written. 

Croyez-vous pouvoir ramener Do you think you can reclaim 
par la douceur ces esprits by gentleness, those mistaken 
egares ? people 1 

If we attempt to alter the place of these prepositions, 

we shall find that the sentences will become ambiguous. 



CHAP. VII. 
OP THE ADVERB. 

OF THE NEGATIVE Tie. 

Negation is expressed in French by ne, either alone 
or accompanied by pas or point. On this point the Aca- 
demy has examined the four following questions : 

1. Where is the place of the negatives? 

2. When is pas to be used in preference to point, and 
vice versa ? 

3. When may both be omitted ? 

4. When ought both to be omitted 1 

As this subject is of very material importance, we shall 
treat it upon the plan of the Academy, and agreeably to 
their views. 



406 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADVERB. ~- 

First Question. Where is the place of the negatives? 

Ne is always prefixed to the verb ; but the place of 
pas and point is variable. 

When the verb is in the infinitive, these are placed in- 
differently before, or after it ; for we say, 

Pour ne point voir, or, pour ne voir pas. 

In the other moods, except the imperative, the tenses 
are either simple, or compound. In the simple tenses, 
pas or point is placed after the verb. 

II ne parte pas; ne parle-Uil pas? 

In the compound tenses, it is placed between the aux- 
iliary and the participle. 

11 rfa pas parte ; n'a-t-ilpas parte ? 

In the imperative, it is placed after the verb. 
Ne badinez pas. Ne vous en oltez pas. 

Second Question. When is pas to be used in prefer- 
ence to point, and vice versa ? 

Point is a stronger negative than pas : besides, it de- 
notes something permanent : II ne lit point, means, he 
never reads. 

Pas denotes something accidental: II ne lit pas, 
means, he does not read now, or he is not reading. 

Point de denotes an absolute negation. Thus : 

II -da point oV esprit, is to say, he has no wit at all. 

Pas de allows the liberty of a reserve. So : 

II rdapas d } esprit, is to say, he has nothing of what 
can be called wit. 

Hence, the Academy concludes, thoXpasis more proper, 

1. Before plus, moins, si, autant, and other words de- 
noting comparison, as, 

Milton n/est pas moins sublime Milton is not less sublime than 
qu'Homere, Homer. 

2. Before nouns of number, as, 

It n'y a pas dix ans, It is not ten years ago. 

Point is elegantly used, 
1. At the end of a sentence, as, 
Chi s'amusait a ses deepens, et it They were amusing themselves 
ne s'en apercevait point, at his expense, and he did not 

perceive it. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADVERB. 407 

2. In elliptical sentences, as, 

Je cr oyais avoir affaire dun hon- I thought I had to deal with an 
nete homme ; mais point, honest man ; but no. 

3. In answer to interrogative sentences, as, 
Irez-vous ce soir au pare ? — Shall you go this evening to the 

point, park 1— no. 

The Academy also observes, that when pas, or point, 
is introduced into interrogative sentences, it is with mean- 
ings somewhat different. We make use of point, when 
we have any doubt on our minds, as 
N'avez-vous point ete la ? Have you not been there 1 

But we use pas, when we are persuaded. Thus, 

PTavsz-vouspas ete la? But you have been there, have 

not you 1 

Third Question. When may hoih. pas a.n& point be 
omitted ? 

They may be suppressed, 

1. After the words cesser, oser, and pouvoir ; but this 
omission is only for the sake of elegance, as, 

Je ne cesse de m'en occuper, I am incessantly attentive to it. 

Je n'ose vous enparler, I dare not speak to you about it. 

Je ne puis y penser sans fr emir, I cannot think of it without 

shuddering. 

We likewise say, but only in familiar conversation, 

Ne bougez, Do not stir. 

2. In expressions of this kind, 

Ya-t-il un homme dont elle ne Is there a man that she does not 

medise ? slander 1 

A^ez-vous un ami qui ne soii Have you a friend that is not 

des miens ? likewise mine 1 

Fourth Question. When ought both pas and point 
to be omitted 1 

They are omitted, 

1. When the extent which we mean to give to the ne- 
gative is sufficiently expressed either by the words which 
restrict it, by words which exclude all restriction, or 
lastly, by such as denote the smaller parts of a whole, 
and which are without the article. 

To exemplify the first part of this remark, we say, 



408 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADVERB. 

Je ne sors guere, I go out but seldom. 

Je ne sortirai de trois jours, I shall not go out for three days. 

To exemplify the second, we say, 

Je n'y vais jamais, I never go there. 

Je n'y pense plus, I think no more of it. 

Nul ne sait s'il est digne d'am- Nobody knows whether he be 

our, ou de liaine, deserving of love, or hatred. 

JWemployez aucun de ces strata- Use none of these stratagems. 

gemes, 

11 ne plait apersonne, He pleases nobody. 

Rien n'est plus charmant, Nothing is more charming. 

Je n'y pense nullement, I do not think of it at all. 

To exemplify the third, we say, 

II n'y voit goutte, He cannot see at all. 

Je n'en ai cueilli brin, I did not gather a sprig. 

11 ne dit mot, He speaks not a word. 

But if to mot we join an adjective of number, pas 
must be added, as, 

II ne dit fas un mot qui n'inte- He speaks not a word but what 

resse, is interesting. 

Dans ce discours, il n'y a pas In that speech, there are not 

trois mots a reprendre, three words that are excep- 

tionable. 

Pas is likewise used with the preposition de, as, 

II ne fait pas de demarche inu- He does not take any useless 
, tile, step. 

Remark. If, after the sentences we have just men- 
tioned, either the conjunction que, or the relative pro- 
nouns qui or dont, should introduce a negative sentence, 
then in this last pas and point are omitted, as, 
Je nefais jamais d'exces que je I never commit any excess, 

n'en sois incommode, without being ill after it. 

Je ne vois personne qui ne vous I see nobody but what commends 

loue, you. 

2. When two negatives are joined by ni, as, 
Je ne Vaime ni ne Vestime, I neither love nor esteem him. 

And when the conjunction ni is repeated, either in the 
subject, as, 

Ni Vor ni la grandeur ne nous Neither gold nor greatness can 
rendent heureux, make us happy. 

Or, in the attribute, as, 

H rfest ni prudent ni sage, He is neither prudent nor wise. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADVERB. 409 

Or, in the regimen, as, 

lln'ani dettes niproces, He has neither debts nor law- 

suits. 

Remark. Pas is preserved, when ni is not repeated, 
and when this last serves only to unite two members of 
a negative sentence, as, 

Je n'aime pas ce vain eialage I do not like that vain display oi 
d' erudition, prodiguee sans erudition, lavished without 
choix et sans gout, ni ce luxe choice and without taste, nor 
de mots qui ne disent Hen, that pomp of words which 

have no meaning. 

3. With the verb which follows que, used instead of 
pourquoi, and with d moins que, or si, used instead of it, 
as, 

Que n'etes-vous aussi pose que Why are you not as sedate as 

voire frere ? your brother 1 

Je ne sortirai pas, a moins que I shall not go out, unless you 

vous ne veniez me prendre, come to fetch me. 

Je n'iraipas chez lui, sHl ne m'y I shall not go to his house, if he 

engage, do not invite me. 

4. With ne — que used instead of seulement, as, 

Une jeunesse, qui se livre a ses Youth, which abandons itself to 
passions, ne transmet a la its passions, transmits to old 
vieillesse qu'un corps use, age nothing but a worn-out 

body. 

When before the conjunction que, the word rien is 
understood, as, 
11 nefait que rire, He does nothing but laugh. 

Or when that conjunction may be changed into sinon, 
or si ce riest, as, 

U ne tient qu'd vous de reussir, The success wholly depends up- 
on you. 
Trop de maitres a la fois ne Too many masters at once only 

servent qu'a embrouiller Ves- serve to perplex the mind. 

pi-it, 

5. With a verb in the preterit, preceded by the con- 
junction depuis que, or by the verb il y a, denoting a 
certain duration of time, as, 

Comment vous etes-vous porle How have you been since I saw 

depuis que je ne vous ai vu ? you 1 

J7 y a trois mois que je ne vous I have not seen you for these 

«i vu, three months. 



410 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADVERB. 

But they are not omitted, when the verb is in the pre- 
sent, as, 

Comment vit-il depuis que nous How does he live now we do 

ne le voyons point ? not see him 1 

11 y a six mois que nous ne le "We have not seen him these 

voyons point, six months. 

6. In phrases where the conjunction que is preceded 
by the adverbs of comparison plus, moins, mieuz, &c. or 
some other equivalent term, as, 

On meprise ceux qui parlent au- We despise those who speak 
trement quHls nepensent, differently from what they 

think. 

11 ecrit mieux qu'il ne parte, He writes better than he 

speaks. 

Oest fire qu'on ne le disait, It is worse than was said. 

C'est autre chose que je ne croy- It is different from what I 
ais, thought. 

Pen s'en faut qu'&n, ne m'ait I have been very near being 
trompe, deceived. 

7. In sentences united by the conjunction que to the 
verbs douter, desesperer, nier, and disconvenir, forming 
a negative member of a sentence, as, 

Je ne doute pas qu'il ne vienne, I doubt not that he will come. 

Ne desesperez pas que ce moyen Do not despair of the success of 

ne nous reussisse, these means. 

Je ne nie pas, or je ne discon- I do not deny that it is so. 

viens pas que cela ne soit, 

The Academy says, that after the two last verbs, ne 
may be omitted, as, 

Je ne nie pas, or, je ne discon viens pas que cela soit. 

8. With a verb united by the conjunction que to the 
verbs empecher and prendre garde, meaning to take care, 
as, 

J'empecherai bien que vous ne I shall prevent your being of the 

soyez du nombre, number. 

Prenez garde qu'on ne vous se- Take care that they do not cor- 

duise, rupt you. 

Remark. The Academy observes, that in the above 
acceptation, prendre garde is followed by a subjunctive ; 
but when it means to reflect, the indicative is used with 
pas or point, as, 
Prenez garde que vous ne m'en- Mind, you do not understand 

tendez pas, what I mean. 



PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADVERB. 411 

9. With a verb united by the conjunction que to the 
verb craindre, and those of the same meaning, when we 
do not wish the thing expressed by the second verb, as, 

11 craint que son fr ere neVaban- He is afraid his brother should 

donne, forsake him. 

Je trains que mon ami ne meure, I fear my friend will die. 

But pas is not omitted, when we wish the thing ex- 
pressed by the second verb, as, 
Je crains que mon p ere n } arrive I am afraid my father will not 

pas, come. 

10. With the verb which follows de peur que, de 
crainte que, in similar circumstances with craindre, 
Thus, when we say, 

De crainte qxCil ne perde son proces, 
We wish that he may gain it ; and, when we say, 

De crainte quHl ne soit pas puni, 
We wish that he may be punished. 
Remark. In these phrases, 

Je crains que mon ami ne meure, I am afraid my friend will die. 
Vous empechez qu'on ne chante. You prevent them from singing 

The expression ne is not a negation ; it is the ne, oi 
quia of the Latins introduced into the French language, 
as may be seen by the English translation. 

1 1. After savoir, whenever it has the meaning of pou- 
voir, as, 

Je tie saurais en venir a bout, I cannot accomplish it. 

When it means etre incertain, it is the best to omit 
pas and point, as, 

Je ne sais oil le prendre, I do not know where to find him. 

11 ne sail ce qu'il dit, He does not know what he says. 

Remark. But pas and point must be used when sa- 
voir is taken in its true meaning, as, 
Je ne sais pas le Francais, I do not know French. 

12. We also say, 

Ne vous deplaise, ne vous en de- By your leave, under favour, or, 
plaise, let it not displease you. 

Plus and davantage must not be used indifferently. 
Plus is followed by the preposition de, or the conjunc- 
tion que, as, 

36 



412 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADVERB. 

11 a plus de brillant que de so- He has more brilliancy than so- 

lide, lidity. 

U sefie plus a seslumieres qu'a He relies more upon his own 

celles des autres, knowledge than upon that of 

others. 

Davantage is used alone and at the end of sentences, as, 

La science est estimable, mais la Learning is estimable, but vir- 
vertu Vest davantage, tue is still more so. 

Though davantage cannot be followed by the prepo- 
sition de, it may be preceded by the pronoun en, as, 
Je n'en dirai pas davantage, I shall not say any more about it. 

It is incorrect to use davantage for le plus. We must 
say, 

Detoutesles Jleures d'un parterre, Of all the flowers of a parterre 
V anemone est celle qui me plait the anemone is that which 
le plus, pleases me most. 

Si, aussi, tant, and autant, are always followed by 
the conjunction que, expressed or understood. 

Si and aussi are joined to adjectives, adverbs, and 
participles ; tant and autant to substantives and verbs. 
UAngleterren'estpas sigrande England is not so large as 

que la France, France. 

11 est aussi estime qu'aime, He is as much esteemed as he 

is beloved. 
EUe a, autant de beaute que de She has as much beauty as vir- 

vertu, tue. 

Remark. Autant may, however, be substituted for 
aussi, when it is preceded by one adjective, and followed 
by que and another adjective, as, 
U est modeste autant que sage, He is as modest as wise. 

Aussi and autant are used in the affirmative ; si and 
tant in negative and interrogative sentences. The two 
last are, however, alone to be used in affirmative sen- 
tences, when they are put for tellement, as, 

II est devenu si gros, quHl a de He is become so bulky that he 

la peine a marcher, can hardly walk. 

11 a tant couru quHl en est hors He has been running so fast 

d'haleine, that he is out of breath. 
Jamais takes sometimes the preposition d, and toujour* 

the preposition pour, as, 

Soyez a jamais heureux, Be for ever happy. 

Cest pour toujour^, It is for ever. 



I 



OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 413 

CHAP. VIII. 

OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 

Grammatical construction is the order which the 
genius of a language has assigned, in speech, to the dif- 
ferent sorts of words into which it is distinguished. Con- 
struction is sometimes mistaken for syntax ; but there is 
this difference, the latter consists in the rules which we 
are to observe, in order to express the relations of words 
one to another, whereas grammatical construction con- 
sists in the various arrangements which are allowed 
while we observe the rules of syntax. Now this ar- 
rangement is irrevocably fixed, not only as phrases may 
be interrogative, imperative, or expositive, but also as 
each of these kinds may be affirmative or negative. 

In sentences simply interrogative, the subject is either 
a noun or pronoun. 

If the subject be a noun, the following is the order to 
be observed: first, the noun, then the verb, then the cor- 
responding personal pronoun, the adverb, if any, and 
the regimen in the simple tenses : in the compound 
tenses, the pronoun and the adverb are placed between 
the auxiliary and the participle, as, 

Les lumieres sont-elles un bien Are sciences an advantage to 

pour les peuples ? ont-elles nations 1 Have they ever con- 

jam&is contribue a leur bon- tributed to their happiness 1 
heur? 

If the subject be a pronoun, the verb begins the series, 
and the other words follow in the order already pointed 
out, as, 

Vous plairez-vous toujours a. Will you always take pleasure 

medire ? in slandering 1 

Aurez-vous bientbtjini ? Shall you have soon done % 

N. B. When the verb is reflected, the pronoun form- 
ing the regimen begins the series ; this pronoun always 
preserves its place before the verb, except in sentences 
simply imperative. 

In interrogative sentences, with negation, the same or- 
der is observed ; but ne is placed before the verb, and 
pas, or point, after the verb in the simple tenses, and be- 



414 OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 

tween the auxiliary and the participle in the compound 
tenses, as, 

Votrefrere ne viendra-t-il pas Will not your brother come to- 

demain ? morrow 1 

N'aurez-vous pas bientU fini ? Shall you not have soon done % 
Remark. There are in French several other ways of 
interrogating. 

1. With an absolute pronoun, as, 
Qui vous a dit cela ? or, 

Qui est-ce qui vous a dil cela ? Who told you that % 

2. With the demonstrative pronoun ce, as, 

Est-ce vous? Is it you 1 Est-ce qu'ilpleut? Does it rain? 

3. With an interrogative verb, as, 

Pourquoi ne vient-il pas? Why does he not cornel 

Comment vous trouvez-vous? How do you find yourself? 

Hence we see that the absolute pronouns and the in- 
terrogative adverbs always begin the sentence: but the 
demonstrative pronoun always follows the verb. 

In sentences, simply imperative, the verb is always 
placed first, in the first and second persons ; but in the 
third, it comes after the conjunction que and the noun or 
pronoun, as, 

Allons la. Let us go there. 

Venez id, Come here. 

QuHls y aillent, Let them go there. 

Q r ue Pierre aille a, Londres, Let Peter go to London. 

With negation ne and pas are placed as in interroga- 
tive sentences. 

For the place of the pronouns, (see p. 247.) 

Sentences are expositive, when we speak without either 

interrogating, or commanding. The following is the 

order of the words in those which are affirmative : the 

subject, the verb, the adverb, the participle, the regimen, as 

Un bon prince merite f amour de A good prince deserves the love 

ses sujets, et Vestime de tous les of his subjects, and the esteem 

peuples, of all nations. 

Cesar eut inutilement passe le Ceesar would have crossed the 

Rubicon, s'il y eut en de son Rubicon co no purpose, had 

temps des Fabius, there been Fabii in his time. 

The negative sentences differ from this construction, 
only as ne is always placed before the verb, and pas, or 



OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 415 

point, either after the verb, or between the auxiliary and 
the participle, as, 

Un homme riche ne fait pas tou- A rich man does not always do 
jours le Hen qu'il pourrait, all the good he might. 

Cicironn'eut peut-etre pas eteun Cicero would not perhaps have 
si grand orateur, si le desir de been so great an orator, had 
s'eleveraux premieres dignites not the desire of rising to the 
n'eut enfiamme son ame, first dignities inflamed his soul. 

Sentences are either simple, or compound. They 

are simple, when they contain only one subject and one 

attribute, as, 

Vous lisez, You read. 

Vous etes jeunc, You are young. 

They are compound, when they associate several 
subjects with one attribute, or several attributes with 
one subject, or several attributes with several subjects, 
or several subjects with several attributes. 

This sentence, Pierre et Paul sont heureux, is com- 
pound by having several subjects ; this, celte femme est 
jolie, spirituelle et sensible, is compound by having se- 
veral attributes ; and this, Pierre et Paul sont spirituels 
et savans, is composed at once of several subjects and 
several attributes. 

A sentence may be compound in various other ways ; 
by the subject, by the verb, or by the attribute. 

By the subject, when this is restricted by an incidental 
proposition, as, 

Dieu, qui est bon. 

By the verb, when it is modified by some circumstance 
of time, order, &c, as, 

Dieu, qui est bon, n'abandonne jamais. 

By the attribute, when this attribute is modified by a 
regimen which is itself restricted, as, 

Dieu, qui est bon, n'abandonne jamais les hommes, qui mettent 
sinceremenl leur confiance en lui. 

These simple or compound sentences, may be joined 
to others by a conjunction, as, 

Quand on aime V etude, le temps When we love study, time flies 
passe sans qu'on s'en apercoive, without our perceiving it. 

The two partial phrases here form but one. 

36* 



416 OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 

Rule. When a sentence is composed of two partial 
phrases, joined by a conjunction, harmony and perspi- 
cuity generally require the shortest to go first. 

EXAMPLES. 

Quand les passions nous quittent, When our passions leave us, we 

nous nous fiattons en vain, que in vain natter ourselves that 

c'est nous qui les quittons, it is we that leave them. 

Onn'estpointaplaindre, quand, He is not to be pitied, who for 

au defaut de plaisirs reels, on want of real pleasure, finds 

trouve le moyen de s'occuper de means to amuse himself with 

chimeres, chimeras. 

Periods result from the union of several partial phrases, 
the whole of which make a complete sense. Periods, to 
be clear, require the shortest phrases to be placed first. 
The following example of this is taken from Flechier. 

N'attendez pas, Messieurs, 

1. due j'ouvre une scene tragique; 

2. Glue je represente ce grand homme etendu sur ses propres 
trophees ; 

3. Glue je decouvre ce corps pale et sanglant, aupres duquel 
fume encore la foudre qui l'a frappe ; 

4. Glue je fasse crier son sang comme celui d'Abel, et que j'ex- 
pose a vos yeux les images de la religion et de la patrie eploree. 

This admirable period is composed of four members, 
which go on gradually increasing. It is a rule not to 
give more than four members to a period, and to avoid 
multiplying incidental sentences. 

Obscurity in style is generally owing to those small 
phrases which divert the attention from the principal 
sentences, and make us lose sight of them. 

The construction which we have mentioned is called 
direct, or regular, because the words are placed in those 
sentences according to the order which has been pointed 
out. But this order may be altered in certain cases, and 
then the construction is called indirect, or irregular. 
Now, it may be irregular, by inversion by ellipsis, by 
pleonasm, or by syllepsis ; these are what are called the 
four figures of words. 

OF INVERSION. 

Inversion is the transportation of a word into a place, 
different from that which by usage is properly assigned 



OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 417 

to it. This ought never to be done except when it intro- 
duces more perspicuity, energy, or harmony into the lan- 
guage ; for it is a defect in construction, whenever the re- 
lation subsisting between words is not easily perceived. 

There are two kinds of inversion : the one, by its 
boldness, seems to be confined to poetry: the other is fre- 
quently employed even in prose. 

We shall speak here of the latter kind only. 

The following inversions are authorized by custom. 

The subject by which a verb is governed may with 
propriety be placed after it, as, 
Tout ce que lui promet Vamitie All that the friendship of the 

des Romains, Romans promises him. 

Remark. This inversion is a rule of the art of speak- 
ing and writing, whenever the subject is modified by an 
incidental sentence, long enough to make us lose sight 
of the relation of the verb governed to the subject go- 
verning. 

The noun governed by the prepositions de and a may 
likewise be very properly placed before the verb, as, 
D'une voix entrecoupee de san- In a voice interrupted by sobs, 

glots, Us s'ecrierent, they exclaimed. 

A tant d'injures, qu'a-t-elle re- To so much abuse, what answer 

pondu? did she give 1 

The verb is likewise elegantly preceded by the prepo- 
sitions apres, dans, par, sous, contre, &c. with their de- 
pendencies, as well as by the conjunction si, quand, parce 
que, puisque, quoique, lorsque, &c. as, 

Par la loi du corps, je tiens a By the law of the body, I am 
ce monde qui passe, connected with this passing 

world. 
PuisqxCil le veut, qu'il lefasse. Since he wishes it, let him do it. 

OF THE ELLIPSIS. 

Ellipsis is the omission of a word, or even several 
words which are necessary to make the construction full 
and complete. In order to form a good ellipsis, the mind 
must be able easily to supply the words omitted, as, 

J? accepter ais les offres de Da- I would accept the offers of Da- 
rius, si fetais Alexandre : — rius, if I were Alexander : — 
etmoiaussijSifetaisParme- and so would I, if I were 
nion, Parmenio. 



418 OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 

Here the mind easily supplies the words je les accep- 
terois in the second member. 

The ellipsis is very common in answers to interroga- 
tive sentences, as, 

Quand vlendrez-vous ? — de- When will you come 1 — to- 
main, morrow. 

that is, je viendrai demain. 

In order to know whether an ellipsis be good, the 
words that are understood must be supplied. It is cor- 
rect, whenever the construction completely expresses the 
sense denoted by the words which are supplied: other- 
wise it is not exact. 



OF THE PLEONASM. 



Pleonasm, in general, is a superfluity of words ; in or- 
der to constitute this figure good, it must be sanctioned 
by custom, which never authorizes its use, but to give 
greater energy to language, or to express, in a clearer 
manner, the internal feeling with which we are affected. 

Et que m'a fait a moi cette Troie ou je cours ! 

Je me meurs. S'il ne veut pas vons le dire, je vous le dirai, moi. 

Je l'ai vu de rues propres yeux. 

Je l'ai entendu de mes propres oreilles. 

— A moi, in the first sentence ; — me, in the second ; — 
moi, in the third ; — de mes propres yeux, in the fourth ; 
and — de mes propres oreilles, in the fifth, are employed 
merely for the sake of energy, or to manifest an internal 
feeling. But this manner of speaking is sanctioned 
hy custom. 

Remark. Expletives must not be mistaken for pleo- 
nasms, as, 

Cest une affaire, ou il y va du It is an affair in which the 
salut de Vetat, safety of the state is con- 

cerned. 

Which is better than Jest une affaire, ou il va, &c. 
by omitting y, which is in reality useless on account of 
ou : but y here, is a mode of expression from which it is 
not allowable to deviate. 



OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 419 



OF THE SYLLEPSIS. 

The syllepsis is a figure by which a word relates 
more to our meaning, than to the literal expressions, as 
in these : 

II est onze heures : l'an mil sept cent quatre-vingt-dix-neuf. 

When using it, the mind, merely intent upon a pre- 
cise meaning, pays no attention to either the number, 
or the gender of heure and an. 

There is likewise a syllepsis in these sentences : 

Je crains qu'il ne vienne, 
J'empecherai qu'il ne vous nuise. 
J'ai peur qu'il ne m'oublie, &c. 

Full of a wish that the event may not take place, we 
are willing to do all we can, that nothing should present 
an obstacle to that wish. This is the cause of the intro- 
duction of the negative, which, although unnecessary to 
complete the sense, yet must be preserved for the idiom. 

There is again a very elegant syllepsis in sentences 
like the following from Racine : 

Entre le peuple et vous, vous prendrez Dieu pour juge ; 
Vous souvenant, mon tils, que cache sous ce lin, 
Comme eux vous futes pauvre, et, comme eux, orphelin. 

The poet forgets that he has been using the word 
peuple : nothing remains in his mind but des pauvres and 
des orphelins, and it is with that idea of which he is so 
fully impressed that he makes the pronoun eux agree. 
For the same reason, Bossuet and Mezengui have said, 

Gluand le peuple Hebreu entra dans laterre promise, tout y cel6- 
brait leurs ancetres. — Bossuet. 

Moise eut recours au Seigneur, et lui dit : que ferai-je a ce 
peuple ? bientot Us me lapideront. — Mezengui. 

Leurs and Us stand for les Hebreux. 



CHAP. IX. 

OF GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCES, AMPHIBOLOGIES, 
AND GALLICISMS. 

We have chiefly to notice two incorrect modes of con- 
struction, which are contrary to the principles laid down 



420 OF GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCES. 

in the preceding chapters — grammatical discordances, 
and amphibologies. 

OF DISCORDANCES. 

In general, there is a discordance in language, when 
the words which compose the various members of a 
sentence, or period, do not agree with each other, either 
because their construction is contrary to analogy, or be- 
cause they bring together dissimilar ideas, between which 
the mind perceives an opposition, or can see no manner 
of affinity. 

The following examples will serve to illustrate this ; 

Notre reputation ne depend pas des louanges qu'on nous donne, 
mais des actions louables que nous fesons. 

This sentence is not correct, because the first member 
being negative, and the second affirmative, cannot come 
under the government of the same verb. It ought to be : 

Notre reputation depend, non Our reputation depends, not up- 
des louanges qu'on nous on the praises which are be- 
donne. mais des actions stowed on us, but upon the 
louables que, &c. praiseworthy actions which vje 

perform. 
But the most common discordances are those which 

arise from the wrong use of tenses, as in this sentence : 

II regarde votre malheur cornme une punition du pen de com- 
plaisance que vous avez eue pour lui, dans le temps qu'il vous 
pria, &c. 

Because the two preterits, definite and indefinite, cannot 
well agree together; it should be: 

Clue vous elites pour lui dans le temps qu'il vous pria. 

There is discordance in this sentence: 

On en ressentit autant de joie que d'une victoire complete dans 
un autre temps, 

Because the verb cannot be understood after the que 
which serves for the comparison, when that verb is to be 
in a different tense ; it should be : 

On en ressentit autant de joie qu'on en aurait ressenti, Sec. 

This line of Racine, 

Le flot, qui l'apporta, recule epouvante, 
is also incorrect, because the form of the present cannot 



OF GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCES. 421 

associate with that of the preterit definite ; it should have 
been: qui V a apporte. 

OF AMPHIBOLOGIES. 

Amphibology in language is when a sentence is so 
constructed as to be susceptible of two different inter- 
pretations : this must be carefully avoided. As we 
speak only to be understood, perspicuity is the first and 
most essential quality of language; we should always 
recollect that what is not clearly expressed in any lan- 
guage, is no language at all. 

Amphibologies are occasioned, 1. By the misuse of 

— moods, and — tenses. 2. Of — the personal pronouns, 

il, le, la, &c. 3. Of the possessive pronouns, son, sa, ses, 

&c 4. By giving a wrong place to nouns. 

EXAMPLE 

Of an Amphibology of the first Kind. 

Glu'ai-je fait, pour venir accabler en ces lieux 
Un heros, sur qui seul j'ai pu tourner les yeux 1— Racine. 
Pour venir forms an amphibology, because we do not 
know whether it relates to the person who speaks, or to 
the person spoken to : it should have been ■ Pour que 
vous veniez. 

EXAMPLE 
Of an Amphibology of the second Kind. 
Cesar voulut premi&rement surpasser Pompee; les grandes 
richesses de Crassus lux firent croire, qu'il pourrait partager 
la gloire de ces deux grands hommes. 

This sentence is faulty in its construction, because the 
pronouns il and lui seem to relate to Cesar, although the 
sense obliges us to refer them to Crassus, 
EXAMPLE 
Of an Amphibology of the third Kind. 
Valere alia chez Leandre ; il y trouva son fils. 
The pronoun son is ambiguous, because we do not 
know to which it relates, to Valere, or to Leandre. 
EXAMPLE 
Of an Amphibology of the fourth Kind. 
J'ai envoy e les lettres, que j'ai ecrites, a la poste. 
A la poste, thus placed, is equivocal, because we do not 



422 OF GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCES. 

know whether it is meant that the letters have been writ- 
ten at the post-office, or sent to the post-office. 

OF GALLICISMS. 

We have distinguished in our " Grammaire Philoso- 
phique et Litteraire," four sorts of gallicisms : we shall 
only mention here those of construction. 

The gallicisms of construction are, in general, irregu- 
larities and deviations from the customary rules of syntax: 
there are some, however, which are mere ellipses, and 
others which can only be attributed to the caprice of 
custom. 

General Principle. Every gallicism of construc- 
tion which obscures the meaning of the sentence, ought 
to be condemned. Those only ought to be preserved 
which do not impair perspicuity, by introducing irregu- 
larity of construction, and which are, at the same time, 
sanctioned by long practice. 

According to this principle, this elliptic gallicism is 
now rejected : 

Et qu'ainsi ne soit, meaning : ce que je vous dis est si vrai que, 
because it obscures the sentence. For instance: 

J'etais dans ee jardin, et qu'ainsi ne soit, voila une fieur que j'y 
ai cueillie, that is: Et pour preuve de cela, voila une fleur, &c. 

Moliere and La Fontaine seem to have been the last 
great writers that have used this expression. 

One of the most common gallicisms is that in which 
the impersonal verb il y a, is used for il est, il existe. 
These expressions : 

II y avait une fois un roi ; — il y a cent a parier contre un, 

are gallicism s. There are two in the following sentence : 

11 n'y a pas jusqu'auz enfans, Even children will meddle with 
qui ne s'en melent, it. 

The verb falloir forms a sort of gallicism with the 
pronoun en, when it is conjugated like pronominal verbs 
with the double pronouns, il se ; as, 

II s'en faut, il s'en fallait, &c. 
It t'hen means to be wanting, and when preceded by an 
adverb of quantity, the first pronoun is omitted, as, 



OF GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCES. 



423 



Peu s'en faut, tant s'en faut. 

These several manners of using the verb falloir will 
be found in the following sentences : 

EXAMPLES. 



II s'en faut bien qu'il soit 
aussi habile qu'il croit l'etre, 

Peu s'en est fallu qu'il n'ait 
succombe dans cette entreprise, 

II ne s'en est presque rien 
fallu qu'il n'ait ete tue, 

Vous dites qu'il s'en faut 
vingt livres que la somme en- 
tiere n'y soit, mais vous vous 
trompez, il ne peut pas s'en 
falloir tant, 

Son rhume est entierement 
gueri, ou peut s'en faut, 

Clue s'en est-il fallu que ces 
deux amis ne se soient brouil- 
les? 

Je ne suis pas content de 
votre application a l'etude, tant 
s'en faut, 

Tant s'en faut que cette co- 
rned ie me plaise, elle me sem- 
ble au contraire detestable, 

II s'en fallait beaucoup que 
je vous approuyasse dans cette 
circonstance, 

The sentences : 

11 ri 'est rienmoins que genereux, 
Vous avez beau dire, 

A ce quHl me semble, 

Nous voila a nous lamenter, 

Qu'est-ce que de nous, 



He is far from being so clever 
as he thinks. 

He was very near failing in 
that undertaking. 

He was as near as possible be- 
ing killed. 

You say it wants twenty 
pounds to complete the sum, but 
you are mistaken, it cannot want 
so much. 

His cold is entirely well, er 
very near. 

How near were these two 
friends quarrelling ? 

lam not satisfied with your 
application to study, far from 
it. 

So far from this play pleasing 
me, 1 think it insufferable. 

I was far from approving 
your conduct on that occasion. 



He is far from being generous. 

You may say what you please, 
but, &c. 

By what I can see, as the mat- 
ter appears to me, &c. 

We began to lament, here we 
are lamenting, crying, &c. 

What wretched beings we arc' 
&c. &c. 



are also gallicisms. 

The use which is made of the preposition en, in many 
sentences, is likewise another source of gallicisms ; some 
of this kind will be found in the following expressions : 
37 



424 OF GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCES, 

A qui en avez-vous ? Whom are you angry with? 

Oil en veut-il venir ? What does he aim * at 1 what 

would he be atl 
II lui en veut, He has a quarrel with him, &c. 

The preposition en changes also, sometimes, the sig- 
nification of verbs, and then gives rise to gallicisms. 

The conjunction que produces as great a number of 
gallicisms; as, 

Cest une terrible passion que Gaming" is a terrible passion, 

lejeu, 

Cest done en vain que je tra- It is in vain then that I work, 

vaille, 

Ce »' est pas trop que cela, That is not too much. 

II n'est que d 'avoir du courage, There is nothing like having 

courage. 

Many others will be found in the use which is made 
of the prepositions d, de, dans, apres, &c. but enough 
has been said on the subject. 

Gallicisms are of very great use in the simple style, 
therefore La Fontaine and Mad. de Sevigne abound in 
them. The middling style has not so many, and the so- 
lemn oratorical but few, and these even of a peculiar na- 
ture. Only two examples of this kind, both taken from 
the tragedy of Iphigenia, by Racine, will be here in- 
serted. 

Avez-vous pu penser qu'au sang d'Agamemnon 
Achille preferat une fille sans nom, 
Qui de tout son destin ce qu'elle a pu comprendre, 
C'cst qu'elle sort d'un sang, &c. 

And, 

Je ne sais qui m'arrete et retient mon courroux, 
Que par un prompt avis de tout ce qui se passe. 
Je ne coure des dieux divulguer la menace. 

In the first instance, qui is the subject, though without 
relating to any verb ; and in the second, je ne sais qui 
m'arrete queje ne coure, is contrary to the rules of com- 
mon construction. "But," says Vaugelas, "these extra- 
ordinary phrases, far from being vicious, possess the more 
beauty, as they belong to a particular kind of language." 



FREE EXERCISES. 

I. 

MADAME DE MAINTENON TO HER BROTHER. 

We can only be 1 unhappy by our own fault ; this shall always 
be my text, and my reply to your lamentations. Recollect 2, 
my dear brother, the voyage to America, the misfortunes of our 
father, of our infancy and our youth 3 ; and you will bless Pro- 
vidence instead of murmuring against fortune. Ten years ago, 
we were both very far (below our present situation 4;) and our 
hopes were so feeble 5, that we limited our wishes to an (income 
of three thousand livres 6.) At present we have four times that 
sum 7, and our desires are not yet satisfied ! we enjoy the happy 
mediocrity which you have so often extolled 8 ; let us be content. 
If possessions 9 come to us, let us receive them from the hand 
of God, but let not our views be 10 too extravagant 11. "We 
have (every thing necessary 12) and comfortable 13 ; all the rest 
is avarice 14 ; all these desires of greatness spring from 15 a 
restless heart. Your debts are all paid, and you may live ele- 
gantly 16, without contracting more 17. What have you to 
desire 3 must 18 schemes 19 of wealth and ambition occasion 20 
the loss of your repose and your health 1 read the life of St. 
Louis ; you'will see how unequal 21 the greatness of this world 
is to the desires of the human heart; God only can satisfy 
them 22. I repeat it, you are oaly unhappy by your own fault 
Your uneasiness 23 destroys your health, which you ought to 
preserve, if it were 24 only because 1 love you. Watch 25 your 
temper 20 : if youean render it less splenetic 27 and less gloomy, 
(you will have gained a great advantage 28.) This is not the 
work of reflection only; exercise, amusement, and a regular life, 
(are necessary for the purpose 29.) You cannot think well (whilst 
your health is affected 30;) when the body is debilitated 31, the 
mind is without vigour. Adieu! write to me more frequently, 
and in a style less gloomy. 

1 On ne etre. ..que. 2 Songer a. 3 The misfortunes of our in- 
fancy and those of our, &c. 4 Du point ou nous sommes au- 
jourd'hui. 5 Si peu de chose. 6 Trois miile livres de rente. 7 
That sum, en... plus. 8 Have so often extolled, vanter si fort, 
ind-2. 9 Possessions, biens. 10 Let us not have views. 11 Trop 
vaste. 12 Le necessaire. 13 Le commode. 14 Avarice, cupidite. 
15 Spring from, partir du videde. 16 Delicieusement. 17 Con- 
tracting more, en faire de nouveiles. 18 Must, faut-il que. 19 
Projet. 20 Occasion, couter, subj-1. 21 Unequal, au-dessous de. 
22 Satisfy them, le rassasier, 23 Uneasiness, inquietude pi. 24 If 
it were, quand ce etre, con.d-1. 25 Travailler sur. 26 Humeur. 
27 Bilieux. 28 Ce etre un grand point de gagne. 29 II y faut de. 
30 Tant que vous se porter mal. Debilitated, dans l'abattement. 



426 FREE EXERCISES. 

II. 

THE CONVERT. 

AN EASTERN TALE. 

Divine mercy 1 had brought a vicious man into a society of 
sages, whose morals were holy and pure. He was affected by 
their virtues ; it was not long 2 before 3 he imitated them, and 
lost his old habits: he became just, sober, patient, laborious, and 
benevolent. His deeds nobody could deny, but they were attri- 
buted 4 to odious motives. They praised his good actions, with- 
out loving his person: they would alwaj^s judge him by what he 
had been, not by what he was become. This injustice filled him 
with grief; he shed tears in the bosom of an ancient sage, more 
just and more humane than the others. " Oh my son," said the 
old man to him, " thou art better than thy reputation ; be thankful 
" to God for it. Happy the man who can say, my enemies and 
" my rivals censure in me vices of which I am not guilty. What 
" matters 5 it, if thou art good, that men persecute thee as wick- 
" ed % Hast thou not, to comfort thee, the two best witnesses of 
" thy actions, God and thy conscience V Saint- Lambert. 



Mr. de Montausier has written a letter to Monseigneur upon 
the taking of Philipsbourgh, which very much pleases me. 
" Monseigneur, I do not compliment you on the capture of Phi- 
M lipsbourgh : you had a good army, bombs, cannon, and Vauban ; 
"neither shall I compliment you upon your valour : for that is 
" an hereditary virtue in your family. But I rejoice that you 
"are liberal, generous, humane, and that you know how to 
" recompense the services of those who behave well : it is for 
"this that I congratulate you." Sevigne. 



III. 

THE GOOD MINISTER. 

AN EASTERN TALE. 



The great Aaron Raschild began to suspect that his vizier 
Giafar was not deserving of the confidence which he had reposed 
in him. The women of Aaron, the inhabitants of Bagdad, the 
courtiers, the dervises, censured the vizier with bitterness. The 
calif loved Giafar ; he would not condemn him upon the clamours 
of the city and the court: he visited his empire; every where 
he saw the land well cultivated, the country smiling, the cottages 
opulent, the useful arts honoured, and youth full of gayety. He 
visited his fortified cities and sea-ports, he saw numerous ships, 

1 Misericorde. 2 Ne pas tarder. 3 A, inf-1. 4 On donner 
des motifs. 5 Importer. 



FREE EXERCISES. 427 

which threatened the coasts of Africa and of Asia ; he saw war- 
riors disciplined and content; these warriors, the seamen, and 
the peasantry, exclaimed: " O God, pour thy blessings upon the 
"faithful, by giving- them a calif like Aaron, and a vizier like 
Giafar." The calif, affected by these exclamations, enters a 
mosque, falls upon his knees, and cries out : " Great God, I re- 
turn thee thanks ; thou hast given me a vizier of whom my cour- 
tiers speak ill, and my people speak well." 

Saint-Lambert. 



Providence conducts us with so much goodness through the 
different periods of our life, that we (do not perceive our progress 
1.) This loss takes place gently 2, it is imperceptible, it is the 
shadow of the sun-dial whose motion we do not see. If, at twen- 
ty years of age, we could see 3 in a mirror, the face we shall have 
at three score, we (should be shocked at the contrast 4,) and ter- 
rified at our own figure ; but it is day by day we advance : we 
are to-day as we were yesterday, and shall be to-morrow as we 
are to-day ; so we go forward without perceiving it, and this is a 
miracle of that Providence whom I adore. Sevigne. 

IV. 

THE MAGNIFICENT PROSPECT. 

This beautiful house was on the declivity of a hill, from 
whence you beheld the sea, sometimes clear and smooth as glass, 
sometimes idly 1 irritated against the rocks on which it broke, 
bellowing 2 and swelling its waves like mountains. On another 
side was seen a river, in which were islands bordered with 
blooming limes, and lofty poplars, which raised their proud heads 
to the very clouds. The several channels, which formed those 
islands, seemed sporting 3 in the plain. Some rolled their limpid 
waters with rapidity; some had a peaceful and still course; 
others, by long windings, ran back again, to reascend as it were 
to their source, and seemed not to have power to leave these en- 
chanting borders. At a distance were seen hills and mountains, 
which were lost in the clouds, and formed, by their fantastic 
figure, as delightful a horizon (as the eye could wish to behold 
4.) The neighbouring mountains were covered with verdant (vine 
branches, 5) hanging in festoons ; the grapes, brighter than pur- 
ple, could not conceal themselves under the leaves, and the vine 
6 was overloaded with its fruit. The fig, the olive, the pome- 
granate, and all other trees, overspread the plain, and made it 
one large garden. Fenelon. 

1 Ne le sentir presque pas. 2 Va doucement. 3 On nous 
faire voir. 4 Tomber a la renverse. 

1 Foilement. 2. En gemir. 3 Se jouer. 4 A souhait pour 
le plaisir de. 5 Pampre, m. 6 Vigne, f. 
37* 



42S FREE EXERCISES. 

Long hopes wear out 7 joy, as long illness wears out pain. 
All philosophic systems are only good when one (has no use 
for them 8.) Sevigne. 

V. 

A GENERAL VIEW OF NATURE. 

With what magnificence does nature shine 1 upon earth ! A 
pure light, extending from east to west, gilds successively the 
two hemispheres of this globe ; an element transparent and light, 
surrounds it; a gentle fecundating heat animates, gives being 2 
to the seeds of life ; salubrious running streams contribute to 
their preservation and growth ; eminences diversified over the 
level land, arrest the vapours of the air, make these springs in- 
exhaustible and always new ; immense cavities made to receive 
them, divide the continents. The extent of the sea is as great 
as that of the earth ; it is not a cold, barren element ; it is a new 
empire, as rich, as populous as the first. The finger of God has 
marked their boundaries. 

The earth, rising above the level of the sea, is secure 3 from 
its eruptions : its surface, enamelled with flowers, adorned with 
ever-springing verdure, peopled with thousands and thousands 
of species of different animals, is a place of rest, a delightful 
abode, where man, placed in order to second nature, presides 
over all beings. The only one among them all, capable of know- 
ing and worthy of admiring, God has made him spectator of the 
universe, and a witness of his wonders. The divine spark with 
which he is animated, enables him to participate in the divine 
mysteries ; it is by this light that he thinks and reflects ; by it he 
sees and reads in the book of the universe, as in a copy of the 
Deity. 

Nature is the exterior throne of the divine Majesty ; the man 
who contemplates, who studies it, rises by degrees to the interior 
throne of Omnipotence. Made to adore the Creator, the vassal 
of heaven, sovereign of the earth, he ennobles, peoples, enriches 
it ; he establishes among living beings, order, subordination, har- 
mony; he embellishes nature herself; he cultivates, extends, 
and polishes it; lops off the thistle and the brier, and multiplies 
the grape and the rose. Bupfon. 

_ 

ANOTHER GENERAL VIEW OF NATURE. 
Trees, shrubs, and plants, are the ornaments and clothing 1 of 
the earth. Nothing is so melancholy 2 as the prospect of a coun- 

7 User. 8 N'en avoir que faire. 

I Ne briller pas. 2 Faire ecloire. 3 A l'abri de. 

1 Vetement. 2 Triste. 



FREE EXERCISES. 429 

try naked and bare 3, exhibiting to the eye nothing but stones, 
mud, and sand. But, vivified by nature, and clad 4 in its nup- 
tial robe, amidst the course of streams and the singing of birds, 
the earth presents to man, in the harmony of the three kingdoms, 
a spectacle full of life, of interest and charms, the only spectacle 
in the world of which his eyes and heart are never weary 5. 

The more a (contemplative man's soul is fraught with sensi- 
bility 6,) the more he yields to the ecstasies which this harmony 
produces in him. A soft and deep melancholy then takes pos- 
session of his senses, and in an intoxication of delight, he loses 
himself in the immensity of that beautiful system, with which 
he feels himself identified. Then every particular object escapes 
him, he sees and feels nothing but in the whole. Some circum- 
stance must contract his ideas, and circumscribe his imagination, 
before 7 he can observe by parcels that universe which he was 
endeavouring to embrace. J. J. Rousseau. 



VII. 

CULTIVATED NATURE. 

How beautiful is cultivated nature ! by the labours of man, 
how brilliant it is, and how pompously adorned ! He himself 
is its chief ornament, its noblest part ; by multiplying himself, 
he multiplies the most precious germ ; she also seems to mul- 
tiply with him : by his art, he (brings forth to view 1) all that 
she concealed 2 in her bosom. How many unknown treasures ! 
What new riches ! Flowers, fruits, seeds brought to perfection, 
multiplied to infinity ; the useful species of animals transport- 
ed, propagated, increased without number ; the noxious species 
reduced, confined, banished ; gold, and iron more necessary 
than gold, extracted from the bowels of the earth ; torrents con- 
fined 3, rivers directed, contracted 4 ; the sea itself subjected, 
explored 5, crossed, from one hemisphere to the other ; the earth 
accessible in every part, and every where rendered equally 
cheerful and fruitful: in the valleys, delightful meadows; in 
the plains, rich pastures and still richer harvests; hills covered 
with vines and fruits: their summits crowned with useful trees 
and young forests; deserts changed into cities inhabited by an 
immense population, which, continually circulating, spreads it- 
self from these centres to their extremities ; roads opened and 
frequented, communications established every where, as so 
many witnesses of the strength and union of society ; a thousand 
other monuments of power and glory sufficiently demonstrate 
that man, possessing dominion over the earth, has changed, re- 
newed the whole of its surface, and that, at all times, he shares 
the empire of it with nature. 

3Pele. 4 Revetu. 5 Se lasser. 6 Contemplateur avoir l'ame 
sensible. 7 Pour qu'il. 

1 Mettre au jour. 2 Receler. 3 Contenu. 4 Resserre. 5 
Reconnu. 



430 FREE EXERCISES. 

VIII. 

THE SAME SUBJECT CONTINUED. 

However, man only reigns by right of conquest ; he rather 
enjoys than possesses, and he can preserve only by means of con- 
tinual labour. If this ceases, every thing droops, every thing 
declines, every thing changes, and agaiu returns 1 under the 
hand of nature; she reassumes her rights, erases the work of 
man, covers with dust and moss his most pompous monuments, 
destroys them in time, and leaves him nothing but the regret of 
having lost, through his fault, what his ancestors had conquered 
by their labours. Those times, in which man loses his dominion, 
those barbarous 2 ages, during which every thing is seen to pe- 
rish, are always preceded by war, and accompanied by scarcity 
and depopulation. Man, who can do nothing but by number, 
who is strong only by union, who can be happy only by peace, is 
mad enough to arm himself for his misery, arid to fight for his 
ruin. Impelled by an insatiable thirst of having, blinded by 
ambition still more insatiable, he renounces all the feelings of 
humanity, turns all his strength against himself, seeks mutual 
destruction, actually 3 destroys himself: and, after these periods 
of blood and carnage, when the smoke of glory has vanished, he 
contemplates with a sad eye, the earth wasted, the arts buried, 
nations scattered, the people weakened, his own happiness ruin- 
ed, and his real power annihilated. Buffon. 



IX. 

INVOCATION TO THE GOD OF NATURE. 

Almighty God ! whose presence alone supports nature, and 
maintains the harmony of the laws of the universe : Thou, who, 
from the immoveable throne of the empyrean, seest the celestial 
spheres roll under thy feet, without shock or confusion : who, 
from the bosom of repose, reproducest every moment their im- 
mense movements, and alone govern est. in profound peace, that 
infinite number of heavens and worlds; restore, restore at length 
tranquillity to the agitated earth ! let it be silent at thy voice ; let 
discord and war cease their proud clamours ! God of good- 
ness, author of all beings, thy paternal eye takes in 1 all the ob- 
jects of the creation ; but man is thy chosen being ; thou hast 
illumined 2 his soul with a ray of thy immortal light: complete 
the measure of thy kindness by penetrating his heart with a ray 
of thy love : this divine sentiment, diffusing itself every where, 
will reconcile opposite natures ; man will no longer dread the 
sight of man ; his hand will no longer wield the murderous 
steel 3; the devouring flames of war will no longer dry up 4 the 

1 Itentrer. 2 De barbarie. 3 En effet. 

I Embrasser. 2 Eclairer. 3 Le fer armer sa main. 4 Tarir- 



I 



FREE EXERCISES. 431 

sources of population : the human species, now weakened, muti- 
lated, mowed down in the blossom, will spring anew 5 and mul- 
tiply without number; nature, overwhelmed under the weight of 
scourges 6, will soon re-assume, with a new life, its former fruit- 
fulness; and we, beneficent God, will second it, we will cultivate 
it, we will contemplate it incessantly, that we may every moment 
offer thee a new tribute of gratitude and admiration. 

Buffon. 



X. 

Happy they who are disgusted with 1 turbulent pleasures, and 
know how to be contented 2 with the sweets of an innocent life ! 
Happy they who delight in being instructed 3, and who take a 
pleasure 4 in storing their minds with knowledge ! Wherever 
adverse fortune may throw them, they always carry entertain- 
ment with them ; and the disquiet which preys upon others, even 
in the midst of pleasures, is unknown to those who can employ 
themselves in reading. Happy they who love to read, and are 
not like me deprived of the ability. As these thoughts were 
passing in my mind, I went into a gloomy forest, where I imme- 
diately perceived an old man, holding a book in his hand. The 
forehead of this sage was broad, bald, and a little wrinkled: a 
white beard hung down to his girdle ; his stature was tall and 
majestic ; his complexion still fresh and ruddy, his eyes lively 
and piercing, his voice sweet, his words plain and charming. I 
never saw so venerable an old man. He was a priest of Apollo, 
and officiated 5 in a marble temple, which the kings of Egypt 
had dedicated to that God in this forest. The book which he 
held in his hand was a collection of hymns in honour of the 
Gods. He accosted me in a friendly manner ; and we discoursed 
together. He related things past so well, that they seemed 
present, and yet with such brevity, that his account never tired 
me. He foresaw the future by his profound knowledge, which 
made him know men and the designs of which they are capable. 
With all this wisdom he was cheerful and complaisant, and the 
sprightliest youth has not so many graces as this man had at so 
advanced an age. He accordingly loved young men when they 
were teachable 6, and had a taste for study and virtue. 

Fenelon. 



XL 
THOUGHTS ON POETRY. 

Wherever I went, I found that poetry was considered as the 

5 Germer de nouveau. 6 Fleau. 

] Se de>outer de. 2 Se contenter de. 3 S'instruire. 4 Se 
plaire. 5 Servir. 6 Docile. 



432 FREE EXERCISES. 

(highest learning 1) and regarded with a veneration (somewhat 
approaching to 2,) that which men would pay to angelic nature. 

It yet fills me with wonder that, in almost all countries, the 
most ancient poets are considered as the best; whether (it be 
that 3) every kind of knowledge is an acquisition gradually at- 
tained, and poetry is a gift conferred at once ; or that the first 
poetry of every nation surprised them as a novelty, and retained 
the credit by consent, which it received by accident at first ; or 
whether, as the province 4 of poetry is to describe nature and 
passion, which are always the same, the first writers (took pos- 
session 5) of (the most striking objects for description 6,) and 
(the most probable occurrences for fiction 7,) and left nothing to 
those that followed them, but transcription 8 of the same events, 
and new combinations 9 of the same images. "Whatever be the 
reason, it is commonly observed, that the early writers are in 
possession of nature, and their followers 10 of art: that the first 
excel in strength and invention, and the latter in elegance and 
refinement. 

I was desirous to add my name to this illustrious fraternity 11. 
I read all the poets of Persia and Arabia, and was able to repeat 
by memory the volumes that are suspended in the mosque of 
Mecca. But I soon fouud that no man was ever great by imita- 
tion. My desire of excellence 12 impelled 13 me to transfer 14 
my attention to nature and life 15. Nature was to be my sub- 
ject, and men to be my auditors : I could never describe what I 
had not seen; I could not hope (to move those with delight or 
terror 16) whose interests and opinions I did not understand 17. 

XII. 

THE SAME SUBJECT CONTINUED. 
Being now resolved to be a poet, I saw every thing (with a 
new purpose 18;) my sphere of attention was suddenly magni- 
fied: no kind of knowledge (was to be overlooked 19.) I ranged 
mountains and deserts for 20 images and resemblances, and 
(pictured upon my mind 21) every tree of the forest and flower 
of the valley. I observed with equal care the crags of the rock 
and the pinnacles of the palace. Sometimes I wandered along 
the mazes of the rivulet, and sometimes watched the changes of 
the summer-clouds. To a poet nothing can be useless. What- 

1 Partie la plus sublime de la litterature. 2 Qui tenoit de. 3 
Cela vienne de ce que. 4 But. 5 S'emparer. 6 Objets qui four- 
nissaient les plus riches descriptions. 7Evenemens qui prctaient 
le plus a la fiction. 8 De copier. 9 Faire de nouvelles combi- 
naisons. 10 Successeurs. 11 Famille. 12 Exceller. 13 En- 
gager. 14 Reporter... sur. 15 Tableau de la vie. 16 Reveiller 
le plaisir ou la terreur dans ceux. 16 Ne connaitre ni. 18 Sous 
un nouveau jour. 19 Je ne devais negliger. 20 Pour recueillir. 
21 Pcnctrer mon esprit du tableau de. 



FREE EXERCISES. 433 

ever is beautiful, and whatever is dreadful, must be familiar to 
his imagination : he must (be conversant 22) with all that (is aw- 
fully vast or elegantly little 23.) The plants of the garden, the 
animals of the wood, the minerals of ihe earth, and the meteors 
of the sky, must all concur to store his mind with inexhaustible 
variety : for every idea is useful for the (enforcement or decora- 
tion 24) of moral or religious truth ; and he who knows most, 
will have most power 25 of diversifying his scenes 26, and grati- 
fying his reader with remote allusions and unexpected instruc- 
tion. 

All the appearances of nature I was, therefore, careful to study 
27, and every country which I have surveyed has contributed 
something to my poetical powers. 

In so wide a survey, interrupted the prince, you must surely 
have left much unobserved. 1 have lived, till now, within the 
circuit of these mountains, and yet cannot walk abroad without 
the sight of something which I had never beheld before, or never 
heeded 28. 

XIII. 

THE SAME SUBJECT CONTINUED. 

The business of a poet, said Imlac, is to examine, not the in- 
dividual, but the species ; to remark general properties and (large 
appearances 29:) he does not number the streaks of the tulip, or 
describe the different shades in the verdure of the forest. He is 
to exhibit, in his portraits of nature, such prominent and striking 
features, as 30recallthe original to every mind ; and must neglect 
the minuter discriminations 31, which one may have remarked, 
and another neglected, for those characteristics 32 which are 
alike obvious 33 to vigilance 34 and carelessness 35. 

But the knowledge of nature is only half 36 the task of a poet: 
he must be acquainted likewise with all the modes 37 of life. 
His character requires that he estimate 38 the happiness and mi- 
sery of every condition : observe the power of all the passions, 
in all their combinations, and trace the changes 39 of the human 
mind, as they are modified by various institutions, and accidental 
influences of climate or custom; from the sprightliness of in- 
fancy to the despondence of decrepitude. He must divest him- 
self 40 of the prejudices of his age or country ; he must consider 
right and wrong 41 in their abstracted and invariable state 42; 
he must disregard present laws and opinions, and rise to general 

22 Bien connaitre. 23 Etonnepar sa grandeur, oucharme par 
son elegante petitesse. 24 Fortifier, ou embellir. 25 Ressources 
pour. 26 Tableau. 27 Etudier avec soin toutes les, &c. 28 Re- 
marquer. 29 Considerer les objets en grand. 30 De ces traits 
saillans et frappans qui, &c. 31 Ces petits details. 32 Pour 
s'appliquer a caracteriser, &c. &e. 33 Frappe egalement. 34 
CEil observateur. 35 Esprit insouciant. 36 The half of. 37 
Tous les differens aspects. 38 Apprecier. 39 Suivre les vicis- 
situdes. 49 Se depouiller. 41 Ce qui est juste ou iDJuste. 43 



434 



FREE EXERCISES. 



and transcendent truths, which will alwa3 r s be the same ; he 
must, therefore, (contenthimself with the slow progress of his 
name 43,) contemn the applause of his own time, and commit 
his claims to the justice of posterity. He must write as the in- 
terpreter of nature, and the legislator of mankind, and consider 
himself as presiding 44 over the thoughts and manners of future 
generations, as a being superior to time and place. 

His labour is not yet at an end : he must know many languages, 
and many sciences; and, that his style may be worthy of his 
thoughts, he must, by incessant practice, familiarize himself to 
every delicacy of speech and grace of harmony. S. Johnson. 

XIV. 

First follow nature, and your judgment frame, 
By her just standard, which is still the same; 
Unerring nature, still divinely bright, 
One clear, unchanged, and universal light, 
Life, force, and beauty, must to all impart ; 1 
At once the source, and end, and test of art. 2 
Art, from that fund, each just supply provides ; . " 
Works without show, and without pomp presides; 
In some fair body thus th' informing soul, 
With spirit feeds, with vigour fills the whole ; 
Each motion guides, and every nerve sustains 
Itself unseen, but in th' effect remains. 3 
Some, to whom heav'n in wit has been profuse, 
Want as much more to turn it to its use : 
For wit and judgment often are at strife, 
Tho' meant each other's aid, like man and wife. 4 
"Pis more to guide, than spur the muse's steed, 
Restrain his fury, than provoke his speed: 5 
The winged courser, like a gen'rous horse, 
Shows most true mettle, when you check its course. 6 
' POPE. 

Abstraction faite de ces divers prejuges. 43 Se resigner a voir 
son nom percer difficilement. 44 Influer. 

1. Light, clear, immutable, and universal nature, which never 
errs, and shines always with a divine splendour, must impart to all 
she does, life, force, and beauty. 2 She is at once the source, &c. 

3 So in a fair body, unseen itself, but always sensible by its ef- 
fects, the soul continually acting, feeds the whole with spirits, fills 
it with vigour, guides every motion of it, and sustains every nerve. 

4 Some to whom heaven has given wit with profusion, want 
as much yet to know the use they ought to make of it ; for wit 
and judgment, though made, like man and wife, to aid each 
other, are often in opposition. 

9 It is more difficult to guide than spur the courser of the mu- 
ses, and to restrain its ardour than to provoke its impetuosity. 

6 The winged courser is like a generous horse : the more we 
strive to stop it in its rapid course, the more it shows unconquer- 
able vigour. 



EXAMPLES OF PHRASES 



ON THE 



PRINCIPAL DIFFICULTIES OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. 



Sur les Collectifs Partitifs. 

La plupart des fruits verts sont d'un 
gout austere. 

La plupart des gens ne se conduisent 
que par interet. 

La plupart du rnonde se trompe. 

II meprise par philosophie les hormeurs, 
que la plupart du monde recherche. 

II devait me fournir tant d'arbres ; mais 
j'en ai rejete la moitie qui ne valait rien. 

Un grand nombre de spectateurs ajou- 
tait a la beaute du spectacle. 

Toute sorte <te livres ne sont pas egale- 
ment bons. 

Beaucoup de personnes se sont presen- 
tees. 

Bien des personnes se font des principes 

a leur fantaisie. 

Sur quelques Varies qu'on ne pcut con- 

juguer avec Avoir sans /aire des bar- 

barismes. 

II lui est echu une succession du chef de 
sa femme. 

11 est bien dechu de son credit. 

Ne somrnes-nous pas convenus du prix? 

N'est-il pas intervenu dans cette affaire, 
comme il i'avait promis ? 

II est survenu a I'improviste. 

La neige, qui est tombee ce matin, a 
adouci le temps. 

Que Je neige il est tombe ce matin ! 

Toutes les dents lui sont tombees. 

Ce propos n'est pas tombe a terre. 

Etes-vous alle voir votrc ami? 

lis sont arrives a mid! et sont repartis de 
suite. 

Ces fleurs sont a peine ecloses. 

II est ne de parens vertueux, qui n'ont 
rien neglige pour son education. 

Mademoiselle votre soaur est-elle rentree? 

Madame votre mere n'est-ellepas encore 
venue ? 

Sur les Mots de Quantite. 

II a beaucoup d'esprit, mais encore plus 
d'amour-propre. 

II a assez d'argent pour ses menus plai- 
sirs. 

II y avait bien du monde a 1' Opera. 

II y avait hier au Pare je ne sais combien 
de gens. 

II boit autant d'eau que de vin. 

II a tant d'amis qu'il ne manquera de 
rien. 

Personne n'y a plus d'interet que lui. 

II n'a pas plus d'esprit. qu'il n'en faut. 

Trop de loisir perd souvent la jeunesse. 



On the Collective Partitives. 
The greater part of green fruit is of a 
harsh taste. 
Most people are guided only by interest. 

The greater part of mankind live in er- 
ror. 

As a true philosopher he despises those 
honours which mankind in general court. 

He ivas to furnish me so many trees, but 
I refused half of them which ivere good for 
nothing. 

A considerable number of spectators add- 
ed to the splendour of the scene. 

Every kind of books are not equally good. 

Many people presented themselves. 

Many persons form principles to them- 
selves, ^cordm^jojh^irfan^. 

On some Verbs which cannot be conjugated 
with the verb Avoir, without making bar- 
barous phrases. 
An estate fell to Mm in right of his wife. 

He has lost much of his credit. 
Have we not agreed about the price 7 
Did he not interfere in that affair as lie 



He came up unawares. 

The snow which fell this morning has 
softened the weather. 

How much snow has fallen this morning 1 

All his teeth have fallen out. 

That remark was not allowed to escape. 

Have you been to see your friend ? 

They arrived at noon and set out amin 
immediately. 

These flowers are scarcely blown. 

He was bom of virtuous parents, toho be- 
stowed on him the best education. 

Is your sister returned ? 

Is not your mother come yet ? 



J'y ai bien moins d'interet que vous. 

Sur les Pronoms Personnels. 
Sors et te retire. 
Cours vite et ne t'amuse point. 



38 



On Words of Quantity. 
He has a great deal of sense, but still 
more vanity. 
He has sufficient pocket-money. 

There were a great many people at the 
Opera. 

There were I do not know how many peo- 
ple in the Parte yesterday. 

He drinks as mveh water as wine. 

He has so many friends that he will want 
for nothing. 

Nobody has more interest, there than he. 

He is not overburdened with sens. 

Too much leisure time is frequently tho 
destruction of youth. 

I am much less concerned in it than you. 

On the Personal Pronouns. 
Go out and retire, withdraw. 
Go quick and dj not loiter. 



436 



PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 



II Alt aujourd'hw une chose et demain 
fl se dementira. 

11 s'est dementi lui-meme. 

La jeunesse eat naturelk-ment enrportee ; 
elle a besoin de quelque entrave qui la re- 
tienne. 

II ne peut voir personne dans la prospe- 
rite sans lui porter envie. 

Ce que vous me dites est une enigme pour 
moi. 

C'est un horame extreme en tout ; il aime 
et il hait avec fureur. 

Si vous n'y avez jamais ete, je vous y 
menerai. 

Je l'ai.connu doux et modeste ; il s'est 
bien gate dans le commerce de ses nou- 
veaux amis. 

Elle n'est pas encore revenue du saisisse- 
ment, que lui causa cette nouvelle. 

Il menace de l'exterminer, lui et toute sa 
race. 

Si vou3 n'avez que fuire de ce livre-la, 
pretez-le-moi. 

Je lui avais envoye un diamant, il 1'a 
refuse, je le lui ai renvoye. 

II apprend facilementet oublie de rneme. 

Je lui pardonne facilement d'avoir voulu 
se faire auteur ; mais je ne saurais lui par- 
donner toutes les puerilites dont il a farci 
son livre. 

Je me plains a vous de vous-meme. 

Si vous ne voulez pas etre pour lui, au 
moins ne soyez pas contre. 

Uuand sera-ce que vous viendrez nous 
voir? 

Sur soi, lui, soi-meme, et lui-meme. 

Quand on a pour soi le temoignage de sa 
conscience, on est bien fort. 

L'estime de toute la terre ne sort de rien 
a un homme qui n'a pas le temoignage de 
sa conscience pour lui. 

Un homme fait mille fautes, parce qu'il 
ne fait point de reflexions sur lui. 

On fait mille fautes, quand on ne fait 
aucune reflexion sur soi. 

II aime mieux dire du mal de lui, que de 
n'en point parler. 

L'egoi'fte aimera mieux dire du mal de 
soi, que de n'en point parler. 

On a souvent besom d'un plus petjt que 
soi. 

Un prince a souvent besoin de beaucoup 
de gens plus petits que lui. 

C'est unbonmoyendes'cleversoi-meme, 
que d'exalter ses pareils ; et un homme 
adroit s'elBve ainsi lui-meme. 

Sur les Pronoms Relatifs, 

II n'y a rien de si capable d'efikminer le 
courage, que l'oisivete et les delices. 

II faut empecher que la division, qui est 
dans cette famille, n'eclate. 

Il y a bien des evenemens que l'on sup- 
pose se passer pendant les entr'actes. 

Je le trouvai qui s'habillait. 

Qui le tirera de cet embarras, le tirera 
d'une grande misere. 



He advances a thing to-day, and Witt 

contradict himself to-morrow. 

He heis contradicted himself. 

Youth is naturally hasty, it -needs some 
check to r strain it. 

He can see the prosperity of nobody with' 
out envying them. 

What you tell me is a perfect riddle to 
me. 

He is a man that carries every thing to 
excess ; he is alike violent in his love and 
in his hatred. 

If you have never been there, I will take 
you. 

I knew him when he was mild and mo- 
dest ; he has been much corrupted by asso- 
ciating with his new acquaintances. 

She is not yet recovered from the conster- 
nation into which that intelligence threw 
her. 

He threatens to exterminate him and all 
his family. 

If you have done with this book, lend it 
me. 

I liad sent him a diamond, and he refus- 
ed it, but I sent him it back again. 

He learns easily and forgets the same. 

I can easily pardon him for having at- 
tempted to turn author ; but I cannot par- 
don him all the absurdities with which he 
has filled his book. 

I complain to you of yourself. 

If you will not be for him, at least do not 
be against him. 

When will you come to see us ? 



On soi, lui, Boi-meme, and lui-meme. 

The approbation of our conscience im- 
parts great courage. 

The good opinion of the whole world is of 
no use to a man who has not the approba- 
tion of his own conscience. 

A man commits a thousand faults, because 
he does not reflect on future consequences. 

We commit a thousand faults, when we 
neglect to reflect on ourselves. 

He had rat Iter speak ill of himself than 
not talk of himself at all. 

The egotist prefers speaking ill of him- 
self rather than not be the subject of his 
own conversation. 

We. frequently want the assistance of one 
who is below ourselves. 

A prince frequently needs the assistance 
of many persons inferior to himself. 

It is an excellent method of exalting our- 
selves to exalt our equals, and a man of ad- 
dress by this means exalts himself- 
On the Relative Pronouns. 

Nothing is so calculated to enervate the 
mind as idleness and pleasure. 

The dissension intho.t family must be pre- 
vented from becoming public. 

There are many events in a piece whict 
are supposed to happen between the acts. 

I found, him dressing. 

Whoever extricates him from this dijffi 
culty will relieve him from much distress. 



PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 



437 



Ceux la sont veritablement heureux, qui 
croient l'etre. 

II n'y a que la vertu, qui puisse rendre 
un homme heureux en cette vie. 

II n'y a regie si generate, qui n'ait son 
exception. 

C'est un orateur qui se possede, et qui ne 
se trouble jamais. 

II n'y a pas dans le cceur bumain de re- 
pli que Dieu ne connaisse. 

On n'a trouve que quelques fragmens du 
grand ouvrage qu'il avait promis. 
. La faute, que vous avez faite, est plus 
importante que vous ne pensez. 

Lespremi^resdemarches qu'on fait dans 
le monde, ont beaucoup d'infiuence sur le 
reste de la vie. 

Cette farce est une des plus risibles qu'on 
ait encore vues. 

Amassez-vous des tresors que les vers et 
la rouille ne puissent point gater, et que les 
voleurs ne puissent point derober. 

L 'incertitude, ou nous sommes de ce qui 
doit arriver, fait que nous ne saurions pren- 
dre des mesures justes. 

Je m'etonne qu'il ne voie pas le danger oil 
il est. 

L'homme dont vous parlez, n'est plus 
ici. 

Celui de qui je tiens cette nouvelle ne 
vous est pas connu. 

Celui, a qui ce beau chateau appartient 
ne rliabite presque jamais. 

Ce sont des evencmens auxquels il faut 
bien se soumettre. 

C'est ce a qn oi vous ne pensez guere. 
Sur les Pro?wms Demonstratifs. 

Ne point reconnaitre la divinite, c'est re- 
noncer a toutes les lumieres de la raison. 

Mentir, c'est mepriser Dieu et craindre 
les hommes. 

II y a des epidemics morales, et ce sont 
les plus dangereuses. 

__ Je crois que ce que vous dites est bien 
eloigns de ce que vous pensez. 

Les hommes n'aiment ordinairementque 
ceux qui les flattent. 

Celui qui persuade a un autre de faire un 
<?rime, n'est gu6re moins coupable que 
telui qui le commet, 

Penser ainsi, c'est s'aveugler soi-meme. 

Ce qu'on rapporte deluiestineoncevable. 

Cequim'afflige, c'est de voirle triomphe 
lu crime. 

Connaissez-vous la jeune Emilie? c'est 
une enfant dont tout le monde dit du bien. 

Imitez en tout votre amie : elle est douce, 
appliquee, honnete et compatissante. 



Those are really happy who think them- 
selves so. 

Virtue alone can render a man happy in 
this life. 

There is no rule so general but it admits 
of exceptions. 

He is an orator zoho is master of him- 
self and who is never embarrassed. 

There is no recess of the human heart 
but God perceives it. 

Only some fragments of the great work 
he had promised have been found. 

The error you have committed is of more 
consequence than you imagine. 

The first steps we take on entering the 
world have considerable influence on the 
rest of our lives. 

That farce is one of the most truly comic 
that ever was seen. 

Lay up for yourselves treasures which 
neither moth nor rust can corrupt, and 
which thieves cannot steal. 

Our uncertainty as to what shall happen 
makes us incapable of properly providing 
against it. 

I am astonished he does not see the dan- 
ger he is in. 

The man whom you are speaking of is 
not here now. 

Theperson from whom I received the in- 
telligence is not known to you. 

The proprietor of that beautiful seat sel- 
dom resides there. 

These are events to which we must sub- 
mit. 

It is what you seldom thi nk of. 

On the Demonstrative Pronouns. 
Not to acknowledge the divinity, is total- 
ly to renounce the light of reason. 
To lie is to despise God and to fear man. 

There are moral contagious disorders, 
and these are the most dangerous. 

What you advance is, I think, widely dif- 
ferent from your sentiments. 

Men in general love only those who flat- 
ter them. 

He who persuades another to the commis- 
sion of a crime,_ is hardly less guilty than 
he who commits it. 

To think in this manner is to be wilfully 
blind. 

The reports concerning him are hardly 
conceivable. 

What distresses me is to see guilt trium- 
phant. 

Do you know little Emily ? she is a child 
ofiohom every body speaks well. 

Imitate your friend in every thing; she 
is mild, assiduous, polite, and i 



Sur le Verbe avoir employe a Vlmperson- 
nel. 

Remarque. Quand le verbe avoir s'em- 
flme a I'impersonnel, c'est dans le sens 
d'etre, et alors il se joint toujours avec y. 

II y a un an que je ne vous ai vu. 

Y a-t-il des nouvelles ? 

Non, il n'y en a pas, du moins que je 
sache. 



On the Verb avoir, to have, employed 

impersonally. 
When the verb avoir is used impersonally 
it signifies etre, to be, and in this sense it 
is always accompanied by the adverb y. 
Il is a twelvemonth since I saw you. 
Is there any news 7 
No, there is none, at least that I know. 



438 



PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 



N'y a-t-il pas cinquante-quatre milles de 
Londres a Brighton ? 

II y avait d eja beaucoup de monde lorsque 
j'arrivai. 

II n'y avait bier presque personne au 
pare. 

Y avait-il de grands debats ? 

N'y avait-il pas beaucoup de curieux? 

Je l'avais vu il y avait a peine vingt qua- 
tre heures. 

II n'y avait pas deux jours qu'il avait dine 
chezmoi. 

Y avait ij si long-temps que vous ne 
1'aviez vu ? 

B y eut bier un bal chez M. un tel. 
II n'y eut pas hier de spectacle. 

Y eut-il beaucoup de confusion et de dc- 
sordre ? 

N'y eut-il pas un beau feu fPartifice ? 

Uya eu airiourd'hui une foule immense 
£ la promenade. 

II n'y a pas eu de bal, comme on 
annonce. 

Est il vrai qa'il y a eu un duel? 

N'y a-t-il pas eu dans sa conduite un peu 
trop d'emportement? 

Quand ilyeut eu une expbeation. les es- 
prits se caJmerent 

N'y avait-il pas eu un plus gTand nombre 
de spectateurs? 

B y aura demainun simulacre de combat 
naval. 

II n'y aura aucun de vous. 

Y aura-t-il une bonne recolte cette annee? 



Is not it fifty-four miles from London to 
Brighton ? 

There were already a great many people 
wlien I arrived. 

There was hardly any body in the Park 
yesterday. 

Were there violent debates ? 

Were there not many curious people 7 

Ihad seen him scarcely four-and-ticenty 
hours before. 

He had dined, with me not two days be- 
fore. 

Was it so long since you had seen him 1 



N'y aura-t-il pas quelqu'un de votre fa- 
mille? 
A coup stir il y aura eu bien du desordre. 

Sur cent personnes, il n'y en aura pas eu 
dix de satisfaites. 

Y aura-t-il eu un bon soupe ? 
N'y aura-t-il pas eu de mecontens 3 
Byaurait dela malhonnete dans ce pro- 

cSde. 
II n'y aurait pas grand mal a cela. 

Y aurait-il quelqu'un assez bardi pour 
Tatraquer ? 

N'y aurait-il pas quelqu'un assez chari- 
table pour l'avertir de ce qu'on dit de lui ? 
B y aurait eu de Timprudence a cela. 



There loas yesterday a ball at Mr. A's. 

Tliere was no play yesterday. 

Was there a great deal of confusion and 
disorder ? 

Were there not handsome fire-works ? 

There was an immense crowd to-day at 
the public walks. 
'avait There has not been any ball as had been 
mentioned. 

Is it true that there has been a duel ? 

Was there not rather too much hastiness 
in his behaviour ? 

After there hadbeen an explanation, tran- 
quilUPj was restored. 

Was not there a great number of specta- 
tors? 

To-morrow there will be the representa- 
tion of a sea-fight. 

There will be none of you. 

Will there be a good harvest this year ? 



Will not there be i 



of your family? 



There must certainly hate been much dis- 
order. 

Out of a hundred persons there will not 
have been ten satisfied. 

Will there have been a good supper ? 

Will there nothavebeen some dissatisfied? 

Such a step would have been ungenteel. 

There would be no great harm in that. 
Would there be any one bold enough to 
attack him ? 

Would there be nobody kind enough to 
acquaint him with what is said of him ? 

There would have been some imprudence 
in that. 

There icould not have been so great a mis- 
understanding had I been believsd. 
There icould not have been ten persons ? 
Would there have been, any inconve- 
nience ? 

N'y aurait-il pas eu de jaloux pour le Would there not have been some envious 
traverser dans ses projets? person to thwart him in his designs ? 

Je ne crois pas qa'il y ait un spectacle I do not think there can be a more superb 
plus mas-nifique. spectacle. 

Je desirerais qa'il y eut moins de faus- I wish there were less duplicity in the 
sete dans lecommerce de la vie. concerns of life. 

Je n'ai pas our dire qa'il y ait eu hier des I have not heard that there was any news 
nouveiles du continent. from the continent yesterday. 

Auriez-vous cru qa'il y eut eu tant de Could you have thought so many persons 

l>crsonnes compromises dans cette affaire ? would hare been exposed in that affair? 

Phrases diver ses. Promiscuous Phrases. 

Sa vie, ses actions, ses paroles, son air His life, his actions, his very look and de 

meme et sa demarche, tout preche, tout edi- portment, every thing in him instructs and 

fie en lui. edifies. 



Il n'y . aurait pas eu tant de mesintelli- 
gence, si Ton m'en avait cru, 
il n'y aurait pas eu dix personnes. 
Y aurait-il eu de TinconvcnieDt? 



PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 439 

On craignait qu'il n'arrivat quelque de- It was apprehended some disorder would 

sordre dans Tasscmblee, mais toutes choses take place in the assembly, but every thing 

s'y passerent tort doucement. went off very quietly. 

La vigne ct le Uerre s'entortillent autour The vine and. ivy tioist round the elms. 
des ormes. 

On ne disconvenient point qu'il ne soit They do not deny that he is brave, but he 

brave, mais il est an peu trop (knfaron. boasts rather too much. 

Le radet est riche, mais l'aine Test encore The. youngest is rich, but the eldest is still 

davantage. more so. 

Le ciel est couvert de nuages, et 1'orage The slcy is covered with clouds, and the 

est pret 'a fondre, storm is preparing to burst. 

Apres qu'il eut f'ranchi les Alpes avec ses After having crossed the Alps with his 

troupes, il entra en Iialie. troops, he entered Italy. 

La frugalite rend les corps plus sains et Temperance imparts an increase of health 

plus robustes. and strength to the body. 

Ce discours est peut-etre un des plus This speech is perhaps one of the finest 

beaux morceaux d'eloquence, qu'il y ait pieces of eloquence that was ever pronoun- 

jamais eu. ced. 

C'est un hommequi aimelalibcrte; il ne He is a man fond of liberty, he will be 

se gene pour qui que ce soit. restrained by nobody. 

II est plus haut que moi de deux doigis. He is taller than me by two inches. 

Irez-vous vous exposer a la barbarie et a Will you go and expose yourself to the 

l'inhospitalite de ces peuples ? barbarity and inhospitality of those nations ? 

A la Iongue. les erreurs disparaissent, et In time errors vanish and truth sur- 

la verite surnage. vivrs. 

Si vous le prenez avec moi sur ce ton de If you treat me with that haughtiness, I 

fierte, je serai aussi fier que vous. can be as haughty as you. 

C'est un homme rigide, qui ne pardonne He is a stern character, who pardons no- 

rien, ni aux aur.res ni a lui-meme. thing either in himself or others. 

Les uns montcnt, les autres descendent, Some mount, others descend; thus goes 

ainsi va la roue de la fortune. the wheel of fortune. 

Je ne vois rien de solide dans tout ce que I see nothing certain in all you propose 

vous meproposez. to me. 

L'art n'a jamais rien produit de plus It is one of tiie finest productions of art. 
beau. 

Lequel est-ce des deux qui a tort ? Which of the two is in the wrong ? 

On aime quelquefois la trahison, mais on We sometimes love the treason, but we 

hait toujours les traitr es. always hate the traitor. 

Continuation. Continuation. 

ii'elSphant se sert de sa trompe pour The elephant makes use of his trunk to 

prendre et pour enlever tout ce qu'il veut. take and lift whatever he pleases. 

Plus j'examine cette personne, plus je The more I look at that person, the more 

crois l'avoir vue quelque part. J think I have seen him (or her) somewhere. 

La nuit vint, de fagon que je f us con- Night came on, so that I was obliged to 

traint de me retirer. retire. 

II faut vivre de fa§on qu'on ne fasse tort We must live in such a manner as to in- 

a personne. jure nobody. 

Elle sut qu'on attaquait son mari et cou- She knew her husband was attacked, and 

rut aussitot tout eperdue pour le secourir. in a state of distraction ran to his assistance. 

Je trouvai ses parens tout eplores. I found his relations all in tears. 

Cet arbre pousse ses branches toutes The branches of that tree grow quite 

droites. straight. 

J'en ai encore le memoire toute fraiche. It is still quite fresh in my memory. 

II a voulu faire voir par cet essai qu'il He wished to show by that attempt that 

pouvait reussir en quelque chose de plus he could succeed in an enterprise of more 

grand. consequence. 

II fut blesse au front et mourut de cette He toas zoounded in the forehead, and 

blessure. died of his wound. 

Ces chevaux prirent le mors aux dents et Those lwrses ran away with the car- 

entrainerent le carrosse. riage. 

C'est un homme qui comp< se sans cna- He is a man that writes without the least 

leur ni imagination ; tout ce qu'il ecrit est warmth or animation : all his productions 

iroid et plat. are cold and insipid. 

Ce batiment a plus de profondeur que de That building is deeper than it is broad. 
largeur. 

Cet homme est un prodige de savoir, de That man is a prodigy cf knowledge, 

science, de valeur, d'esprit, et de memoire. judgment, courage, sense, and memory. 

II est attache a 1'un ct a l'autre, mais He is attached to both, but to one more 

plus a l'un qu'a l'autre. than to the other. 

lis ont bien Pair l'un de l'autre. They very much resemble each other. 

38* 



440 



PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 



Si Ton ruino cet homme-la, le contre-coup 
retombera sur vous. 

Jl serait moi t, si on no l'eut assists avec 
fioin. 

Ce poeme serait parfait, si les incidens, 
qui le lont languir, n'interrompaient la con- 

tinuite de faction, 

Continuation. 

Quand je le voudrais, je ne le pourrais pas. 

Je serai toujours votre ami, quand meme 
vous ne le voudriez pas. 

Quand vous auriez reussi, que vous en se- 
rait-il revenu? 

Quand on deconvrirait votre demarche, 
on ne pourralt la blamer. 

Quand vous auriez consults quelqu'un sur 
votre mariage, vous n'auriez pas mieux 
reussi. 

Le tonnerre et 1'eclair ne sont sensibles 
que par la propagation du bruit et de la lu- 
miere jusqu'a Tceil et a l'oreille. 

Le rangage de la prose est plus simple et 
moins figure que celui des vers. 

Le commencement de son discours est 
toujours assez sage ; mais, dans la suite, a 
force de vouloir s'elever, il se perd dans les 
nues : on ne sait plus ni ce qu'on voit, ni 
ce qu'on entend. 

C'estune faute excusable dans un autre 
homme, mais a an homme aussi sage que 
lui, elle ne se peut pardonner. 

II ne suffit pas de paraitre honnete 
homme, il faut l'etre. 

II nins a reQu avec bonte, et nous a ecou- 
tes a^c patience. 

Tout y est si bien peint, qu'on croit voir 
ce qu'il decrit. 

On ne pense rien de vous, qui ne vous soit 
giorieux. 

Les eaux de citerne ne sont que des 
eaux de pluie ramassees. 

S'il n'est pas fort riche, du moins a-t-il de 
quoi vivre honnetement. 

Quel quantieme du mois avons-nous ? 

II lui tarde qu'il soit majeur, il compte 
les jours et les mois. 

Des qualites excellentes, jointes a de 
rares talens, font le parfait merite. 

Il a une mauvaise qualite, c'est qu'il ne 
eaurait garderun secret. 

Modtlesde phrases dans l r squeUes, on doit 
faire usage de I article. 

Vhonvme est sujet 5 bi.-n des vicissitudes. 

Les hommes d'un vrai genie sont rares. 

Les hommes a imagination sont rarement 
heureux. 

L'homane, dont vous parlez, est un de mes 
amis. 

La vie est un melange de biens et de 
maux. 

La perfection en tout genre est le but au- 
quel on doit tendre^ 

La beanie, les graces et I 'esprit sont des 
avantages bien precieux, quand ils sont re- 
leves par la modestie. 

Voila des tableaux d'une grande beaute. 

Faites-vous des princ'pes, dont vous ne 
vous ecartiez jamais. 

Cet arbre porte des fruits excellens. 

Ces raisons sont des conjectures bien fai- 
bies. 



If that man is ruined, his misfortune wiU 
recoil upon you-. 

He would have died, if he had not been 
kindly assisted. 

That would be a perfect poem, if the in- 
cidents which give a heaviness to it, did net 

break the connexion of the subject. 

Continuation. 

Ifltvere disposed I could not do it. 

I will always be your friend, even though 
you should not wish it. 

Had you even succeeded, what were you 
to have derived from it 7 

Should th steps you have taken be dis- 
covered, they could not be blamed. 

Had you consulted somebody about your 
marriage, you co-uld not have succeeded 
better. 

Thunder and lightning are only percep- 
tible by the transmission of sound and light 
to the ear and eye. 

Prose language is much more simple and 
less figurative than poetic. 

The b ginning of his speech is always to- 
lerably sensible; bat afterwards, by affect- 
ing the sublime, he loses himself, and we 
no longer understand either what we see or 
hear. 

This fault would be excusable in another 
man, but in a man of his sense it is unpar- 
donable. 

It is not enough to seem an honest man, 
we must be so. 

He received us with kindness, and heard 
us patiently. 

Every thing in it is so well delineated, you 
think you see what he describes. 

Tim think nothing of you but what is to 
your honour. 

Cistern water is only rain-water collect- 
ed. 

If he is not rich, at least he has enough to 
live upon respectably. 

Wnat day of the month is il ? 

He longs to be of age, and counts the day a 
and months. 

Excellent qualities, joined to distinguish- 
ed talents, constitute perfect merit. 

He has one bad quality, he cannot keep a 
secret. 

Examples of phrases in which the Article 
is used. 

Man is liable to a variety of changes. 

Men of real genius are scarce. 

Men of a visionary character are seldom 
happy. 

The man you speak of is a friend of 
mine. 

Life is a compound of good and evil. 

Perfection in every thing ought to be 
our object. 

Beauty, gracefulness, and wit, are valua- 
ble endowments when heightened by mo- 
desty. 

These are very beautiful pictures. 

Establish rules for yourself, and never 
deviate from them. 

This tree bears very excellent fruil. 

These reasons are very idle conjectures. 



PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 441 

Servez-vous des termes etablis pas l'us- Use the expressions established by custom. 
age. 

On doit eviter Pair de Vaffectation. We ought to avoid the appearance of af- 
fectation. 

Le Jupiter de Phidias etait d'une grande The Jupiter of Phidias was extremely 

beaute. beautiful. 

Continuation des memes phrases. The same Phrases continued. 

La memoire est le tresor de I'esprit, le Memory is the treasure of the mind, the 

fruit de I'attention et de la reflexion. result of attention and reflection. 

J'achetai hier des gravures precieuses et I yesterday bought some valuable and 

rares. scarce engravings. 

La France est le plus beau pays de l'Eu- France is the finest country in Europe. 
rope. 

L'interet de I'Allemagne etait oppose a The German interest was contrary to the 

celui de la Russie. Russian. 

La longueur de VAngleterre du nord au The length of England from north to 

etui est de 360 milles, et sa largeur de Pest south is 360 miles, and its breadth from east 

it 1'ouest est de 300. to west is 300. 

II arrive de la Chine, du Japon, et des He comes from China, Japan, and the East 

Indes Orientates, &c. Indies. 

II arrive de VAmiriquc, de la Barbade, He comes from America, Barbadoes, Ja- 
de la Jamdique, &c. maica, &c. 

II vient de la Flandre Franchise. He comes from French Flanders. 

II s'est etabli dans la province de Middle • He has settled in the county of Middlesex. 
sex. 

Des petits-maztres sont des etres insup- Coxcombs are unsufferable beings in so- 

portables dans la societe. ciety. 

C'est l'opinion des nouveaux philosophes. It is the opinion of the new philosophers. 

Elle a bien de la grace dans tout ce She does every thing most gracefully. 
qu'elle fait. 

Cette etofie se vend une guinee I'aune. This stuff sells at a guinea the ell. 

Ce vin coute 70 livres sterling la piece. This wine costs seventy pounds a pipe. 



Modeles de phrases dans lesquelles on ne Examples of phrases in which the Article 
doit pas faire usage del' article. is omitted. 

Nos connaissances doivent etre tirees de Our knowledge ought to be derived from 
principes evidens. evident principles. 

Cet arbre porte d'excellens fruits. This tree produces excellent fruit. 

Ces raisons sont defaibles conjectures. These reasons are idle conjectures. 

Evitez tout ce qui a un air d' affectation. Avoid whatever bears the appearance of 
affectation. 

Ces exemples peuvent servir de modeles These examples may serve as models. 

II a une grande presence d- : esprit. He has great presence of mind. 

La memoire de raiso?i et d' esprit est plus The memory of reason and seme is more 
utile que les autres sortes de memoire. useful than any other kind of memory. 

Peu de personnes reflechissent sur la ra- Few people reflect on the rapidity of life. 
pidite de la vie. 

Que d'evenemens inconcevables se 6ont Hoiv many inconceivable events have fol- 
succedes les uns aux autres ! lowed in succession ! 

II y a plus d' esprit, mais moins de con- There is more wit and less knowledge in 
naissances, dans ce siScle que dans le siecle this age than in the last. 
dernier. 

On ne vit jamais autant d' effronterie. So much assurance never was met toith. 

Je pris hier beaucoup de peine pour rien. I took a great deal of trouble yesterday 
about nothing. 

Candie est une des iles les plus agreables Candia is one of the most agreeable is I- 
de la Mediterranee. ands in the Mediterranean. 

II arrive de Perse, d'ltalie, d' Espagne,&c. He comes from Persia, Italy, Spain, &c. 

II est revenu de Suisse, d'Allemagne, &c. He is returned from Switzerland, Ger- 
many, &c. 

Les vins de France seront chers cette an- French wines will be dear this year ; the 
nee ; les vignes ant coule. vines have been blighted. 

L'empire d'Allemagne est compose de The German empire is composed of great 
grands et de petits etats. and small states. 

Les chevaux d' Angleterre sont excellens. The English horses are excellent. 

Apresrmm depart de Suisse, je me retirai After leaving Switzerland, I retired to 

a Rome. Rome. 

Continuation des memes phrases. Continuation of the same phrases. 

Vous trouverez ce passage page 120,livro You will find this passage at page 120, 
premier, chapitre dix. book the first, chapter the tenth. 

II s'est retire en Angleterre. He has retired to England. 



442 



PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 



II vit dans sa retraite en vrai philosophy 

Quand il reflechil sur sa conduite, il en 
eut h ante. 
C'est un homme qui cherche fortune. 
II entend malice a tout. 

Ne portez envie a personne. 

Si vous promettez, tenez parole. 

Dans les affaires importantes ne vous de- 
cidez jamais sans prendre conseU. 

Courage, soldats, tenons ferme ; la vic- 
toire est a nous. 

Cette femme n'a ni grace ni beaute. 

Monseigneur le due de, &c, prince du 
sang, alia hier a la eampagne. 

Aionrrer tant de fdblesse, c'est n'etre pas 
homme. 

Cet homme est une espece de misan- 
thrope, dont les brusqueries sont quelque- 
lois tres-plaisantes. 

L'ananas est une aortede fruit tres-com- 
mun aux Antilles. 
C'est un genre de vie qui ne me plait point. 



He lives in his retreat like a real philo- 
sopher. 

When he reflected on his conduct, he was 
ashamed of it. 

He is a man that seeks to make a fortune. 

He puts a- malicious construction on 
every thing. 

Envy nobody. 

If you promise, keep your word. 

In mailers of consequence never decide 
without advice. 

Cheer up, soldiers, let us continue firm ; 
the day is our own. 

This woman is destitute both of grace 
and beauty. 

The duke of, &c, a prince of the blood, 
went yesterday into the country. 

To show so much weakness is not acting 
like a man. 

This man is a kind of misanthropist, 
whose oddities are sometimes comical. 

The pine-apple is a kind of fruit very com- 
mon in the Antilles. 
It is a kind of life that is not agreeable to 



Continuation des memes phrases. The same sentences continued. 

Cette dame plait a tout le monde par son This lady pleases every one by her good 
Lonnetete et sa douceur. breeding and mildness. 

Tout homme a des defauts plus ou moins Every one has defects more or les3 obvi- 



Cette conduite augmentait chaquejour le 
ncmbre des ses amis. 

Tous les biens nous viennent de Dieu. 

Venus etait la deesse de la beaute, et la 
mere de l'amour et des graces. 

Selon les palens, Jupiter etait le premier 
des dieux, 

Apollon etait frere jumeau de Diane. 

Rubens a ete un grand peintre. 

Homere et Virgile sont les deux plus 
grands poStes epioues. 

Londres est la plus belle ville que je con- 
naisse. 

L'eau de riviere est douce, et l'eau de mer 
est salee. 

C'est un excellent poisson demer. 

Voila une superb.? table de ma-Tire. 

L'eau de Seine est celle qu'on prefere a 
Paris. 

Pauvrete n'est pas vice. 

Citoyens, etrangers, grands, peuples, se 
Bont montres sensjbjea a cette perte. 

Modeles de phrases sur le Pronom Le. 

Est-ce la votre opinion 7— ne doutez point 
que ce ne la soit. 

Sont-ce la vos domestiques 7— oui, ce les 
sont. 

Mesdames, etes-vous les etrangeres qu'on 
m'a annoncees ? — oui, nous Its sommes. 

Madame, etes-vous la malade pour la- 
quelle on m'a appele ?— oui, je la suis. 

Madame, etes-vous la mere de cet en- 
fant ? — oui, je la suis. 

Mesdames, etes vous contentes de cette 
musique? — oui, nous le sommes. 

Elle est malheureuse, et je crains bien, 
qu'elle ne le soit toute la vie. 

Madame, etes-vous mere? — oui, je le suis. 

Madame, etos vous malode 7— oui. je le 
suis. 



This behaviour daily increased the num- 
ber of his friends. 

Every blessing comes from Ood. 

Venus was the goddess of beauty, and the 
mother of love and (he graces. 

According to the Heathens, Jupiter was 
the first of the gods. 

Apollo was twin brother to Diana. 

Rubens was a great painter. 

Homer and Virgil are the two greatest 
epic poets. 

London is the finest city that I know. 

River water is sweet, and sea water is 
salt. 

It is an excellent sea-fish. 

There is a superb marble table. 

The toaier of the Seine is preferred at 
Paris. 

Poverty is not a vice. 

Citizens, strangers, grandees, people, 
have shown themselves sensible of this loss. 

Forms of phrases upon the pronoun Le. 

Is that your opinion ?—do not question it. 

Are these your servants 7— yes, they are. 

Lad>es, are you the strangers that have 
been announced to me ?-^-ycs, we are. 

Madam, are you the sick person for whom 
I have been called 7— yes, I am. 

Madam, are you the mother of this child 7 
—yes, lam. 

Ladies, are you pleased with this music 1 
-^yes, we are. 

She is unhappy, and I much fear she will 
continue so for life. 

Madam, are you a mother 7— yes, T am. 

Madam, are you sick 7— yes, I am. 



PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 



443 



Madame, depuis quel temps fetes-vous Madam, how long- have you been mar- 
marieel— Je lesuis depuis un an. ried?—ayear. 

Ya-t-il long-temps que vous etes arri- Is it long since you arrived?— a fort- 
veef— je lesms depuis quinze jours. night. ,__.._. -. 

Aristote croyait que le monde etait de ArisPtle believed the world to have been 
touteeternite;maisPlatonne le croyait pas. from all eternity; but Plain did not. 

Quoique cette femme monlre plus de fer- Although this woman shows more resolu- 
mete que lea auties, ellen'est pas pour cela tion than the others, she is nevertheless not 
la moins affligee. the least afflicted. 

Cette femme a Part de repandre des This woman has the art of shedding tears, 
larmes dans le temps meme qu'elle est le even lohen she is least ajjl ctcd. 
moins affligee. 



Forms of Phrases upon the different rules 
of the participle past. 
Did the new piece meet with applause ? 
Will your relations arrive tliere in time? 
She has given herself fine gowns. 
They have brought us beautiful pinks. 
Tie has not succeeded in this stratagem. 



Modeles de phrases sur les diffcrentes re- 
gies du particive passe. 

La nouvelle piece a-t-elle ete applaudie ? 

Vos parens y seront-ils arrives a temps ? 

Elle s'est donne de belles robes. 

Elles nous ont apporte de superbes ceillets. 

Cette ruse ne lui a pas reussi. 

La vie tranquille que j'ai menee depuis ine quiei uje 1 nave tea inese Ten ye 
dix ans, a beancoup contribue a me faire has greatly contributed to make me forget 
oublier mes malheurs. 



Les Icitres, qui j'ai reques, m'ont beau- 
coup afflige. 
Que de peines vous vous etes donnees ! 

Quelle tache vous vous etes imposed 

C'est une satire que j'ai retrouvee dans 



The quiet life I have, led these ten years 
as greatly cont; " 
my misfortunes. 



mes papiers. 
Les lettres qu'a ecrites Plir 



le jeune, 



The letters I have received have aj 
me greatly. 

What a deal of trouble you Jiave given 
yourself! 

What a task you have imposed on your- 
self! 

It is a satire that I have again met with 
in my papers. 

The letters which the younger Pliny has 



quelque agreables qu'elles soient, seressen- written, however agreeable they may be, 
tent neanmoins un peu de la decadence du savour, nevertheless, a little of the decline 
gout parmi les Romains. of taste among the Romans. 

Je ne serais pas entre avec %-ous dans I would not have entered into these gram- 
tous ces details de grammaire, si je ne les matical details with you, had I not thought 
avais crus necessaires. them necessary. 

L'Egypte s'etait rendue eclebre par la Egypt fiad became celebrated for the wis- 
sagesse ae ses lois long-temps avant que la dam of its laws long before Greece had 



Grece sortit de la barbarie. 

C'est une des plus grandes merveilles 
qu'on ait vues. 

L'homme de lettres, dont vous m'avez 
parte, a un gout exquis. 

Vous avez tres-bien instruit vos eleves. 

Lucrece s'est donne la mort. 

La secheresse qu'il y a eu au printemps 
a fait perir tous les fruits. 

Je n'ai point reussi, malgre les mesures 
que vous m'avez conseille de prendre. 

Quelle aventure vous est-il arrive ? 

Cette femme s'est proposce pour modele a 
Bes enfans. 



emerged from barbarism. 

It is one of the greatest wonders that has 
ever been seen. 

The man of letters you spoke to me of has 
an excellent taste. 

You have instructed your pupils extreme- 
ly well. 
Lucretia killed herself. 
The dry weather we had in the spring has 
destroyed all the fruit. 

I have not succeeded, notivithstanding 
the steps you advised me to lake. 

What adventures have you met with ? 
This woman proposed herself as a model 
for her children. 
Cette femme s'est propose d'enseigner la This woman proposed to teach geography 
gSographie et l'histoire a ses enfans. and history to her children. 

Modules de phrases sur les principaux rap- Forms of phrases upon the principal rela- 
ports des modes et des temps. tions of modes and tenses. 

Je Pattendais depuis long-temps, quand I had waited a long lime f 'or him, when he 
il vint me joindre. came to me. 

II sortit au moment meme que j'entrais. He was going out at the time Itoas en- 
tering. 
Je commemjaisaavoirdes craintes sur la I was beginning to be apprehensive of 
reussite de votre affaire, lorsque j'ai re$u the success of your business when I receiv- 
votre lettre. , ed your letter. 

Des que j'eus fait quelques visiles indis- As soon as I had paid some indispensable 
pensables, j'ai rentrai chez moi, et je ne visits, I went home, and did not go out of- 
sortis plus. terwards. 

J'avais deja tout prepare pour mon de- I had already made every preparation fer 



444 



PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 



part, lorsque des affaires imprevues m'ont my departure, when some unexpected bu*i~ 
force a le dirferer de quelques jours. ness occurred, that obliged me to defer it 

for some days. 

Vous etiez deja sorti, quand je me presen- You were already gone out when I called 
tai chez vous- upon you. 

J'avais deja livre a I'impression mon ouv- My work had been sent to be printed 
rage, lorsque vous me demandiez, si je le when you asked me if I should soon bring 
donnerais bientot au public. it out. 

Lorsque j'ai eu termine mon affaire vous When my business was over, you began 
avez commence la votre. y.urs. 

Lorsquej'eusdejeune, je montai a cheval, When I had done breakfast, I got on 
et je fus a Londres. horseback, and went to London. 

Lorsque j'aurai lu la nouvelle piece, je When I have read the new piece, I will 
vous dirai avec franchise ceque j'en pense. candidly give you my opinion of it. 

Iriez-vous a Rome si vous le pouviez ? — Would you go to Rome if it were in your 
oui, j 'irais. power 7— Yes, I would. 

Auriez-vuus consenti a ces conditions, si Would you have agreed to those terms, 
on vous les avait proposees ? had they been proposed to you ? 

Irez-vous demain a Londres, si vous le Shall you go to London to morrow, if you 
pouvez ?— oui , j 'ir ai . can 7 — Yes, I shall. 

II sera surement parti, si vous l'avezvou- He will certainly have set out, if you 
lu. wished it. 

Vous eussiez laisse echapper une occa- You would have let so favourable an op- 
sion si favorable, si i'on ne vous eiit averti portunity slip, had you not been warned in 

a temp s. linu - 

Continuation des tnemes phrases. The same phrases continued. 

On dit que vous partez aujourd'hui pour It is said that you setoff to-day for Paris. 
Paris. 

Tout le monde soutient que vous accep- Every one maintains that you will ac~ 
terez la place qu'on vous offre. cept of this place that is offered to you. 

On soupconne que vous aviez hier reQu It is suspected that you had received this 
cette agreable nouvelle quand on vous ren- agreeable intelligence when you were met 
contra. yesterday. 

Beaucoup de vos amis croient que vous Many of y cur friends believe that you set 
partites hier pour la carnpagne. out yesterday for the country. 

Le bruit se repand que vous avez fait une There is a report that you have met with 
grosse perte. o. considerable loss. 

J'apprends dans Finstant que vous fus- I have this moment learnt that you would 
siez parti il y a trois jours, si des engage- have set out three days since, had not cn- 
mens, que vous aviez contractus depuis gagemc-nts which you had formed long ago 
long-temps, ne vous avaient retenu. detained you. 

N'est-il pas vrai que vous partiriez au- Is it not true that you would set out to- 
jourd'hui, si vous le pouviez? day, if you could? 

Est-il vrai que vous seriez parti depuis Is it true that you would have set out for 
long-temps pour la campagne, si votre the country long since, had not your love 
amour pour les arts ne vous avait retenu for the arts detained you in town f 
a. la ville ? 

Je ne crois pas que vous partiez, quoique I do not imagine that you will set out, ah- 
tout le monde 1'assure. though every body asserts it. 

Je ne croyais pas qu'il rut si-tdt de re- I did not believe he had gone back so 
tour. soon. 

II a fallu qu'il ait eu afraire a bien des He must have had business with a great 
personnes. many people. 

Je doute que votre ami fut venu a bout I doubt that your friend would liave sue- 
de ses projets, s'il n'avait pas ete fortement ceeded in his plan, had he rwt been strongly 
protege. patronised. 

II n'est point d'homme, quelque merite There is not a man, whatever merit he 
qu'il ait, qui ne fut tres-mortifie, s'il savoit may possess, that ivould net be very much 
toute ce qu'on pense de lui. mortified, toere he to know every thing that 

is ttuought of him. 

Vous ne vous persuadiez pas que les af- You never per suaded yourself that mat- 
rixes pussent si mal tourner. ters couldhave taken so unfortunate a turn. 

Moieles de Phrases sur la Negative Ne. Forms of Phrases on the Negative Ne. 

II n'y a pas beaucoup d'argent chez ces There is not much money to be found 
gens de lettres. among men of letters. 

II w'y a point de ressource dans une per- There are no resources in a person with 
sonne qui n'a point (f esprit. out sense. 

C'est a tort que vous 1'accusez de jouer ; You accuse him wrongfully of gaming 
je vous assure qu'il ne joue point. I assure you he never games. 



PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 445 

Entrez dans le salon ; vous pourrez lui Go into the room; you may speak to him , 
parler ; il ne joue pas. he is not playing. 

Si pour avoir du bien, il en coute a la pro- I do not wish to make a for tune, if il can 
bite, je n'en veux point. only be done at the expense of honesty. 

Rien n'est sur avec les capricieux ; vous Nothing is certain with capricious peo- 
croyez tare bien en faveur, point du tout: pie; you think yourself in favour, by no 
T instant de la plus belle Humeur est sui vide means; the moment of the best humour is 
la plus facheuse. followed by that of the worst. 

Vous ne cessez de nous repeter les memes You are constantly repeating the same 
choses. thing to us. 

Je n'aurais ose vous en parler le premier. I should not have dared to be the .first to 
speak to you of it. 

Malgre ses protections, il ra'a pu reussir With all his interest, he has not been able 
dans ses projets. to succeed in his plans. 

Get ouvraee serait fort bon, si ce re'etait This zoork would be very good, were it 
pour la negligence du style. not for the negligence of the style. 

Y a-t-il quelqu'un dont elle ne medise. Is there any one she does not slander ? 

J'ai pris tant de gout pour une vie reti- I have acquired so great a taste for re- 
ree, que je ne sors presque jamais. tirement, that I seldom go abroad. 

VoilS ee qui s'est passe ; n'en parlez a This is what has passed ; do not speak of 
per sonne. it to any one. 

Mon parti est pris ; ne m'en parlez plus. My resolution is fixed ; talk to me no 
more of it. ■ 

Jfemployez aucun de ces moyens: ils Do not employ any one of these measures ; 
sont indignes de vous. they_ are unworthy of you. 

Rien ra'est plus joli. Nothing is mo'<-e beautiful. 

Je ne dis rien que je ne pense. I -never speak but what I think. 

Je ne fais jamais d'exces que je n'en sois I never commit any excess witlwut svf- 

incommode. faring by it. 

Continuation des memes Phrases. Continuation of the same Phrases. 

C'estunhomme pour quijera'aim amour, He is a man for whom I have neither 
ni estime. love nor esteem. 

II ra'est ni assez prudent ni assez eclaire. He is mither sufficiently prudent nor en- 
lightened. 

Je vous assure que je ne le frequente ni I assure you I mither associate with him 
ne le vois. nor see him. 

Ne faire que parcourir les differentes To go through the different tranches of 
brandies des connaissances humaines sans human knowledge only, without fixing up- 
9'arreter a aucune, e'est moins chercher a on any one of them, is not to seek for in- 
s'instruire, qu'a tuer le temps. struction, but to kill time. 

Que re'etes-vous toujours aussi complai- Why are you not at all times equally com- 
«ant ? x plaisant ? 

II ne le fera pas, a moins que vous ne l'y He will not do it, unless you persuade 
engagiez. him to it. 

il n'ira pas, si vous ne Pen priez. He will not go, if you do not request it of 

him. 

Il nous a menaces de se venger; nous He has threatened us with vengeance; we 
ra'avons fait qu'en rire. only laughed at him. 

Trop d'insouciance ns peut que nuire. Too great sup ineness cannot but be hurt- 

ful. 

Que devenez-vous ? il y a trois mois que What has become of you? we fiave not 
nous ne vous avons vu? sen you these three months. 

Comment vous etes-vous porte depuis How have youbeen since we saw you? 
que nous ne vous avons vu? 

C'est bien pire qu'on ne le disait. It is much worse than was said. 

Pen s'en faut que je n'aie donne tete I was near running headlong into the 
baissee dans le piege. _ snare. 

Dites la verite en touie occasion ; on me- Tell the truth on all occasions : those who 
prise toujours ceux qui parlent autrement speak what they do not think are always 
qu'ils ne pensent. despised. 

Ne desesperez pas que la verite ne se fasse Do not despair that truth will appear in 
jour a la longue. time. 

Je ne disconviens pas que la chose ne I admit that it is so. 
soit ainsi. 

Prenez garde qu'on ne vous entrains Take care that you are not led into some 
dans quelque fausse demarche. false step. 

J'empBcherai bien qu'on raevous nuise I shall prevent them from doing you any 
dans cette affaire. harm in this business. 

II craint qu'on ne le soupconne d'avoir He is apprehensive tliat he is suspected of 
trempe dans ce complot. being concerned in this plot. 






PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 



446 

On ltd a donne d'excellens conseils, de They have given him excellent advke, lest 
crahue qu'il ne manquat J'occasion de faire he should lose the opportunity of showing 
connaitrc ce qu'il est en etat de faire. what he was caj able of doing. ■ 

J'y ai long-temps travaiile ; jenesaurais I have been long employed about it; I 
en venir a bout cannot accomplish it. 

Vous feriez rnieux de vous taire : vous ne You had better be silent,.you do not know 
savez ce que vous dites. what you are saying. 

Vous ne sauriez me faire un plus grand You cannot do me a greater favour. 
plaisir. - 

Phrases sur quelques Delicalesses de la Phrases on some Delicacies of the French 
Langut Francaise. Language. 

Irez-vous ce soir a 1' opera. ?— oui, j'irai. Shall you go to the opera this evening ?— 

—yes, I shall. 

Iriez-vous avec plaisir a Rome?— oui, Would you cheerfully go to Romel-yes, 
j'irais. I would. 

La justice qui nous est quelquefois refu- Posterity knows how to do us that justice 
see par nos contemporains, la posterite sait which is sometimes refused us by cur con- 
nous la rendre. temporaries. 

Cette grandeur qui vous etonne si fort, il T/wt greatness which so much astonishes 
la doit a votre nonchalance. you, he owes to your indifference. 

II perit, ce heros, si cher a son pays. Tlut hero, so dear to his country, perish- 

ed. 

Je l'avais bien prevu que ce haut degre I foresaw that the greatness of his eleva- 
te grandeur serait la cause do. sa mine. tion wouldbe his ruin- 

Citoycns, Strangers, ennemis, peuples, Citizens, strangers, enemies, nations, 
rois, empereurs, le plaignen. et le reverent, kings, emj erors, pity and respect him. 

L'assemblee finie, chacun se retira chez The assembly being over, each returned 
sci. lwme. 

Heureux le pjuple qu'un sage roi gou- Happy are the people who are governed 
verne. by a wise king. 

II refusa les plus grands honneurs, con- He refused the greatest honours, satisfied 
tent de les meriter. xoith having deserved them. 

Prieres, remontrances, commaiidomens, Entreaties, remonstrances, injunctions, 
tout est inutile. are all useless. 

Le vent reuverse tours, cabanes, palais, The wind overturns towers, cottages, pa- 
eglises. laces, churches. v 

Notre reputation ne depend pas du ca- Our reputation does not depend on the ca- 
price des homines ; mais elle depend des price of men, but on the commendable ac- 
actions louables que nous feisons. tions we perform. 

II y a beaucoup de choses qu'il n'impoite Thei e are many things which it is of no 
point du tout de savoir. coitsequcnce at all to know. 

La vue de l'esprit a plus d'etendue que la Th- eye of the mind reaches much far- 
vue du corps. ther than tlie bodily eye. 

Ce qui sert a la vanite, irest que vanite. What promotes rarity is only van'ty. 

Tout ce qui n'a que le monde pour fonde- All that is. confined to this lower world, 
rnent, se dissipe et s'evanouit avec le disperses and vanishes ivith the world. 
monde. • 

C'est le privilege des grands hommes de It is the prerogative of great men to con- 
vaincre Ten vie ; le rnerite la fait naitre, le quer envy; merit gives il birth, and merit 
merite la fait mourir. destroys it. 

L'amour-propre est plus babile que le plus Self-love is more ingenious than th' most 
habile homme du monde. ingenious man in the world. 

En quittant le monde, on ne quitte le In renouncing the world, we generally 
plus souvent ni les erreurs, ni les fulles pas- renounce neither the errors nor giddy pas- 
sions du monde. sions of the world. 






Deacidified using the Bookkeeper procl 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide ■ 
Treatment Date: Sept. 2006 

PreservationTechnologj 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVA* 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 J 
(724) 779-21 1 1 




LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 

ffiiiffiri 



Bill Hill lllll llll III 

003 117 919 1 



• 






H 



H 



iS8£ 



H 



